AS) onc nm fan ar ren Pk Gem lb
ay
ba
$
%
i
8
t
'
‘iy
os
au
ae
any
eave
jj
ta
ARTHUR CURTISS JAMES
Voie p /
mot, U. S. S. ‘ALBATROSS’
IN
LOWER CALIFORNIAN SEAS
:
)
2 CRUISE OF 1911
TT { |
Articles collected from the
)* AMERICAN MUSEUM BULLETIN
hs and NOVITATES, and from
fe ZOOLOGICA; “Gf ‘the
N ; years 1912-1925
\
By
C. H. TowNSEND
J. A. GROSSBECK kK: P. ScumMiptT
H. L. CLarkK A. L. TREADWELL
R. C. OsBuRN C. B. WILSON
J. T. NIcHOLS M. J. RATHBUN
M. C. DickERSON C. R. SHOEMAKER
[VMI IONE A
LO
ARTHUR CURTISS JAMES
Trustee of The American Museum of Natural History, 1903-
1923, expert sailor and navigator of many seas, Commander
of the ‘Aloha,’ late Commodore of the New York Yacht Club.
Through his generous confidence one of the last great voyages
of the famous U. 8S. S. ‘Albatross’ namely, the cruise of 1911, ,
was financed. The discoveries described in this volume form
a fitting climax to the history of the ship designed by Spencer
F. Baird and launched in 1882.
CONTENTS
Introduction. By C. H. Townsend.
1.—Voyage of the ‘ Albatross’ to the Gulf of California in 1911. By Charles Haskins
- Townsend.
2.—The Northern Elephant Seal. By Charles Haskins Townsend.
3.—Mammals Collected in Lower California, with Descriptions of New Species.
By Charles Haskins Townsend.
4.—List of Insects Collected in Lower California. By John A. Grossbeck.
5.—Echinoderms from Lower California, with Descriptions of New Species. By
Hubert Lyman Clark.
6.—Shore Fishes Collected by the ‘ Albatross’ Expedition in Lower California, with
Descriptions of New Species. By Raymond C. Osburn and John Treadwell
Nichols.
-7.—Diagnoses of Twenty-three New Species and a New Genus of Lizards from
Lower California. By M. C. Dickerson.
8.—The Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California and the Neighboring Islands.
By Karl Patterson Schmidt.
9.—Birds Collected in Lower California. By Charles Haskins Townsend.
10.—Polychztous Annelids from Lower California with Descriptions of New Species.
By Aaron L. Treadwell.
11.—A New Genus and Species of Parasitic Copepod from Lower California. By
Charles Branch Wilson.
12.—Echinoderms from Lower California, with Descriptions of New Species: Supple-
mentary Report. By Hubert Lyman Clark.
— 13.—The Brachyuran Crabs Collected by the U. S. Fisheries Steamer ‘Albatross’
in 1911, Chiefly on the West Coast of Mexico. By Mary J. Rathbun.
14.—Deep Sea Fishes of the ‘Albatross’ Lower California Expedition. By Charles
H. Townsend and John T: Nichols.
15.—The Amphipoda Collected by the United States Fisheries Steamer ‘Albatross’
in 1911, Chiefly in the Gulf of California. By Clarence R. Shoemaker.
INTRODUCTION
The work of the ‘Albatross’ in the Lower California region, as set
forth in the fifteen reports comprising this volume, added much to
what was already known of a section of coast and sea bottom occupying
an intermediate position between the previously explored North Pacific
and Panamic regions. During many years of hydrographic and fisheries
work by this vessel, between California and Alaska, and also between
Panama, the Galapagos Islands and southern Mexico, oceanographic
knowledge respecting the eastern Pacific had been greatly advanced.
The narrow, elevated and arid peninsula of Lower California, nearly
800 miles long, that forms the western boundary of the great Gulf of
California, has many forms of animal and plant life that are peculiarly
its own, especially inits southern part, which touches the Tropic of Cancer.
The littoral marine fauna‘is no less interesting, the region being a
meeting ground of many northern and subtropical forms. The pearl
oyster is found far up toward the head of the Gulf, while corals of several
species extend well into it. Clipperton, the only true atoll in the eastern
Pacific, lies 600 miles below the mouth of the Gulf. The Pacific green
turtle abounds on both- sides of the Peninsula and the tortoise-shell
about its southern end. Two species of marine mammals of Antarctic
origin, the ,elephant seal and the Guadalupe fur seal, were formerly
abundant along the entire west coast of the Peninsula, while the Cali-
fornia sea-lion finds the southern limit of its range at the mouth of the
Gulf. There are no other pinnipeds in this region.
The surface waters of the Gulf are decidedly warmer than in corre-
sponding latitudes just outside of it and here sea birds of subtropical
distribution abound. Boobies are found throughout the Gulf and the
frigate bird and the tropic bird about its mouth. Certain auklets reach
here their southern limits of ‘distribution.
Ocean depths of 2000 fathoms are found within the sont of the
Gulf, the thousand fathom curve extends nearly a third of its length
inland, and the hundred fathom line to its northern end. Bottom
temperatures in the Gulf ranged from 49° Fahrenheit down to 44° in
depths of 200 to 360 fathoms, and 37° in depths of 800 to 1000 fathoms.
Bottom temperatures of 36° were found in the mouth of the Gulf at
depths of 1200 to 1500 fathoms. Off Cape San Lucas in 630 fathoms,
the bottom temperature was 39°, while at the surface it was 73°, a differ-
ence of 34°.
Currents along the west side of the Peninsulaare in panei southerly,
those below the mouth of the Gulf northerly.
‘iv
Introduction Vv
The Gulf, 700 miles in length by 100 in average width, has an abun-
dant and varied fish fauna. Its fishery resources, although great, remain
undeveloped except for the important pearl-shell industry, in connection
with which an original method of pearl-oyster cultivation is practiced.
A dozen species of subtropical food fishes of Atlantic origin are found
here unchanged; whales are common and porpoises abound. Sword-
fish, sailfish and tuna have been taken in considerable numbers by the
sportsmen. Anaccount of the fishery resources of the region will be found
in the first paper, pages 433 to 452. The mouth of the Gulf is nearly 300
miles in width between Cape San Lucas and Cape Corrientes.
With a salubrious climate, good harbors, and known to civilization
since the time of Cortez, it has but a sparse population about its shores,
and that largely.at the southern part. The Gulf remains practically an
unsailed sea for the sole reason ‘that its northern end does not touch
United States territory. It should be a highway of ocean traffic to the
west coast of tropical America.
Large zodlogical and botanical collections were made by the ‘ Alba-
_tross’ Expedition of 1911, along both coasts of the Peninsula and on
islands in the Gulf, while oceanographic work was carried on daily during
the voyage of more than a thousand miles from Cape San Lucas to Mon-
terey, California. The hauls of the dredge along ‘this course yielded
hundreds of deep-sea fishes and thousands of invertebrates from depths
varying from 284 to 1760 fathoms. Seven of these were in depths greater
than one mile, one being in a depth of two miles. The large collection of
deep-sea fishes brought back by the expedition contains 49 species, that
of shore fishes 185 species. The collection of echinoderms numbered
2343 specimens of 117 species, and of brachyuran crabs 56 species. All
of these collections were productive of species hitherto unknown.
The very large collection of mollusks from deep water and along
shore contains so many new and previously known forms that it is being
reported upon at great length by Dr. Paul Bartsch. The work will be
published in separate volumes abundantly illustrated, volume one being
practically completed both as to text and illustrations. The studies
already made show that there is a close affinity with the molluscan fauna
of the Panamic region. Members of widely distributed groups are com-
mon to both areas, while those less widely distributed show marked
diversion from those of the Panamic faunal area, and less close relation-
ship with those of the California faunal area extending from the end of
the Peninsula northward to Santa Barbara, California. It is found that
the mollusks dredged in Magdalena Bay are related to those of the Gulf
vi Introduction
and not to those along the west coast of the Peninsula, indicating that this
great lagoon was formerly connected with the Gulf, from which it is now
separated by low land. There are descriptions and figures of all mollusks
collected by the expedition, as well as those described from the Mazat-
lanic faunal area, centering at the mouth of the Gulf. The report will
therefore serve as a manual of the mollusks of this region.
The progress of the dredging work from Cape San Lucas to
Monterey, California, is set forth in Part One, pages 431 to 433. The
records of soundings made at all dredging stations usually include air,
surface, and bottom temperatures, with mud samples, and in some cases
specimens of bottom water. Daily records of air and surface temperatures
were kept by each watch throughout the voyage. All of the deep-sea
soundings plotted on navigational charts of the Lower California region
were made during previous voyages of the ‘Albatross.’ They show all
that is known respecting the position of the 1000 and the 2000 fathom
lines of depth. The bottom temperatures and other records connected
with them are set forth in “Records and Bibliography of the ‘Albatross,’ ”’
published by the U. 8S. Bureau of Fisheries. The deep-water soundings
made during the voyage of 1911 will be added. :
The comparatively small number of new forms of fishes and inverte-
brates dredged from deep water is doubtless due to the abundant dredg-
ings previously made by the ‘Albatross’ both north and south of the
Lower California region and during three earlier voyages into the Gulf.
The dredgings in general have thrown much light on the subject of the
distribution and bathymetric range of deep-sea forms. More than 450
specimens of reptiles of 63 species were obtained along the shores of the
Peninsula and on islands in the Gulf. Of these, nineteen have been
described as new. The total number of species of reptiles known to
Lower California and the Gulf islands is 149. The reptilian fauna of the
Peninsula has been derived from the north; that of the islands is related
to it except in the case of those near the coast of Sonora. An interesting
feature of the collecting work on certain of the Gulf islands was the dis-
covery of lizards of large size, one (Ctenosaurus) exceeding thirty inches
in length.
The collection of hundreds of birds and mammals contained several
new species, all of which were from islands in the Gulf. The vegetation
of Lower California may be roughly divided into that of the northern and
central parts related to the flora of the southwestern United States and
that of the southern end related in part to the flora of the Mexican main-
land, from which it is, however, widely separated by the deep mouth of
Introduction vil
the Gulf. The botanical collections were very extensive and contained
many new species. The cacti of many kinds have been included in the
great monograph of that family recently published in sumptuous form
by the Carnegie Institution of Washington.
The general character of the localities visited and the progress of
the work at each anchorage are commented upon briefly in the first paper.
CHARLES HASKINS TOWNSEND.
ScieNTIFIC RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA
IN CHARGE oF C. H. TownsEnpD, By THE U. S. FisHerres STEAM-
_ sHip ‘ ALBATROSS’ IN 1911. Commanprr G. H. Burracs, U.S. N.,
COMMANDING.
Published by Permission of the U. 8. Commissioner of Fisheries.
Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ to the Gulf of California in 1911.
By CuHarues Haskins TownsEnD.
BULLETIN OF THE
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL. HISTORY.
VoL. XXXV, Art. XXIV, pp. 399-476.
New York, August 2, 1916.
ScIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA
III.
EV:
IN CHARGE OF C. H. TowNsEND, By THE U. S. FISHERIES STEAMSHIP
“ALBATROSS” IN 1911. CommanperR G. H. Burraaeg, U. S. N.,
COMMANDING.
Published by Permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
Zoological Papers Published.
Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ to the Gulf of California in 1911. By Charles
Haskins Townsend. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXXV, Art. xxiv,
pp. 399-476. July, 1916. ‘
The Northern Elephant Seal. By Charles Haskins Townsend. Zoologica.
N. Y. Zodl. Soc., Vol. I, No. 8, pp. 155-173, figs. 52-72. N.Y. April 15,
1912. +
Mammals Collected in Lower California, with Descriptions of New Species.
By Charles Haskins Townsend. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XI,
Art. xii, pp. 117-130, 4 illust. June 14, 1912.
List of Insects Collected in Lower California. By John A. Grossbeck.
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XI, Art. xxiv, pp. 323-326. Sept. 13,
1912.
Echinoderms from Lower California with Descriptions of New Species.
By Hubert Lyman Clark. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXXII, Art.
vill, pp. 185-236. July 9, 1913.
Shore Fishes from Lower California with Descriptions of New Species.
By Raymond C. Osburn and John Treadwell Nichols. Bull, Am. Mus.
Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XV, Art. xvi, pp. 139-181, figs. 1-15. May 26, 1916.
Zoblogical Papers in Preparation.
Birds Collected in Lower California. C. H. Townsend.
Deep-sea Fishes from the Lower California Region. C. H. Townsend.
Reptiles from Lower California. M. C. Dickerson.
Mollusca of the Lower California Region. Paul Bartsch.
Invertebrates other than Echinoderms and Mollusks.
(Yet to be assigned for study.)
Botanical Papers Published.
The Agaves of Lower California, By William Trelease.
Report Mo. Bot. Gard. 1911, pp. 37-65.
Botanical Exploration in Lower California, By J. N. Rose.
Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. Dec. 1911, pp. 263-272.
Monograph of the Huyeae, By Smith and Rose.
Part 12, Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. 16.
Mamillaria arida, Rose:
Monatsschrift fur Kakteenkund, Vol. 23, p. 181.
Botanical Papers in Preparation.
Monograph of the Cacti, Britton and Rose.
a
sales
Article XXIV.— VOYAGE OF THE ‘ALBATROSS’ TO THE
GULF OF CALIFORNIA IN 1911.
By CHARLES Haskins ToOwNSEND.
By a special arrangement with the United States Bureau of Fisheries,
the American Museum of Natural History, The New York Zoélogical Society,
the New York Botanical Garden and the United States National Museum,
coéperated in a two months’ voyage of the ‘ Albatross’ in the Lower Cali-
fornia region early in the year 1911.
Mr. Arthur Curtiss James, a Trustee of the American Museum, con-
tributed $7,500 to the expedition. The Zodlogical Society and the Botanical
Garden each contributed $1,000. The National Museum contributed the
services of a naturalist. The Bureau of Fisheries furnished the ‘ Albatross,’
with her officers and crew.
The various collections were to become the property of the institutions
participating: all the preserved zodlogical collections to the American Mu-
seum, with a series to the National Museum; all the living specimens to the
Zodlogical Society and the botanical collections to the Botanical Garden.
The Bureau of Fisheries desired information respecting the fish and
fisheries and the oceanographical features of Lower California and the Gulf
region, referring especially to the desirability of further knowledge regard-
ing the supply of edible fishes, oysters and turtles, with the view to inaugu-
rating a fish trade with our southwestern states.
The ‘ Albatross’ being available for two months only, the voyage was
accordingly arranged to include brief visits to as many different parts of the
coast and islands as practicable, leaving time for considerable deep sea work
during the return trip. The following itinerary shows that anchorages were
made at thirty different points where marine and shore explorations were
made:
Ports Visited Arrival Departure
RELIG Piet ery Jr... . ss ne HOt oe ae aees Feb. 23
ESD a hee Feb. Jey tena t oe DED, 28
Dee De Solan s.r Te Mar. 4
EO cy ae Midi AGO Aneta so Mar. 7
Perma toes..... Maeo ea Mar: 10 ‘
Seuteeisttad...05.-7..........0>0Mare IOs. oon... =..-Mar, 12 (8 anchorages)
Bano earvolomic bay... >... .. 2.5.50 Mit ie te os sar. 15
PM A RIMOUAL DAY... . 2... ess aes Wea ee sets. . Mar. 15 ’
*
400 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
Ports Visited Arrival Departure
Sami ROU dae. oo nantes temrcbae se ev Laurel ean eee ate .. Mar. 15
Abrejos/ Anchorage... 2... ook 2. ... Maat ce a0 9 ol ee
Santen Viena sane ees ie ean ens IMP eS soey mise Bley ee emus ILS
Magdalena Baye, averdtiace ene bear Maris 25.) 203-025. Mirae
Misti oainitanl's lange eres ener ew NB Oe Soho a Ive
Maey.Channe) :)):...., dou aensthans an BE oO eer aes VLE
@apelsanplad cas. eet eee ene IMU os PBs acorn aod aug nub fetiiey Is
SanrJoseideli@sbor seen eee IN PN Piae Goats cen cellar 25
ia Paz (Pichilhugque Hbr)n. se, --. . Migr Diner Sees eee ee O)
San Josef islands... 2.03 12 eke ears SONI st. nee arene
eApTIARV Erde TaN. Genes. a ameietaenes Apr. — i PAPE Ne
Curmenvisland: 25 5 ts mucho eee ence Apr \ Zila hed Hee Ee eee
Mitile ree te cn ie a. earn mere cee Apr! Ap eae eee rear
Concepcion Bayer. eee eee Apr. 5........:.,...Apr. 8 (anghomkages:
San Francisquite Bay. ........5.:.. ADE OR Raa ee Apr. 10
Angel de la Guardia Id.............2 ADP BOK Ass dee Ap reemasl
BM OUT OT als Seagal wos aetna ee ADOT willis Sheena) Aco hagaliey
onal deisvelorHMm Wolo. shoe sn codon oe parted: 0) ae! oie nena n ovayaiey Jl!
Gea Wate arena ee poate ATT SAD es ae era ere PAC Teme ep
Santa @atalimaligd ane eet ae Appr GRAS che ae ee TOT LG
Santai Cruzer. Ake evs oe aes ds 6) sae COP mp tataaare Misc Apr. 16
ha Paz (Pichiliuque Hbr.)....... 2: - Ja) 0) wd) U7 (aecare ema tie CAR Apr. 19
Bis piritol Santopldien nr, vata ere 5 9) aa CN ec ee ee." 0 ogee 2)
Ceralbo) island 33).04 0 4. ice ean Atri ncl Oe Gina ee ES oe
San JoserdeluCalbon. canes ance oe AOrse2 Ol Is type teh ee Apr. 20
SaneBartolome say ty. 8c. ca cee 74 8) Wes PM A eo ape anes 2 oF
Sanghinan CIsCOsar eee ke are Apr 28508) ent Das vs cs
The zoGlogical shore collections included 804 specimens of birds repre-
senting 143 different species; 259 specimens of mammals ! of 59 species, ten .
of which proved to be new to science; 446 specimens of reptiles, of 47 species
eight of which are new. A number of living reptiles were brought to the
New York ZoGlogical Park. A small but important series of insects was
obtained and a very large collection of invertebrates.
The botanist, with assistance from the crew, made large gatherings of
plants, obtaining about 1800 specimens. The collection of cacti was the
most important of its kind ever brought from Lower California, and more
than a thousand living specimens were sent safely to the New York Botanical
Garden. Many of the plants have been described as new to science and
there are many still to be studied. A short account of the botanical work
by Dr. J. N. Rose appeared in the ‘Journal’ of the New York Botanical
1See , Mammals Collected in Lower California, with Descriptions of New Species,’ by Charles
Haskins Townsend. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.; Vol. XXXI, Art. XIII, pp. 117-130, June
14, 1912.
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 401
Garden for December, 1911. Most of the century plants! brought back
by the expedition proved to be new species.
The time spent at the various anchorages was usually one or two days,
affording the scientific staff opportunity for making a natural history
reconnaissance of the coastal region of the peninsula at many widely sepa-
rated localities. i
While in the Gulf of California the ship was usually moved at night so
that the days could be largely devoted to shore work. Moving rapidly from
point to point as we did, the shore work could not be extended very far
inland, nor could the work of collecting be made very thorough, but the
naturalists made the best possible use of each day ashore.
The active interest of Captain Burrage and the officers of the ‘ Albatross’
contributed greatly to the effectiveness of our work, while the expedition
would not of course, have been undertaken without the codperation of the
Bureau of Fisheries.
Dr. Hugh M. Smith, U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries, authorized the
publication of the results of the expedition by the institutions participating.
In the oceanographic work, dredge hauls were made with the large beam
trawl at 27 stations in depths ranging from 284 fathoms to 1760 fathoms,
mostly off the west coast of Lower California. Following is a list of the
stations occupied, with their positions and depths;
Dredging Bottom
Stations Lat. & Long. Date Fathoms Temp.
5673 ala OO" N. 117 42'00" W. Mar..-1. 1090 ~....
5674 31 28’ 45’. N. 11709’50” W. Mar. 8 590 =39.4
5675 27 07’ 05” N. 11433’10” W. Mar. 15 284 44.6
5676 25 31’ 15’. N. 113 29’30’" W. Mar. 17 645 39.0
5677 25 23’ 45" N. 113 1600’ W. = Mar. 17 735 = 38.6
5678 24 35’ 20” N. 11159’ 35’ W. Mar. 21 133 .... (Magdalena
Bay)
5679 23 47’ 45” N. 111 23/00” W. Mar. 22 325
5680 23 40’ 30” N. 11112’45” W. = Mar. 22 389
5681 23 33/15’ N. 11102’10’ W. Mar. 22 405
5682 22 48’ 20’ N. 109 52’40” W. = Mar. 24 491
5683 22 46’ 45”" N. 109 50'15’” W. = Apr. 20 630
5684 23 23’ 30’ N. 11200’30” W. Apr. 21 1760
5685 25 4245” N. 113 38’30’ W. Apr. 22 645
5686 26 14’ 00’ N. 11400’00” W. = Apr. 22 930
5687 27 39’ 15” N. 115 16’00” W. = Apr. 23 480
5688 27 38’ 45” N. 11517'40’” W. = Apr. 23 525
5689 29 23’ 00” N. 116 14’00’ W. Apr. 24 879
1*The Agaves of Lower California,’ by William Trelease. Rept. Missouri Bot. Gard., 1911, pp.
37-65.
402 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX XV,
Dredging Bottom
Stations Lat. & Long. Date Fathoms Temp.
5690 29 2900” N. 11618’00’ W. Apr. 24 1101 38.1
5691 31 08’ 20” N. 118 29’30” W. Apr. 25 868 37.2
5692 31 23’ 45" N. 1183 30" W.- Apr: 25 1076) Saree
56938. 3313/30” N. 12004'30” W. Apr. 26 451
5694 33 24’ 36” N. 12012’ 30” W. Apr. 26 640° fe
5695 33 33/00” N. 12017'30” W. = Apr. 26 534 38.9
5696 35 18’ 30” N. 121 28/00” W. Apr. 27 440 39.9
5697 35 35’ 00” N. 12139’00” W. Apr. 27 485 39.8
5698 35 50’ 00” N. 121 49’30’ W. Apr. 27 475 39.9
5699 36 00’ 30” N. 12200’00” W. Apr. 27 659 37.9
The hydrographic observations connected with this work are presented
in detail elsewhere in this report, and all sea and shore stations are indicated
on the accompanying chart.
The dredgings were rich in new and interesting forms. Among the more
striking results of this work for museum purposes, were fifty casts of deep
sea fishes made on board from freshly dredged specimens, by Mr. J. C. Bell.
_In these casts the following twenty-two genera are represented:
Venefica Raia Argyropelecus
Narcetes Liparis Leucicoris
Halosaurus Nemichthys Alepocephalus
Porogadus Pleuronectes Sebastolobus
Macrurus Monomitopus Melamphees
Chaunax Phycis Scopelengys
Malthopsis Merlucius
Antimora Lycodes
The last (Scopelengys) was dredged from a depth of 1760 fathoms.
Of the deep sea collections, only the echinoderms! have as yet been
studied. The latter consist of 1881 specimens, representing 107 species,
seven of which were previously unknown; namely: —
Zoroaster platyacanthus ' Urechinus recticulatus
Pedicellaster hyperoncus Letmencecus scotoeides
Diopederma axiologum Stichopus parvimensis
Ophiura oligopora
The collection of fishes obtained by the Albatross was a large one. The
deep sea species have not yet been studied. The collection of shore fishes ”
1 Echinoderms from Lower California, with Descriptions of new Species. By Hubert Lyman
Clark. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XII, Art. viii, pp. 185-236. July 9, 1913.
2 Shore Fishes Collected by the ‘Albatross’ Expedition in Lower California with Descriptions of
New Species. By Raymond C. Osburn and John Treadwell Nichols. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. XXXV, Art. xvi, pp. 139-181, May 26, 1916.
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 403
contains 185 species of which the following 15 have been described as new:
Raja microtrachys Amia guadalupensis
Urobatis concentricus Girella simplicidens
Letharchus pacificus Hermosilla robusta
Bascanichthys bascanoides Callyodon compressus
Fundulus parvipinnis, sub sp. brevis Callyodon microps
Tylosurus pterurus Dactyloscopus cinctus
Siphostoma exile Lucioblennius lucius
Atherinopsis sonore
Most of the collection was obtained along the shores and about the
islands, the deeper parts of the Gulf being muddy and apparently poor in
fish life as shown by previous dredgings by the ‘ Albatross.’
The peninsula of Lower California is nearly 800 miles in length, with an
average width of 60 or 70 miles. It is a mountainous region, having a
central elevation, near the northern end, of over 10,000 feet.
The climate is almost rainless and the country as a whole is of desert
character. Less than a hundred springs and streams have been described
and of the latter only five or six flow permanently to the coast. Populated
localities are necessarily located with reference to the limited supplies of
water.
Lower California is rich in mineral resources but these remain unde-
veloped except in a few localities where sufficient water is obtainable.
Agriculture is practiced under the same limitations as mining. The fishery
resources are important but have as yet been but little drawn upon.
ZoGélogically and botanically the region is of great interest to naturalists.
Climatically it belongs to the Sonoran province of the temperate realm,
usually described as arid. The fauna of the extreme southern end has many
tropical characteristics, while much of the fauna and flora of the northern
end is related to southern California.
The climate of the eastern side of the peninsula is warmer than that of
the western side. Observations made on board the Albatross during the
cruise along the west coast of the Peninsula from March 1 to 25 and from
April 20 to 29, give the mean temperature of the air as 61° Fahr. and of the
water at the surface 60°. While cruising in the Gulf of California from
March 26 to April 20, the mean temperature of the air was 71° and of the
water 68°.
Narrative. The steamer ‘ Albatross’ left San Francisco at 9.30 A. M.,
February 23, 1911, under the command of Commander G. H. Burrage,
U.S. N., who had instructions from the Bureau of Fisheries to proceed to
San Diego and report for work during the months of March and April in
the Lower California Region.
404 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
The vessel arrived at San Diego at noon on the 25th of February, where
our party joined her. These were C. H. Townsend, Director, Dr. J. N.
Rose, Botanist, Dr. Paul Bartsch, Conchologist, H. E. Anthony, Collector,
P. I. Osburn, Collector, and James Bell, Modeler. Messrs. L. M. Tongue
Fig. 1. The beam trawl of the ‘Albatross’ coming up with a load from deep water.
and W. L. Schmitt of the Fisheries Bureau were also with the expedition.
After coaling and taking on supplies, the ‘ Albatross’ sailed on the evening
of the 28th, the course being laid for Guadalupe Island.
The following day a haul of the dredge was made in 1090 fathoms (Sta.
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 405
5673). The catch consisted of two fishes and numerous invertebrates, with
about two barrels of stiff blue mud. The animal forms were roughly identi-
fied as follows: Fishes —1 Macrurus, 1 Raia; Starfishes: EHremicaster
pacificus and Pectinaster agassizii. Shells — Trophon, Hemicardium, 8
brachiopods, 8 Dentalia; Crustacea — 3 species of crimson prawns; mis-
cellaneous — worms, ophiurans, holothurians, ascidians, silicious sponges, |
very large pycnogonid, ophiurans and worms in tubes by hundreds. The
blue mud obtained here proved to be interesting. Our modeler was in need
of modeler’s clay, of which we had but a small supply. With a little working
by hand, the bluish, stiff mud from this and other dredging stations in this
general region, could be made equal to the best modeler’s clay. It was used
constantly as a modeling clay on board the ship and was not distinguishable
from the commercial article.
We arrived at Guadalupe Island on the morning of March 2, where the
scientific staff was landed at the deserted camp near the northeast point.
I started with the ship at once for the northwest side to examine the site of
an old rookery of elephant seals which I had visited in 1892. At that time
I was in charge of the schooner ‘Santa Barbara,’ making a reconnaissance of
Guadalupe Island for the Department of State with a view to identifying
the species of fur seal known to exist there. Two miles west of North Point
I took a boat and began examining the coast, the ‘ Albatross’ keeping off
shore. I followed along the beach just outside of the breakers for a couple
of hours to within two miles of Steamer Point, where I found about one
hundred elephant seals hauled out on the sand beach below the cliffs and
between two large rock slides. I killed one large male and one large female,
which were skinned and taken on board at nightfall, along with six live
yearlings. Early in the afternoon the ship left us some men, and returned
to the east side to pick up the party landed there in the morning. On her
return at dusk, she anchored about half a mile off the elephant seal beach
in fifteen fathoms, where we spent the night.
The following day the sea was too rough for landing. We remained at
anchor and spent the day in preparing the two large skins for museum
purposes; our collectors working on the birds, plants, and other specimens
obtained on the east side of the island the day before. Among the birds
collected were the Guadalupe house finch, wren and snowbird. The gold-
finch was observed. Nothing was seen of the Guadalupe flicker, which is
believed to have been exterminated by former collectors. Several petrels
were captured on board during the two nights we were anchored off elephant
beach.
The beach occupied at present by the elephant seals is five or six hundred
yards in length, and is not accessible from the island at any point. The
406
Bulletin American Museum of Natural History.
[Vol. XXXV,
Cafion at the northeast landing, Guadalupe Island, L. C.
Fig. 2.
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 407
morning of the 4th, I landed and shot two more of the large elephant seals.
We spent the forenoon and half of the afternoon in skinning and skeletonizing
these, several men working on the large heavy specimens. Each of the large
males killed measured sixteen feet in length. Our operations caused very
little disturbance of the rookeries; one large male remaining within thirty
feet of where we were working. &
7. TI
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 425
surface has ever been worked. There were about sixty tons of salt piled up
ready for use. The crystallization is heaviest after the rains. Later on the
salt is taken from. the few moist localities where a little water remains.
These can be emptied by the cart-load daily, about twenty-four hours being
sufficient for a new supply to form in the same spots. As much as 35,000
tons have been shipped in one year, but much more could be supplied if
demanded. Its purity is such that it requires no refinement. This salt
deposit has been worked commercially for about fifty years and is at present
in the hands of an English company. The salt lake has no connection with
the sea. The deposit of salt is known to be at least 15 feet in depth.
Carmen Island is 17 miles long by 53 miles wide and has a height of
1500 feet. |
Leaving Carmen Island on the evening of the 3d, we anchored at Mulege
on the Peninsula, on the morning of the 4th. Some of the officials visited
the ship in the morning, the Captain returning the call later in the forenoon
In the afternoon many of the citizens came to the ship and in the evening
the officers were entertained ashore. The collectors were busy as usual, and
obtained good results. Among the food fishes taken at Mulege was the
large and important crevallé (Carana hippos) which is found also on the
Atlantic coast, numerous weakfish, kingfish and red snappers.
On the morning of the 5th, the ship proceeded to the head of Concepcion
Bay, about thirty miles inland from Mulege, where our work was carried on
with gratifying success. Mountain sheep occurring in this region, I made
a hunt for them, but only one was seen and this one not secured. Four
pairs of horns were obtained from Sefior Castro, a ranchman in the neigh-
borhood. The mountain sheep occurs on both sides of this bay but is more
common among the higher ranges farther inland.
Dr. Bartsch made an important collection of marine invertebrates in
this locality, both along the shore and by means of the boat dredge. Here,
as at all localities visited on the Peninsula from Cape St. Lucas northward,
we found quail and doves in abundance. The shore collections in general
were important, but the character of the beaches did not permit of seining.
_ A number of grunts, groupers and red snappers were taken by other means.
We saw uncommonly large schools of porpoises moving about the Bay, one
of them containing perhaps two hundred individuals. The ranchers here
had a few cattle and donkeys, and occasionally collected iron-wood (palo
ferro) for sale at Guaymas. The botanist secured among other things a
new species of century plant (Agave affinis).
The ship was moved six miles northward to Ricason Island on the morn-
ing of the 7th, where we engaged in profitable work until the following day
at 1:30, when we returned to Mulege. After a stop of three hours, we pro-
426 , Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. XXXV,
ceeded northward to San Francisquito Bay, arriving at 2 P.M. This
proved to be one of the best localities visited during the cruise for marine
invertebrates, and a great variety of such forms was obtained. A consider-
able number of fishes was secured. At nearly all localities we obtained
an abundance of food fish for the crew.
On the morning of the 10th the ‘Albatross’ went to Angel Guardia
Island, arriving at noon. This large island is said to be entirely lacking in
fresh water and, like nearly all other islands in the Gulf, is uninhabited. The
land forms were especially interesting; among the birds taken were burrow-
ing owl and great-horned owl. We obtained eighteen specimens of the large
black lizard (Sawromalus hispidus) and found rattlesnakes (Crotalus atrox)
abundant. Four of the black lizards exceeded two feet in length. The beach-
es were unsuitable for successful work with the seine, but a number of fishes
were obtained by other means, one of them being Mycteroperca venadorum,
an important food fish which reaches a weight of 150 pounds. About 60 of
these were taken, averaging 15 pounds each. Four large California jewfish
were caught, the largest weighing 70 pounds. Among the mammals pro-
cured here were a new woodrat (Neotoma insularis), and a new mouse (Pero-
myscus guardia). Angel de la Guardia, near the western shore of the gulf,
is 40 miles long by about 10 miles wide and has a height of about 4000 feet.
On the morning of the 11th, we proceeded to the south end of Tiburon
Island, arriving at 3 P. M. The general appearance of this island is not
different from that of other islands in the gulf, except in its greater height,
all the islands being essentially desert-like in character and most of them
entirely without fresh water. Tiburon is uninhabited by whites but there
are Seri Indians on the north and east sides. We saw nothing of the latter
and no signs of human occupation except a deserted camp of turtle hunters
on the beach. Lieutenant Stanley killed a buck weighing 121 pounds, not
including the viscera, while I killed a doe which was considerably smaller.
The small traps yielded several kangaroo rats. The burrows of these ani-
mals were to be seen everywhere in the level places, and were mostly con-
nected by well-beaten trails.
Five new species of mammals were obtained: a coyote (Canis jamest),'
a jack-rabbit (Lepus alleni tiburonensis), a wood-rat (Neotoma albigula
seri), and two pocket mice (Perognathus penicillatus seri and Perognathus
baileyi insularis). The mammals, birds, lizards and plants obtained here
were all valuable, as very little is known of the fauna and flora of this island.
One land tortoise was procured and the botanist found a new century plant.
(Agave subsimplex). Our explorations extended about five miles inland in
several directions, but we found no evidences of fresh water. The seine,
1 Named for Mr. Arthur Curtiss James of New York.
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 427
fishing lines, and boat dredge were all employed successfully. The food
fishes taken included large jewfish, grouper and mullet.
Tiburon is the largest island in the Gulf. It is 30 miles long by about
15 in width and has a height of 4000 feet. It is separated from the Mexican
mainland by a channel from one to three miles wide. The Seri Indian
Fig. 24. Giant cactus (Pachycereus) in bloom. Santa Catalina Island, Gulf of California.
April 16, 1911.
inhabitants are reported by:the Mexican authorities to be dangerous to
small parties.
The ‘Albatross’ left Tiburon Island at 11 o’clock on the morning of
April 13, arriving at San Esteban Island at 1:30. Almost upon landing we
428 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
began to obtain specimens of two species of large lizards, one a Sauromalus,
the other apparently Ctenosaura hemilopha. They occurred in shallow
depressions under large stones and were usually detected by their tails,
which were not always drawn in out of sight. They were captured easily
by turning the stones, which were not generally too large for a couple of
men to handle. Forty-seven specimens in all were captured alive, the
largest being thirty inches long. The Sauromalus proved to be new to
science. Two rattlesnakes (Crotalus molossus) were also secured and a few
mice and birds, while the botanist obtained a new century plant (Agave
dentiens). A new species of mouse obtained here has been named Peromys-
cus stephani. San Esteban is about 4 miles in diameter, exceedingly rough
and mountainous, with a height of 1800 feet. It lies 8 miles S. W. of
Tiburon, is without fresh water and is uninhabited.
The flow of the tides is very strong in this part of the Gulf. During the
night the ship dragged anchor somewhat on the ebb tide. When we left
for Guaymas at 8:30, the anchor came up minus a fluke which had broken
off. The tide was running fiercely, and with half a gale of wind also in our
favor, we started for Guaymas under sail and steam. Passing San Pedro
Martir Island at noon, where it was impossible to make a landing on ac-
count of the weather, we reached Guaymas after dark.
On the following morning the Captain and I called on the American
Consul and some of the local officials. Dr. Bartsch left the ship at this
point on his way to Panama, but finding no satisfactory transportation
proceeded to Washington by rail. Two crates of live reptiles, large lizards
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 429
Fig. 26. The ‘Albatross’ at Santa Catalina Island, Gulf of California. ‘* Viznaga”’ cactus
(Echinocactus diguetii) 12 feet high.
¥
430 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
and rattlesnakes were forwarded by express to the ZoGdlogical Park at New
York.
We left Guaymas at 6 P. M., and reached Santa Catalina Island, near
the west side of the Gulf, at 9 o’clock of the 16th. The botanist found this
a rich locality, there being many large barrel cacti (Echinocactus diguetii)
some of them 15 feet high. One of the largest measured seven feet .in
circumference. A number of skulls of porpoises (Globiocephalus scammonz)
and one of Tursiops nuuanu, a new species, were obtained on the beach
where fishermen had evidently been making porpoise oil. A good collection
of fishes and lizards was obtained. The fishes included a sea bass (Derma-
tolepis punctatus) 30 inches long and some groupers.
We left at noon for Santa Cruz Island a little farther south, arriving at
3 o'clock. Here additional skulls of porpoises were obtained on the beach
and a good collection was made of fishes and shore forms.
Leaving Santa Cruz at 5 P. M., we reached La Paz (Pichilinque Bay),
on the morning of the 17th where the usual work of the expedition was re-
sumed. The following day the collecting party, including the botanist,
was sent by launch to Espiritu Santo Island with a tent to remain over night:
and be picked up by the ship the next day on her way south. While the ship
was coaling, we again called on the officials, procured our mail and made
inquiries respecting the fisheries.
On the morning of the 19th, the ‘Albatross’ reached Espiritu Santo,
arriving at 9 o’clock. The collectors came on board with one specimen of
the interesting black jack rabbit (Lepus insularis) peculiar to this locality,
an introduced specimen having been previously secured on Pichilinque
Island. They obtained also wood-rats, mice, lizards, birds and plants.
Among the last was a new century plant (Agave roseana). We remained
here until noon, visiting the pearl shell propagating station, under the guid-
ance of the manager, Mr. Gaston Vives. Some excellent photographs of
this important station were secured. An account of the pearl fishery will
be found under another heading.
Leaving at noon, we reached Ceralbo Island on our way down the Gulf
at 3 P. M. The most interesting find here was the large black and white
lizard (Ctenosaura hemilopha) the species obtained on San Esteban Island
farther up the Gulf. Seven specimens of this lizard were taken, four of
which exceeded two feet in length. A few fishes were also secured.
Ceralbo is 153 miles long by about 4 miles wide, with a height of 2,477
feet. It lies east of La Paz Bay and is not more than five miles from the
nearest point on the Peninsula.
Leaving Ceralbo at 6 P. M. we‘reached San José del Cabo on the morn-
ing of the 20th. Here Mr. Osburn left the ship with a collecting outfit with
‘
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 431
instructions to hire pack animals and make a month’s trip into the Sierra
Laguna mountains for mammals, birds and reptiles. Governor Sanginez at
La Paz had furnished him with a letter of introduction to the authorities at
San José del Cabo for this purpose. He had instructions to proceed to San
Diego by steamer a month later. The trip into the Sierra Lagunas yielded
numerous species of mammals, birds and reptiles not obtained elsewhere
by the ‘Albatross’ expedition.
Leaving San José del Cabo at 10 A. M., the work of dredging was taken
up seriously. Off Cape St. Lucas, at 12:30, the dredge was lowered in 630
fathoms (Sta. 5683). The fishes obtained were Macrurus, Mclamphas,
Malthopsis, Serrivomer, Alepocephalus and Sebastolobus. Among the
crustaceans were Gnathophausia, Glyphocrangon, Nephropsis, Galacantha,
Polycheles, Munidopsis, Peneus. Other invertebrates were sponges, holo-
thurians, shells, worms and fragments of echini.
Proceeding northward, we dredged the following morning at 6:30 in
1760 fathoms, off Magdalena Bay (Sta. 5684). The haul was an interesting
one and yielded about two quarts of black nodules resembling manganese,
along with considerable animal life. It is interesting to note that the depth
at this station was exactly two miles. The dredge contained the following:
1 fish (Scopelengys), 1 large creamy-white crustacean (Munidopsis), 1 very
large pycnogonid, 9 sea urchins (Cystechinus), prawns, ophiurans, starfishes,
shells, holothurians, pennatulids and worm tubes. Among the starfishes
was Eremicaster tenebrarius, the only specimen taken during the voyage.
Continuing northward, we dredged the following morning at 8 o’clock
in 645 fathoms (Sta. 5685). The catch, a most interesting one, included a
specimen of Harriotta, the first capture of this deep-sea fish in the eastern
Pacific ocean. The other fishes obtained were Alepocephalus, Malthopsis,
Melamphes and Serrivomer. The invertebrates included shells, holothu-
rians, pycnogonids, echini and various crustacea. There were two very
‘large bright red specimens of Lithodes panamensis, a starfish (Leptychaster
inermis) and a sea urchin (Schizaster latifrons).
We dredged again at 3 P. M. in 930 fathoms (Sta. 5686). The only fish
was an Argyropelecus. Among the invertebrates were starfishes (Cteno-
discus crispatus), ophiurans, holothurians, anemones, ascidians and crusta-
ceans.
The following morning, April 23, at 5 o’clock, we anchored again in San
Bartolome Bay. A seining party was sent to the head of the bay for a supply
of fresh fish and about a barrel of edible fish, chiefly mullet, was obtained.
Many spotted sharks and sting-rays were also taken and destroyed. From
the lobster fishing camp we obtained several bags of fresh spiny lobsters in
exchange for provisions and fresh water. The Bay was full of turtles, but
the fishermen had none at hand.
432 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
The ‘Albatross’ proceeded to sea at 10 A. M. for San Francisco. At
noon the dredge was lowered in 480 fathoms (Sta. 5687) west of Natividad
Island. The fishes taken were Mclamphes, Macrurus, Nemichthys and
Scopelengys. The invertebrates were ascidians, ophiurans, sponges, ane-
mones, shrimps, annelids and a starfish (Strongylocentrotus fragilis).
We dredged again in 525 fathoms (Sta. 5688) at 2:30, west of Natividad
Island, obtaining 20 fishes: Alepocephalus, Macrurus and Melamphes.
Invertebrates came up in abundance and variety. Among them the large
red Lithodes crab and a starfish (Nearchaster aciculosus).
On the morning of the 24th the dredge was lowered in 879 fathoms (Sta.
5689) east of Guadalupe Island, bringing up Macrurus fishes and inverte-
brates of the groups already obtained, together with some sea urchins
(Urechinus reticulatus).
The dredge was hauled again at 10 o’clock in 1101 fathoms (Sta. 5690),
and brought up invertebrates only, consisting of crustaceans, shells, star-
fishes and holothurians. Of the starfishes there were four species: Hyme-
naster quadrispinosus, Zoroaster ophiurus, Brisinga panamensis and Pecti-
naster Agassiz.
The whole catch was imbedded in about a barrel of stiff gray mud.
This clay after a little working was found to be equal to modeler’s clay in
texture and was at once employed on board ship by our modeler for that
purpose.
On the 25th, at 6 o'clock, dredging was resumed southwest of San Diego,
California, in 868 fathoms (Sta. 5691). This haul was also embedded in
gray mud like the modeler’s clay referred to above. The contents of the
dredge haul were interesting, there being among the fishes one Cyema, a
genus not before known in the Pacific. The other fishes were Argyropelecus
and Melamphes. Among the invertebrates were a dozen fleshy starfishes
(Hymenaster perissonotus), and some brachiopods.
At 11 o’clock on the 25th, we dredged in 1076 fathoms (Sta. 5693) west
of San Nicolas Island. The haul was a large and important one, containing
seven species of fishes, there being twenty large rose-red Sebastes and a large
pink Liparis. Among the invertebrates was a fine Anthomastus, a large
brachiopod and a starfish (Psilaster pectinatus).
The dredge was hauled again at 9 o’clock in 640 fathoms (Sta. 5694).
It contained a good variety of fishes and invertebrates. There were five
species of very large starfishes, and as many of small ones. Among those
identified were Thrissacanthus penicillatus, Hippasteria californica, Solaster
borealis, and Heterozonias alternatus.
The third haul for the day was made at 1 o’clock in 534 fathoms (Sta.
5695) and yielded a variety of fishes and invertebrates. Among the latter
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 433
were crinoids, octopus, Lithodes and starfish (Solaster paxillatus, Lophaster
furcilliger, and Pteraster jordan).
On the 27th, at 6 A. M., we dredged again in 440 fathoms (Sta. 5696)
taking an abundance of fishes and invertebrates of many kinds, among them
starfishes (Peribolaster biserialis) and sea urchins (Schizaster townsendi).
At 10 A. M. the dredge was lowered in 485 fathoms (Sta. 5697) bringing
up two specimens of Chauliodus and four other species of fishes. The most
interesting of the invertebrates was an octopus with webbed arms. Addi-
tional specimens were secured of Schizaster townsendi, a sea urchin described
by Agassiz from several points between the Gulf of California and Panama
out to depths of 995 fathoms.
At 2 o’clock we dredged in 475 fathoms (Sta. 5698) with satisfactory
results. The fourth haul for the day, and the last dredge haul of the voyage,
was made at 6 P. M. in 659 fathoms (Sta. 5699). The results were similar
to those of the preceding haul.
The ‘Albatross’ arrived at San Francisco on the morning of April 28
and anchored off Sausalito. The ship’s collection in general being a large
one, several days were required for packing and a special car was secured
for its transportation to the east.
Fisheries and Fishery Resources.
Pearl Fishery.— Important pearl fisheries have been conducted in the
Gulf of California ever since its discovery by the Spaniards.
La Paz is the center of the pearl shell industry of Lower California, in
which there are three companies engaged. The largest of these is the
Mangara Exploration Company, Ltd., an English corporation which oper-
ates from the head of the Gulf of California southward to Guatemala.
According to Mr. F. W. Moore, general manager, the Lower California
yield of pearl shell amounts to about 60 tons a year from the Gulf alone,
valued at $100. to $350. (gold) a ton, according to the grade. (The value
in 1912 was much higher ranging from $200 to $500. gold). The shell is
classified in three grades, the first being the most valuable. The product
finds its principal market in England. The company operates with a
capital of $150,000. The principal part of the catch is made in Pacific
waters, where operations are carried on from November to May. In the
Gulf of California the work is done chiefly from July to October. The
concession of the Mangara company extends until 1932.
The Mangara Company operates 4 schooners and 21 boats: there being
diving outfits with each boat. The number of men employed by this
434 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
company is $50 and the annual yield of shell 175 to 200 tons. The schooners
with their boats are divided into three fleets, the divers of each fleet using
their schooner as the home base. Pear! fishing is carried on at depths vary-
ing from 20 to 120 feet.
A concession for pearl fishing around the islands of Espns Santo, San
José and Ceralbo in the Gulf, and also in Charmela Bay, sixty miles north
of Manzanillo in the Pacific, is held by Sefor Miguel Cornego of La Paz.
With him is associated Sefior Gaston J. Vives, in the manaeeula of the
“Compania Criadora de Concha y Perla de la Baja California,” engaged in
the propagation of the pearl oy fee The concession for oyster cultivation
dates from 1903.
During the years 1910 and 1911 the total amount of shell exported from
La Paz and derived from the waters adjacent to the Peninsula of Lower
California was 331 tons. The industry has suffered considerably as a result
of disturbed political conditions in Mexico.
The above figures relate to pearl shell only, and do not include the value
of pearls, which is reported to amount to about $100,000 annually.
Pearl Oyster Cultivation. An important feature of the pearl fishery of
La Paz is a station for the cultivation of the pearl oyster under the manage-
ment of Sehfor Gaston Vives. This station is located at San Gabriel Cove,
Espiritu Santo Island, in the Gulf of California, fifteen miles from La Paz
and is the only establishment of the kind in the world.
The station has the appearance of being well adapted for the purpose for
which it was constructed. .)
464
Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXYV,
Appendix C— Continued.
ea Position | Chart | Date | Time na
| Between Guadalupe Island, Mexico, & San Diego, Cal. Straight run.
| Between San Diego, Cal., & San Benito Is., Mexico.
H. 4951 | 3782’ Cone, N.22 E. Bluff Peak (1450’) N. | H.O. 1149 | Mar. 8 | 6:11 A.M. 590.
| 78E., 31° 28’ 45’’N., 117° 09’ 50” W. | (1909)
D. 5674 . | . | 6:11-7:50A.M.| 590
| | 8:30 A.M. 13
| Middle San Benito Id. So. side (anch.) | H.O. 1194 | Mar. 9 9:00 A.M. —
S. E. Pt., W. San Benito Id. $.62°W., NE.| (1890) _ |
Pt. N.34°W. Ay | 7:30 PIMe 13
San Benito Islands to Cedros Is., off Lower Cal. Straight run.
Cedros Island South Bay (anch)
Prominent BIk Rock N.58°W., Rock 3 mi. | H.O. 1192 | Mar. 10 9:00 A.M. i
| EE. of latter N.19°E. (1890)
| So. part of E. side (anch) E. tan. Cedros Id. | H.0. 1310 | Mar.11| 10:30A.M. |......
| N.26°E., Morro Redondo Pt. S.5°W. (1909) 2:00 PVs eee
8:30 P/M ieee.
| Middle of E. side (anch) E. of 1808’ Peak. i | Mar. 12 9:00°A- Mi. a ieeerer.
Lat. 28° 13’ 00’N. 9:30 A.M Sites a.
2:30 P.M ;
Cedros Is. to Port San Bartolome, Lower Cal. Straight run.
Port San Bartolome (anch) Coffin Rock S’n. | H.O. 1204 | Mar. 13 9:00 A.M. 22a.
tan. $.65°W. Entrance Rock, N.68°W. | (1890)
| 10:30:AcMiSas | eee:
. s Mar. 14 8:30: AMS ee!
9:30 A.M. See:
8:00) Miss sees
Port San Bartolome to San Cristobal Bay, Lower Cal. Straight run.
San Cris. Bay (anch) Morro Hermoso Pt.| H.O. 1310} Mar. 15| 10:00 A.M. a
N.59°W.; San Pablo Bluff, S.10°E. (1909)
San Cristobal Bay to San Roque Island, Lower Cal. i
D. 5675 | Lower Cal., Mex., San Pablo Pt. N.33°E.; | H.O. 1310 ch 2:11 P.M. 284
Asuncion Pt. N.87°E. (27° 07’ 08” N.114° | (1909) 2:50) P.M eee
H.O. 1268 . 5:00 P.M.
(1891)
San Roque Is. (anch) NE. end of Is.,
S.68°E., W. end of Is. S.10°W.
33/ 10’ W.) |
|
see eee
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911.
Temperature F. | a | >)
Character of Bottom Sur- Apparatus | Depth | Dur.| Direc. Dis. Remarks
Air | face | Botm. |
n. M; fneS Gon Paeca lS OFACe OM resssdling 0 * MP) Srcavertiagaliccoam + |i tumanetenes . Propeller on water-
bottle jammed.
60° | 58° | 39.4° -
IEEE lake eee 12’Agz; m.b. botm :25 | N.49°W.| 2.4
. se dee Sl eee ees ee 18 handlines botm. | 8:00 |
eee 100’ seine 5-15ft. | 2:30 | paves |un | 7 bauls on beach ‘of
| W. San Benito Id.
gs el; dip. Wade eel OOF |
S| 6 handlines Botebalt 32 cri: see eee 2 Semen ge party
failed to find suit-
able beach.
ee Heed tetra cots te 100’ seine OV Taes ASIC Os as yan - _ 3 hauls on beach
os 8 Sas eee! eee ee ee 200’ seine OMY A SeOOi hy sare . hear anchorage.
A eed eee e.l. dip. [hin tepals S00 ela | e
SS ee ee 100’seine HO’ » 2200). frie: 2 io sea
Se)... |....|....-. 3h Tn’e botm. | 2:30|......-. 5 Ce ome
eee |..--|....|..-.-. Bt. dredge (Maal ie Ofer woe 2 tN Sie
USS oS 2 130’ seine Rien WOO es Soe a | 9 hauls, SE. beach
near anchorage.
SS ee (a Bt. dredge botm. | 3:00|........|....| 12 hauls,5-30 mi. ea.
ta eee 130’ seine A’ \ 700s oe eee 4 SES each
os SS a eee Bt. dredge botmy 3:30: en «ste se Ag © 10-3Omani.ea:
no SSE ee ee e.l. dip. gurk) |) TOO) pire se . Handlines used from
time to time while at
anchor.
a ee 8 handlines botm. { 1:00|........}....|Amchored 13 hrs.
while party made
observations along
> shore for elephant
seals.
M.fne S 67° | 64° | 44.6° | Lue.sdr.
Se Gini). Gas \ans- 22) Agzsm-b: botm. | 0:20 | S.50°W | 0.7
ae Note oe | ett) | rege re es ita. PAM cencr caillny2 covom lie e+ ole cytel| Oe ave anchored 23 hrs.
shore party only.
466 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
Appendix C — Continned.
nee | Position Chart Date Time a
San Roque Id. to Abreojos Anchorage, Ballenas Bay, Lower Cal. Straight run.
Abreojos Anch. (anch) Abreojos Pt., S. | H.O.1294|Mar.16) 8:30A.M. |......
73°W. 312’ Hill, N.08’W. | (1891) |
| 1:30 PM eee
| Pe aaet tat Picea o: 10:00:/Ac Mic eee
[ eteche ces cievaierst eee roa 9:00 A.M. 6
Between Ballenas Bay & Santa Maria Bay, Lower Cal.
H. 4952 | 25°31’ 15’’N., 113° 29’ 30’’W. H.O. 1493 | Mar. 17 8:17 A.M. 645
(1908)
D. 5676 ; : 8:17-9:06A.M.| 645
H. 4953 | 25° 23’ 45’’N., 113° 16’ 00’’W. S < 1:13 P.M. 735
D. 5677 | 25° 23’ 45”N., 113° 16’ 00’ W- H.O. 1493 | Mar. 17 1:13 P.M. 735
(1908) 2:05. PAM aera
1:40 PM lee
Santa Maria Bay (anch) Hughes Pt.S.10°W. | H.O. 1636°| Mar. 18 7:30 A.M. eee
.Mt. San Lazaro N.70°W. (189804 Asner 10:00: A. Min ieee
Santa Maria Bay to Magdalena Bay, Lower Cal. Straight run. j
Magdalena Bay, off Mag. (anch) Mag. | H.O. 1636} Mar. 18|.............-]....-.
Light S.88°W., Cove Pt. §.52°E. (1898) -19
Off N. side Santa Margarita Is. (anch) L. & Mar. 19 1:00 P.M. 83
tan. Deering Bluff N.60°E.; NW. tan. Id.
N.88°W.
Marcy Channel (anch) Cisne Pt. $.70°W.; . Mar. 20 9:30 A: Meet zeae
E. tan. Santa Margarita Id. 8.46°E.
10:00 A-ME |e
2:00PM see
D. 5678 | Sail Rock, Entrada Pt.; S.53°W.; Redondo x Mar. 21 | 9:58-10:03 134
Pt. S.15°W.(24° 35’ 20’’N. 111° 59’35”’W.) A.M. “= =|eeeeee
Off Magdalena (anch) Mag. wharf S. 82°W. : OE | 1:45 PIES eee
Cove Pt. S.57°E. 2:00. PMs | Saceee
ms
Between Magdalena Bay & San Lucas Bay, Lower Cal.
D. 5679 | 23° 47’ 45’N., ITI° 23’ 00’ W. H.O. 1664 | Mar. 22 | 6:41-7:21A.M.| 325
(1899)
D. 5680 | 23° 40’ 30’N., 111° 12’ 45’"W. . bs 10:09-11:24 389
A.M.
D. 5681 | 23° 33’ 15’N.; 111° 02’ 10” W. s . 2:08-46 P.M. 405
1916.]
Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911.
4067
68°
Temperature F.
Character of Bottom | Sur- Apparatus Depth | Dur
| Air | face Botm. i ’
pS, SG Ae eee eae 130’ Seine 6’ 3:00
: ieee 200’ seine LOM ea h2230
Cs Peraee Bt. dredge botm. | 3:00
ee (eee 8 handlines « 3:00
gn.M; fneS; Glob. | 65° | 66° | 39.0° | Lue. sdr.
ye 65° | 66° | 39.0° f botm. | 0:20
. 2a MO | 'G5s te... ..| 12’ Apa; mb.
< 70° | 66° | 38.6° | Lue. sdr.
gn.M;fne S. Glob. | 70° | 66° 38.6° | Lne sdr.12’Agz;
SSS ADS Ss eee m.b. K’s [&3t botm. | 0:20
3 cee FAC) cuIHUG Cael tes cree Nec hs Dace. os ie Greed: oh surf. | 0:50
rt
SS Se ee een Bt. dredge botm. | 5:00
3 100’ seine Sh 80
eae 200’ seine 10’ | 2:00
2 Re eae Bt. dredge botm. | :45
Re hoe ena: 100’ seine 5 ft. | 2:30
GE sleAcheaes hand line
Gg altciets 12’ Agz;m.b. botm :20
cits cect Bt. dredge botm. | 2:00
5 ee 100’seine 6’ 3:00
67° | 44.1° | Lue. sdr. 12’ botm. | 0:16
67°| .. | Agz;m.b.2wng.b’s
68° | 43.6° | Luc. sdr.
68° 12’Agz:wng b botm. | :21
68° | 43.3° mS - :20
Dis. |
Direc. |
NWxW | 0.2
WNW | 0.2
«
N81°W. | 0.6
N68°W. | 0.2
« «
9 «
Remarks
_| 3 hauls, beach near
anchorage.
“
7 hauls 15-20 mi. ea.
.| Towed astern dur-
ing dredging opera-
tion.
13 hauls 10 min. each
3 “ onN. beach
Stopped for inspec.
of port officials.
. Shore parties.
3 hauls on beach of
Mangrove Id.
4 hauls 10 mi. ea.
Worked up lagoon
of Mangrove Id.
7 hauls 5-10 mi. ea.
Worked up How-
land lagoon
Net badly torn.
Wing bag at tail of
net.
“
468 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
Appendix C — Continued.
ary
Stauon Position Chart | Date | Time hice
No. | F
San Lucas Bay & Vicinity
D. 5681 | S.L. Bay (anch) Cape St. L. S.70°E.; | H.O. 1666 | Mar. 23 8:30/A.M. ieee
Customs House N.77°W. (1898)
2:00 PIM. 3 \seerer
9:30 A.M. eee
8:00 P.M. 135
D. 5682 | Off St. L. Bay; Cabo Falso N.61°W. Cape & Mar. 24 | 7:32-8:18A.M.]| 491
St. Lucas, N.11°W. (22° 48’ 20’’N., 109°
52’ 40’ W.
St. L. Bay (anch) Cape St. L. $.3°W.; Cus- Me . 1:30-7 :45P- Mee oe
toms House 8.88°W. ll
San Lucas Bay to San Jose del Cabo Bay, Lower Cal. Straight run. 7
S. J. del C. Bay (anch) Semaphore S.83°W. | H.O. 1667 | Mar. 25|.....2 0. 5s sisjeeuemees
Customs house, N.42°W. (1898) | Mar. 26 9:30 A.M ieee
Gulf of Cal. (Western side).
Pichilinque Harbor (anch) SE. tan. San | H.O. 2087 | Mar. 27 7:00 P.M. 5}
Juan Is. S.14°W.; SW. tan. N. side of | (1902) | Mar. 28 “ 2
False Bay, S.41°E. Mar. 29 SS
Amortajada Bay, San Josef Id. (anch) S. | H.O. 2181 | Mar. 30 7:00 P.M. 114
tan. Cayo Id., S.81°W.; Coyote Id. S.}| (1904) | Mar. 31 8:30 AM. Sinem
12°E. |
9:00 A: Vil |S
1:30) PUM aa
1:30 P.M aera
Agua Verde Bay (anch) San Pasqual Pt., | H.O. 850} Apr. 1 4:00 P.M eaeees
N.10°W.; Opposite Pt. N.83°E. (SiS) Ree eeree 7:30 P.M. 13
Rear Apr. 2 8:30 AM eater
ane Avaya. Sievall oats enehoees 8:45. Ac Mies eevee
Reena (Fin aes osc 8:15 A.M. iia
Salinas Bay, Carmen Id. (anch) Perice Pt., | H.O. 2181 | Apr. 2 7:00 P.M. 4}
S.63°E.; White Pt. S.29°W. (1904) | Apr. 3 8:00 A.M.. “Viiieeng
ieee E 8:00 A.M. 9] sear
9:00 A.M. “iia
Mulege Anchorage, Mouth of Conception | H.O. 849] Apr. 4 8:00 A.M erg
Bay (anch). Sombrerito Pt. S.44°W.;| (1878)
Gallite Pt. S.54°E. 1:00: P. Mie aes
1916.]
Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911.
Temperature F.
Character of Bottom Sur- Apparatus Dur.) Direc | Remarks
| Air | face | Botm. te is
crs. S. Ae | See eae 175’ seine LO=20' 1} 3:00 | ices lec ce 5 hauls, beach S. of
village. —
SS ee ee 200m PO SST0) | DB ONS os eso cillesecn 2 hauls, beach S. of
village.
So Sl ee Bt. dredge botmas 3:00) on. < .| 13 hauls, 10-15 mi.ea.
oe s0 Seb GC BEC Eee See e.l. dip. surf. | 1:30
S. 69 | 69 | 40.8 | Lue.sdr.
3 69 | 69 |......| 12’ Agz;wng. b. | botm :20 | S18°W. |0.6 | Wing bag at tail of
net.
SS el ee ee 100’ seine NO =aGY eet Oils bolsters alle mec 6 hauls beach S. of
village.
oso Soho 6 tome! GREE! Ei Gee e.l.;dip Sutia [e215
es ele ielc acy ois Wo wis + c. avele wis Ac aiern| ods suzllete sages w aleevells suet Shore parties.
Se ae 16’ seine Sr. , | PACOOR| 2. coer oleate A number of hauls
in streams & small
lagoons.
co eso) 5 50S SE OEE! eae Eee e.l. dip. surf. | 3:00
Re si. «|| ciecie sees os ‘ a 2:00
5 +o o5ise Sh 85 Ase Bere eee (eee rs - 3:00
ety. | oc.) es = s|isis eas - e.l.,dip. surf. | 2:00
S. Seeae oee 175’ seine 10-20), S:00i ness ee nels 5 hauls beach near
mouth of San José
River.
ee (ee ee Bt. dredge ......} botm. | 1:30]........}....] 4 hauls of 10 mi. ea.
SS A ee 100’ seine ...... 5. 2 WSsoO! leer yr cene Working up S. José
River.
os boa Be Be eel ee dyn. 15=25 97!) 4-00) Gere aseee| eee Lorshots:
2 I ee ee ee 175’ seine 1O=15 ARES O) eee een | eee 3 hauls, main beach.
{ES eee ees eee e.l.; dip. surf. | 2:45 2 small ponds close
to beach.
oS Shi ieee ee earns 16’ seine 3 | 1:00
E'S. 0°) 5 ee eee (ae eee 175’ seine 10S15 A MIESO 3 hauls, main beach.
SE ee | earn Bt, dredge botm. | 2:30 12 hauls 10 to 20 mi.
ea.
Ac Sel ene) eee Pe e.l.; dip. surf. | 2:00
Me fos lace leds sas 175’ seine 1 he Ml 7 Vee eenared Me 6 hauls NW. beach.
Ie siete oi|ic occas wim | ace dua ane dyn. Salley’ || BizI55 |p coo on pol oeen| i Rieoy ep
abcd Roe seh eae eee eee 33’ Tne. Potmisnie2: lo) |oce.e |. (0 hauls 20) m1) ea:
SS a eee BBE Geeta Eee Bt. dredge & Soe eee lens pl’ shauls “varying
time.
oe AS Rs dyn. 6-8’ | 1:00]........|....| 2 shots, 1 shot lost.
A470 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
Appendix C— Continued.
ge Position Chart Date | Time ria
2:00 P: Mir S| Sener
D. 5682 | So. Part of Conception Bay (anch) Concep. |H.O. 849| Apr. 5 2:00) 2 Mia Seer
Peak, S.22°E.; 500’ Peak, S.27°W. (1878)
Apr. 6 8:00 A. ME ieee
3 2:00 PAM: Walser
7:45 P.M. 14
& : Apr. 7 9:00 A.M. |......
“
Ranada et9.83. Wee Re tans dkicasom olds iem cm se cereleeee eee 9:15 AM See
S.39°E.
be net ve, eae Apr. 8 8:30:A; Mier ee
“
Mulege Anchorage (anch) s ia 5:00 PMs Weer
San Francisquito Bay (anch) NW. tan. | H.O. 630} Apr. 9 3:30: PME eee
N.11°E.; Eastern tangent N.S0°E. (S78) aa leer soe 7:00 P.M. 104
Angel de la Guardia Id. SE. Side (anch) E. | H.O. 620 Apr. 10 1:30 PV alee
tan. Pond Id. N.34°E.; E. tan. Isla Par-| (1909) |........ So 7) Sane
tida S.28°E.
3:45, PMs eee
Tiburon Is. So. side (anch); Red Bluff Pt. ‘ Apr. 11 a
S.86°W. S. tan. Turner’s Is. S.47°E.
iatelowre sated | eetne an 8:30 P.M. 93
ere Apr. 12 8:00 A.M. 9 era
Meco A MER Reese S she ts 8:30 ALM Seer
Racers tne iste oss cat 9:00 A: ia
San Esteban Id. (anch) NE. tan. N.5°W.; : Apr. 13 1:15 PV eee
O85) Rock; S.54° Welles.) © te 2 aaligeeere tees ion in, Vente 1:30: PAV | eee
SanvPedro Viartiri dss). | en | PReeereeres Apr. 14 | 11:55cA0VIEs | een
Guaymas, (anch) H.O. 640)... ..|0 ds 5 che eee
(1878) | Apr.15| 7:00 A.M
Santa Catalina Id., (anch) H.O. 850
(1878) | Apr. 16 9:15: A.M |e
Santa Cruz Id. H.O. 621
{ (1909) | Apr. 16 3:15 PM. lee
Pichilinque Harbor (anch) off Coaling Sta. | H.O. 2087
(1902) | Apr.17| 2:00P.M. |......
San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Id. (anch) | H.O. 2193
(1914) | Apr. 19 9:00 A. Meee
1916.]
Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911.
471
Character of Bottom
Air
Temperature F.
Sur-
face | Botm.
Apparatus
Depth
Dur.
Direc. Dis.
oS SSC Cn ime ay
eee ee esc ee ee ees ele oe o
Mme sess esce eee ce steer
Mieimieim ae wee ee rle cee
wines ee ese eetecce
Ce i
Mie te te ee cece eels oes
PP PPPIRseESiBle S616 4c @u clic tec elo sneceleesece es ceooreeceeelocececsne
DP PrSEs ues pw © ie se bic ce cle se ce s| ec ene eect es cep ewle sv eonee
MBs sits eseeccelecsece
ke, auaiilimice.6, © “st «
Puseie)| ie a) oitie «
weer ele ee cee
eer ele esc eee
100’ seine
Bt. dredge
dyn.
Bt. dredge
e.l., dip.
dyn.
Bt. dredge
175’ seine
dyn.
175’ seine ©
dyn.
Bt. dredge
100’ seine
dyn.
Bt. dredge
dyn.
a
Ou
Remarks
ee eee eee «sie ais st is w ele ie 6 hs ss cls © 6 slelé «ee 6c eles 6 8c tighne ce a thaws co seals eae
.| 5 shots.
7 hauls, mouth of
Mulege R.
.| 8 hauls 10-20 mi. ea.
no seining beach.
13 shots.
.| 5 hauls 20 m. to 1 hr.
6 shots.
7 hauls varying time
3 hauls, beaches
near anchorage.
.| 5 shots.
..|3 hauls
beaches
near anchorage.
.| Stopped for Bill of
Health only.
2 shots.
Shauls varying time.
No beach
for seining.
.| 4 shots.
....| 4 hauls beach E. of
Red Bluff Is.
.| Current too strong
for use of light.
.| 6 hauls varying time.
2 hauls same beach.
6 shots.
5 hauls, 20 mi. ea.
5 shots.
Choppy _ sea;
rough to land.
For Bill of Health
and mail.
too
7 shots.
.| 4 shots.
6 shots.
Stopped 3 hrs. for
‘inspection of pear!
oyster industry.
Station |
No.
D. 5682
D. 5683
D. 5684
D. 5685
D. 5686
D. 5687
D. 5688
D. 5689
. 5690
. 5691
5692
Sie oo =
. 5693
. 5694
D. 5695
Bulletin American Museum of Natural History.
x Appendix C — Continued.
[Vol. XXXV,
Position | Chart Date Time vee
Ceralbo Is. H.O. 621
(1909) Apr. 19 4:00 PM. =e
San Jose del Cabo Bay (anch.) H.O. 1667
(1898) | Apr. 20 6:00 A.M. |e 2oeee
West Coast of Lower Cal. between Cape St. Lucas & Port San Bartolome.
Off Cape St. L.; Cabo Falso N.53°W.; | H.O. 1664 | Apr. 20| 12:48 P.M. 630
Cabeza Belleno N.; (22° 46’ 45’’N., 109° | (1899) 1:44 PIMe) ieee
50’ 15’’W.)
So. of Magdalena Bay, (23° 23’ 307N., 112°). .:..... 2.2). -- cea 6:25 A.M 1760
00’ 30’ W.) g Apr. 21
hh arate Se 3 See lee 8:49 AM. > eaec ee
So. of Abreojos Pt. (25° 42’ 45’’N., 113° 38’ | H.O. 1493 | Apr. 22 8:14 A.M 645
30’W.) (1908). ¢\ soe 9:16 A. Maw
SW. of Abreojos Pt. (26° 14’ 00’’N., 114° 00’ . Apr. 22 3:16 P.M 930
0 i Maer OM) WLM AP myer cst cherie 3 4:20) PIMs |p eerease
Port San Bartolome (anch) Entrance Rock, | H.O. 1204 | Apr. 23 7:00: AS Mesa seer
N.79°W.; S. tan. Coffin Id. $.52°W. (1890) |
Between Port San Bartolome, Lower Cal., Mer. & San Francisco, Cal., U. S. A. ‘
So. of Cedros Id. W. tan. Natividad Id. | H.O. 1310] Apr. 23 | 12:42 P.M. 480
N.10°E. Breaker Pt., Lower Cal. N.72°E.| (1909) |........ 1:29 PM ieee
(27°'39015''N., Lib? 16™00" W.)
So: of |>......| 12) Agz. botm. | 0:15 | S26°W. | 1.5 | Frame badly bent.
? SSALSE® | CSRS GI ea 8 eae ap ea aries a Pe IMME 2 ae Wire parted while
heaving in. Sound-
ing instrument lost.
a Boe tGraes..< |)“ i 30| NWxW | ?
Bk §; Co. 60° | 61° Pee Means sats |ieevn srerell ese hs ee .| Thermo defective.
TEs is sais. Ss SUG S| : e ‘ Wxs ?
gn M; Glob Oo?) G1 37.3°
60050 Ste Glee. « . a :20 € ?
ee 250’ seine 200 | SeOOR es Seema cores 1 haul on SE. beach.
go.M; Glob 61° | 60° | 41.1 | Lue.sdr.
Aa ee oenic../: 22) 12’ Apz. botm. | :30| S.72°W | 1.5
= 61° | 60° | 39.9
BM fete eee sw-os + 3 GEaWOO: | |sae. 0. . os © |:S.85- WO
gyM;fneS; Glob. | 58° | 58° Em Ree aien\, wh Mod « cieasi| [asec arate aren ct | ene eae eee ee Thermo defective.
Pn... Wests Wishes = 13 ao.) * a INS Wa Ped
gnM; Glob | 60° | 58° | 38.1
2 Se eee DU Sr latte 2:35 . 2 :18 | S82°W ?
sy M. SY diel Bia Ye
Sy i gl Cd Nae ened nara - 20 « ?
2 58 |.59° | 37.1°
A Gls OOmlep ese: " ri = te Y
? ELTA OT SSR | a OR RO NPP es Sh i Wire parted while
heaving in. Sound-
ing instruments
lost.
a S74 He Sa ie 4 5 330 | N.86°W | ?
gn M. UE ot Sty i a cris eA Pike Seen) oe Thermo did not
capsize.
Bie e eos cee e eee oan oy ad ee 5 i S pWoGarwy. |. :2
gn,S. Glob 58° | 57° | 38.9
a Jas i aia! % Seep Oo OW. I>?
474 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV,
Appendix C— Concluded. |
ae {
eer Position Chart Date Time Pele |
D. 5696 | W. of Pt. Buchon, Cal., Pine Mt. N.42°E. | C.8. 5002 | Apr. 27 6:22 A.M. 440
(35°18/30"N., 121° 28’ 00’’W.) (O04 tere eee 7:07 A.M. oleae
D. 5697 | W. of Piedras Blancas, Cal., Silver Pk. N. ¢ | Apr. 27 10:07 A.M. 485
AVA Leia Wor IN GroR Gite Say (OOS loo seccneclooanann 10:48:-A:M See
121° 39’ 00”W.) :
D. 5698 | Off Pt. Sur, Cal. Pt. Sur. N.6°W. Juniperre a Apr. 27 2:07 P.M. 475
MES INeAveb).3) (85> 507 00 Ne 121349!
SOW iii gM Ee po eee) OR, Sih On | ene 2:59 P.M shee
D. 5699 | Off Pt. Sur, Cal.; Pt. Sur Light N.12°E. : Apr. 27 6:14 P.M. 659
(362 00%307N.91227 00,00 We)kl 0) oil eee-boccerees| Serene 7:06 PM ieee
Appendix D.
Record of monthly mean temperatures at La Paz, Lower California during the
year 1910 (Fahrenheit).
7 A.M. Noon
January, 60° 66°
February, 58 68
March, 62 qa
April, 66 76
May, 69 84
June, 73 83
July, 72 84
August, 80 87
September, 80 87
October, 75 82
November, 69 76
December, 63 71
Annual mean, 74 78
Rain.
days
From daily records made by Lucien N. Sullivan, U. 8. Consul.
1916.] Townsend, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ in 1911. 475
Temperature F.
Character of Bottom Sur- Apparatus Depth | Dur. | Direc. | Dis. Remarks
Air | face | Botm.
o sample Nee tea Oc) nearer ave ane el 2 onl. coekamnene ....| Shot did not detach.
ee Bao tc | D2) Aga: botm. | :14|N63°W | ? | Frame badly
twisted.
M. gk.S. 55° | 52° | 39.8
| OAS eee oh Sts) ere bs ty :31 | N72°W ?
o sample SERIES RRO (Ee aS rere enol] pga ia ee ie ID we ....| Shot failed to de-
tach.
| 2333 250 Rohe | omelleese 4 os :20 se ?
M. pile |Online
. (Aad SSaee ea Deere ese. é f :30 | S.86W. ?
Appendix E.
ScrentiFic RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA
IN CHARGE OF C. H. TowNsEND, BY THE U. S. FISHERIES STEAMSHIP
“ALBATROSS” IN 1911. CommanperR G. H. Burracg, U. S. N.,
CoMMANDING.
Published by Permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
Zodlogical Papers Published.
I, Voyage of the ‘Albatross’ to the Gulf of California in 1911. By Charles
Haskins Townsend. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXXV, Art. xxiv,
pp. 399-476. July, 1916.
II. The Northern Elephant Seal. By Charles Haskins Townsend. Zoologica.
N. Y. Zodl. Soc., Vol. I, No. 8, pp. 155-173, figs. 52-72. N.Y. April 15,
1912.
III. Mammals Collected in Lower California, with Descriptions of New Species.
By Charles Haskins Townsend. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XI,
Art. xiii, pp. 117-130, 4 illust. June 14, 1912.
IV. List of Insects Collected in Lower California. By John A. Grossbeck.
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XI, Art. xxiv, pp. 323-326. Sept. 13,
1912.
V. Echinoderms from Lower California with Descriptions of New Species.
By Hubert Lyman Clark. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXXII, Art.
viii, pp. 185-236. July 9, 1913.
VI Shore Fishes from Lower California with Descriptions of New Species.
By Raymond C. Osburn and John Treadwell Nichols. Bull. Am. Mus.
Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XV, Art. xvi, pp. 139-181, figs. 1-15. May 26, 1916.
e eae “4
476 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV.
Zoological Papers in Preparation.
VII. Birds Collected in Lower California. C. H. Townsend.
VIII. Deep-sea Fishes from the Lower California Region. C. H. Townsend.
IX. Reptiles from Lower California. M.C. Dickerson.
X. Mollusea of the Lower California Region. Paul Bartsch.
Invertebrates other than Echinoderms and Mollusks.
(Yet to be assigned for study.)
Botanical Papers Published.
The Agaves of Lower California, By William Trelease.
Report Mo. Bot. Gard. 1911, pp. 37-65.
Botanical Exploration in Lower California, By J. N. Rose.
Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. Dec. 1911, pp. 263-272.
Monograph of the Huyeae, By Smith and Rose.
Part 12, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 16.
Mamillaria arida, Rose.
Monatsschrift fur Kakteenkund, Vol. 23, p. 181.
Botanical Papers in Preparation.
Monograph of the Cacti, Britton and Rose.
QN3SNMOL ‘HD JO NOILO3NIG FHL YS0NN
UGIN!I NOILLIGAdXS SSOYLVEITVY JHL 4O JLNOY INIMOHS
NoOI9SdYd VWINYOSITVS YAMOT FHL JO dVW
WVOTWNIS,
O9Lb
45950
‘BOdHVBO Odo. H
|) ¢06/
1
al !
Me. OuvW Ma
iis
OdWV A VIDY 000 / Ee) be Natvg9 Ww
#2950
’ RQ alviawhl ML
aries vist | é fw
SH6 Bivuyas, sow g/’ Ho WZV1 ds
/ Hie
Vv OsIIVO/
bIINVATNS ‘Ld
9
\ f NOILd32NOD
\ 209
JON
You
vinysow wis
NS
affra yvas,
OLINDSIDNWE 4
YT 4MO7 ‘@qvaois\ys Nvs| :
NOO9V7 NOWWWo>
Ibe
Pa
a S3139NV
sc 5H TMG Ly fs
1souad> J
SS v1 307 (>
AOLINSA NGS bia
# { «or
WOIDWNDI NYS) 9531vZNOD ity
sinv's
Sy.
NS / ofor
‘assou03: ~
< im
n
flow lOMTIWs! soll
ye JMONPOMS 9<—Ge95 o “eu
Aid AWORY 5 ee \ over.
8 divay
4M 9LV2¥Nid
set,
/
7, $7 8 3034 NS Wi
ry se 001
WNIT Lo wis
ovr
13d anergy]
«
ee
ALANTOD 3dW>)
SS
thay a
~N
“@SOLNVS soao, ne
~, ) oe /
a By. i
V5
Te J)
oN Bs eal 4
fi e
S O9310 NYS
uc
u
fe
4
x JAN3W3I2 NWS
i‘
>
%
YNIWL¥9 Wis
oa ‘
\ NE ‘vis sad
vsou!’ vis
vuvauve VLNVS Q! yoo Nvs
i
if '
NoliddoNoo 43 H au
lise
tear
/ Ae
he
/
/ ob)
/
i :
ove
eore
Oosimuwas
A
"ep
Ya
PAW
‘9 *
hres ys
WW VAs ealtehcl
t)
(use Seles 9
THE NORTHERN ELEPHANT
TOWNSEND. _
SEAL
»
; 2
Peet
cf
Reprinted from Zoo.oatca
Scientific contributions of the New York Zoological Society
LOOLOGICA
SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE
NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
VOLUME I, NUMBER 8.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA, IN CHARGE OF
Cc. H. TOWNSEND, BY THE U. S. FISHERIES STEAMSHIP “ALBATROSS”
IN 1911, COMMANDER G. H. BURRAGE, U. S. N., COMMANDING.
Published by permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
II
THE NORTHERN ELEPHANT SEAL
Macrorhinus angustirostris, Gill
BY
CHARLES HASKINS TOWNSEND,
Director of the New York Aquarium.
PeeLISsS HED BY THE OG. Tne
Poets oowoGLOoAL PARK, NEW YORK
APRIL 15, 1912.
‘20uRJSIP UI Sso4jDg]P “S "SD
‘uado apIM YyNoW puB pe}oBsjes slosoqosd YIM ‘apnziye SuyYysy ul ore pajoosa spvay YIM sajeul ayy ‘Sssuljuwak pueB spjo-avak-om} ‘sajeuiay ‘sayeW
“GNVISI AdNTVGVND ‘AYANOON IVAS LNVHda1d SO GNA HLYON AO MAIA “ZS “Old
TF Sa. SEE oi a
pera ’
os : ,
fn «! o.
a
THE NORTHERN ELEPHANT SEAL“
Macrorhinus angustirostris, Gill. i
By CHARLES HASKINS TOWNSEND, \7
Director of the New York Aquarium.
Illustrated with Photographs by the Writer.
The elephant seal is the largest of all seals and owes its name
to its great size and to the remarkable trunk or snout developed
in the adult male.
The northern elephant seal has long been on the verge of
extinction and is now found only on Guadalupe, an uninhabited
island lying in the Pacific Ocean 140 miles off the northern part
of the peninsula of Lower California.
It formerly had a range extending from Cape San Lazaro
near Magdalena Bay on the Peninsula, northward to Point Reyes
near San Francisco, California, a distance of nearly a thousand
miles, and has never been definitely recorded from any other
region of the North Pacific Ocean. It was abundant at several
points along the coast and especially so on all of the islands off
the west coast of Lower California.*
Being valuable for its oil it was killed in large numbers by
vessels primarily engaged in the pursuit of the gray whale which
was also abundant in the same region. There is a record show-
ing that the elephant seal was being killed for commercial pur-
poses at Santa Barbara Island, California, as late as 1852. Dur-
ing the late fifties, apparently, its numbers in Lower California
became reduced to mere scattered groups.
Captain C. M. Scammon, who has long been the principal
authority on the northern elephant seal, writing in 1869,t re-
ported that it was then “nearly if not quite extinct.’”’ Since the
publication in 1874 of his work on the Marine Mammals of the
*The habitat of the southern elephant seal originally extended throughout the
Antarctic islands, including Kerguelen, Heards, St. Paul, Tristan-da-Cunha, Falk-
lands, Tierra del Fuego, South Georgia, South Shetlands, Juan Fernandez and
islands south of New Zealand. It has disappeared from some of these places and
is now found chiefly at Kerguelen Island.
{Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, April, 1869, pp. 61-63.
160 Zoologica: N. Y. Zoological Society. [lS
Northwestern Coast, there has been little information available
respecting the species.
In 1884 and again in 1892, I obtained information from seal
hunters in California that 419 elephant seals had been taken by
them at various times from 1880 to 1884 at San Cristobal Bay
and Guadalupe Island, Lower California. According to my in-
formants, some of whom had long engaged in sealing in a desul-
tory way, the elephant seal became scarce about 1865, and only
a few stragglers had been found until the discovery of a small
herd at San Cristobal Bay in 1880. This bay occupies.a midway
position on the Peninsula and is uninhabited, there being no
fresh water along the coast within fifty miles. As the beaches
are narrow, elephant seals found lodgment chiefly in the dry
gullies opening into them.
I visited this locality in October and December, 1884, in the
schooner Laura of San Francisco in search of specimens of the
elephant seal for the United States National Museum* The
beach frequented by the seals was kept under observation from
October 20 until December 31, but we obtained only sixteen ani-
mals, the skins and skeletons of which were secured for the
National Museum. I visited a number of other localities on the
same voyage, but the species was not observed elsewhere, al-
though we searched both the coast and the islands as far south as
Magdalena Bay. We examined the shores of Guadalupe Island
in October, but on account of unfavorable weather, overlooked the
locality at present occupied by the elephant seal on the northwest
side of the island. It may have existed there at that time.
In 1892, I again visited Guadalupe Island in the schooner
Santa Barbara, under the auspices of the Department of State,
with a view to identifying the species of fur seal known to exist
there, the information being desired for the use of the Fur Seal
Arbitration then convened at Paris.; Although the entire coast
line of the island was carefully examined during our search for
the fur seal, we found no trace of the elephant seal until we
*An Account of Recent Captures of the California Sea Elephant and Statis-
tics Relating to the Present Abundance of the Species. By Charles H. Townsend.
Proc. U. S. National Museum, 1885, pp. 90-93.
+Notes on the Fur Seals of Guadalupe, The Galapagos and Lobos Islands. By
Charles H. Townsend, Report on Fur Seal Investigations 1896-97, part III, pp.
265-69, Treas. Dept., Doc. No. 2717, Div. Special Agents.
1912] Townsend: Northern Elephant Seal. 161
reached the so-called Elephant Beach under the cliffs on the
northwest side. According to Captain Hunt of the schooner
Santa Barbara, eighty elephant seals were found on this beach
in 1883. Here we found eight elephant seals, seven of which
were killed, but the weather conditions becoming suddenly un-
favorable and the landing dangerous, we were compelled to
abandon four of these. At that time, May 23, the larger ani-
mals were shedding their hair.
The fur seal obtained at this island proved to be a new
species of the Antarctic genus and was described as Arctocepha-
lus townsendi by Merriam.
Captain J. R. Mullett of Monterey, California, is said to have
obtained a few specimens of the elephant seal in 1904, presum-
ably at Guadalupe. In 1907 Mr. Charles Harris visited Guada-
lupe Island in the interest of the Hon. Walter Rothschild, remain-
ing from June 2 to 13. He found about forty elephant seals and
obtained fourteen specimens, four of which were lost in the surf.*
For many years no reports have been received from San
Cristobal Bay and other points in Lower California formerly in-
habited by the elephant seal, and there has been no further ac-
count of the small herd found at Guadalupe Island in 1907. As
Lower California is sometimes visited by parties in small vessels
in search of sea-lions which are killed for their hides and oil,
naturalists had little hope of its continued existence, and the
recent discovery of a herd of considerable size was a matter of
surprise and great zoological interest.
REDISCOVERY IN 1911.
During the winter of 1911 while in charge of the deep sea
investigations of the United States Steamship Albatross in the
Lower California region, I called at Guadalupe Island and was
fortunate enough to secure the specimens, photographs and data
upon which the present paper is based.
We reached Guadalupe on March second, and immediately
landed the members of the scientific staff on the east side for a
day’s collecting and proceeded at once with the ship to the north-
*Mirounga angustirostris (Gill), by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, Ph. D.,
Novitates Zoologicae, vol. XV, 1908, p. 393. Mr. Harris also published an account
of this trip to Guadalupe Island in the Pacific Monthly for April, 1909, entitled
A Cruise After Sea Elephants,
162 Zoologica: N. Y. Zoological Society. [ioe
west side in the hope of finding a few survivors of the elephant
seal.* After a forenoon’s search we located a herd of about 125
of these animals on Elephant Beach. I killed one large male and
one large female which we skinned and took to the ship. Re-
turning with larger boats and some nets, six yearlings were cap-
tured alive and sent on board. While the Albatross went to the
east side to pick up the scientific staff, I devoted the afternoon to
making observations and taking photographs, the ship not re-
turning until nightfall. There is deep water all about the Island,
but after much cautious sounding Commander Burrage found an
anchorage in fifteen fathoms of water about a mile off shore.
The following day being too stormy to make landings, the time
was spent in the preparation of our specimens. On the morning
of the fourth we succeeded after some difficulty in effecting a
landing when I killed two more of the large males the skinning
and skeletonizing of which occupied us for several hours.+
The sea becoming rough, we were compelled to leave the
beach in the afternoon and the embarking of our heavy specimens
was both difficult and dangerous.
Elephant Beach is located under high and impassable cliffs
and is flanked by cliffs which extend into the sea, making the top
of the island altogether inaccessible from this point. Its north-
ern end is well marked by heavy rock slides. The beach is ac-
cessible from the sea only, and is usually further protected by a
heavy surf. It is not more than three or four hundred yards in
length by thirty in width, the greater part of it is sandy, the inner
margin being lined with talus from the cliffs.
The seals had little fear of man, and the few animals which
left the beach would probably not have done so had they not been
disturbed by sailors walking among them. While the large
specimens were being skinned and skeletonized, some of the ani-
mals slept undisturbed within thirty feet of where the men were
working. I succeeded in obtaining about fifty good photographs
showing the general character of the rookery and the attitudes of
the animals. The herd consisted chiefly of large males and im-
*Members of scientific staff: Dr. J. N. Rose, Dr. Paul Bartsch, U. S. National-
Museum. W. L. Schmitt, L. M. Tongue, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries. Preparators:
H. E. Anthony, J. C. Bell, American Museum of Natural History.
+These skins are now being mounted and will constitute an important group
in the American Museum of Natural History.
1912] Townsend: Northern Elephant Seal. 163
mature animals of various sizes. There were probably not more
than fifteen adult females present and only six of these were
accompanied by newly born young. The indications were, there-
fore, that the breeding season was just commencing and that
other adult females might arrive later. We did not observe any
male with more than one female, and the family groups were
distributed all along the rookery.
SIZE.
The three males which we killed were the largest in sight
and were found to average just sixteen feet in length, with an
average girth of eleven feet. The largest specimen of the north-
ern elephant seal recorded as actually measured was “‘twenty-two
feet long from tip to tip and yielded 210 gallons of oil.’”’* The
adult female we killed was nearly eleven feet long. Some of the
females with young pups appeared to be slightly longer, but we
did not attempt to measure them. There were numerous imma-
ture males about the size of the adult female and many animals
of intermediate sizes between these and the newly born pups.
Animals of the yearling size were distinctly more numerous than
those of any other size. The newly born pups were quite distin-
guishable in color from the yearlings, being dusky black. They
were about a week old. The color of the adults is yellowish
*Scammon. Overland Monthly, February, 1870. In this article the writer
refers to individuals that attained “the enormous dimensions of twelve feet in cir-
cumference and more than twenty-four feet in length. Lydekker, in discussing
the Antarctic species says, “Probably twenty-five feet would not be an undue
estimate for the length of an adult male, and it is far from improbable that close
upon thirty feet may have been reached in some cases.” Morrell says, “I have seen
the male (Antarctic) sea elephant more than twenty-five feet in length, and meas-
uring sixteen feet around the body.”
The elephant seal is much larger than the walrus, which does not exceed
thirteen feet in length or fourteen feet in girth.
Captain B. D. Cleveland of New Bedford, Massachusetts, who has during the
past dozen years made several voyages to Kerguelen Island after elephant seals,
‘says in a recent article in Hampton’s Magazine that the largest males measure
sixteen feet in length, thirteen feet in girth and may yield as much as 245 gallons
of oil. He found the blubber to be seven inches thick on the fattest animals at
the commencement of the season, six or eight weeks later it was not more than two
inches thick, the seals having fasted in the meantime. Captain Cleveland says
he secured from 2,600 to 3,000 barrels of oil on a voyage, that the animals are
killed by shooting and that the skin has no commercial value. Sealing begins in
November and ends in May before the harbor freezes over. With a crew of
thirty-five men, 120 elephant seals were killed and stripped in one day. The oil
is worth from forty-seven to fifty cents a gallon.
164 Zoologica: N. Y. Zoological Society. [i378
brown, the younger animals being grayish brown. The largest
male elephant seal obtained by Harris in 1907 was sixteen feet,
eight inches in length and had a girth of eleven feet, eight inches.
The proboscis was eighteen inches long, measured from its tip
to the eye. The largest female obtained was eleven feet, five
inches long, with a girth of six feet, five inches.
The skin of the adult male is exceedingly heavy, being nearly
an inch thick about the fore part of the neck. Our knives dulled
so rapidly in skinning that it was found necessary to have a
grindstone sent ashore and keep two men busy at the task of
sharpening. 'The carcasses were so heavy that it required all
the strength of half a dozen men to turn them over with the aid
of a rope and hand-holes cut in the skins. We found the blubber
to be about four inches thick in some places.
BEHAVIOR OF MALES.
Unless actually teased by members of our party, the old ani-
mals did not attempt to leave the beach, and many of them did
not raise their heads from the sand until closely approached, al-
though wide awake. When driven from a comfortable resting-
place they would soon settle down, and after throwing sand on
their backs with the front flippers become quiet again. Both
- young and old have the habit of covering themselves with sand
when settling down to rest. The females, although but little
molested, appeared to be even more passive than the males.
Some of the large males after being driven into the sea, soon
returned. While in the water they remained near the surf, dis-
regarding the boats which passed near them, the head being usu-
ally held well above water with the proboscis partially retracted.
When making a landing the large male does so very slowly with
frequent pauses, from time to time raising and spreading the
hind flippers to get the benefit of each low wave that helps him
through the shallows. When finally clear of the water and de-
_ pendent upon his own efforts in getting his ponderous bulk to a
dry place well up the sloping beach, progress becomes very slow,
but the elephant seal is able to crawl long distances. While at
San Cristobal Bay in 1884, the sealers showed me places three
or four hundred yards up the ravines where they had formerly
killed them.
1912] Townsend: Northern Elephant Seal. 165
Most of the attitudes here described are well shown in the
accompanying photographs, but it must be confessed that we
could not have secured all of our pictures without getting the
animals thoroughly aroused. In some cases I focused my
camera on the head of an elephant seal at a distance of eight or
ten feet and then had a sailor kick the animal violently in the ribs,
one of them became thoroughly angered only after a sailor had
jumped upon his back. When moving of its own accord the ele-
phant seal arches the body in a way suggestive of the motion of
the inch-worm, drawing the hind quarters well forward with the
belly lifted from the ground, and then shifting the forequarters
with the front flippers braced outward.
FIGHTING.
The large males that accompanied the nursing females were
frequently engaged in fights with unattached males. There had
evidently been considerable fighting as their necks were more or
less raw and in some cases had festering sores. In comparison
with them the necks of the younger males were smooth and with-
out tooth-marks. In fighting, the large males crawl slowly and
laboriously within striking distance, and then rearing on the
front flippers and drawing the heavy pendant proboscis into
wrinkled folds well up on top of the snout, strike at each other’s
necks with their large canines. The fighting was accompanied
with more or less noise and snorting, but we heard none of the
extremely loud bellowing described by writers as characteristic
of the Antarctic species of elephant seal.
The skin of the under surface of the neck and fore part of
the breast is greatly thickened, it is practically hairless and years
of fighting has given it an exceedingly rough and calloused sur-
face. This shield, as it may be called, is the part of the animal
most exposed to attack when fighting, it extends from the throat
just below the base of the jaws, down to the level of the flippers
and rather more than half way back on each side of the neck and
breast. Although ugly wounds are inflicted by the large canines,
the heavy skin in no case seemed to be broken through. While
the animal takes good care of its head and proboscis, the cal-
loused breast shield is freely exposed to the enemy.
166 Zoologica: N. Y. Zoological Society. [i528
The fighting is not of the desperate sort indulged in by the
fur seal, and the contestants soon separate; there seems to be no
actual seizing and holding of the skin and after each sharp blow
the head is quickly withdrawn and held aloft. When the head
of the male is elevated, the skin at the top of the neck and shoul-
ders is thrown into a series of eight or ten heavy folds which
extend downward and forward. These folds do not show when
the animal is at rest with the head stretched forward on the sand.
The fore flippers are large and thick and have heavy claws, the
posterior three claws being well separated.
PROBOSCIS.
The proboscis is broad and fleshy to the tip where the nos-
trils are placed, the nasal openings being wide apart and
directed somewhat downward and outward. The length of the
proboscis forward from the canines is about equal to the distance
between the canine and eye. It is exceedingly thick and heavy
and its width is about equal to the space between the eyes. In
one of our specimens, not the largest, it was about nine inches
long, but the proboscis of the dead animal can be stretched out
somewhat longer.* When the animal is crawling the proboscis
is relaxed and pendant; when sleeping, it rests upon the sand in
a shapeless mass. ‘When persistently annoyed the old male
slowly raises his head, and retracting the proboscis opens the
mouth very wide. He does not bellow loudly but there is much
blowing out of the breath through the nostrils with a gurgling
sound, the whole proboscis vibrating heavily with the effort.:
*Cleveland says of the southern species that it has “a trunk fifteen inches
long;” meaning doubtless its full length back to a point opposite the angle of the
mouth.
In our largest skull—twenty-three and three-quarter inches long—the distance
between the canines and the orbit is nine and one-half inches. In the dried and
still unmounted skins of our three males, the distance between the tip of the pro-
boscis and the eye averaged twenty-three inches, but the skins may have been some-
what stretched. In the largest of these skins the distance from the first row of
whiskers to the tip of the snout, is fourteen inches. In the largest male obtained
by Harris, the distance from tip of proboscis to eye was eighteen inches, making
the length of the proboscis forward from the canines about nine inches. Scam-
mon (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1869, pp. 61-63) says, “the proboscis of the
northern species in a large male extends from opposite the angle of the mouth
forward about fifteen inches.” The United States National Museum has a skull
obtained at San Cristobal Bay in 1884 by C. H. Townsend which is twenty-four
inches in extreme length.
1912] Townsend: Northern Elephant Seal. 167
Sometimes when the head is turned up, the proboscis relaxes
until it hangs into the open mouth. The animal may continue
to turn its head over backwards until the half-relaxed proboscis |
actually overhangs to the rear. We did not at any time see the
trunk thrown into a rounded or tubular form. In fighting it is
closely retracted and the seal is apparently successful in keeping
it out of harm’s way, as many of the animals with badly damaged
necks, had trunks showing no injury whatever.
When the proboscis is fully retracted it exhibits three bulg-
ing transverse folds on top separated by deep grooves. The
upper groove remains distinguishable when the proboscis is re-
laxed, while above it the upper fold remains as a fleshy hump.
We did not observe any actual inflation of the trunk, which, as
examined during the skinning operations, is fibrous and fleshy
_ throughout. There was no special expansion of the nasal pas-
sages observable, and while the photographs appear to indicate
an inflation, such is not the case; the heavy folds of the retracted
proboscis must be produced by purely muscular action. It can-
not be capable of inflation in the sense that the trunk of the male
hooded-seal (Cystophora) is inflated. The massing of the heavy
fleshy appendage into compact folds on top of the head, is really
the opposite of inflation. There is little indication of the pro-
boscis in the half-grown male; it probably does not develop until
sexual maturity is reached. Under excitement both female and
young extend the nose into a sharply pointed tip.
A careful examination of all available published photographs
of the Antarctic species has failed to show in any case, a pro-
boscis as long as those shown in our photographs of the northern
species.
FOoop.
I have not found anything in the stomach of the elephant
seal that would serve to indicate the nature of its food; in fact
we never found anything but a handful of sand. Our captive
elephant seals refused to eat fresh fish during the two days voy-
age to San Diego and took no food for more than a week after
their journey overland. In the New York Aquarium they have
subsisted entirely on fresh fish cut into moderate sized pieces, but
168 Zoologica: N. Y. Zoological Society. [sae
greatly preferred it alive. Live crabs and bits of seaweed placed
in their pool always remained untouched.
They doubtless feed on live squid like the fur seal, but re-
fused the dead squid we took pains to procure for them. Peron
found cuttlefish beaks and Fucus in the Antarctic elephant seal’s
stomach. Lambert says, “their food is chiefly kelp, but I have
found squid in their stomach.” Harris found “tiny sardines not
more than two inches long” in the stomachs of some of the ele-
phant seals taken at Guadalupe Island; such fishes being abun-
dant at the mouths of the sea caves near by. Cleveland de-
scribes the food of the southern species as consisting of “cuttle-
fish and mollusks.”
The heavy claws of the fore flippers may be useful to the
animal in procuring mollusks from sandy bottom.
YOUNG.
The yearling elephant seal is somewhat heavier and longer
than the nursing pup, but is proportionately more slim, brownish
gray in color and has longer whiskers. The nursing pup is black
and its length is about four feet. It is so remarkably fat as to be
practically unable to move, while the yearling is quite active.
None of the six yearlings brought to the New York Aquarium
exceeded five feet in length. Their weights varied from 167
pounds to 301 pounds, males being heavier than females.
The nursing female was usually accompanied by a yearling,
as well as a young pup. Doubtless the presence of the yearling
with the adult female accounts for the conflicting statements of
sealers about the breeding season. Judging from the conditions
that we observed at Guadalupe Island, the breeding season begins
just before the first of March. The period of gestation must be
nearly twelve months,* as the females with black pups about a
week old, were already mating. I am convinced that the young
animals I described in 1884 as pups were really yearlings. I
never saw the black pup until 1911, and there are none in
museums, at least in America.
*Twelve months is known to be the period of gestation in the fur seal. Cap-
tain Cleveland makes the statement that the female of the southern elephant seal
“gives birth to young twice a year,” but his observations on this point have been
misinterpreted. He says mating begins in November, which is the beginning of
summer; a second mating would mean a breeding season at the beginning of winter,
which is incredible.
1912] Townsend: Northern Elephant Seal. 169
It is to be regretted that we did not bring back the skin of
a nursing pup and the whole head and proboscis of a large male
for anatomical study. In our desire to treat this unique herd
with due consideration, we have relinquished, temporarily at
least, the opportunity to thoroughly investigate the character of
the proboscis. With the exception of the large female, the speci-
mens procured were such as could be taken with the least possi-
ble injury to the herd as a whole. Some of the yearlings taken
alive, I regret to state, have already become available for anatom-
ical purposes.
The yearling frequently emits a sound not unlike the scream
of the peacock. On first landing we were unable to account for
these singular noises and ascribed them to sea-gulls, but soon dis-
covered their true source. This call or scream is most frequent-
ly heard when the yearling is disturbed or trampled on by larger
animals.
The taking of the live yearlings was a simple matter. Some
heavy pieces of netting were thrown over the animals into which
they were tightly rolled, so that the sailors could handle them
without fear of being bitten or of their climbing out of the boats.
On board ship they were for a time given the freedom of the
decks, but later were kept in a pen. They showed no inclination
to bite either while on the ship or when they were received at the
New York Aquarium.
The photographs of the young animals taken at the Aquar-
ium show some attitudes which were not observed on the beach
at Guadalupe Island. Assuming that they were yearlings when
captured at Guadalupe, they are now (February, 1912) twenty-
three months old. While the animal is plump and rounded when
at rest on the floor of the empty seal pool, it may look quite slim
when stretching up its head to the hand of a visitor. The neck
becomes remarkably drawn out, and it may reach upward until
the tips of the flippers are lifted from the flooring.
Another attitude which the young animal takes at times,
shows it balanced upon the stomach with the forequarters ele-
vated until the tips of the front flippers are clear of the floor, the
head turned far backward and almost touching the hind flippers
which are lifted nearly as high as the head. It can also turn the
head backward until the nose touches the floor. We did not suc-
ceed in getting photographs of these two attitudes.
170 Zoologica: N. Y. Zoological Society. [isgs
Although handled but little, they are very amiable, only
opening the mouth when appreached too closely by the photog-
rapher. In swimming about the pool the fore flippers are seldom
used. The animals often go to sleep under water, stretched out
on the floor of the pool. The eyes of the elephant seal are re-
markably large and lustrous. They are suggestive of the eyes
of nocturnal animals, and it may be that the species is more
active by night than by day.
DISTRIBUTION SINCE 1880.
The number of elephant seals known to have been killed or
captured in Lower California from 1880 to 1911 is shown in the
following record:
1880 San Cristobal Bay, Schooner San Diepo.:.2.222 221s 30
1882 San Cristobal Bay, Schooner Sam Mate... .-cncosccc soc seecetenten se 46
1883. San Cristobal Bay, Schooner: ———...wcn neni nonsp scsi wsc ee ree 110
1883 Guadalupe Island, Schooner , Wentworth, Master... 80
1884 San Cristobal Bay, Sloop Liberty, Morrison, Mastev.......................--20.0------+ 93
1884" San'Cristobal Bay, Schooner San Die po cece nes ene ese ees eee eens 40
1884 San Cristobal Bay, Schooner Laura, Morrison, Master (C. H. Town-
S@M¢ sins CHAP LE) oe css. oe sec ced Soca caceos eater cee tence ene a nea eee 16
1884. Guadalupe Island, Schooner San Diepo:..- ee 4
1892 Guadalupe Island, Schooner Santa Barbara, Hunt, Master (C. H.
Townsend. in charwe ) ac eco eee ee 7
1904 Guadalupe Island, Schooner pe Millets Waste ricccreceeceesc sarees eeeeeeneeaeee 4
1907 Guadalupe Island, Schooner Freia (C. M. Harris in charge).................... 14
1911 Guadalupe Island, U. S. S. Albatross, G. H. Burrage, U. S. N. Comdg.
(CoH Townsend sin’ charge) pies octet cert ccerotetecen cos eee 10
Weta isc cece ectenscte ee 454
The above record is probably far from complete, as only 600
animals (including those now at Guadalupe Island) accounted
for in forty or fifty years would be but slow increase for animals
of the seal tribe. It is interesting to note that the record of
killings as far as we have it, is limited to two localities, and one
of these, San Cristobal, has yielded nothing since 1884.
CONTINUED EXISTENCE.
The northern elephant seal has persisted as a race under the
most adverse conditions. Its pursuit for oil as carried on prior
to 1860 or possibly 1865, having nearly exterminated it, there
1912] Townsend: Northern Elephant Seal. pura
followed a period of comparative immunity during which its
numbers slowly increased. Again subjected to persistent slaugh-
ter from 1880 to 1884, it disappeared for a time and was not
seen until rediscovered at Guadalupe Island in 1892. Since then
thirty-five elephant seals have been killed at Guadalupe for
museum purposes. Had that island been visited by seal oil
hunters, the elephant seal would probably not be in existence
to-day.
PRESENT NUMBER.
When the Albatross left Guadalupe on March 4, 1911, there
were not less than 125 elephant seals on the rookery. The breed-
ing season having just commenced and the number of adult
females present being considerably less than the number of adult
males, and less than half the number of yearlings, there is rea-
son to believe that the adult female portion of the herd would
be better represented before the end of the month. The present
size of the herd may therefore be estimated at 150 animals of all
classes.
Eleven days later when the Albatross reached San Cristobal
Bay on the Peninsula, I examined the site of the old rookery at
that locality without finding any indication of its being occupied.
We found no signs of elephant seals at either San Benita or
Cedros Islands where the ship called on the voyage southward.
I examined the shores of San Benita very thoroughly. Both of
these islands were formerly breeding resorts of the species.
DISTINCTNESS OF THE NORTHERN SPECIES.
The specific distinctness of the northern elephant seal is well
shown in the accompanying photographs of skulls of M. angus-
tirostris and M. leoninus in the American Museum of Natural
History. The skulls are those of adult males and both exceed
twenty-two inches in extreme length, angustirostris being longer,
while leoninus has the greater zygomatic width.
In the northern species the zygomatic arch is heavier
throughout than in the southern species. In the former the
jugal at its narrowest point has nearly twice the height of that
of the latter, while its extreme length is considerably less. Its
Vi2 Zoologica: N. Y. Zoological Society. [isee
upper posterior branch is higher and the inferior branch shorter
than in the southern species. Its union with both maxillary and
squamosal is decidedly less oblique and its upper portion is more
strongly curved inward.
The frontal portion of the skull is much higher and nar-
rower than in M. leoninus. The lower jaw is higher and its
angle greater. Other aspects of the skulls show strongly marked
differences, which appear also in the four other skulls examined.
PROTECTION.
The northern elephant seal as we have seen, now breeds only
on Guadalupe Island. Its numbers are slowly increasing and it
is to be hoped that it will not be molested by seal oil hunters. The
principal source of danger to this herd lies in the fact that its
existence is now known in California where small-scale hunting
enterprises to Lower California are sometimes organized.
The island is not inhabited and the Mexican government has
not heretofore been interested in the protection of its animal life.
It lies 140 miles off shore in latitude 29° 10’ N., and longitude
118° 18’ W., is twenty-one miles long and has an elevation near
its northern end of 4,528 feet.
A plan was presented by the writer to the Secretary of
Commerce and Labor, whereby the Guadalupe herd might be pro-
tected through United States customs houses on the Pacific coast
by the refusal of clearance or entry to vessels dealing in seal
products from Mexican waters. We also urged that the matter
of protection of the elephant seals be brought to the attention of
the proper authorities in Mexico with a view to securing con-
certed action. We are now informed that the Secretary of State
has received information that the Mexican authorities have taken
steps to prevent the killing of these seals, and the Secretary of
the Treasury has been requested to assist in the work of protec-
tion through the administration of the customs.
NEW INFORMATION.
The observations made in 1911 on the elephant seal, together
with the specimens and photographs which were secured, appear
1912] Townsend: Northern Elephant Seal. 173
to yield information on some features of its natural history which
have hitherto been obscure. The following points may be noted:
The northern species is unquestionably distinct.
It now breeds only at Guadalupe Island and there are prob-
ably about 150 of the animals in existence.
The trunk of the adult male eighteen feet long, has a length
of nine or ten inches forward from the canine teeth.
The trunk is not capable of inflation, but is retracted into
heavy folds on top of the head by muscular action.
The breeding season begins a few days before March first
and the period of gestation is twelve months.
The color of the young at birth is black.
The yearling emits a call or scream unlike the voice of any
other seal.
The food preferred by the yearling and two-year-old in cap-
tivity is fish.
The yearling and two-year-old frequently lift the head and
the hind flippers above the back until they nearly meet.
Norr.—I have recently found in Blackwood’s Magazine for December, 1818, some
interesting information about the elephant seal of Tristan-da-Cunha Island, which
lies in mid Atlantic in the latitude of the Cape of Good Hope. The article con-
tains a letter written at Tristan-da-Cunha in 1811 by J. Lambert, from which I
quote the following: “Sea-elephants . . . are plenty and they pup yearly, coming
up in the months of August and September for that purpose. About a month or
five weeks they take the male and then go off to feed, and in six weeks come up
and remain a month of two to shed their old coat and get a new one, and from
that time are for the most part lying in the sun asleep. ;
“The males, however, stay off longer, as they of course require a longer period
to feed. Their food is chiefly kelp, but I have found squid in their stomach. .. .
This last season I think 1,000 pups were brought forth on this island, and as many
more on the other two, and I suppose when I passed near those islands they must
have been almost innumerable, seeing some parties or other have been oiling here
ever since and so many yet remain. If they are not disturbed for two or three
years, the increase must be great and profitable, especially if their skins are at-
tended to and salted.
“We have killed about eighty since we landed, and suppose we shall kill about
two a week through the year. We have made about 1,000 gallons of oil... .
The elephant in general makes about a barrel of oil, though some of the males will
produce 100 gallons; of course there would be as many skins as barrels of oil,
besides, at least, 1,000 pup skins, which are very fine and pretty, and would no
doubt average a dollar each.”
The Challenger Expedition did not find the elephant seal at Tristan-da-Cunha
in 1873, the last having been seen, according to Moseley, “two years before.”
- *s
-
é
.
.
:
- s
4
j .
’ a
p * ‘ 4
f ‘ é
4 4 oe + ?
s ; :
* a #
y « é 4+ 4 o>
_ ©
a
. es e = © oe cf
an :
Pa S . .
‘pu, uo uolssaisoid ul pales} Ayjensn ue sioddiy puly ey] “pues ay} UO Suldovip jsOW][Y puB paxBjad slosoqoud YIM apnyiyye SulpAvsy
“ONO?1 LAdd NAALXIS IVHS LNVHdHY 1d WIVW “eS “Old
“189d 94} 0} SSuvyJeao siosogoid ay} [UN pseAYyORG pousn} si peasy sy]
“MOV SIH NO GNVS ONIMOUHL TWAS LNVHdd 1d ATVW LINGV “FS “Old
“GAXVISN ATLYVd SIOSOUOUd “SUYdddild AYOA HLIM MOVE SLI NO GNVS ONIMOUYHL TWAS LNVHda Ta AIVW ‘Ss ‘Old
‘apim Asad yynour uedo pus slosoqgoid joesjas ‘siaddiy a10J uo YSIY Jead YjOg “9OURISIP SULYIIYS UIYM Way
“LHOIS OL ONIHOVOUddY STVaS LNVHddTd ATIVW “9S “DIS
Ps ae =
ve : 3 ae é 2
ee = ‘ee A. 4A oe
FIG. 57. ADULT MALE ELEPHANT SEAL. THE SNOUT IS SOMETIME
APPEARS VERY BROAD.
Do
S FLATTENED AND
FIG. 58. ADUL
T MALE ELEPHANT SEAL CRAWLING INTO THE SURF.
2 5 ? i
oe a SRG Ae 4
FIG. 59. ADULT MALE ELEPHANT SEAL SLEEPING—BODY AND SNOUT RELAXED, TIP OF
SNOUT TURNED UNDER.
FIG. 60. ADULT MALE ELEPHANT SEAL.
The proboscis is drawn into heavy folds on the forehead, the back of the neck deeply wrinkled.
The calloused shield of the neck and chest extends about half way round the neck. The fore
flippers are powerful and easily raise the fore quarters from the ground.
FIG. 61. ADULT FEMALE ELEPHANT SEAL. UNDER EXCITEMENT THE NOSE IS
PROJECTED INTO A POINTED TIP.
FIG. 62. VIEW OF BLACK PUP, SHOWING ITS EXCESSIVE FATNESS.
FIG. 63. ADULT MALE, ADULT FEMALE AND YEARLING.
The male is thoroughly aroused and in threatening attitude. The whiskers are erected and the
mouth opened wide. The large canines are concealed by the pendant tip of the proboscis.
FIG. 64. ELEPHANT SEALS, ADULT MALES, FEMALE, BLACK PUP AND YEARLING.
Male at left with proboscis relaxed and its tip spread.
FIG. 66. SLEEPING IMMATURE MALE, YEARLING AND BLACK PUP.
‘WOIAVWNOV MYOA MAN NI G10 SYVAA OML ATUVAN S1VAS LNVHdaTa 9°19 ‘Old
oma) | ! ery ears 5) Eee io
}
j —
}
i
H
enmeccos ttm
ttc
FIG. 68. ELEPHANT SEALS NEARLY TWO YEARS OLD IN NEW YORK AQUARIUM.
No other species of seal opens the mouth so wide when in threatening attitude.
FIG. 69. A PORTION OF THE COAST AT SAN CRISTOBAL BAY, LOWER CALIFORNIA,
FREQUENTED BY ELEPHANT SEALS AS LATE AS 1884.
The animals generally occupied the mouths of the gullies, the beaches under the bluffs being
narrow. The coast of this part of the Peninsula is totally lacking in fresh water
for a distance of over 100 miles, and has always been uninhabited.
FIG. 70. NORTHWEST SIDE OF GUADALUPE ISLAND, AT DISTANCE OF ONE MILE.
Small beach occupied by elephant seals is in center of picture, near large rock slide.
FIG. 71. SKULL OF ADULT MALE MACRORHINUS ANGUSTIROSTRIS, FROM GUADALUPE
ISLAND, LOWER CALIFORNIA.
Extreme length 2354 inches, extreme zygomatic width 137 inches.
SKULL OF ADULT MALE MACRORHINUS LEONINUS, KERGUELEN ISLAND,
ANTARCTIC.
Extreme length 2214 inches, extreme zygomatic width 14! inches.
a
9)
~I
i)
ts
a - Screntiric REsuTs oF THE ExpEepITION To THE GULF oF CALIFORNIA
a Se IN CHARGE oF C. H. TowNsEND, BY THE U. 8S. FISHERIES STEAMSHIP
) ‘ALBATROSS’ IN 1911. Commanper G. H. Burracry U. 5S. N.,
CoMMANDING.
Published by Permission of the U. S> Commissioner of Fisheries.
III.
: : 7 M ammals Collected in Lower California,.with Descriptions
ae ee | of New Species.
Y By Cuartes Haskins TowNseEND.
se /
es sa, AUTHOR'S EDITION, extracted from BULLETIN
OF THE
ss Bmerican Museum of Watural History,
— Pees é Vor. XXXI, Arr. XIII, pp. 117-130.
=? New York, June 14, 1912.
Continued from Srd page of coter.)
Part II.— The Chuckchee: Religion. By W. Bogoras. Pp. 277-536, pll. xxxii-xxxiv, 5%
and 101 text figures. 1907: Price, $4.00.
Part JII.— The Chuckchee: Social Organization. By W. Bogoras. Pp. 537-733, pl. E ;
xxxv, and 1 text figure. 1909. Price, $3.00.
Vol. XII. Anthropology (not yet completed).
*Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. VIII.
Part I.— Chuckchee Mythology.. By Waldemar Bogoras. Pp. 1-197, 1910. Price, $1.25.
Vol. XIII. Anthropology (not yet completed).
*Jesup North Pacific Expedition,-Vol. IX.
Part I.— The Yukaghir and the Yukaghirized Tungus. By Waldemar Jochelson. § Pp.
1-133,-pll. i-vii, 1 map. Price, $3.40. ota!
Vol. XIV. Rethreoplory:
*Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. X.
Part I.— Kwakiutl Texts. Second Series: By Franz Boas and George Hunt, Pp. 1-269.
1906. Price, $2.80. . :
Part IJ.— Haida Texts. By John R. Swanton. Pp. 271-802. 1908. Price, $5.40.
ETHNOGRAPHICAL ALBUM.
Jesup North Pacific Expedition.
Ethnographical Album of the North Pacific Coasts of America and Asia. Part i pp. 1-5,
pll. 1-28. August, 1900. Sold by subscription, price, $6.00.
BULLETIN.
The matter in the ‘Bulletin’ consists of about 24 to 36 articles per yolume, “which
relate about equally to Geology, Paleontology, Mammalogy, Ornithology, Entomology,
and (in former volumes) Anthropology, except Vol. XI, which is restricted to a ‘Cata-
logue of the Types and Figured Specimens in the Paleontological Collection of the Geological ~
Department,’ and Vols. XV, XVII, and XVIII, which relate -wholly.to Anthropology. — ‘Vol-
ume XXIII and the later volumes contain no anthropological matter, which is now issued
separately as ‘Anthropological Papers.’
Ne gh
A
oe
}
Volume I, 1881-86.......: Out of print Votome XVI, Part IV, 1905 Price, . 75
“ TI, 1887-90........ Price, $4.75 Soe V, 1907 1.25
. TE, 1890-98, 230203: “$400 SES OY TEL T:19025 = 2.00
‘§ TV; 1892 50S yas 4,00 MY % “ II;1904 ** 150°
ss Vp ASOS EP Soe Ses 4.00 p 3 $6 STE F1905>.\"* =O
at WI ASOA Seo an rs 4.00 “ aia Akh & IV,.1907 = $°h+: 25007.
se ITS A895 5 pe AG 4.00 ‘s MIE A908. fA. whee = Oe
# VTE, W896. ee es 4.00 s XM 1904 or. 5 ae 5.00
“ DES S9 72s a eee 4.75 3 XOX 1905... peak Ee S00
ra KAUSOBS: ee eee ra TD St VERT, 2906. Oe. ee xe
“t XI, 1898-1901...... Sr 5600 OR RT W907 pracy ct es oo ee
© SLE 1899 nee SS 4.00 SOMO VEE IOS ie Seo ke 62002
Soe TTS POOR ye ONG orc toe 4.00% 3° XV, Part:T,.1908. -5 3,8 15D OSS
a REY, LOOPS RR ee os 4.00 PS SKN Ay GOO 5 524 et fnte oe ae 6.00
tf XV, 1901-1907...... ‘ 5O0G EAs KRVUNAGIOW A Sie Se 5.00
" RIVES IOND ee tae 5.00 SOX RK VIEL A9FO 2 oS ae ae ee 4.00 - ;
is XVII, Part,,’,I, 1902“ 1.50 Mace RIK GEG. ss 2 oe R
atest gs Testa at Ao EERE O.O. 25 KEP COT Mg OD eames
“ “IIT, 1905 Out of print eee Sariny
ANTHROPOLOGICAL PAPERS.
Volume, I, 1908..../......\.Price, $3.50 . Volume IV, 1910...-.-..:..+-Price, $3.50
he PE TOO eet 3.50 as MOT Ao ee 3.50 s
CO TM ABO ee ee ok AR SSO A AE BON oe) ene ae ea
AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL.
The ‘Journal’ is a popular record of the progress of the American Museum of Natural
History, issued monthly, from October to May inclusive. Price, $1.00 a year. Volumes AS2K7
I-XI, 1900-1911.
*The Anatomy of. the Common Squid. By Leonard Worcester Williams. ~Pp. 1-87;
pll; i-iii, and 16 text figures: 1909.
Chinese Pottery of the Han Dynasty. By Berthold Laufer: Pp. 1-339, pl. itxxv,
and 55 text figures. 1909. , \ ;
For sale at the Museum.
*Published by E. J. Brill, Leiden, Holland. ~Not on sale at the Museum. American
Agent, G. E. Stechert, 129 West 20th Street, New York City.
59.9(72.2
Article XITI— MAMMALS COLLECTED BY THE ‘ALBATROSS’
EXPEDITION IN LOWER CALIFORNIA IN 1911, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.!
By CuHaAr.LeEs Haskins TowNnsEnpD.
{By permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries. ]
Pxuates VIII ann IX.
The mammals brought back by the ‘ Albatross’ Expedition number
259 specimens, representing 59 species, ten of which, from islands in the
Gulf of California, appear to be undescribed.
Mammals, usually of the smaller kinds, were obtained at nearly all of
the twenty-seven localities visited by the ship. While a single night’s
trapping often yielded numerous specimens, many were destroyed by
ants before the traps could be visited in the morning. Wood rats, pocket
mice and deer mice were especially numerous, and it was possible to obtain
them by setting traps almost anywhere in the bushes near the beaches.
Deer and coyotes were obtained at two, hares at six, spermophiles at
three, and kangaroo rats at four localities. Specimens of lynx, fox, raccoon,
skunk, and gopher were secured only in the Sierra Laguna mountains by a
collector sent from the ship. The elephant seal was found only at Guada-
lupe Island. As the work of the cruise included deep sea investigations,
sometimes at considerable distances from land, all anchorages were of short
duration and at points rather widely separated.
The greater part of the collection of mammals was prepared by Mr. H. E.
Anthony, now of the Museum staff.
The islands visited include Guadalupe, the San Benitas, Cedros,
Magdalena, Margarita, and San Roque in the Pacific, and Ceralbo, Espiritu
Santo, San José, Santa Cruz, Santa Catalina, Carmen, Angel Guardia,
San Esteban, and Tiburon in the Gulf. In physical characteristics, the
islands bear close resemblance to the coastal regions of the Peninsula, having
the same desert-like appearance. Some of them are totally without fresh
water, and most of them are uninhabited. Small mammals were obtained
only at islands where the traps could be left out over night.
The following notes relate to islands from which new species were pro-
cured.
1Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Gulf of California in Charge of C. H.
Townsend, by the U. S. Fisheries Steamship ‘ Albatross’ in 1911. Commander G. H.
Burrage, U. S. N., Commanding.
117
118 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXX],
Tiburon is the largest island in the Gulf; it is thirty miles long by about
fifteen in width, and has a height of 4000 feet. It is separated from the
Mexican mainland by a channel from one to three miles wide, and is inhab-
ited by Seri Indians reputed to be dangerous to small parties.
Angel de la Guardia is near the western shore of the Gulf. It is forty
miles long by about ten miles wide, and has a height of about 4000 feet; it
is without fresh water and is uninhabited.
San Esteban is exceedingly rough and mountainous with a height of
1800 feet and a diameter of about four miles. It lies eight miles southwest
of Tiburon, is without fresh water and is uninhabited.
Carmen, near the Peninsula, is seventeen miles long by five and a half
miles wide, and has a height of 1500 feet. Important salt-works are located
here.
List of Species.
DELPHINIDA. PoORPOISES, DOLPHINS, ETC.
Porpoises were observed almost daily while the ‘Albatross’ was in the
Gulf of California. They were especially numerous about the head of
Concepcion Bay, where a band of two hundred or more came near the
anchorage and showed little fear of the launch which several times passed
among them.
1. Tursiops nuuanu Andrews. Nuvanu DOo.LpuHin.
Two skulls, Santa Catalina Island, April 16.
The skulls obtained by the ‘ Albatross’ Expedition at Santa Catalina
Island, when compared with a skull obtained by Mr. J. T. Nichols, in the
Pacific (Lat. 12° N., Long. 120° W.), were found to be identical. The
species was then described by Mr. R. C. Andrews in Bull. Am. Mus. Nat.
Hist., Vol. XXX, Art. IX, pp. 233-237, August 26, 1911.
2. Tursiops gilli Dall. Griu’s Do.ruin.
Skull, San Bartolome Bay, March 14.
Porpoises were seen daily while the ‘ Albatross’ remained in San Barto-
lome Bay. The skull obtained was found on the beach with portions of
_ the skeleton.
3. Globicephalus scammoni Cope. ScamMMon’s BLACK-FISH.
Twelve skulls, Santa Cruz Island, April 16.
There were many skulls and skeletons of this species on the beaches at
1912.] Townsend, Mammals from Lower California. 119
Santa Cruz Island, and also at Santa Catalina, where we called the same day.
There was evidence that all the animals had been killed for their oil.
Bovip&. SHEEP, BISON, ETC.
We were informed by a resident that the mountain sheep is found among
the high, rugged hills on both sides of Concepcion Bay, but it 1s more
numerous on the ranges further inland. Only one was seen by our party.
Our informant, Sr. Liberato Castro, from whom the horns were received,
said that we would find good sheep hunting on Tiburon Island, but no traces
of the species were found during our hunting there on April 12-13. The
name used at Concepcion Bay for the mountain sheep is “ borrego cim-
maron.” The species is found throughout the desert ranges of the eastern
side of the Peninsula, from west of the mouth of the Rio Colorado southward
to near La Paz.
4. Ovis cervina cremnobates. Elliot. LowrR CALIFORNIA Movun-
TAIN SHEEP.
Four pairs of horns, south end of Concepcion Bay, April 7.
ANTILOCAPRIDE. PRONG-HORN ANTELOPE.
5. Antilocapra americana mexicana Merriam. LOWER CALIFORNIA
ANTELOPE.
One head, inland from Santa Rosalia Bay.
The antelope was formerly found on many of the plains of Lower Cali-
fornia, but is now rare. It is not at present known to exist further south
than the Santa Clara Desert, about midway on the Peninsula.
CrerRvIDe. DEER.
6. Odocoileus hemionus peninsul# Lydekker. LowrR CALIFORNIA
DEER.
Male juv., San Bartolome Bay, March 14; female, San Bernado Moun-
tains, May 13; male, San Bernado Mountains, May 15, 600 ft.; male,
San Bernado Mountains, May 16, 600 ft.
On the Peninsula deer were seen at only a few localities, but are said to be
rather common.
120 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXT,
7. Odocoileus hemionus eremicus Mearns. TrnpuroN ISLAND DEER.
Male and female ad., Tiburon Island; male, antlers only, all from
Tiburon Island, April 12.
Deer are abundant at Tiburon Island if one may judge by their tracks
and trails. Several of the animals were seen and two specimens were
obtained. The weight of a heavily antlered buck, killed by Lieut. Stanley,
was 121 pounds after evisceration.
8. Odocoileus cerrosensis Merriam. CrpRos ISLAND DEER.
Fragments of weathered antlers, Cedros Island. Probably now extinct;
killed formerly by miners for food.
Leporip&%. Hares, Rapsits.
The collection of jack rabbits although small contains two especially
striking forms, the grayish or silvery rabbit of Tiburon Island, allied to
species of the Mexican mainland, and the remarkably dark species peculiar
to Espiritu Santo Island. The latter with its glossy black back resembles
no other rabbit, and is a most striking variation from the form inhabiting
the adjacent coast of the Peninsula.
9. Lepus californicus magdalenze Nelson. MaAGpALENA ISLAND
JACK RABBIT.
Male, Santa Margarita Island, March 20.
10. Lepus californicus xanti Thomas. Capr San Lucas Jack RABBIT.
Male, Cape San Lucas, March 24; female, Pichilinque Bay, March 28.
11. Lepus insularis Bryant. Esprriru Santo Jack Rassir.
Female, Pichilinque Island, March 27,— introduced from Espiritu Santo
Island; female, Espiritu Santo Island, April 18.
12. Lepus alleni tiburonensis subsp. nov. TrBuRON ISLAND JACK
RABBIT.
Closely related to L. alleni, from which it differs in being much darker and more
iron gray, the buffiness on the back being rather pale and much overlaid and mixed
with black.
1912.] Townsend, Mammals from Lower California. 121
Sides of body and outside of legs much darker and more iron gray than in_allend.
Rump patch darker and less differentiated from color of back. Iron gray of sides
extending on underparts, leaving only a narrow median white area. Under side of
neck more buff, ears darker and grayer. Top of head very similar to alleni.
Type, No. 31990, male. Represented by three males in rather worn spring pelage,
Tiburon Island, April 13.
A dozen or more of these rabbits were seen by our party. Measurements,
average of three specimens: total length, 610; tail, 63, hind foot 127.
HeETEROMYIDe. Pocker Micrt, KanGcaroo Rats, ETC.
Pocket mice of the genus Perognathus are naturally abundant in the
desert-like country of Lower California, and were obtained at all localities
where the traps were set at night.
There were signs that they were quite as common on the islands as on
the Peninsula. They are burrowers, nocturnal in habit, and feed on seeds
which they collect and carry in their cheek pouches.
13. Perognathus penicillatus arenarius Merriam. LirtLE DESERT
Pocket Mouse.
Male, San Bartolome Bay, March 14; male San Francisquito Bay,
April 10.
14. Perognathus spinatus peninsule Merriam. Carre San Lucas
Pocket Mouvuse.
Seven males, 3 females, Cape San Lucas, March 24; 5 males, San José
del Cabo, March 26; 2 males and 2 females, Pichilinque Bay, March 28-30;
male, Agua Verde Bay, April 2; male and female, Mulege, April 5; male,
Concepcion Bay, April 8; 3 males, Miraflores, April 25; female, San Ber-
nado Mountains, May 5.
15. Perognathus penicillatus siccus Osgood.
Male, 2 females, Cape San Lucas, March 24.
16. Perognathus baileyi rhydinorhis Elliot. San QuENTIN POCKET
Mouse.
Two males and 3 females, Pichilinque Bay, March 29-30; male, Concep-
cion Bay, April 8.
122 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXX,
17. Perognathus fallax Merriam. SHoRT-EARED CALIFORNIA POCKET
Mouse.
Female, San Bartolome Bay, March 14.
18. Perognathus spinatus bryanti Merriam. Bryanr Pocket Mouse,
Four males, female, San José Island, April 1; 3 males, Espiritu Santo
Island, April 19.
19. Perognathus baileyi insularis subsp. nov. ‘TiBnuRoN ISLAND
Pocket Mouse.
In size and color about the same as P. penicillatus pricet. Skull in general rather
narrower; rostrum and nasals narrower; interparietal larger. Ascending branches
of supraoccipital narrower; maxillary arm of zygoma weaker.
Type, No. 31846, male.
Represented by 2 males and 1 female, Tiburon Island, April 13.
Measurements, average of three specimens: total length, 212; tail, 119;
hind foot, 27.3.
20. Perognathus penicillatus goldmani subsp. nov. GOLDMAN’s
Pocket Mouse.
In general size and color about the same as P. baileyi; skull slightly smaller
and lighter; molariform toothrow shorter; inner side of parietal shorter. Named
for Edward A. Goldman.
Type, No. 31845, male, Tiburon Island, April 13.
Measurements of the type: total length, 171; tail, 90; hind foot, 23.
21. Perognathus spinatus nelsoni subsp. nov. CARMEN ISLAND PocKET
Mouse.
Compared with P. spinatus peninsule, the color is grayer and lacks the drab
brown effect seen in peninsule; general size similar, but tail slightly shorter —
decidedly shorter than in bryanti.
Type, No. 31855, male.
Represented by 2 males and 1 female, Carmen Island, April 3. Named
for Edward W. Nelson, well known for his studies of Lower California
mammals. Measurements, average of three specimens: total length, 172;
tail, 93; hind foot, 24.
Kangaroo rats are very abundant on Tiburon Island where there were
many tracts of level ground conspicuously marked with their burrows and
1912. | Townsend, Mammals from Lower California. 123
well-beaten trails. Being nocturnal, we saw nothing of them, but the traps
yielded specimens both nights we were at the island. They did not appear
to be so common at other places visited by the ‘ Albatross’.
KaNnGaAroo Rats.
Kangaroo rats are handsome animals with velvety fur, and derive their
name from the long hind legs and tail and the habit of leaping kangaroo
fashion. They have cheek pouches in which food is carried to their burrows.
22. Dipodomys insularis Merriam. San Jos& ISLAND KANGAROO Rat.
Male, 2 females, San José Island, April 1.
23. Dipodomys merriami Mearns. Tinuron ISLAND KANGAROO Rat.
Seven males and 1 female, Tiburon Island, April 12-13.
24. Dipodomys merriami simiolus Rhoads. ALLitep KANGAROO Rat.
Male, 3 females, San Francisquito Bay, April 10.
25. Dipodomys merriami melanurus Merriam. BLACK-TAILED
KancGaroo Rar.
Six specimens, Miraflores, April 25—May 2.
GEOMYIIDA. PockEtT GOPHERS.
These animals are active burrowers, living almost entirely under ground.
They are vegetable feeders and have cheek pouches in which to carry food.
26. Thomomys botte anitze Allen. Santa AniTA Pocket GoPHER.
Seven specimens, Miraflores, April 28—May 4.
Murip&. Woop Rats, DEER MICE, ETC.
Wood rats were obtained by night trapping at most of the localities
visited by the ‘Albatross’. It is, by reason of its conspicuous brush nest,
more in evidence than any other mammal. Nests were seen by the dozen
in all sorts of locations, from the high, rocky ridges, down to the mangrove
belts along the lagoons. One nest high up on Margarita Island, was built
quite in the open against the side of a rock commanding an extensive view.
The broken twigs of which it was largely composed, were covered entirely
124 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXI,
over with pieces of cactus, the dried dung of burros and cattle and a bushel
of small stones. Another, just back of the beach and in the center of a
clump of cactus, was five feet in diameter and completely covered with peb-
bles and sea shells. Another among the mangroves on Magdalena Island
was six feet in diameter and composed entirely of mangrove twigs. Its
base was well secured among elevated mangrove roots and more than a foot
clear of the marshy ground beneath. There must have been a score of
wood rat nests among the mangroves on Magdalena Island within a radius
of 500 yards and many of the structures were five feet high. Any kind of
portable object in the vicinity of a wood rat’s nest may be used in its com-
position.
27. Neotoma intermedia gilva. Rhoads. YELLow Woop Rat.
Female, San Bartolome Bay, March 14.
28. Neotoma intermedia pretiosa Goldman. Marancita Woop Rat.
Five males, 3 females, Santa Margarita Island, March 19-21.
99. Neotoma intermedia arenacea Allen. Carpe Woop Rat.
Three males, 2 females, Cape San Lucas, March 24-25.
30. Neotoma intermedia perpallida Goldman. San Jos& ISLAND
Woop Rat.
Five males, 1 female, San José Island, March 31—April 1.
31. Neotoma intermedia Rhoads. Ruoaps’s Woop Rat.
Female, Agua Verde Bay, April 2; 2 females, Mulege, April 5, Concep-
cion Bay, April 8; female, San Bernado Mountains, May 16; 2 juv., Mira-
flores, April 25-30.
32. Neotoma intermedia vicina Goldman. Espirrru SAnto Woop Rat.
Female, Espiritu Santo Island, April 19.
33. Neotoma nudicauda Goldman. CARMEN IsLAND Woop Rat.
Two females, Carmen Island, April 3.
1912.] Townsend, Mammals from Lower California. 125
34. Neotoma albigula seri subsp. nov. Trnuron IsLtanD Woop Rat.
In color similar to N. albigula, which it resembles more nearly than any other
species. Teeth rather small; interorbitals narrow; interparietals small as com-
pared with albigula. Named for the Seri Indians inhabiting Tiburon Island.
Type No. 31940, male.
Represented by 1 male and 2 females, Tiburon Island, April 12-13.
Measurements, average of three specimens: total length, 328; tail,
149; hind foot, 34.
35. Neotoma insularis sp. nov. ANGEL IstAnD Woop Rat.
Nearest to N. intermedia gilva and about the same size, but paler, grayer and
less yellowish. Skull relatively shorter and broader, with heavier rostrum, heavier
dentition and larger auditory bulle.
Type No. 21922, female, Angel del la Guardia Island, April 11. °
Measurements of type: total length, 290; tail, 120; hind foot, 35.
DEER MICE.
These nocturnal animals, abundant in most parts of North America, are
common almost everywhere in Lower California and the outlying islands.
The traps set for them at night seldom failed to yield specimens, but we
learned little of their habits. They feed largely on seeds and inhabit all
sorts of natural crevices under rocks and the roots of trees and bushes.
They are extensively preyed upon by owls, snakes, and weasels.
36. Peromyscus eremicus cedroscensis Allen. CEpros ISLAND Mouse.
One male, 3 females, Cedros Island, March 10-12.
37. Peromyscus maniculatus coolidgi Thomas. Coo.LipGe’s FIELD
Mouse.
Female, San Bartolome Bay, March 14.
38. Peromyscus eremicus polypolius Osgood. Marcarita ISLAND
Mouse.
Three males, 4 females, Santa Margarita Island, March 19-21.
39. Peromyscus eremicus eva Thomas. Eva’s Mouse.
Four males, Cape San Lucas, March 24-25; 1 male, San José del Cabo,
March 26; 1 male, 1 female, Pichilinque Bay, March 28-30; 4 females,
126 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX XI,
Mulege, April 5; 2 males, 1 female, Concepcion Bay, April 7-8; 1 female,
San Bernado Mountains, May 15; 1 juv., Miraflores, April.
40. Peromyscus eremicus eremicus Baird. Desert Mouse.
Female, San Francisquito Bay, April 10.
41. Peromyscus eremicus tiburonensis Mearns. TrsuroN DESERT
Mouse.
Two males, 1 female, Tiburon Island, April 12-13.
42. Peromyscus guardia sp. nov. ANGEL IsLAND Mouse.
Larger than eremicus, in color at least as pale; upper outline of skull less arched;
skull similar in general to that of eremicus, but zygoma more compressed anteriorly
and rostrum decidedly longer. Incisive foramina rather short, not reaching anterior
plane of first molars; interpterygoid fosse broader; audital bulle larger.
Type No. 31907 female.
Measurements: average of two specimens, total length, 208; tail, 114;
hind foot, 24.
Represented by male and female from Angel de la Guardia Island,
April 11.
43. Peromyscus stephani sp. nov. San EstTeBan Istanp Movuss.
Although near to Tiburon Island, the San Esteban form is clearly not very
nearly related to P. tiburonensis. In color it is close to typical eremicus; the tail
averages shorter and the hind foot larger.
P. tiburonensis is one of the smallest of the eremicus group, while the San Esteban
form is one of the largest, skull decidedly shorter than in eremicus, dentition about
the same; nasals more pointed posteriorly and reaching beyond premaxillaries. In
eremicus the contrary is true — the premaxillaries exceed the nasals. Posteriorly
the frontals meet at an angle on the median line, instead of forming a curve as in
eremicus.
Type, No. 31961, male.
Measurements, average of four specimens: total length, 195; tail, 97;
hind foot, 22.
Represented by 2 males and 2 females, San Esteban Island, April 14.
44. Peromyscus eremicus carmeni subsp. nov. CARMEN ISLAND
DrEserT Mouse.
Generally similar to P. e. eva, but back rather grayer and general color less
rufescent, under parts more creamy white. Specimens vary from white to creamy
white beneath; foot larger; teeth larger and tooth-row longer.
Type No. 31885, male.
1912.| Townsend, Mammals from Lower California. 127
Measurements, average of 12 specimens: total length, 197; tail, 111;
hind foot, 22.
Represented by 5 males, 7 females, Carmen Island, April 13.
SCIURIDE. SQUIRRELS, SPERMOPHILES, ETC.
Antelope squirrels were observed at three localities only. We did not
see them at any point on the west side of the Peninsula. All specimens
were obtained by shooting.
45. Ammospermophilus leucurus insularis Nelson and Goldman.
Esprritu SANTO ISLAND SPERMOPHILE.
Three males, | female, 2 skulls, Espiritu Santo Island, April 19.
46. Ammospermophilus leucurus peninsule Allen. Lower CAaALt-
FORNIA SPERMOPHILE.
Five males, 1 female, Cape San Lucas, March 24; 1 skull, Agua Verde
Bay, April 22.
VESPERTILIONIDE. INSECTIVOROUS Bats.
Bats were not much in evidence during our explorations, as we were
seldom ashore in the evening. The specimens with one exception were
obtained in the interior by a collector sent from the ship.
Several species are known to inhabit Lower California.
47. Pipistrellus hesperus australis Miller. Awuiep Bar.
One female, Ceralbo Island, April 19.
48. Dasypterus ega xanthinus Thomas. Srerra Lacuna Bat.
Two specimens, Miraflores, May 7.
49. Antrozous pallidus minor Miller. LirrL—E Comonpvu Bat.
Three specimens, Miraflores, May 1-3.
50. Myotis peninsularis Miller. Lower CALirornia Bart.
Five specimens, Miraflores, May 1-6.
128 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX XI,
PuHocip®. SEALS.
One of the most interesting features of the expedition was the rediscov-
ery of the elephant seal at Guadalupe Island, lying 140 miles west of the
northern part of the Peninsula. This species was formerly taken in great
numbers for its oil, and finally became so scarce that it was reported by
Scammon in 1869 to be ‘‘ nearly if not quite extinct.’”’ Specimens were
taken by the writer in 1884 at San Cristobal Bay, Lower California, since
which time it has not been seen at that locality. He also obtained speci-
mens in 1892 at Guadalupe Island where it has been found subsequently
only twice. Not having been found elsewhere than at these two localities
since about 1865, it has generally been supposed to be extinct. The herd
at Guadalupe Island contains about 150 animals, and is now being protected
by the Mexican Government. The writer has already published a special
account of the elephant seal in ‘Zoologica, Scientific Contributions of the
New York Zoological Society’, I, No. 8, pp. 159-173, pll. 52-72, April, 1912.
He has also published an article on the same subject in the “Century
Magazine’ for June, 1912, pp. 205-211.
51. Macrorhinus angustirostris Gill. NoRTHERN ELEPHANT SEAL.
Plate VIII.
Three males, 1 female, skins, 2 skeletons, 6 live yearlings, Guadalupe
Island, March 2-4.
Some of the young brought back lived nearly a year in the New York
Aquarium. The skins of the adults with some of the young have been
mounted for the American Museum of Natural History.
OrarupD#&. SkEA-Lions, FuR-SEALS.
Sea-lions abound at many points.on the Peninsula and the outlying
islands, from Guadalupe Island, 140 miles west of the northern part of the
Peninsula, to Consag Rock, near the head of the Gulf of California.
The California species has not been recorded from farther south than the
Tres Marias Islands, below the mouth of the Gulf. The largest colony
observed during the cruise occupied the western side of West San Benita
Island, where there were perhaps 1000 hauled out on the rocks. All the
little inlets on the eastern side of the East San Benita were filled with
them, there being about 700 altogether.
A brief search was made for fur-seals at Guadalupe Island, and a very
thorough one at the San Benita Is’ands, but none were found. The breeding
season, it is said, does not commence until June. Doubtless there are some
1912.] Townsend, Mammals from Lower California. 129
survivors about Guadalupe, where they were taken as late as 1894. At
this island they frequented the numerous sea-caves under the cliffs. (Plate
VEEL.
52. Zalophus californianus Lesson. CALIFORNIA SEA LION.
One shot at Cedros Island, not saved.
53. Arctocephalus townsendi Merriam. Lower CaALiFoRNIA FuR-
SEAL.
This species has not been seen since 1894. There are no specimens in
museums with the exception of those collected by the writer in 1892. There
are incomplete records showing that 5575 fur-seals were killed at Guadalupe
and San Benita Islands between 1876 and 1894.
MusTELIDZ. SKUNKS, WEASELS, ETC.
54. Spilogale lucasana Merriam. Carr SAN Lucas SPOTTED SKUNK.
Three specimens, Miraflores, May 2, 18, 19.
Spotted skunks of this or allied species are found in most parts of Lower
California, where the inhabitants generally fear them, believing that the
bite of a “ zorillo”’ causes rabies.
Procyonip®. Raccoons, ETC.
55. Procyon psora pallidus Merriam.
Male, female, Miraflores, April 24 and May 10.
Canip&. WOoLvEsS, Foxes, ETc.
The coyotes from San Bartolome and Tiburon were all obtained by
leaving poisoned baits on the beaches at night. Foxes and coyotes appear
to inhabit all parts of the Peninsula, and fox tracks were seen on Cedros
Island.
56. Urocyon cinereoargentatus californicus Mearns. CALIFORNIA
Gray Fox.
Two females, Miraflores, May 2-8.
130 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXT,
57. Canis peninsule Merriam. Lower CaLirorniaA COYOTE.
Two males, 1 female, San Bartolome Bay, March 14.
58. Canis jamesi sp. nov. TrpuroN IsLAaND WOLF.
Plate IX.
Much paler than C. mearnsi, and nearer C. estor, the desert coyote, but of a
richer color and a little more buff; ears long, skull large, nearly equalling that of
the type of estor; teeth larger and heavier than in either mearnsi or estor — about
equalling those of lestes; bulle rather flattened, closely resembling those of C. lestes.
Type No. 31987, male, Tiburon Island, April 13.
Measurements of the type: total length, 1143; tail vertebra, 330; hind
foot, 330; ear from crown, 118.
Named for Mr. Arthur Curtiss James of New York, through whose
generosity the Museum was enabled to cooperate in the expedition of the
‘Albatross’ to the Gulf of California.
FEeLiIp®. Cats.
59. Lynx ruffus californicus Mearns. Ca .irornia Lynx.
Male, Miraflores, May 21.
Buutetin A. M. N. H.
Vout. XXXT, Prats VIII.
1. Adult male and female Elephant Seal (Macrorhinus angustirostris). Guadalupe
Island, L: Cal.
2. View of northwest side of Guadalupe Island, L. Cal. Small beach at extreme
left occupied by Elephant Seals in 1911.
were found in 1892.
The rocky point in center is where Fur Seas
BuLuetTin A. M. N. H Von. XXXI, Puare IX:
Skull of Tiburon Island Wolf (Canis jamesi).
feet ae. r P
aa ia ;
Scientiric RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA
IN CHARGE OF C. H. TownseEnpD, BY THE U. S. FISHERIES STEAMSHIP
‘ALBATROSS’ IN 1911. _CommManpER G. H. Burracs, U. S. N.,
COMMANDING.
Published by Permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
RY.
-
Inst of Insects Collected in Lower Califorma.
JoHN A. GROSSBECK.
= AUTHOR’S EDITION, extracted from “BULLETIN
OF THE
American Museum of Watural History,
Vou. XXXI, Arr. XXIV, pp. 323-326.
New York, September 13, 1912.
Continued-from Srd page of cover.)
Part II.— The Chuckchee: Religion. By W. Bogoras. Pp. 277-536, pll. xxxil-xxxiv,
and 101 text figures. 1907. - Price, $4.00.
Part III.— The Chuckchee: . Social Organization. By W. Bogoras. Pp. 537-733, pie
xxxv, and 1 text figure. 1909. Price; $3.00.
Vol. XII. Anthropology (not. yet completed).
*Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. VIII.
Part I,— Chuckchee Mythology. By Waldemar Bogoras. - Pp. 1-197, 1910. Price, $1.25.
Vol. XIII. Anthropology (not yet completed). :
*Jesup North Pacific Expédition, Vol. IX.
Part I.— The Yukaghir and the Yukaghirized Tungus. By Waldemar Jochelson. Pp.
1-133, pll. i—vii, 1 map. Price, $3.40.
Vol. XIV. ‘aauhenpokes?
*Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. X.
Part I.— Kwakiutl Texts. Second Series. By Franz Boas and George Hunt. Pp. 1-269.
1906. Price, $2.80. 3s
Part IJ.— Haida Texts. By John R. Swanton. Pp. 271-802: 1908. Price, $5.40.
ETHNOGRAPHICAL ALBUM. Z
Jesup North Pacific Expedition.
Ethnographical Album of the North Pacific Coasts of America and Asia. Part 1, pp. 1-5, oe
pll. 1-28. August, 1900. Sold by subscription, price, $6.00.
BULLETIN.
The matter in the ‘Bulletin’ consists of about 24 to 36 articles per volume, - which E
relate about equally to Geology, Paleontology,-Mammalogy, Ornithology, Entomology, _
and (in former volumes) Anthropology, except Vol. XI, which is restricted to a ‘Cata- —
logue of the Types and Figured Specimens in the Paleontological Collection of the Geological
Department,’ and Vols. XV, XVII, and XVIII, which relate wholly to Anthropology. Vol- i
ume XXIII and the later volumes contain no anthropological matter, which is now issued —
separately as ‘Anthropological Papers.’
Volume I, 1881-86... ..... Out. of print Voltime ANT, Part. IV, 1905 Price, $.75
ba II, 1887-90........ Price, $4.75 is V, 1907 1.25
ss ITT, 1890-91........ " $4.00 _- (Se VALLE J, 1902-73 2.00
rs IV, ASOD AS kas 4.00 Sra 5° ie II, 1904 ‘* 1.50
a V S90 ok cs ee 4.00 ut sf ss TTT PEO SS .50
32 Mi ASO45 5 hee ae 4.00" oh RS a IV, 1907. * 2.00
er a (0 1h ge Boy! Fs Renee ee ea 4.00 ss XIX, 1903......24. +. as 6.00
ey MELT, 2896s or eae 4.00 es SOK 1904 ee et eee
is TX, TE9 LS Bore 4.75 S CE DOOR See oes S ; 5.00> |
Ry X 1898.24.25 oe 4.75 es 3, Gil Fos 0S) eee See 6.00
vs XI, 1898-1901...... xz 5.00 ~ ts ON UL ADO Le. ett Seen ee _ 29.00
ee RAL E8995 Se See 4.00 “XS XTV, 1908. . vanes 6.00
Ze RTL, A900 = Re aS 4.00 SEV, Part T 1908.. st 1.50
Le SEV 1901S ee ee ee 4.00 rahe. Sel IF 1900. 5 OSS *) 2-26.00
-* XV, 1901-1907...... 32 7500 ASR VEE STOFO Ga oe eee 5.00 >
Ae XVI, 1902. oa ie 5.00 HSS RV PLLC TOL ote cat eevee 4,00 ©
us XVII, Part TL 1902 3 1.50 panes. ©, SD: GES 32) BR ae te A ee a) 4.50 —
* 2s oes Lie 2 As} $* >. ©. @, Gee Cr Es epee eres 4
+ = ig III, 1905 Out of-print ; -
ANTHROPOLOGICAL PAPERS.
Volume 1, 1908.............Price, $350 VolumeIV, 1910............-Price, $3.50 ©
tf TERLIOV SS edo aveeec 3.50 “ ViT9ts Sixes ee aes oe 3,50...
SF FET TT POOQ he Aes ear eroes 3.50 (4. SAVE LOD bic hon oe tee 3° 502 ox
AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL.
The ‘Journal’ is a popular record of the progress of the American Museum of Tétiral
History, issued monthly, from October to May inclusive, Price, $1.00 a year. Volumes ~
I-XI, 1900-1911.
*The Anatomy of the Goriinon Squid. By Leonard’ Worcester Williams. Pp. 1-87,
pli. i-iii, and 16 text figures. 1909.
*Chinese Pottery of the Han Dynasty. By Berthold Laufer. Pp. 1-339, pl. ee
and 55 text figures. 1909.
For sale at the Museum. i
*Published by E. J. Brill, Leiden, Holland. Not on sale at the Museum. American.
Agent, G. E. Stechert, 129 West 20th Street, New York City.
59.57 (72.2)
Article XXIV.— LIST OF INSECTS COLLECTED BY THE “ALBA-
TROSS” EXPEDITION IN LOWER CALIFORNIA IN 1911,
WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF WASP.!
By Joon A. GROSSBECK.
(By Permission of the U. 8S. Commissioner of Fisheries.)
The material listed below was secured by Dr. Chas. H. Townsend in
Lower California while in command of the ‘ Albatross’ Expedition (1911),
and was collected in the Cape Region between San José del Cabo and
Triunfo, near sea level.
Some of the species were determined from the collections in the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History, but all such determinations were verified
by specialists who also identified the remainder of the material.
Mr. A. N. Caudell of the United States National Museum, Washington,
D. C., is responsible for the determinations in the Orthoptera; Mr. S. A.
Rohwer of the United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.,
is similarly responsible for those in the Hymenoptera; Mr. H. G. Barber
of Roselle, N. J., has determined or verified the Hemiptera, and Messrs.
Leng and Beyer of New York City have likewise determined or verified
all the Coleoptera. To these gentlemen, as well as to Dr. L. O. Howard,
Chief of the Bureau of Entomology at Washington, through whom Messrs.
Caudell and Rohwer made their determinations, the compiler of this list
expresses his sincere thanks.
List of Species.
ORTHOPTERA.
Periplaneta americana Linn. 40 specimens
Pycnoscelus surinamensis Linn. 26 i
Gryllus mexicanus Sauss. e
8
Gryllus galapageius Seudd. 1
Gryllodes sigillatus Walk. 3 “
Trimeroptropis vinculata Seudd. 16
Heliastus aridus Bruner 2
1 Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Gulf of California in Charge of C. H. Town-
send, by the U. S. Fisheries Steamship ‘Albatross,, Commander G. H. Burrage, U. S. N.,
Commanding.
323
324 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX XI,
Schistocerca vaga Scudd. 3 specimens
Schistocerca maya Seudd. Ieee eg
Melanoplus complanatipes Scudd. 1 A
HEMIPTERA.
Deinostoma dilatatum Say 23 specimens
cc
iw)
j=)
Ambrysus parvulus Mont.?
Conorhinus maximus Uhl.
Lygeus reclivatus Say
Oncopeltus gutta H. 8.
Oncopeltus fasciata Dall.
Oncoplatus varicolor Fabr. var.?
Largus cinctus H. 8.
Leptoglossus zonatus Dall.
Pachylis gigas Burm.
Mozena lurida Dall.
Loxa flavicollis Dru.
Brochymena obscura H. 8.
— =
(sy)
OrRNNNKY OOW owe
Pachycoris torridus Scop. 5 ie
COLEOPTERA.
Tetracha carolina Linn. 21 specimens
Calosoma palmeri Horn 3 o
Plochionus timidus Hald. 1 ¥
Anisodactylus piceus Men. 29 s
Rhantus anisonychus Cr.? 1 ‘
Thermonectes marmoratus Hope 2 es
Megadytes fraternus Sharp 1 ss
Hydrophilus insularis Lap. 2 ee
Hydrophilus californicus Lee. 14 =
Coccinella sanguinea Linn. 1
Dermestes vulpinus Fabr. 22 S
Chalcolepidius rubripennis Lec. 10 e
Dicrepidius corvinus Caud. 2 ee
Ludius texanus Lec. ; 1 2
Chrysobothris merkelit Horn? 1 -
Acmeodera flavomarginata Gray 1
Sitodrepa panicea Linn. 14 sy
Amphicerus punctipennis Lec. 4 of
Dinoderus truncatus Horn 6
Polycaon punctatus Lee. 1
Atenius strigatus Say. 1
Lacnosterna nitida Lec. 1
Pelidnota luce Lee.? 1
Cyclocephala dimidiata Burm. a
Ligyrus gibbosus De G. hey
Ligyrus sp. near gibbosus 1
Megasoma thersites Lec. 37
1912.] Grossbeck, Insects collected in Lower California.
Derobrachus forreri Bates 6 specimens
Eburia ulket Bland 2 sf
Dendrobius mandibularis Serv. 32 et
Lisonotus multifasciatus Dup. 22 ao
Stenaspis solitaria Say 31 x
Tragidion sitmulatum Lec. 1 se
Stenosphenus novatus Horn 23 if
Cyllene antennatus White 2 MY
Acanthoderus peninsularis Horn 1 a
Lagochirus obsoletus Thom. 1 ae
Metacycla insolita Lee. 22 “
Triorophus subpubescens Lec.? 1 se
Zabrotes pectoralis Sharp 22 ye
Emmenastus erosus Horn 13 ie
Centrioplera spiculifera Lec. 8 e
Centrioptera angularis Horn 1 *
Asida egrota Lec. J ee
Asida connivens Lec. 1 ue
Asida confluens Lec. 10 S
Coniontus subpubescens Lec. 26 e
Eusaithus levis Lec. 26 ?
Cerenopus concolor Lec. 6 4
Eleodes eschscholtzii luce Lec. 25 ?
Blapstinus sulcatus Lec.? 28 .
Tribolium ferrugineum Fabr. 28 ik
Cactophagus validus Lec. 1 ‘
Calandra orze Linn. 23
HYMENOPTERA.
Dasymutilla gloriosa Sauss. 24 specimens
Dasymutilla sp. 4 .
Elis sp. near hamatus Say 3 >
Elis sp. 4 a
Campsomeris dorsata Fabr. 2 Be
Pepsis “formosa” Say 16 ee
Pepsis sp. 1 ce
Psammochares sp. ' 1 ue
Arachnophroctonus ferrugineus unicolor Vier. 1 4
Chalybion californicum Sauss. 1 y
Sphex sp. near femur-rubra Fox 1 a
Eucerceris angulata Rohwer, new species 1 br
Microbembex monodonta Say 2
Notogonia sp. 1
Polistes sp. 21
Xylocopa sp. 22 2
1 Two of the specimens from this lot were of the jet black variety.
326 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXI.
Eucerceris angulata Rohwer, new species.
Judging from the description the following new species is related to
Eucerceris punctifrons (Cameron), described as an Aphilanthops, but the
clypeus does not project outwardly, the relation of the ocelli with the eyes
and each other is different, and the color is somewhat different. In some
respects Eucerceris chapmane Viereck and Cockerell, seems to be related
to this species, but the description of chapmane does not fit the present
insect in all ways.
Female. Length 11 mm. Clypeus flat, median portion with a short, flat,
truncate process which narrows apically and is on the same plane as the face; nasal
eye margins distinctly diverging beneath; facial quadrangle much broader beneath
than high; frontal carina uniform in width, not impressed; mandibles of the narrow
type; antennae rather short, the third joint much shorter than the two following;
postocella line somewhat shorter than the ocelloccipital line and much shorter than
the ocellocular line, neither of the latter are equal with the third and fourth antennal
joints as in punctifrons; lateral anterior angles of pronotum obtusely, distinctly
dentate; propodeal enclosure punctured similar to the propodeum, with the usual
longitudinal sulcus; entire insect closely, rather coarsely, distinctly punctured;
abdomen normal, pygidium about two and a half times as long as broad, rounded
apically, broader basally, hypopygidium with a very deep U-shaped notch. Black:
spot on median part of clypeus, frontal cariba, large spot on sides of face, spot on
superior orbits, line on pronotum, metanotum, angles of propodeum, bands of first
to sixth dorsal segments, uniform in width on first, narrowed in middle on following
and interrupted on four and five, yellow; legs black, four anterior tibe beneath pale,
tegule black, piceous, and yellow, wings subhyaline, radial and subcostal cells
fuscous; costa and stigma reddish-yellow, rest of venation dark brown, pubescence
sparse, silvery.
Lower California, between San José del Cabo and Triunfo. One female collected
by ‘Albatross’ Expedition, 1911.
Type: American Museum of Natural History.
ScrlenTIFIC RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA
IN CHARGE OF C. H. TowNSEND, By THE U. S. FISHERIES STEAMSHIP
‘ALBATROSS’ IN 1911. CommanpeR C. H. Burrace, U. S.:\N.,
CoMMANDING.
Published by Permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
V.
Echinoderms from Lower California, with Descriptions
of new Species.
By Hupert LyMAN CLARK.
AUTHOR’S EDITION, extracted from BULLETIN
OF THE
Hmerican (Museum ‘of Watural History,
Vout. XXXII, Art. VIII, pp. 185-236.
New York, July 9, 1913.
(Continued from 8rd page of cover.)
Vol. XII. Anthropology (not yet completed).
*Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. VIII. :
Part I.— Chuckchee Mythology. By Waldemar Bogoras. Pp. 1-197,1910. Price, $1.25.
Vol. XIII. Anthropology (not yet completed).
*Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. IX.
Part I.— The Yukaghir and the Yukaghirized Tungus. By Waldemar Jochelson. Pp.
1-133, pll.i—vii, 1 map, 1910. Price, $3.40.
Vol. XIV. Anthropology.
*Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. X.
Part I.— Kwakiutl Texts. Second Series. By Franz Boas and George Hunt. Pp. 1-269.
1906. Price, $2.80.
Part II.— Haida Texts. By John R. Swanton. Pp. 271-802. 1908. Price, $5.40.
MEMOIRS.
New Series, Vol. I.
Part I.— Crania of Tyranosaurus and Allosaurus. By. Henry Fairfield Osborn, pp. 1-30,
pli. i-iv and text figures 1-27. 1912.
Part II.— Integument of the Iguanodont Dinosaur Trachodon. By Henry Fairfield Osborn.
Pp. 31-54, pll. v-x, and text figures 1-13. 1912. Parts I and II are issued under one
cover. Price, $2.00. ;
Part III.— Craniometry of the Equide. By Henry Fairfield Osborn. Pp. 55-100, text
figures 1-17. 1912. Price, 75 cents.
Part IV.— Ontogenetic and other Variations in Muskoxen, with a Systematic Review of
the Muskox Group, Recent and Extinct. By J. A. Allen. Pp. 101-226, 8 plates, and
45 text figures. Price, $2.50.
ETHNOGRAPHICAL ALBUM,
Jesup North Pacific Expedition.
Ethnographical Album of the North Pacific Coasts_of America and Asia. Part 1, pp. 1-5,
pli. 1-28. August, 1900. Sold by subscription, price, $6.00.
BULLETIN.
The matter in the ‘Bulletin’ consists of about 24 to 36 articles per volume, which
relate 4bout equally to Geology, Paleontology, Mammalogy, Ornithology, Entomology,
and (in former volumes) Anthropology, except Vol. XI, which is restricted to a ‘Cata-
logue of the Types and Figured Specimens in the Paleontological Collection of the Geological
Department,’ and Vols. XV, XVII, and XVIII, which relate wholly to Anthropology. Vol-
ume XXIII and the later volumes contain no anthropological matter, which is now issued
separately as ‘Anthropological Papers.’
Volume I, 1881-86. .....4: Out of print Volume XVII, Part IV, 1905 Price, $ .75
Ly II, 1887-90. 60. ms ees $4.75 J - ae V, 1907 1.25
sf III, 1890-91.. $4.00 ee ae). Ae OB Gana I, 1902 ‘s 2.00
ae 1 REAM lhey 3 pe ee Re se 4.00 ss ss * II, 1904 up 1.50
7 We BOD eae ctetate ole oy 4.00 x e “TIT, 1905 “ .50
ie Wh, T8943. ae Ge als 2 4.00 5 <4 * IV, 1907 o, 2.00
a Wak AROG i actete centers *f 4.00 ‘ Deke L9OS Ds sae cone Bs 6.00
“s W ATs FESS. Sc ei eto a ed 4.00 kg XX + F904. 5 cto eee 5.00
M9 dis, aga U9 9 A eae i 4.75 yy DERE; 19055. See heis . 5.00
Se oe LSOS Fm cise wie a 4.75 = XX, 19064 Se ib 6.
73 XI, 1898-1901...... rs: 5.00 Af te Ro Dy LOO Ma. ace seas ee se 9.00
me DENT TEGO Sie ae ees ~ 4.00 ois: DEO, , AL GOB eat rie tate bod 6.00
“ MATL, 1900-4. 2 Os = 4.00 a XXV, Part I, 1908.. = 1.50
— RW NOOO Ds 2. Sealers elev ena ae 4.00 SVS eis O09 2 Fire Sees a 6.00
“8 XV, Pie 1907-42 i 5.00 co XX VAT 910s so. eres ss 5.00
ae VIL HOOD oa ee - 5.00 OSXMILL, USO ae ae £ 4.00
a} XVIL Part I, 1902 “ 1.50 SB RONEN OT reese ap evete ee 4.50
“ vy + | “s 75 be b. ©. © Sige 1h OR ES x _ 4.00
et . “TIT, 1905 Out of print SS ee ON POM DA sree traces pe 4.00
ANTHROPOLOGICAL PAPERS.
-Vols. I-XII, 1908-1912 — $3.50 per Vol.
AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL.
The ‘Journal’ s a popular record of the progress of the American Museum of Natural
History, issued monthly, from October to May inclusive. Price, $1.00 a year. Volumes
I-XII, 1900-1912. “
*The Anatomy of the Common Squid. By Leonard Worcester Williams. Pp 1-87,
pli. i-iii, and 16 text figures. 1909.
*Chinese Pottery of the Han Dynasty. By Berthold Laufer. Pp. 1-339, pl. i-Ixxv,
and 55 text figures. 1909.
For sale at the Museum.
*Published by E. J. Brill, Leiden, Holland. Not on sale at the Museum. American
Agent, G. E. Stechert, 129 West 20th Street, New York City.
59.39(72.2)
Article VIII. ECHINODERMS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.!
By Husert Lyman CLARK.
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Mass.
[By permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.]
Puates XLIV to XLVI.
The collection of echinoderms made by the ‘Albatross’ Expedition to
Lower California in the spring of 1911 proves to be of more than ordinary
interest. It consists of 1881 specimens representing 107 species, of which
40 are starfishes, 31 are ophiurans, 18 are echini and 18 are holothurians.
There are no crinoids in the collection. There is one apparently new species
among the echini and two undescribed forms in each of the other classes.
Unfortunately no less than 33 species are represented by only one or two
specimens and as these are not infrequently in poor condition and occa-
sionally without a locality label, there are a considerable number of speci-
mens whose identification is dubious.
The region explored by the ‘ Albatross’ is on the boundary between the
Panamic region and that of the North Pacific, at least 54 of the species
having been previously taken in the Panamic region. Yet there are a
considerable number of northern forms, especially among the starfishes.
These, however, are as a rule from the more northern stations. So far as
littoral forms are concerned the boundary between the two regions appears
to be about in the latitude of San Diego. Echinoderms were taken at all
of the ‘ Albatross’ dredging stations except three, Nos. 5679, 5680 and 5681.
These three stations are in 325-405 fms. off the southern end of Lower
California and it seems very strange that no echinoderms whatever were
gotten that day, March 22. At about half of the harbors and anchorages
visited, littoral echinoderms were gathered. The largest number of species
taken at any one spot was 18 at 5694; 28 species were taken in that general
1 Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Gulf of California in Charge of Dr. C. H.
Townsend, by the U. S. Fisheries Steamship ‘Albatross’ in 1911. Commander G. H.
Burrage, U. S. N, Commanding.
185
186 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. | [Vol. XXXII,
region on April 26, stations 5693-5695, 451-640 fms. This locality is
southwest of the Santa Barbara Islands, California. Off Monterey County,
California, stations 5696-5699, 440-659 fms., 19 species were taken; and
off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California, stations 5673, 5674,
5691, 5692, 590-1090 fms., 17 species were collected. Off Cape St. Lucas,
at station 5682, five species were taken while at 5683, in slightly deeper
water, five wholly different species were found. These two hauls were
. however, four weeks apart in time, as the ‘Albatross’ did no dredging
while in the Gulf of California.
The chief interest of the collection lies in the light which it throws on
the distribution of previously known species. Little light is thrown on
bathymetrical distribution, and the bottom temperatures are surprisingly
uniform. Nevertheless, where a species was found at more than three
stations, I have given a summary of its bathymetrical and temperature
ranges, so far as the present collection shows them. Several of the new
forms are of more than ordinary interest. Of the two new starfishes one is
a Zoroaster, apparently intermediate between the typical members of the
genus and Fisher’s proposed subgenus Myaxoderma; the other is a Pedi-
cellaster remarkable for its large size. Of the ophiurans, one is a repre-
sentative of the very large cosmopolitan genus Ophiura, while the other
represents a new generic type, allied to Ophioderma, but even more spe-
cialized. The new echinoid is one of the perplexing genus Urechinus,
characteristic deep sea spatangoids. Among the holothurians it is inter-
esting to find a new, well-characterized species of the very diversified genus
Stichopus, the members of which are at present in a condition of the greatest
confusion. Fortunately the three Pacific coast species are not only well
set off from the rest of the genus but are readily distinguishable from each
other. The other new holothurian seems to represent a new genus, re-
markable among the Elasipods for the absence of dorsal appendages of any
kind.
Holotypes of the new species are deposited in the United States National
Museum. Thanks to the generosity of the American Museum of Natural
History, paratypes of five of the seven are in the collections of the Museum
of Comparative Zoédlogy, while paratypes of the two holothurians are in the
American Museum. In this connection | desire to put on record my sincere
appreciation of the courtesies shown me by the authorities of the American
Museum in connection with the preparation of this report. Particularly
I wish to thank Dr. C. H. Townsend and Director F. A. Lucas for entrusting
the collection to me for study, and for granting all my requests concerning
both the specimens and the report.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 187
ASTEROIDEA.
Eremicaster tenebrarius.
Porcellanaster (Eremicaster) tenebrarius FisHmr, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24,
p. 293.
Eremicaster tenebrarius Lupwia, 1907. Zool. Anz., Vol. 31, p. 318.
There is a single specimen of this species in the collection. It has R =
25mm. andr = 8mm. Each of the superomarginals carries a conspicuous
spine. There is only a single furrow spinelet on each adambulacral plate,
but the segmental papille are conspicuous nearly to the end of the arm.
The terminal plate has only three spinelets. There are but ten supero-
marginal plates. In all these points, this individual resembles Alaskan
specimens more closely than it does those from California.
Station 5684. Southwest of Santa Margarita Island, west coast of
Lower California, 1760 fms.
Eremicaster pacificus.
Porcellanaster pacificus Lupwic, 1905. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 32, p. 89.
Eremicaster pacificus FisHeR, 1907. Zool. Anz., Vol. 32, p. 14.
Both adults and young are represented in this series, the largest having
R = 24 and the smallest, R = 8. As the latter is considerably smaller
than any hitherto described, a few details of its structure may be worth
recording. There are eight or nine adambulacral plates but only five or six
marginals. Most of the superomarginal plates carry a spine and the adam-
bulacrals usually have two, but the distal ones may have only one. The
terminal plate of each arm carries five spines, of which the median is 13 mm.
long. The median cribriform organ is made up of eight to ten lamelle
but the lateral ones are much less developed and have only four to six
lamellee. The madreporite is large and the periproctal tube is 23 mm. long.
Station 5673. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1090 fms.
Station 5691. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
868 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.2°.
Station 5692. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1076 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.1°.
Eleven specimens.
LSS Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX XIE,
Ctenodiscus crispatus.
Asterias crispatus Rerzius 1805. Diss. sp. cog. Ast., p. 17.
Ctenodiscus crispatus DuBEN and Koren, 1846. Kk. vet. Akad. Handl. f. 1844,
p. 253.
A single small specimen (R = 15 mm.) is all the collection contains of
this common and widespread species.
Station 5686. Off Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower California, 930
fms. Bottom Temp., 37.3°.
Leptychaster inermis.
Parastropecten inermis Lupwia, 1905. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 32, p. 76.
Leptychaster inermis FisHer, 1911. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 76, p. 53.
The two specimens are both small, the larger being about the same size
as the larger of Ludwig’s types (R = 18 mm.). They seem however, to
belong to the Panamic species rather than to the more northern anomalus
for there are six or seven furrow spines on each adambulacral plate and only
four papule around each paxilla-base. The larger specimen answers well
to Ludwig’s description and photographs except that the rays are relatively
a little shorter. The geographical range of the species is extended far
northward by its occurrence off California.
Station 5685. Southwest from Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 645 fms.
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Astropecten erinaceus.
Gray, 1840. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 6, p. 182.
The status of the Astropectens of the Pacific coast of America which
have spines on the superomarginal plates is still uncertain and probably
must remain so until satisfactory collections can be made on the coast of
Ecuador, preferably at Punta Santa Elena, whence Gray’s types came.
Fisher follows Perrier in considering erinaceus and armatus identical but I
am not prepared to admit this as it seems to me more likely that armatus
is the species described by Verrill under the name peruviana. At the same
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 189
time it is quite possible that all of these nominal species are really one. For
the present, I think it desirable to retain the names erinaceus and peruvianus
to distinguish the two forms now recognized, the former with spines on
the outer edge of marginal plates at middle of arm and the series double, if
anywhere, at base of arm; while the latter has the spines on the inner edge
of the plates and the series double, if anywhere, near fip of arm.
The specimens in the present collection show interesting geographical
diversity. The specimens from Ballenas Bay and San Bartolomé have
relatively broad arms, inconspicuous superomarginal spines in incomplete
series, central granules of pavillee noticeably enlarged and the stout actinal
spine on each adambulacral plate short and truncate; R = 85, r = 17 and
br = 18 mm. or R = 62,r = 18 and br = 17 mm. So R = 3.5-5r or br.
The color of these more northern specimens is light yellowish-brown. The
individuals from Cape St. Lucas are smaller, ranging from R = 8 to R =
55 mm. The latter has r and br scarcely more than 10 mm. so that the
rays appear longer and narrower than in the more northern specimens.
The color is also different; brown with a tinge of purple. The supero-
marginal spines are conspicuous and the series are quite complete, being
double near the bases of the arms, but not in the arm-angles. The central
granules of the paxillze are not enlarged and the big actinal spine on each
adambulacral plate is quite long and rounded at tip. These specimens
from Cape St. Lucas approach those in the M. C. Z. collection from Peru,
but the latter have the actinal spines on the adambulacral plates still
longer and more pointed and the spinelets of the paxille are not at all
graniform. In these particulars the difference between southern (Peru)
and northern (California) specimens is very marked but the Cape St.
Lucas specimens are intermediate.
San Bartolomé, west coast of Lower California.
Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower California.
‘Cape St. Lucas, Lower California.
Eight specimens.
Psilaster pectinatus.
Bathybiaster pectinatus FisHER, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 295.
Psilaster pectinatus Fisher, 1911. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 76, p. 72.
Both of the specimens before me are young (R = 13 and R = 35 mm.)
and show no characters worthy of mention.
Station 5692. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1076 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.1°.
190 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
Thrissacanthias penicillatus.
Persephonaster penicillatus FisHer, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 297.
Thrissacanthias penicillatus FisHer, 1910. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) Vol. 5,
195 AWA
While most of the specimens in this series are large adults, there are
three specimens in which R is only about 25 mm. At first sight these were
thought to represent another species but careful comparison with adults
reveals nothing distinctive. The rays are relatively shorter and wider and
the marginal spines and paxille spinelets are less conspicuous. The color
is lighter, being nearly white. In none of the specimens examined, either
large or small, have I been able to find any pedicellarize, but probably
further search would have revealed some. No specimens of this species
were taken south of San Pedro, Cala.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Station 5696. Off San Luis Obispo County, California, 440 fms.
Bottom Temp., 39.9°.
Station 5697. Off Monterey County, California, 485 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.8°.
Station 5698. Off Monterey Coynty, California, 475 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.9°.
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Bathymetrical range, 440-659 fms. Temperature range, 39.9°-37.9°.
Twenty-six specimens.
Luidia phragma.
H. L. Clark, 1910. Bull. M. C.Z., Vol. 52; p. 329.
There is a good series of this species, although none are very large. In
the largest, R = 60 mm. The series of spinelets along each side of the
ray, abactinally, is generally well developed, but may be incomplete and in
one specimen extends scarcely half the length of the ray.
South end of Magdalena Bay, Lower California. Thirteen specimens.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 191
Pectinaster agassizii.
Cheiraster agassizii Lupwia, 1905. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 32, p. 1.
Pectinaster agassizit Lupwia, 1910. Sitz. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., Vol. 23, p. 449.
These specimens appear to be typical agassizzi as they have few papulee
in each papularium and no abactinal or marginal pedicellari®, while acti-
nally pedicellariz are very common. Even the specimens from Station
5693, which are in very poor condition, seem to be no nearer the subspecies
evoplus. The range of typical agassizii is thus extended considerably
northward.
Station 5673. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1090 fms.
Station 5674. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
590 fms. Bottom Temp., 39.4°.
Station 5686. Off Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower California, 930
fms. Bottom Temp., 37.3°.
Station 5689. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 879 fms.
Station 5690. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 1101
fms. Bottom Temp., 38.1°. .
Station 5692. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1076 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.1°.
Station 5693. Northwest of San Nicolas Island, California, 451 fms.
Bathymetrical range, 451-1101 fms. Temperature range, 39.4°-37.1°.
Ninety-six specimens; one perfectly tetramerous.
Nearchaster aciculosus.
Acantharchaster aciculosus FISHER, 1910. Zool. Anz., Vol. 35, p. 550.
Nearchaster aciculosus FisHer, 1911. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 7, p. 92.
The specimens in which R exceeds 100 mm. have actinal intermediate
pedicellarize present and there are also a very few inferomarginal pedicel-
lariz to be seen. But the smaller specimens do not have actinal pedicel-
larie anywhere. It seems probable that this difference if it is anything
more than individual diversity, is due to age and not, as Fisher suggests, to
locality. The largest specimen in this collection has R in excess of 160 mm.
but the tips of all the arms are missing.
Station 5688. Off Cedros Island, west coast of Lower California, 525
fms. Bottom Temp., 39.9°.
192 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Station 5698. Off Monterey County, California, 475 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.9°.
Bathymetrical range, 525-640 fms. Temperature range, 39.9°-38.9°.
Twenty-three specimens.
Pseudarchaster pectinifer.
Ludwig, 1905. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 32, p. 106.
It is only after the greatest hesitation that I call the largest Pseudar-
chaster in the collection by the name of the Panamic species. I certainly
should not do so if Fisher had not suggested the possibility that the northern
species dissonus intergrades with pectinifer. As the present specimen
entirely lacks the characteristic pedicellariz of dissonus and shows other,
slight differences, I cannot consider it that species. On the other hand
the adambulacral armature is utterly different from that of pectinifer as
described by Ludwig. But the latter only had a single specimen, much
smaller than mine, in which R = 140 mm., and perhaps with more material
the differences might sink into insignificance. In the specimen before me
the aboral portion of the margin of each adambulacral plate is much longer
than the adoral until near the tip of the arm; or, in other words the angle
of each plate which projects into the furrow and separates adjoining tube-
feet is much nearer the oral end of the plate than it 1s the aboral. Ludwig
says the opposite condition occurs in pectinifer. In the present specimen,
there are only four or five furrow-spines on each plate, one on the adoral
side, one (the largest) on the point of the angle, and two or three on the
aboral side; on the actinal surface of the plate are eight to twelve somewhat
smaller spines, well-spaced and only indistinctly in rows. Ludwig says
there are eight or nine furrow spines and four to seven on the surface of the
plate. In my specimen there are eleven or twelve adambulacral plates to
ten inferomarginals, while Ludwig says that in pectinifer there are only
nine.— In view of these differences, I think it possible that the specimen
before me represents an undescribed species but more material must be
examined before the question can be settled.
Station 5676. Off San Juanico, west coast of Lower California, 647 fms.
Bottom Temp., 39°.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 193
Pseudarchaster pusillus.
Fisher, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 304.
There is a very good series of this species, ranging from R = 14 mm. to
R= 40 mm. They show very little variation among themselves but the
paxillz spinelets and the spines of the marginal plates and actinal surface
are all so slender and so well spaced that the general facies is different from
typical pusillus and at the opposite extreme from the form described and
figured by Fisher from off San Diego, ‘ Albatross’ St. 4367. But there is
little reason to doubt the identity of the specimens for they do not approach
the Panamic forms described by Ludwig.
Station 5675. Southwest of San Cristobal Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 284 fms. Bottom Temp., 44.6°. Thirty specimens.
Ceramaster leptoceramus.
Tosia leptocerama FisHer, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 306.
Ceramaster leptoceramus FISHER, 1911. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 76, p. 210.
Neither of the two specimens before:me is adult. In the larger R = 35
mm.; in the smaller R = 26 mm. Few of the adambulacral plates in
either specimen have more than six furrow spines. The range of the species
is extended southward some distance, by its occurrence at the following
station.
Station 5675. Southwest of San Cristobal Bay, west coast. of Lower
California, 284 fms. Bottom Temp., 44.6°. Two specimens.
Ceramaster patagonicus.
Pentagonaster patagonicus SuADEN, 1889. ‘Challenger’ Asteroids, p. 269.
Ceramaster patagonicus F1sHER, 1911. Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 76, p. 214.
A pentagonal starfish with conspicuous marginal plates and having
R = 30 mm. seems to belong to this species as described and figured by
Fisher. I am inclined to think that more abundant material will show that
the north Pacific specimens are not conspecific with patagonicus.
Station 5682. Off Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, 491 fms. Bottom
Temp., 40.8°.
194 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
Hippasteria californica.
Fisher, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 310.
A specimen with R = 130 mm. represents this species.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Hippasteria spinosa.
Verrill, 1909. Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. 28, p. 63.
A specimen with R only 9 mm. seems to be undoubtedly the young of
this species, although it was taken at a considerably greater depth than has
been hitherto known for spinosa. There are only four marginal plates in
each series. These carry conspicuous thick spines; if there are two or
three on a plate, one (the median of three) is notably larger than the others.
The abactinal plates are each bordered with spiniform granules from four
to twelve in number according to the size of the plate. The primary plates
are conspicuous and each carries a central spinelet. Actinally the furrow
and subambulacral spines are conspicuous, but the spiniform granules of
the actinal intermediate plates are very small. No pedicellariz are to be
seen anywhere actinally but five or six on the abactinal surface are very
conspicuous; there are none on the marginal plates.
. Station 5693. Northwest of San Nicolas Island, California, 451 fms.
Oreaster occidentalis.
Verrill, 1866. Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. 1, p. 373.
There are two small specimens from Agua Verde Bay, east coast of
Lower California. The larger has R = 80 mm.
Amphiaster insignis.
Verrill, 1868. Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. 1, p. 373.
A fine specimen (R = 80 mm.) from Magdalena Bay, west coast of
Lower California, is the only representative of this remarkable starfish.
Linckia columbie.
Gray, 1840. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 6, p. 285.
This species is represented by a young individual from San Josef Island,
Gulf of California, and four small adults from San Francisquito Bay, east
coast of Lower California. The largest specimen has R = 82 mm.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. ‘195
Phataria unifascialis.
Linckia (Phataria) unifascialis Gray, 1840. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 6,
p. 285.
Phataria unifascialis SLADEN, 1889. ‘Challenger’ Asteroids, p. 786.
Of this common and characteristic west Mexican species, there are three
small specimens from Pichilingue Bay, east coast of Lower California.
The largest has R about 70 mm.
Echinaster tenuispinus.
Verrill, 1871. Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. 1, p. 577.
These specimens call for no special comment. The largest has R = 50.
mm.; in the smallest R = 18 mm.
San Bartolomé, west coast of Lower California.
Agua Verde Bay, east coast of Lower California.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
San Esteban Island, Gulf of California.
Five specimens.
Henricia clarki.
Fisher, 1910. Zool. Anz., Vol. 35, p. 573.
There is a single individual in the collection, which seems to belong to
this species. In it R = about 75 mm. On only a few of the proximal
adambulacral plates are there as many as three spinelets in the furrow, and
in a few other details the specimen is not typical but in view of the locality
and depth, there can be little doubt of its belonging to this species.
Station 5682. Off Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, 491 fms. Bottom
Temp., 40.8°.
Henricia leviuscula annectens.
Fisher, 1910. Zool. Anz., Vol. 35, p. 572.
Two small Henricias, with R about 20 mm. seem to represent this form.
San Bartolomé, west coast of Lower California.
Station 5693. Northwest of San Nicolas Island, California, 451 fms.
1°6 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. XXXII,
Solaster paxillatus.
Sladen, 1889. ‘Challenger’ Asteroidea, p. 452.
Each of the three specimens has eight arms. In the smallest, R =
37 mm. In one of the large ones R = 135 and the ray is 35 mm. broad at
the disk-margin, while in the other large specimen, with the rays about
equally long, br is only 23 mm. These two large specimens have no locality
label but there is reason to think they came from Station 5694, southwest
of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms. The small specimen is from
Station 5695, southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.; bottom
Temp., 38.9°. The occurrence of this Japanese species, so far south on the
American coast, is noteworthy, but I can find no good reason for refusing
to refer these specimens to that species.
Solaster borealis.
Crossaster borealis F1sHER, 1906, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. 8, p. 134.
Solaster borealis FisHer, 1911. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 76, p. 320.
One of these specimens has only ten rays but each of the others has
eleven. The largest specimen has R = 135 mm. while the smallest has R
only 20 mm.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5696. Off San Luis Obispo County, California, 440 fms.
Bottom Temp., 39.9°.
Station 5698. Off Monterey County, California, 475 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.9°.
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Bathymetrical range, 440-659 fms. Temperature range, 39.9°-37.9°.
Ten specimens.
Heterozonias alternatus.
Crossaster alternatus FisHEeR, 1906. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. 8, p. 131.
Heterozonias alternatus FisHEer, 1910. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 5, p. 172.
There is a fine series of this interesting starfish, of which one has nine
rays, 26 have ten rays and one has eleven. The largest specimen has R =
160 mm. while in the smallest R is only about 13 mm.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 197
Station 5697. Off Monterey County, California, 485 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.8°.
Station 5698. Off Monterey County, California, 475 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.9°.
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Bathymetrical range, 475-659 fms. Temperature range, 39.9°-37.9°.
Twenty-eight specimens.
Lophaster furcilliger.
Fisher, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 312.
These specimens are all typical furcilliger, as would naturally be expected
in view of the depth at which they were taken. The smallest has R = 20
mm. In the largest R = 60 mm.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Twelve specimens.
Peribolaster biserialis.
Fisher, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 313.
In these specimens R ranges from 10 to 17 mm. but there is nothing
noteworthy about them.
Station 5696. Off San Luis Obispo County, California, 440 fms.
Bottom Temp., 39.9°.
Four specimens.
Pteraster jordani.
Fisher, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 314.
A single specimen with R = 70 mm. is in the collection.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
198 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
Hymenaster perissonotus.
Fisher, 1910. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 5, p. 170.
Although only the smallest individual is well preserved, there is little
doubt as to the identity of these specimens. There are only four oral spines
on a plate, as a rule, and there is thus an approach to gracilis in this
particular, but occasionally there are five and very rarely six such spines.
The largest specimen has R = 40 mm.; in the smallest, it is about 30.
Station 5689. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 879 fms.
Station 5691. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
868 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.2°.
Four specimens.
Hymenaster quadrispinosus.
Fisher, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 315.
These specimens are poorly preserved but show the characteristics of
the species fairly well. R ranges from about 37 to nearly 60 mm.
Station 5690. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 1101 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.1°. Four specimens.
Zoroaster evermanni.
Fisher, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 317.
There is an excellent series of this interesting species, which seems to be
common all along the coast of California between Monterey and San Diego,
in four to seven hundred fathoms. The largest specimens (R = 220 mm.)
are much larger than Fisher’s type, and the coarseness of the reticulation
of the abactinal skeleton is very marked. But there is only a single series
of abactinal plates between the radial series and the superomarginals and
even at the extreme base of the ray, there are but three series of actino-
lateral plates. In the smallest specimen (R = 70 mm.), the third series of
these plates is to be found only just indicated by two or three plates.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Station 5696. Off San Luis Obispo County, California, 440 fms.
Bottom Temp., 39.9°.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 199
Station 5697. Off Monterey County, California, 485 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.8°.
Station 5698. Off Monterey County, California, 475 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.9°.
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Bathymetrical range, 440-659 fms. Temperature range, 39.9°-37.9°.
Nineteen specimens.
Zoroaster ophiurus.
Fisher, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., Vol. 24, p. 315.
This seems to be a more southern species than the preceding, occurring
along the coast of Lower California in eight to eleven hundred fathoms.
The specimens before me range from R = 25 mm. to R = 160 mm. The
latter are thus larger than the type. In the small specimens, the spines on
the primary plates of the disk and on the radial series of each ray are very
conspicuous, 1-2 mm. long. In half grown specimens they are apparently
no larger and hence are no longer conspicuous. In the little specimens,
there are only two or three series of actino-lateral plates at the base of the
ray.
Station 5686. Off Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower California, 930
fms. Bottom Temp., 37.3°.
Station 5689. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 879 fms.
Station 5690. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California,
1101 fms. Bottom Temp., 38.1°.
Six specimens.
Zoroaster platyacanthus! sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, Figs. 1 and 2.
Rays 5. R= 67 mm.; r= 9; mm. R=/7r. Breadth of ray at base, 10 mm.
Disk rather convex (concave at center in type); rays moderately long, more or
less flattened not attenuate; median radial ridge not prominent; spines and spine-
lets not very numerous, rather stout, rough-tipped; abactinal pedicellariz not very
conspicuous.
Abactinal skeleton rather heavy; primary plates of disk not specially conspicu-
1q7Xatvs = flat wide+ akavOa = prickle, spine.
200 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
ous and median radial series on arms not much larger than superomarginals; all of
the larger plates carry spines and scattered well-spaced spinelets; on each plate
there is a central spine, 1-2 mm. long, stout and more or less blunt, and there may be
also two or three smaller spines, but the fatter are not very constant in number or
position; pedicellarize occur on most of the plates, but the largest of them are much
smaller than the central spine.
Between the median radial series of plates on each ray and the superomarginals
there is only an incomplete series of small plates, and these are found only at the
very base of the ray; the superomarginals are nearly as large as the median plates
and the inferomarginals are little smaller; between the latter and the adambulacrals
are three series of actinolateral plates, the uppermost of which are nearly as large as
the inferomarginals and the lowermost are much smaller, nearly quadrilateral and
about three times as long as high. Each marginal! and actinolateral plate carries a
central spine, and a few small spines or spinelets, well-spaced and mingled with
pedicellarize; the spines on the superomarginals are like those on the median series;
those on the inferomarginals are imperceptibly longer; those on the uppermost
actinolaterals are longer and slightly flattened near the tip; those on the second
series of actinolaterals are the longest (3-4 mm.) and are very wide and flat; those
on the lowest actinolaterals are a little shorter, somewhat more slender and are less
flattened. All three series of actinolateral plates are continued nearly if not quite
to the tip of the ray.
Between the lower series of actinolateral plates, there are no papular areas,
but between the upper and second series, the areas are as large as abactinally. Be-
tween the median and the superomarginal plates the papular areas are arranged in a
double, alternating series. Elsewhere these areas are in single longitudinal series.
There is only one papula to each area, and while it is large, it does not occupy all of
the area, by any means.
The adambulacral plates are arranged as usual in the genus, plates projecting into
the furrow alternating with those which do not. The plates are separated from
each other by distinct, membranous spaces; each plate is about three times as wide
as long. On the projecting plates is a single series of four or five slender spines, the
first of which is well up in the furrow; the second and third are about on the
rounded angle of the plate, and the fourth (and fifth, when present) are on the actinal
surface; the fourth spine (or fifth) is the smallest and more or less distinctly sacculate
at tip; the second and third spines are of about equal size (2 mm. +) or the
third is largest. On the non-projecting plates are two or three spines, of which the
first is largest and about equals the third spine of the alternating plates; the other
spine (or spines) is slightly sacculate at tip. Pedicellarie are not specially abun-
dant; each furrow spine may carry one to three but many have none; in the inter-
radial angles are a very few pedicellariz larger than elsewhere, and these may be 2
mm. long. Oral plates very short (as usual in Zoroaster), each with two marginal
and two suboral spines, 1-2 mm. long; the distal marginal spine carries a cluster cf
three or four small pedicellariz.
Tube-feet in four distinct series. Madreporite smaller than a primary disk-
plate, situated about half-way between center of disk and margin. Terminal plate
of ray moderately large, with two spinelets at the tip and numerous much smaller
ones crowded over its surface. Color completely lost in the preserved specimens
which are dingy brownish-yellow.
Type.— Cat. No. , U.S. N. M. from Station 5675 (not yet catalogued).
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 201
In the presence of only three series of actinal intermediate plates and in
its small median, radial plates, this species resembles Myaoderma, a sub-
genus suggested by Fisher. But the spinelets are not sacculate, not at
least to any notable degree, and there is only one papula to each area.
This combination of characters taken with the long flat spines along the
sides of the ray, actinally, serve to distinguish the species from any Zoroaster
hitherto described. It is difficult to decide whether the flattened appear-
ance of the rays is natural or artificial, but it is quite marked in both
specimens. Possibly these specimens are not adult and spinelets and
pedicellarize would both be more abundant with age.
Station 5675. Southwest of San Cristobal Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 284 fms. Bottom Temp., 44.6°.
Two specimens.
Heliaster kubiniji.
Xantus, 1860. Proc. Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 568.
All but one of these specimens is adult. Ten have 23 rays, three have
22 and one has 24. The largest has R = 70 mm.
Pichilingue Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Ricason Island, Conception Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Fourteen specimens.
Pedicellaster hyperoncus'! sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, Figs. 3 and 4.
Rays 5. R=68mm.;r=7mm. R= 9}r. Breadth of ray at base, 7 mm.
Breadth of ray, 10 mm. from base, 11mm. Breadth of ray, 10 mm. from tip, 7 mm.
Disk small, flat; rays rather long, decidedly constricted at base and correspond-
ingly swollen just beyond, not attenuate, bluntly pointed; median radial ridge
not prominent; spines not numerous, rather small; pedicellarie abundant. Papular
areas on rays with 2-5 papule. Adambulacral plates numerous with only one spine
but often with a large pedicellaria also. Tube-feet in two well-defined rows.
Abactinal skeleton fairly heavy on disk, but very open and rather delicate on rays.
None of the primary plates are easily recognizable on disk. All of the disk plates
carry spines, none of which are conspicuous, but the one near center of plate is the
largest. On the rays, the plates usually carry only a single spine each. All the
abactinal plates carry numerous small forcipiform pedicellariz; they occur actinally
as far as the inferomarginal plates, each of which carries one or two.
1 }7epoyxXos = Overgrown, of excessive size.
202 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
Between the median radial series of plates and the superomarginals there is only a
single, somewhat irregular series of abactinal plates. There are here and there
indications of a second series but they are very scattered. The inferomarginals are
widely separated from the superior series but adjoin the adambulacrals very closely,
as there are no intermediate plates whatever. As a result of the widely reticular
skeleton, the papular areas on the rays are large and conspicuous. On the disk they
are small or moderate, each with one, or rarely two papule. On the rays, each
papular area is wider (or higher) than long and contains 2-5 papule; these are usually
arranged in a vertical series but are occasionally more scattered. The area may also
contain an isolated calcareous plate or may be more or less bisected by a calcareous
projection from one of its boundary plates. The areas between the two series of
marginal plates are about 2} mm. high by one millimeter long and generally contain
three (or two) papule.
The adambulacral plates are very numerous, about twenty to an octet of infero-
marginals; they are small, the width about equal to the length and about two thirds
of the height. Each plate carries one spine, 1.5 mm. long; in addition many plates
have, usually on the inner margin, a large forficiform pedicellaria almost a millimeter
high. Each inferomarginal plate carries, close to the adambulacral series, a spine
2mm. long; these are the stoutest spines found on the animal. They are distinctly
rough under a lens, more so than any of the other spines. Oral plates short; each
carries two, or less commonly three, spines a trifle longer than those on the adambula-
cral plates; generally two large forficiform pedicellarize are also present.
Tube-feet large, in two well-marked series. Madreporite small, little more than a
millimeter across, close to margin of disk. Color completely lost; the preserved
specimen is the usual dingy brownish-yellow, approaching white. ;
Type.— Cat. No. , U.S. N. M., from Station 5675.
Although this species resembles the following in form and size, it is dis-
tinguishable at once by the more numerous papule and the characteristic
adambulacral armature. The forficiform pedicellariz are also larger and
much more numerous. The large size marks this species, in comparison
with other members of the genus, for except the Indian species atratus
Alcock, which doubtless deserves separate generic rank, and the Panamic
species improvisus Ludwig, with which it was taken, it is the giant of the
genus. None of the Arctic, Atlantic or Antarctic species of the genus are
half as large.
Station 5675. Southwest of San Cristobal Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 284 fms. Bottom Temp., 44.6°. One specimen.
Pedicellaster improvisus.
Ludwig, 1905. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 32, p. 216.
The specimen representing this species was taken with the one just
described, and as it is in very poor condition, it was at first supposed to be
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 203
that form. Examination however revealed the interesting fact that it is
really the adult of improvisus, and is nearly twice as large as Ludwig’s
biggest specimen. R = 80 mm., r= 10 mm., R = 8r. The double series
of adambulacral spines and the single papula in each area distinguish the
species, and are well shown by this specimen, although it is discolored, badly
distorted and shows the effect of an acid reagent of some sort.
It is certainly an extraordinary fact that the ‘Albatross’ should have
taken two specimens of Pedicellaster at Station 5675, representing perfectly
distinct species, and then not met with a specimen of the genus elsewhere
on her cruise. But I find it impossible to consider the two specimens from
Station 5675 conspecific and the only other alternative is the “ extraordinary
fact”’ just stated.
Pisaster ochraceus.
Asterias ochracea BRANDT, 1835. Prod. desc. Anim., p. 269.
Pisaster ochraceus FisHER, 1908. Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 52, p. 89.
Three good specimens, with R about 125 mm., represent this species
but as there is no locality label, we can only assume they were collected at
San Diego or some point still further south. The species has not yet been
recorded from Lower California.
Asterias forreri.
De Loriol, 1887. Rec. Zool. Suisse, Vol. 4, p. 401.
In deference to the opinion of my good friend and highly respected
authority on starfishes, Dr. W. K. Fisher, I have been strongly inclined to
record these specimens, the largest of which has R only about 48 mm., as
Asterias sertulifera Xantus. But as I am unable to understand how they
can belong to that species, I have finally decided to let matters stand as
they are. When Professor H. S. Jennings was about to publish his most
interesting and important paper on the behavior of Asterias, he did me the
honor of asking me to identify the species with which his work was done,
and specimens were sent me from La Jolla, California. It was soon evident
that the species was either sertulifera Xantus or forrert de Loriol. As the
former is described as having the rays only 2% times the diameter of the
disk, the wreaths of pedicellariz near the tips of the spines, no pedicellarize
scattered among the spines and only a single series of adambulacral spines,
while forrert has the rays 4 times the diameter of the disk, the wreaths of
pedicellariz near the bases of the spines, numerous scattered pedicellariz
204 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
and a double series of adambulacral spines, I was satisfied that the La Jolla
specimens, which showed clearly the latter group of characters, were
forreri. Accordingly Dr. Jenning’s paper was entitled “Behavior of the
Starfish, Asterias forreri de Loriol.” Recently there has appeared the first
report of the Laguna Marine Laboratory of Pomona College. On page 89
“Coscinasterias sertulifera”’ is listed and Dr. Fisher is quoted as authority
for the statement: “This is the species (under the name Asterias ferrert)
upon which Prof. H. S. Jennings carried on a number of experiments at
La Jolla. Jt is a member of the southern fauna, the type locality being
Cape San Lucas. The true Coscinasterias ferreri belongs to the northern
fauna and is not found along shore.” (Of course, Dr. Fisher is not re-
sponsible for the misspelling of forreri). In correspondence Dr. Fisher has
confirmed this statement and says further that sertulifera may have a
double series of adambulacral spines. If this is so, I am puzzled to see
what essential difference there is between the two species. In the M. C. Z.
collection there is a large specimen of forreri from the type locality, Santa
Cruz, on Monterey Bay, California. There are also two specimens from
Monterey, identified and labelled by Dr. Fisher as forrert. Then there are
specimens from La Jolla and from Lower California, which I have called
forrert. On going over this material again and comparing it with the speci-
mens in the ‘ Albatross’ collection now before me, I am unable to see what
the specific differences are. I have never seen an authentic specimen of
sertulifera but to judge from Xantus’ description, it ought to be quite differ-
ent from forrerit. It may be that specimens of forreri from deep water are
distinguishably different from the shore specimens, like those from La Jolla,
which I have called forreri. However, in view of the present confusion
existing in the American Pacific coast species of Asterias, I think it best to
present this case as I have and leave the matter with Dr. Fisher for ultimate
decision.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California. Fourteen
specimens.
Brisinga panamensis.
Ludwig, 1905. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 32, p. 258.
All of the specimens are badly damaged and only one has any arms still
attached to the disk. They show considerable diversity in some details
but on the whole, it seems probable they all represent the Panamic species.
The largest has the disk 24 mm. across; in the smallest it is 11. Only the
largest specimen has 9 rays; all the others have 8. Among Ludwig’s
specimens only one had 8; all the others had 9.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 205°
Station 5673. Of Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1090 fms.
Station 5690. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 1101
fms. Bottom Temp., 38.1°.
Station 5691. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
868 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.2°.
Six specimens.
OPHIUROIDEA.
Ophioderma panamensis.
Liitken, 1859. Add. ad Hist., pt. 2, p. 91.
This species is evidently common in the Gulf of California, as a large
series was brought home by the ‘ Albatross.’ The largest are about twenty
millimeters across the disk. Young individuals have the arms quite
distinctly banded, but in large specimens, the bands seem to be confined to
the tips of the arms.
Pichilingue Bay, east coast of Lower California.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Sixty-one specimens.
Ophioderma variegata.
Liitken, 1856. Vid. Med., p. 21.
_The most highly colored animal in the whole collection is one of the
representatives of this tropical species. The disk is bright green, the arms
are banded with green and grayish-green, and the base of each arm with
the adjoining portion of the disk is bright rose-red. In two specimens, the
disk is dull yellowish-brown. The largest individual is 10 mm. across the
disk. McClendon (1909, Univ. Cala. Publ. Zool., Vol. 6, no. 3) does not
include this species in his list of ophiurans from the San Diego region and
it is quite possible that it does not occur on the west coast of Lower Cali-
fornia.
“Lower California.”
Agua Verde Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Four specimens.
206 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
Diopederma ! gen. nov.
Disk very flat; arms flattened, especially at base, where they are twice as wide as
at middle. Disk more or less completely covered with granules. Oral papille
numerous; teeth present, but no tooth-papille. Arm-spines small and numerous,
appressed to side arm-plates. Tentacle scales two. Genital slits small, four in each
interradial area, of which two lie close to oral shield, one on each side, and two are
dorsal in position, lying just distal to radial shields; these dorsal slits are placed in
slight prominences which carry papilliform granules, those adjoining the slits being
the longest while the more distant ones merge into the disk granulation; the long
axis of each slit is nearly at right angles to the long axis of the arm.
Type-species.— Ophiura daniana Verrill, 1867. Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. 1,
p. 254. From La Union, Salvador. Type in Peabody Museum, Yale University,
New Haven, Conn.
In his description of the type-species, Verrill says: “The peculiarity
in the form and position of the upper genital openings may hereafter require
this species to be separated generically from Ophiura, if accompanied by
corresponding internal differences in structure.” In my judgment, such
an extraordinary arrangement of the genital openings, indicating as it does
an extreme development of the unusual condition characteristic of Ophio-
derma, is ample ground for establishing a new genus, regardless of “in-
ternal differences,” although one can hardly doubt that such a marked
external character is accompanied by internal peculiarities. The genus is a
most interesting one and I have selected for its type the species described by
Verrill, since it is possible that the following species will prove to be identical
with it.
Diopederma axiologum” sp. nov.
Plate XLV, Figs. 5-7.
Disk 16 mm. in diameter; arms 54 mm. long; the smaller specimen is 10 mm.
across. Disk pentagonal, very flat, closely covered with a fine granulation (about
150 grains to a square millimeter). This granulation leaves uncovered the greater
part of each radial shield and the following plates in addition; in the type, a series
of three plates along each radius, two lying between the radial shields and the third
proximal to them; the first and biggest of these plates is larger than the first upper
arm-plate, which lies distal to it; (the second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth upper
arm-plates are each successively bigger, until the sixth is the widest of the upper arm-
plates, while the succeeding plates are longer but become successively narrower; the
first five plates are within the limits of the disk); a series of three or four small
1 6i- = double, 677 = a hole in the roof, dépua = skin (the terminal portion of the
name of the most nearly allied genus).
2a&6Xoyos = remarkable.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 207
plates in each interradius, the most distal the largest; a very small plate on each side
of the first upper arm-plate, and two very small plates lying on each side of the radial
series, proximal to the radial shields; in the smaller specimen, these plates are all
relatively larger and are fully exposed; in addition, about forty other plates on the
dise are bare, but these are small and do not seem to be definitely arranged. Around
the dorsal genital slits, the granules are from a fourth to a third of a millimeter in
length and are thus quite spiniform. Upper arm plates at base of arm, wider than
long, tetragonal, in contact for their full width; they gradually become longer than
wide and broader distally than proximally, until at tip of arm they are triangular
and scarcely in contact. Interbrachial spaces below granulated distally but proxi-
mally the plates are simply bordered with minute grains. Genital slits very small;
first pair (close to oral shield) is scarcely half the length of the first side-arm plate;
second pair about as long, situated transverse to the long axis of the arm, in an ele-
vation on the dorsal side of the disk, just distal to the radial shields. Oral shields
distinctly longer than wide, hexagonal with rounded angles in the type, but in the
smaller specimen more nearly triangular with a rounded, distal base. Adoral plates
rather short and wide, at sides of oral shields; they meet within in the smaller speci-
men, but are widely separated in the type. Oral plates large, two thirds as large as
adorals, bearing in the smaller specimen a few granules, which are much more
numerous in the type. Oral papillae, nine on a side; ninth (distalmost) longest but
very narrow; eighth largest, nearly as wide as long; inner ones successively narrower
‘and more pointed. No pores between basal under arm-plates. First under arm-
plate large, wider than long, roughly hexagonal; succeeding plates hexagonal, or
somewhat octagonal, with rounded angles, broadly in contact, wider than long on
basal third of arm but gradually becoming longer than wide and more pointed proxi-
mally, until at very tip of arm, they are triangular and well separated from each
other; the fifth or sixth plate is widest, measuring in the type, 2 mm. wide and about
1mm. long. Side arm-plates large, but broadly separated both above and below
until near tip of arm; each plate carries on its distal margin, six (at middle of arm)
to eleven (eighth side arm-plate), short, flat, appressed spines; uppermost sharply
pointed, lower ones less noticeably so; third from bottom longest, about equal to
one half the length of the arm-joint. Tentacle-scales two, inner the larger; outer
does not overlap base of lowest arm-spine. Color (dried from alcohol) pale ashy-
gray above, finely mottled with black and cream-color; most upper arm-plates have
a light spot on their distal margin; arms faintly banded with blackish, some 15-
20 indistinct dark markings showing on each arm; lower surface pale cream-color;
smaller specimen like type, but a little darker.
Type.— Cat. No. ——, U.S. N.M. from Cape St. Lucas, L. C.
Whether these specimens represent a new species or should be referred
to Ophiura daniana Verrill has been a source of much perplexity to me.
Through the kindness of Miss K. J. Bush, one of the type specimens of
Verrill’s species was loaned me by the Peabody Museum and I have thus
been enabled to compare the specimens from Lower California directly
with one of those from Salvador. While the distance of fifteen hundred
miles between the two localities is not specially significant, I have concluded
that until specimens are known from the intervening coast, it will be quite
208 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
proper to consider the differences between the specimens as probably specific.
The most striking of these differences is in the granulation of the disk; in
the specimens from Lower California, many plates are exposed, while in the
one from Salvador (see also Verrill’s description) no plates except portions of
some radial shields are free from the granules. The interbrachial areas
below are also more closely granulated in the Salvadorian specimens, and
the oral shields are less angular and more oval. These differences are not a
matter of size, since Verrill’s cotype is intermediate between the two from
Cape St. Lucas, but it may be that they come well within the limits of
individual variation in daniana. Until this can be shown however, the
latter name may be kept for the southern specimens with no exposed disk
plates, while axiologum should be used for the northern form with many
exposed disk plates. If this difference is shown to be inconstant, then
aziologum will become a synonym of daniana, but the status of the genus
and its designated type will remain unaltered.
Cape St. Lucas. Two specimens.
Ophiura flagellata.
Ophioglypha flagellata Lyman, 1878. Bull. M.C. Z., Vol. 5, p. 69.
Ophiura flagellata Meissner, 1901. Bronn’s Thierreichs, Vol. 2, pt. 3, p. 925.
There is a single adult specimen with the disk 25 mm. across and welt
covered with plates. Lines of decalcification radiate from the center of the
disk in each radius and interradius; the latter are the longer, extending
two thirds of the way to the margin.
Station 5677. North of Cape San Lazaro, west coast of Lower Cali-
fornia, 735 fms. Bottom Temp., 38.6°.
Ophiura superba.
Ophioglypha superba LUTKEN and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 23,
p: 416:
Ophiura superba MetssnER, 1901. Bronn’s Thierreichs, Vol. 2, pt. 3, p. 925.
Ophiura hadra, H. L. CuarK, 1911. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 75, p. 80.
While comparing one of these newly taken specimens with a cotype of
superba L, &. M. anda cotype of hadra H. L. C., it became perfectly obvious
that those two species are identical and there is no excuse to be offered for
publishing hadra as a “new species.” The present collection contains a
good series, with disk-diameters ranging from 4 to 33 mm.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 209
Station 5685. Southwest from Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 645 fms.
Station 5686. Off Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower California, 930
fms. Bottom Temp., 37.3°. |
Station 5693. Northwest of San Nicolas Island, California, 451 fms.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Station 5699. Southwest from ee eae Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Bathymetrical range, 451-930 fms. Temperature range, 38.9°-37.3°.
Thirty-two specimens.
Ophiura irrorata.
Ophioglypha irrorta LYMAN, 1878. Bull. M.C. Z., Vol. 5, p. 73.
Ophiura irrorata MrIssnER, 1901. Bronn’s Thierreichs, Vol. 2, pt. 3, p. 925.
See also H. L. Clark, 1911. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 75, p. 62.
Three very large specimens add a new locality to the range of this almost
cosmopolitan species. The largest one (disk-diameter, 38 mm.) is consider-
ably larger than any that has hitherto been recorded.
Station 5684. Southwest from Magdalena Bay, east coast of Lower
California, 1760 fms.
Ophiura leptoctenia.
H. L. Clark, 1911. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 75, p. 51.
The finding of this species off central and southern California extends
its known range far southward. None of the specimens are noteworthy.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Twenty-eight specimens.
Ophiura ponderosa.
Ophioglypha ponderosa Lyman, 1878. Bull. M.C. Z., Vol. 5. p. 93.
Ophiura ponderosa MEIssnER, 1901. Bronn’s Thierreichs, Vol. 2, pt. 3, p. 925.
A single small specimen is the only representative of this species.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
210 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
Ophiura oligopora' sp. nov.
Plate XLV, Figs. 8 and 9.
Disk 9 mm. in diameter (6 in the smaller specimen); arms broken but about
22 mm.long. Disk moderately high, especially the radial areas; the center is some-
what depressed. Disk covered by some 200 plates, among which the central primary
plate and a plate near each interradial margin are rather conspicuous; in the smaller
specimen the primary radial plates are also easily made out. Radial shields large,
(longer than wide), in contact at middle and distally, but with outer ends separated
by first upper arm-plate and inner ends separated by one or two large scales. All the
plates of the disk are thick and many are more or less swollen, but there are no
knobs or tubercles developed. Arms rather short,-nearly cylindrical. Upper arm-
plates tetragonal, the proximal margin less than the distal; outer corners rounded;
first three or four plates wider than long but remaining plates increasingly longer
than wide; all broadly in contact so far as the broken arms indicate. Interbrachial
areas below covered by 30-35 plates. Oral shields larger, longer than wide, penta-
gonal with a proximal angle, which the adoral plates adjoin, and the outer corners
rounded; genital slits cause a slight reéntrant angle on each side. Adoral plates
narrow, on proximal sides of oral shields; oral plates about equal in size to adorals,
swollen at proximal end. Oral papille about five on a side; outermost as wide as
next two together; only innermost, papilliform. Genital slits long and conspicuous.
Genital scales short and wide distally; broadly visible from above; each scale carries
ten or a dozen small papille, which form a continuous series orally with the minute
papillz on margin of genital slit; aborally the two or three papille, visible from above,
are the largest, but they are inconspicuous and the arm-comb has the appearance of
incompleteness. First under arm-plate very large, almost as large as second, wider
than long, imperfectly octagonal with rounded corners; second plate pentagonal,
wider than long; third plate similar but proximal side very short and distal angle
rounded, about as long as wide; succeeding plates wider than long becoming almost
spindle-shaped but outer corners rather obtuse; all the plates except first and second
(and in the type, the second and third) are separated from each other. Side arm-
plates large, broadly in contact beneath but narrowly separated above, at least on
basal half of arm; each plate bears three minute, well-spaced, blunt, peg-like
arm-spines, of which the uppermost is a trifle the longest. Oral tentacle-pores not
opening into mouth-slit, guarded on either side by three or four small scales; on
succeeding pores the number of scales becomes rapidly reduced, until on the fifth
pore there are only two scales on outer side and one on inner; the seventh pore
has one tentacle-scale and after that not even a pore is visible. Color (dried from
alcohol), white.
Type.— Cat. No. 00000, U.S. N. M. from Station 5683.
Comparison of descriptions alone shows that this species is very near
O. rugosa Lyman, collected by the ‘Challeriger’ in 700 fms. near New
Zealand. Comparison of specimens of the same size however, reveals
16Xiyos = few + 7opos = pore, in reference to the reduction of the tentacle-pores.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 211
differences which show that we are dealing with two species. The general
appearance is dissimilar because the disk-scales of rugosa are fewer and much
more swollen, and the arms, while fully as short, are much more slender.
The arm-spines too are pointed and the upper arm-plates and oral shields
have a different shape. Apparently the tentacle pores do not continue to
the tip of the arm in rugosa but there seem to be more than in oligopora.
This new species is quite unlike any yet recorded from the western
Pacific ocean and is not likely to be confused with any of them. It was
taken, unfortunately, at only one station.
Station 5683. Off Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, 630 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.1°. Two specimens.
Ophiocten pacificum.
Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z.. Vol. 23, p. 131.
This is apparently one of the commonest ophiurans of the North Pacifie
ocean, as it has been found in numbers by the ‘Albatross’ at numerous
stations from Ecuador to Washington, and in Japanese waters as well.
Most of the specimens in the present collection are in very poor condition
and are not noteworthy.
Station 5673. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California.
1090 fms.
Station 5688. Off Cedros Island, west coast of Lower California,
525 fms. Bottom Temp., 39.9°.
Station 5689. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 879 fms.
Station 5691. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California, 868
fms. Bottom Temp., 37.2°.
Station 5692. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1076 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.1°.
Station 5693. Northwest of San Nicolas Island, California, 451 fms.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Bathymetrical range, 451 to 1090 fms. Temperature range, 39.9°-
ak;
Two hundred and thirty-three specimens.
212 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
Ophiernus adspersus.
Lyman, 1883. Bull. M.C. Z., Vol. 10, p. 236.
For some notes in regard to this specimen, see under the following
species.
Station 5676. Off San Juanico, west coast of Lower California, 647 fms.
Bottom Temp., 39°. One specimen.
Ophiernus polyporus.
Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 23, p. 109.
A dozen or more specimens of Ophiernus seem to be referable to this
species, but studying them in connection with the single specimen just
mentioned has raised grave doubts as to whether polyporus is a valid species,
distinct from adspersus, or not. The specimen of adspersus listed above
from station 5676 is a large adult and comparison with West Indian speci-
mens shows it is a typical example of the species. Another specimen,
almost exactly like it, and also from station 5676, has the characteristic
pores of polyporus present on the fifth joint of each arm and in four of the
arms on one or both sides of the fourth or sixth joint, and in one arm on the
seventh and eighth joints also; the pores are smaller than in a typical
polyporus but are otherwise similar. In a third specimen from the same
station, the pores are present on the third to eighth joints of all the arms.
In typical polyporus, the pores extend out to the fifteenth to twenty-fifth
joint. So far as I can see the presence of these pores is the only thing
which distinguishes polyporus from adspersus, and I have therefore drawn
an arbitrary line by which one of these specimens (as noted above) is set off as
adspersus and the rest are called polyporus. The available material is in
too poor condition for me to satisfy. myself as to whether the presence of a
few pores is indicative of hybridization or whether the presence and num-
ber of pores is a matter of individual diversity. The fact that polyporus
has as yet been taken only in the vicinity of southern Lower California,
off the Mexican coast and near Panama, while adspersus is practically
cosmopolitan in deep water, indicates the specific importance of the pores.
Better material must be awaited before the question can be definitely
settled. Apparently Ophiernus is very fragile, all reported material being
more or less badly damaged by its collection or journey in the trawl. The
specimens of polyporus in the present collection were taken at the following
points:
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 213
Station 5676. Off San Juanico, west coast of Lower California, 647 fms.
Bottom Temp., 39°.
Station 5682. Off Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, 491 fms. Bottom
Temp., 40.8°.
Fourteen specimens.
Ophiomusium glabrum.
Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 23, p. 132.
Ophiomusium multispinum H. L. CuarK, 1911. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No.
foeps 113.
This is one of the commonest deep water ophiurans of the western
Pacific, ranging from the equator to 47° N. lat. in water from 480 to 2232
fms. deep. The largest specimen in the present collection has the disk
35 mm. across and comparison of this individual with a cotype of multi-:
spinum shows that the latter is, as I suspected when describing it, identical
with glabrum. The differences pointed out are individual and not specific,
proving to be quite inconstant.
Station 5673. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1090 fms.
Station 5684. Southwest from Magdalena Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 1760 fms.
Station 5686. Off Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower California,
930 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.3°.
Station 5687. Off Pt. Santa Eugenia, west coast of Lower California,
480 fms. Bottom Temp., 41.1°.
Station 5689. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 879 fms.
Station 5690. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 1101 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.1°.
Station 5691. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
868 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.2°.
Bathymetrical range, 480-1760 fms. Temperature range, 41.1°-37.2°.
Seventy specimens.
Ophiomusium lymani.
Wyville Thomson, 1873. The Depths of the Sea, p. 172.
This, the commonest and most widespread of deep-sea ophiurans, is
represented by a large and uninteresting series of specimens, whose disk-
diameters range from 23 to 30 mm.
214 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. | [Vol. XXXII,
Station 5673. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1090 fms.
Station 5686. Off Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower California, 930
fms. Bottom Temp., 37.3°.
Station 5689. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 879 fms.
Station 5690. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 1101
fms. Bottom Temp., 38.1°.
Station 5691. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
868 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.2°.
Station 5692. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1076 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.1°.
Bathymetrical range, 868-1101 fms. Temperature range, 38.1°-37.1°.
Two hundred and thirteen specimens.
Amphiura carchara.
H. L. ‘Clark, 1911. Bull. U.S. N. M., No. 75, p- 142.
The occurrence of this species off Lower California extends its range very
far southwards on the American coast. The specimens range from 4 to
8 mm. across the disk but show no notable peculiarities.
Station 5673. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1090 fms. Four specimens.
Amphiura diomedee.
Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 23, p. 151.
This wide-ranging species is represented by four adult specimens; in
one the disk-diameter exceeds 15 mm. but the arms are all broken; in
another the disk measures 13 mm. across and one of the arms is about
135 mm. or fully ten times the disk-diameter.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5698. Off Monterey County, California, 475 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.9°.
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 215
Amphiura serpentina.
Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 23, p. 148.
Although the specimens are not in very good condition, I do not think the
identification is in doubt. They seem to be intermediate between the
typical form and the var. a of Liitken and Mortensen.
Station 5683. Off Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, 630 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.1°.
Station 5685. Southwest from Ballenas Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 645 fms.
Station 5698. Off Monterey County, California, 475 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.9°.
Six specimens.
Amphiodia dalea.
Amphiura dalea LyMANn, 1879. Bull. M.C. Z., Vol. 6, p. 27.
These specimens, of which the largest is 15 mm. across the disk, agree
almost exactly with those discussed by Liitken and Mortensen (1899, Mem.
M. C. Z., Vol. 23, p. 154), and on comparison with cotypes from the southern
Atlantic I find no reason to criticize their identification. Verrill (1899,
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. 10, p. 315) places the species in Amphioplus, no
doubt because of Lyman’s figure, but as Liitken and Mortensen point out
that figure is misleading. There are really only three oral papillee on each .
side.
Station 5684. Southwest from Magdalena Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 1760 fms.
Station 5692. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1076 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.1°.
Three specimens.
Ophionereis annulata.
Ophiolepis annulata LEContveE, 1851. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. 5, p. 317.
Ophionereis annulata LYMAN, 1860. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 7, p. 203.
There is a good series of this well known species, the smallest 5 mm.,
the largest 18 mm., across the disk.
Northern end, east side, Cedros Island, west coast of Lower California.
216 ~ Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. | [Vol. XXXII,
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Pichilingue Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Forty specimens.
Ophiacantha bairdi.
Lyman, 1883. Bull. M.C. Z., Vol. 10, p. 256.
The specimens are all in poor condition and call for no comment.
Station 5688. Off Cedros Island, west coast of Lower California,
525 fms. Bottom Temp., 39.9°.
Station 5693. Northwest of San Nicolas Island, California, 451 fms.
Five specimens.
Ophiacantha bathybia.
H. L. Clark, 1911. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 75, p. 233:
These specimens call for no special comment but the occurrence of the
species off Lower California extends its range very far southward. The
bathymetrical and temperature ranges are scarcely affected however.
Station 5673. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1090 fms.
Station 5691. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
868 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.2°. ¢
Twelve specimens.
Ophiacantha moniliformis.
Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 28, p. 171.
These specimens extend the range of this species considerably to the
northward and into much shallower water.
Station 5675. Southwest of San Cristobal Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 284 fms. Bottom Temp., 44.6°. Three specimens.
Ophiacantha normani.
Lyman, 1879. Bull. M.C. Z., Vol. 6, p. 58.
This species is one of the most common in the North Pacific ocean, and
there is nothing notable about its numerous representatives in the present
collection.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from ,Lower California. 217
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Station 5698. Off Monterey County, California, 475 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.9°. ;
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Bathymetrical range, 475-659 fms. Temperature range, 39.9°-37.9°.
One hundred and fifty-three specimens.
Ophiacantha rhachophora.
H. L. Clark, 1911. Bull. U.S. N. M., No. 75, p. 201.
There is always room for doubt in the identification of small Ophia-
eanthas and the occurrence of this species on the coast of California and
near Cape St. Lucas is certainly unexpected, but after comparing the present
specimens with others from Bering Sea and Japan, I think they may fairly
be called rhachophora. It is quite likely however, that the young of several
species are now included under that name. ‘The largest of these specimens
has the disk only 7 mm. across.
Station 5683. Off Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, 630 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.1°.
Station 5693. Northwest of San Nicolas Island, California, 451 fms.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Twelve specimens.
Ophiocoma sxthiops.
Liitken, 1859. Add. ad Hist., pt. 2, p. 145.
Only a single specimen of this common Panamic species is in the collec-
tion. Itisa large adult from Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California.
Ophiocoma alexandri.
Lyman, 1860. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 7, p. 256.
There is a good series of this less common species but it was only found
at one locality. )
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California. Ten specimens.
218 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
Ophiothrix spiculata.
LeConte, 1851, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Vol. 5, p. 318.
Another common Panamic species, this Ophiothrix, is represented by
only a small series, mostly in poor condition.
San Esteban Island, Gulf of California.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Station 5678. Magdalena Bay, west coast of Lower California, 133 fms.
Five specimens.
Astroschema subleve.
Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 23, p. 187.
This fine species is represented by only a single specimen, but that is an
adult in beautiful condition.
Station 5695. Southwest of Santa Rosa Island, California, 534 fms.
Bottom Temp., 38.9°.
Asteronyx dispar.
Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 23, p. 185.
The large series of Asteronyx in the collection fall into three groups,
representing species two of which were found by the ‘ Albatross’ in 1891 in
her exploration of the Panamic region, while the third was taken by the
same vessel at numerous stations from California northward to Bering Sea.
It is interesting to note that no two of these species occurred at the same
station either in 1891 or in 1911. The present species, dispar, has a wide
range, extending from the Galapagos archipelago to southern California.
It seems to be a well defined species, easily recognized by the number and
appearance of the arm-spines. The specimens at hand range in disk-
diameter from 5 to 17 mm.
Station 5689. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 879 fms.
Station 5690. Off Rosario Bay, west coast of Lower California, 1101
fms. Bottom Temp., 38.1°.
Station 5691. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
868 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.2°.
Station 5692. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1076 fms. Bottom Temp., 37.1°.
1913.] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California. 219
Station 5693. Northwest of San Nicolas Island, California, 451 fms.
Bathymetrical range, 451-1101 fms. Temperature range, 38.1°-37.1°.
Twenty-one specimens.
Asteronyx excavata.
Liitken and Mortensen, 1899. Mem. M.C. Z., Vol. 23, p. 185.
This species seems to be confined to the region of southern Lower
California and the Tres Marias Islands. It was found in the latter area
by the ‘Albatross’ in 1891. It is.a well characterized, and apparently rare
species. The largest specimen in the present collection is 26 mm. across
the disk, or about one third larger than the specimen described by Liitken
and Mortensen.
Station 5682. Off Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, 491 fms. Bottom
Temp., 40.8°.
Station 5688. Off Cedros Island, west coast of Lower California,
525 fms. Bottom Temp., 39.9°.
Five specimens.
Asteronyx loveni.
Miller and Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 119.
Except for the large lot (79) of young specimens taken at Station 5675,
this well known species was not common, but was taken only three times
and then off the coast of California. The largest specimens from Station
5675 are only 16 mm. across the disk and while I fail to find any good
reason for not calling them loveni, I confess to being suspicious of them.
They are certainly not either plana, dispar or excavata and comparison
with young loveni from off British Columbia and Alaska has made me feel
they should be called lovent. If some adult loveni had been taken at the
same or some neighboring station, I should be better satisfied with my
decision.
Station 5675. Southwest of San Cristobal Bay, west coast of Lower
California, 284 fms. Bottom Temp., 44.6°.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640 fms.
Station 5698. Off Monterey County, California, 475 fms. Bottom
Temp., 39.9°. i
Station 5699. Southwest from Monterey Bay, California, 659 fms.
Bottom Temp., 37.9°.
Bathymetrical range, 284-659 fms. Temperature range, 44.6°<37s
Eighty-two specimens.
220 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXII,
ECHINOIDEA
Eucidaris thouarsii.
Cidaris thouarsit AGAssiz and Drsor, 1846. Ann. Sci. Nat., Vol. 6, p. 326.
Encidaris thouarsii D6pERLEIN, 1887. Jap. Seeigel, p. 42.
There is only a single specimen, a small one, from San Josef Island,
Gulf of California.
Centrostephanus coronatus.
Echinodiadema coronata VeRRILL, 1867. Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. 1, p. 294.
Centrostephanus coronatus A. AGAssiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. 1, p. 97.
This little known species is represented simply by young individuals,
the largest only 25 mm. h. d."
San Josef Island, Gulf of California.
San Esteban Island, Gulf of California.
Agua Verde Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Five specimens.
Arbacia incisa comb. nov.
Echinocidaris incisa A. Acassiz, 1863. Bull. M.C. Z., Vol. 1, p. 20.
(= Arbacia stellata, Echinus stellatus DE BLAINVILLE, 1825, non Gmelin, 1788).
Since it is certain that Echinus stellatus of de Blainville is not identical
with Echinus stellatus Gmelin, it is clear that the name cannot be used for
de Blainville’s species even though we do not know at present what species
Gmelin had in mind. ees Re ee Anniellide.
(a single genus in Lower California, Anniella).
Eyes absent externally, visible as a black dot beneath the scales which cover
12100 OR eee eRe EU tres! onion al iaylby atx Ag Dysrdeol onda Leptotyphlopide.
(a single genus in Lower California, Siagonodon).
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 631
Lae
12.
A pair of spurs just in front of the anal cleft, (representing the vestigial hind
ims) > -scales of. top of head smiall...2 7.0... 6. Dunc toe ela pen: Boide.
(a single genus in Lower California, Lichanura).
No spurs in front of anal cleft... sate as SP EL nec aly anaes ee 12.
A pair of large erectile fangs in the pee TENG RRC IRER RO chG.o claro pecde
(a single genus in Lower California, Crotalus).
Pravercetiic fangs In the Upper JAW i. ieee eile oo os ote ee Melee nee Colubride.
(see key below).
Key to the Genera of Telide in Lower California
MReMD THAT DATIC IU DIALER 1.0. conc ie asin wie Giada icln dk es awed ean Cnemidophorus.
Peers APOTLOMATICLEL PAGE aig areicie a tim cos. we diline oS «Me se eons we Verticaria.
Key to the Genera of Iguanide in Lower California
ME IMTS et ght ra ee ee ee cee ete ee ale oie o's 0 Wad slaliaiganlihela MRS Mana ator
RMR TITER Gace Borer ice iro ae RISK ne ata ore Insin) G0 Gest hie eva d lers whe Seo etamtoray deat 3.
RMA ONS AC DASE eee ce eS Seti tea phere ote ead Where. we ce apm Sho ae Ctenosaura.
POPMEMEE ISIN GUS eit; ASCs «ste adic siete ee arece alee yk wie ahs em weir Dipso-saurus.
Pesaowith strone spmes or horns... 2.052.515. 6e cas eee ees Phrynosoma.
Pe PMR TVETUUL NOTES anor 050 ica ect Sta hie sce ae cedar ayoslds ais''e lel 2, Toe lars.yol Spam aredorgiene ays lace 4,
Supraciliary scales juxtaposed; size large; formstout............. Sauromalus.
Supraciliary scales strongly imbricate; form slender...................... 5.
Mimmrertdis ON GME IMPOLICALO sof. 6 fac gyais 5.2 40's) ote css soese » azlele sl eye ticte elo oa" 6.
Mence iavials not oblique or imbricates$j.i.0 0... ee ee eee ee es Cle
Back with an ocellated color pattern; two rows of subdigital scales; a series of
wervlong lateral irmpes on the digits... 6. ele en neelee ne Uma.
Back without ocellation; a single row of subdigital scales; fringes present in
TENSE SEES Sees Ee ae ENT Oe on ean ees oe Callisaurus.
Head covered with small irregular scales; no large occipital scale. . Crotaphytus.
ead eesles enlarged, a. large occipital... 2... 2... etree te ee cae 8.
A well-defined collar, preceded by a transverse gular fold.............. Uta.
LDS A Sar A A ek ee a Rr nc be a ie 9.
A well-defined transverse gular fold; body compressed; tail very long. .Sator.
No transverse gular fold; body Heunilhs GEDICSREG. fa. aa a see Sceloporus.
Key to the Genera of Colubrine Snakes in Lower California
ED Ite eee Oe tate ee che. yo Ava Maud caies Sera el cay’ gatvlala tials aig Ds
Scales smooth.............. ey
The two Secteadial plates lerteie adil deidea) ones van premontalas
Pituophis.
MINE MET OE ANELLOR ia ten tree wanes ce eet ste tiene asi t tered «divers soe oo Oe
ET LORD LSS SS Tce 75) EGO SR OS ne Pane pee eee a Thamnophis.
Lsaweel! jal benires fo lyervs bea lh Reo ee ete ant A Natria.
AMGM GING. 53 Sabonodoss'o Hho Cla-oad Gol DORORE DD Gricornicl CRERCIE, Bacco gwen ra aon iy
Ee CMMI Nr een ALON rage SAU rh eS ietlsicye: dhs chalets WSyele'a'e Sle 2 Sle a's a 8.
Loreal scales 2-4; rostral projecting.......... 0.0075. Ws. - Phyllorhynchus.
Gaetoreal TOstral NOL PrOleCuIne. 2.0656. . VSo AS AK ce ee 6.
SY
9.
Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
Subcaudal seales usually undivided’. 2222.2. 2°.....- 5-2. ee Rhinocheilus.
Subcaudal scales:in tiwO OWS. . «iceiscssnscbdsececle Seas ety eye ee che
Dorsal scales! 2Q7S3ilt.. o75 sAeaa awl ates cee eco Geo eo se er Arizona.
Dorsal scales less than’ 2 (oi 2 i. eae a ye Poa idones hee shane Lampropeltis.
Loreal-absentie: ese. pc Pe Gee CR Reds od Stoel eae 9.
Loreal present. . Rees nahn, Hulse. URE ca ee 10.
Nasal fused w ith the frontonasal plate Rt et RAGING cc Chalom
Nasal not fused! with the trontomasalles. 22ers nee Tantilla.
Twotoreals’ «ies. fei s ven See. eRe ans OF een ehee cee eee Trimorphodon.
A single loreal... ccdcisccdce 2sce woh nace e ee eye ne Hysgerels wesw ont eae ae ie
Rostral projecting, its lateral edges free; color pattern of longitudinal bands.
Salvadora.
Rostral not projecting; ‘coloration various... ............+.-=.- 9 12.
Dorsal-scales*in= 5) LOWS). jf ee eee ee sO ee ee Sonora.
Dorsal scalesimsmone than M5 rowSe. = 2.) ccccssse seers 0 = ucts eee 13.
Pupilsvertical. 4 2500 ..s.:c ecto gdeao re ted bios a eis Slots Coe Hypsiglena.
Pupil rounds secscic edn 5. shoe each Aleccielebe nies O avai c edie Siete lye) ars tee errr 14.
Dorsal:scales:in- 17-19 tows's. sess. Geko a as Os. ote eee Coluber.
Dorsaliscalesunvabout so TOws: «ce ocr eee see cee oe ee Elaphe.
DISTRIBUTIONAL LIST OF THE AMPHIBIANS AND LAND REPTILES OF
LOWER CALIFORNIA AND THE NEIGHBORING ISLANDS, WITH
NOTES ON THE SPECIES CONTAINED IN THE COLLECTION
MADE BY THE ‘ALBATROSS’ IN 1911
AMPHIBIA
Caudata
Batrachoseps attenuatus (Eschscholtz)
Salamandrina attenuata ESCHSCHOLTZ, 1833, p. 1, Pl. xxu, figs. 1-4.
Batrachoseps attenuatus STEJNEGER AND BARBourR, 1917, p. 13.
Ranap.—S. W. Oregon, California, and Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—La Paz, Lockington, 1880, p. 295; San Pedro
Martir Mts., Van Denburgh, 1895a, p. 560.
Batrachoseps leucopus Dunn
Batrachoseps leucopus DuNN, 1922, Copeia, No. 109, p. 60.
RanGEe.—Coronados Islands, Lower California.
Plethodon croceater Cope
Plethodon croceater Corr, 1867, p. 210; StEINEGER AND Barpour, 1917, p. 14.
RanGe.—Lower California and California north to El Derado County.
Lower CaLirorniAn Recorps.—“75 miles 8. E. of San Diego,’’ Lockington,
1880, p. 295; Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1889, p. 150. (Occurrence doubtful in the Cape
district.)
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 633
Aneides lugubris lugubris (Hallowell)
Salamandra lugubris HALLOWELL, 1849, p. 126.
Aneides lugubris lugubris STEJNEGER AND Barbour, 1917, p. 21.
Rance.—California; the Coronados Islands.
LowrrR Ca.LirorRNIAN Recorps.—Coronados Islands, Van Denburgh and
Slevin, 1914, p. 139.
Salientia
Scaphiopus couchii Baird
Scaphiopus couchii Bairp, 1854, p. 62; STEJNEGER AND Barsoour, 1917, p. 25.
RaNnGE.—Texas to Arizona, northern Mexico and Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcoRDs.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1863a, p. 52; La
Paz, Yarrow, 1882, p. 177; San José del Cabo, Miraflores, Van Denburgh, 1895a, p.
558; San Ignacio, Mulege, Mocquard, 1899, p. 342; between La Paz and San Pedro,
Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 53.
Scaphiopus hammondii Baird
Scaphiopus hammondii Barrp, 1859a, p. 12, Pl. xxviun, fig. 2; STEJNEGER AND BaAr-
BouR, 1917, p. 25.
RancGE.—Montana to Mexico, westward to the Pacific Coast and northern Lower
California.
Two specimens in the collection of the Biological Survey add this
form to the fauna of Lower California. U.S. N. M. No. 37710 is from
Ensenada; 37709, without locality, is probably also from the north-
western part of the peninsula.
Bufo punctatus Baird and Girard
Bufo punctatus BARD AND GIRARD, 1852, p. 173; STEJNEGER AND Barsour, 1917,
. 29:
ican Woataen Texas, Utah, southern California, and Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN ReEcorDs.—La Paz, Yarrow, 1875, p. 162; Cape St.
Lucas, Cope, 1889, p. 262; Santa Anita, San Ignacio, Agua Caliente, San José
del Cabo, Corral de Piedras (Sierra el Taste), Miraflores, Van Denburgh, 1895a,
p. 559; Santa Resalia, Moequard, 1899, p. 334; San Antonio, San Pedro, foothills
of Sierra Laguna, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 53.
This species was secured by the Albatross Expedition at Miraflores,
Lower California (A. M. N. H. Nos. 3168, 3165-67, U. 8. N. M. No.
64454).
Specimens at hand from the Biological Survey collection come from
Santa Anita (U.S. N. M. Nos. 37713-15); Santana (37716); San Igna-
cio (37717-18); and La Providencia Canyon, east base of San Pedro
Martir Mountains (37719-20).
The last of these localities is the most northerly record for this
species in Lower California.
.
634 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
Bufo boreas halophilus Baird and Girard
Bufo halophila BarrD AND GIRARD, 18538a, p. 301.
Bufo tboreas halophilus StEJNEGER AND BaRBour, 1917, p. 27.
RaAncE.—Western Nevada, California, and northern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Ensenada, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a,
p. 53.
Two specimens in the collection of the Biological Survey come from
La Grulla (U.S. N. M. Nos. 37711-37712).
Hyla arenicolor Cope
Hyla arenicolor Corr, 1866, p. 84; StEJNEGER AND Bargoor, 1917, p. 32.
Rancr.—Utah to Texas and northern Lower California, south in Mexico to
Guadalajara and Toluca.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Ensenada, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a,
p. 54.
Hyla regilla Baird and Girard
Hyla regilla BARD AND GIRARD, 1852a, p. 174; STEJNEGER AND BaRBour, 1917, p. 33.
RancGE.—Vancouver Island and British Columbia to Lower California.
Lower CauirorNIAN ReEcorps.—Cedros Island, Streets, 1877, p. 35; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, p.171; Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1889, p. 360; Sierra Laguna, San Rafael
Valley, San Pedro Martir Mt., San Ignacio, Comondu, Miraflores, San José del
Cabo, Van Denburgh, 1895a, p. 556; Santa Rosalia, Mocquard, 1899, p. 339.
This species was collected on Cedros Island by the Albatross
Expedition (A. M. N. H. No. 3161, U.S. N. M. No. 64453).
A specimen from La Grulla (U. 8. N. M. No. 37708) was collected
by the Biological Survey Expedition.
Rana aurora draytonii Baird and Girard
Rana draytonit BARD AND GIRARD, 1852a, p. 174; STEINEGER AND Barsour, 1917,
Dove
Rana aurora draytonii Camp, 1917, p. 115.
RanGE.—Oregon, California and northern Lower California.
Lower CAaALirorNIAN Recorps.—San Pedro Martir Mts., Van Denburgh,
1896, p. 1008.
Three specimens in the collection made by the Biological Survey
are from San Tomas (U. S. N. M. No. 37699); La Grulla (387700);
and Rancho San Antonio (87701).
REPTILIA
LACERTILIA
Phyllodactylus tuberculosus Wiegmann
Phyllodactylus tuberculosus W1RGMANN, 1835, p. 241, Pl. xvut, figs. 2-2a; Srms-
NEGER AMD Barsour, 1917, p. 42.
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 635°
Rance.—Western Mexico, Lower California and extreme southern California.
Lower CALirorniAN REcorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1863, p. 102; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, p. 73; Santa Rosalia, Mocquard, 1899, p. 300; San Xavier, Bartolo,
Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 54.
The collection made by the Albatross Expedition contains a single
adult specimen (U. 8. N. M. No. 64455) from Miraflores.
Phyllodactylus unctus (Cope)
Diplodactylus unctus Corr, 1863, p. 102.
Phyllodactylus unctus STESNEGER AND BarzBour, 1917, p. 42.
Rancu.—Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1863, p. 102; Triunfo,
Streets, 1877, p. 35; La Paz, Yarrow, 1882, p. 73; San José del Cabo, Miraflores,
Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 86; Agua Caliente, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p.
55.
Key to Distinguish the Species of Phyllodactylus in Lower California
Small dorsal granular scales interspersed with large tubercles........ P. tuberculosus.
Go ELAS ETE Eos PRS ee A ae a gee, ede P. unctus.
Coleonyx variegatus (Baird)
Stenodactylus variegatus BatrD, 1858, p. 254.
Coleonyzx variegatus STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 438.
Rance.—Texas to California and northern Lower California.
LowEeR CALIFORNIAN ReEcorpDs.—Santa Rosalia, Mulege, Mocquard, 1899,
p. 300; San Felipe, Meek, 1905, p. 4.
Ctenosaura hemilopha Cope
Ctenosaura hemilopha Core, 1863, p. 105; StEJNEGER AND Bargour, 1917, p. 44.
Ctenosaura conspicuosa DickERSON, 1919, p. 461.1
Ctenosaura insulana DickERSON, 1919, p. 462.2
RancGe.—Lower California, north to San Esteban Island, in the Gulf of
California.
Lower CaALiFoRNIAN Recorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1863, p. 105; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, p. 71; San José del Cabo, Miraflores, Agua Caliente, Pescadero, Sierra
San Lazaro, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 88; San Pedro, Triunfo, San Antonio, San
Bartolo, Buena Vista, Santiago, Todos Santos, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p.
55.
This species was collected by the Albatross Expedition at Mira-
flores on the peninsula (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5665-7, U. S. N. M. Nos.
645546), on Ceralvo Island (A. M. N. H. No. 5568, U. 8S. N. M. No.
. N. M. No. 64439.
. N. M. No. 64440.
636 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
64553) on San Esteban Island, near Tiburon Island (A. M. N. H. No.
2278, U.S. N. M. Nos. 64439, 64551-—2), and Lower California (A. M. N.
H. Nos. 5639-41, 5657-8, U.S. N. M. Nos. 64440, 64557-9).
Specimens in the National Museum, collected by the Biological
_ Survey Expedition, are from Santa Anita (U. 8. N. M. Nos. 375789),
Cape San Lucas (37580-81), and San José del Cabo (87582).
Dickerson, 1919, loc. cit., has named two insular species from San
Esteban and Ceralvo Islands, on the basis of this material. Upon care-
ful examination of the types and paratypes, I am unable to maintain
their validity even as insular races. The difference in proportions
between the two new forms (loc. cit., p. 462) appears to be due to the fact
that several of the San Esteban specimens are more or less shrunken
from too strong alcohol, while the Ceralvo specimens are females, con-
sequently with somewhat stockier bodies. Furthermore, the records
now available do not indicate that all of these specimens are actually
from the islands to which they are ascribed by Dickerson; the localities
assigned above are from the department catalogue.
The tails of the older males are nearly always more or less injured.
The regenerated portion is covered with sharply keeled scales, which
are, however, scarcely spinose and not arranged in whorls.
The stomach of A. M. N. H. No. 5641 was entirely filled with the
flowers of a leguminous plant.
Dipso-saurus dorsalis lucasensis Van Denburgh
Dipso-saurus dorsalis lucasensis VAN DENBURGH, 1920), p. 33.
RANGE.—Cape region of Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN RecorpDs.—La Paz, Cape St. Lucas, Yarrow, 1882, p. 54;
San Luis Gonzales Bay, Townsend, 1890, p. 144; San José del Cabo, Magdalena
Island, Comondu to San Quentin, Miraflores, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 92; San Ignacio
Moequard, 1899, p. 301; San Pedro, Triunfo, San Bartolo, Buena Vista, Santiago,
Agua Caliente, Todos Santos, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 56.
Like Van Denburgh, I am unable to find any difference between
Cape specimens of this species and those from Arizona, except the
difference in the scales between rostral and nasal in which the sixteen
specimens collected by the Albatross Expedition agree excellently with
those of the California Academy of Sciences. The localities represented
in the collection of the Albatross Expedition are San José del Cabo
(A. M. N. H. Nos. 5552-4, 5556-7, U.S. M. N. Nos. 645438, 64547—50),
Miraflores (A. M. N. H. No. 5663, U.S. N. M. Nos. 64544-6), and
Santa Catalina Island (A. M. N. H. No. 5548). The specimen from
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 637
Santa Catalina Island is a juvenile one, the smallest in the series, but
apparently indistinguishable from the mainland specimens.
Dipso-saurus dorsalis dorsalis (Baird and Girard)
Crotaphytus dorsalis BArRD AND Gr1RARD, 1852a, p. 126.
Dipso-saurus dorsalis STEINEGER AND Barpour, 1917, p. 44.
Rance.— Colorado and Mohave Deserts, east to the Colorado River, northern
Lower California.
Lower CaLirorNIaAN Recorps.—San Felipe, Meek, 1905, p. 4; San Xavier, Van
Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 56.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection from northern Lower
California come from Voleano Lake (U.S. N. M. No. 37631), and San
Felipe Bay (37632). I have also referred Meek’s specimen from San
Felipe to the typical subspecies. The area of intergradation between
the two forms remains to be determined.
Crotaphytus collaris baileyi Stejneger
Crotaphytus baileyi STEINEGER, 1890, p. 103, Pl. xu, fig. 1.
Crotaphytus collaris baileyi StEJNEGER AND BarBour, 1917, p. 45.
Rance.—Northern Mexico, Arizona, the Great Basin; east in southern New
Mexico to southwestern Texas; west to eastern California and Lower California.
Lower CaLirorNIAN Recorps.—San Felipe, San Salado, Meek, 1905, p. 8;
(observed at Cation Esperanza and Trinidad by Heller); Cerro de las Palmas, Moe-
quard, 1899, p. 303.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Volcano
Lake (U. 8. N. M. No. 37625) and San Pablo (37626). The juvenile
specimen from San Pablo, in the same general area as the type locality of
Crotaphytus fasciatus Mocquard (1899, p. 303, Pl. xi, fig. 1), is of
especial interest for comparison with this form. Mocquard’s specimen
measured 113 mm. in length, of which the body occupied 40 mm. They
are consequently of approximately the same age. The coloration of the
back, black with six transverse white lines, is almost exactly the same,
Mocquard’s specimen having an additional white line. This coloration
corresponds with that described by Cope (1900, p. 249) as the juvenile
coloration of C. collaris. Unfortunately I have no juvenile collaris of
comparable age at hand, but I am convinced that fasciatus is merely a
juvenile color phase. The characters other than coloration employed by
Mocquard to distinguish C. fasciatus are either juvenile or inconstant.
638 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
Crotaphytus dickersone,! new species
DiaGnostic CHARACTERS.—Closely related to Crotaphytus collaris baileyi Stej-
neger, from which it is distinguished by having the hind leg considerably longer than
the body, a longer, more distinctly compressed tail, and slightly enlarged scales on the
mid-dorsal line of the tail.
RanGE.—Known only from the type locality, Tiburon Island.
Typr.—uv.S. N. M. No. 64451, 9, Tiburon Island; April 12, 1911, C. H. Town-
send, collector (Albatross Expedition).
Fig. 2. Lateral and dorsal views of the head of the type of Crotaphytus dickersonx, new species
U.S. N.M. No. 64451, 9. XK 1%.
DEscRIPTION OF TYPE.—
Habitus of Crotaphytus collaris, but legs and tail markedly longer; hind leg reach-
ing considerably beyond the snout when laid along the body; tail more than twice as
long as the head and body. Scales of the supraorbital semicircles distinct, as in C,
collaris baileyi; supraoculars small, occipital slightly enlarged, separated from the
supraorbital semicircles by two rows of smaller scales. Auricular opening narrow,
oblique, bordered in front by small tubercular scales directed away from the opening.
Ventral scales very small, not one-half the size of the ventral caudals. Soles of the
feet with a few keeled, tridentate, more or less mucronate scales. Tail compressed
with one or two median dorsal scale rows slightly enlarged. Femoral pores 19.
Two black collars, separated by a white band, the posterior wide, complete dor-
sally, and ending at insertion of the arm, the anterior extending to unite on the mid-
line ventrally. Dorsal surface bluish gray with broad reticulating bands of darker
color. More or less regular transverse rows of small white spots. Tail with dark
spots proximally. A gular patch and groin patches reddish brown.
Total length, 313 mm.; tail, 218 mm.; snout to posterior border of ear, 30 mm.;
width of head, 22 mm.; hind leg, 99 mm.; tibia, 37 mm. The tail forms .70 of the
total length.
1Named for Miss Mary C. Dickerson, former Curator of the Department of Herpetology of The
American Museum of Natural History.
:
é
1922} Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 639
The single specimen in the collection is a gravid female, consider-
ably injured in collecting. The stomach contents consist of a ground
beetle, a large wasp, and the tail of a lizard.
I have compared the type with a series of nineteen C. collaris baileyi
in The American Museum of Natural History. In these, the average
proportion of hind leg to body length is .87, while in the present speci-
men it is 1.04. The tail length in the series of C. c. baileyi averages .66
of the total, .70 in the type of C. dickersonz.
It is possible that this species will be found to extend on the Mexi-
can mainland and that it will ultimately be referred to a subspecific
rank under C. collar’s, occupying the southern portion of the range of the
species on the western coast of Mexico.
Crotaphytus insularis Van Denburgh and Slevin
Crotaphytus insularis VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN, 1921), p. 96.
Rance.—Angel de la Guardia Island.
Crotaphytus wislizenii Baird and Girard
Crotaphytus wislizenii BATRD AND GIRARD, 18526, p. 340, Pl. 11; SresnEGER AND —
Barsour, 1917, p. 46.
Crotaphytus copeii YARROW, 1882a, p. 441; STEJNEGER AND Barspour, 1917, p. 45.
RancGe.—Idaho, the Great Basin, southward into Mexico, southern California
and Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—La Paz, Yarrow, 1882a, p. 441; Magdalena
Island, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 93; San Tomas, 1896, p. 1004; San Quentin, Meek,
1905, p. 8; Cedros Island, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1914, p. 144; Tiburon Island,
Dickerson, 1917, p. 96.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Ensenada
(U.S. N. M. No. 37629) and Yubay (37630). The record from Ensenada
extends the range of this species northward on the Pacific coast of Lower
California, the nearest previous record being Santo Tomas. The record
from Yubay, in the central part of the peninsula, fills a gap in the known
distribution, connecting the Cedros Island record with those to the north
and south. .
I have followed Van Denburgh (1905, p. 25) in regarding the Lower
Californian Crotaphytus of this type as C. wislizeniiz. The specimens
secured by the Albatross Expedition in 1911, one each on Cedros and
Tiburon Islands, are certainly insufficient to establish the validity of
C. copeii, much less of insular races, in view of the great variability of
typical wislizenii. Larger series from the peninsula may reéstablish C.
copeiz, and I append the measurements of the two insular specimens
for reference.
640 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
Number A. M.N. H. No. 5544 U.S. N. M. No. 64464
Locality Cedros Island Tiburon Island
Sex ot roe
Length 358 mm. 377 mm.
Tail 239 mm. 266 mm.
Length of Head 32 mm. 30 mm.
Breadth of Head 23 mm. 21 mm.
Hind Leg 88 mm. 93 mm.
Tibia 33 mm. 34 mm.
Key to Distinguish the Species of Crotaphytus in Lower California
Interorbital scales in two rows; a series of subequal suboculars. .C. collaris baileyi.
Interorbital seales in three or four series, a single much enlarged subocular.
C. wislizenti.
Sauromalus ater Duméril
Plate L,-Figure 3
Sauromalus ater Doumm&rIL, 1856, p. 536, Pl. xxiii, fig. 3.
Sauromalus sp. StTEJNEGER, 1891, p. 411.
Sauromalus interbrachialis DickERSON, 1919, p. 465!
Ranar.—Lower California, north to the island Espiritu Santo, off La Paz.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Island of Espiritu Santo, Stejneger, 1891, p. 411.
Two specimens of Sawromalus from La Paz are included in the
collections of the Albatross Expedition. These are possibly from the
island of Espiritu Santo, off La Paz, like the specimen recorded by
Yarrow and Stejneger.
In defining Sauromalus hispidus in 1891, Stejneger remarked the
discrepancy between the Sauromalus ater of California and Arizona and
the single immature specimen from Lower California. With two addi-
tional specimens from the same locality, I believe the recognition of a
distinct species is fully warranted. Mr. Charles L. Camp has pointed
out to me the fact that it is highly improbable that the type of S. ater
Duméril, collected by Lieut. Jaurés during the cirecumnavigating voyage
of the frigate Danaide, and presented without locality to the Museum
d’Histoire Naturelle in Paris, could have been collected in California or
Arizona, since Sauromalus does not reach the coast of California. With
this in mind, I applied to Professor Louis Roule, of the Museum d’His-
toire Naturelle in Paris, for information regarding the type of ater, and
he bas very kindly supplied me with an excellent photograph of the
ventral aspect of the type. The ventral scales from anus to gular fold
number about 135, compared with a range of 160-182 in the California
IType: U.S. N. M. No. 64443.
Fal ——
eee
nz
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 641
and Arizona specimens described by Stejneger. In the two specimens
from La Paz in the Albatross collection (U.S. N. M. No. 64443, A. M.N.
H. No. 6808), the ventral scales number 126 and 133, and in the specimen
from Espiritu Santo already mentioned (U. 8. N. M. No. 12633) they
number 139.
In view of this agreement in the ventral scale character, I believe we
are justified in assigning the name ater definitely to the species in southern
Lower California.
Gs. S. Ne MAS MEN EUS. aie ML
Number 64443 6808 12633
Locality La Paz La Paz Espiritu
Santo Id.
Total Length 250 mm..- 153 mm. 280 mm. ~
Tail Length 130 mm. 85 mm. 165 mm.
Femoral Pores 14-14 14-14 15-15
Dorsal Seales in Head Length 32 28 26
Ventral Scales from Gular Fold to Anus 133 126 139
Seales about Thickest Part of Tail 60 40
Sauromalus obesus (Baird)
Euphryne obesa Barry, 1858, p. 253.
Sauromalus ater STEJNEGER AND Barpour, 1917, p. 46.
RanGE.—Southern Nevada, southwestern Utah, Arizona, southern California,
and northern Lower California, south to Mulege on the Gulf side.
Lower CaALirorNIAN REcorDs.—Santa Agueda, San Ignacio, Mulege, Mocquard,
1899, p. 302; “ Northern Lower California,’’ Meek, 1905, p. 9.
The application of the name ater to the Lower Californian species re-
leases Baird’s name obesus, type locality Fort Yuma, Arizona, for the
form occurring in the United States. Dr. Roule has kindly included a
photograph of the ventral surface of one of the specimens recorded by
Mocquard from the middle of the gulf side of the peninsula of Lower
California with the photograph of the type of ater. The ventral scale
count, 160, agrees closely with that of the series described by Stejneger
(loc. cit.).
Sauromalus varius Dickerson
Plate XLIX
Sauromalus varius DickERSON, 1919, p. 464.)
RanGE.—Known only from the type locality, San Esteban Island, to which it is
doubtless confined.
1Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64441. Paratypes: U.S. N. M. Nos. 64560-71, A. M. N. H. Nos. 2701
5610-20, 5625-32, 5634-5, 5637-8.
4%
%
i
eee
ind D, lateral and
ra
C
x 1K.
A and B, lateral and dorsal views of the head and neck of Sawromalus varius Dickerson, A. M. N. H. No. 5630.
Fig. 3.
dorsal views of the type of Sauromalus townsendi Dickerson, U.
1
<1
S. N. M. No. 64442.
642
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 643
The Albatross Expedition in 1911 secured forty-one specimens of this
large lizard from San Esteban. Comparison with S. hispidus from Angel de
la Guardia, S. ater from the peninsula, and S. obesus from California proves
that it is quite as distinct a species as S. hispidus. From S. obesus it is
distinguished by the distinctly smaller auricular spines and the smaller
number of ventral scales, from S. ater by the large size and coloration,
while from S. townsendi and S. hispidus, it is readily distinguished by the
non-spinose nuchals.
In coloration the species is strikingly distinct from the much darker
adults of obesus and hispidus. I have no large specimens of S. ater and
S. townsendi but neither of these species shows any trace of the blotching
of S. varius. The dorsal dark patches take on most irregular shapes and
arrangements, never symmetrical, sometimes ill-defined, sometimes
rather sharply set off from the ground color. Ventrally, the color is
yellowish with a few small dark spots. Even on the tail the arrangement
of the dark color is not symmetrical, as in juvenile hispidus.
The Albatross Expedition visited San Esteban Island on April 13,
1911. Large numbers of the big spotted lizards of this species, as well as
of Ctenosaura hemilopha, were conspicuous, and were secured by pulling
them out from under the rocks where they took refuge, or by turning
over the rocks.
Dr. J. N. Rose, who was a member of the party, has kindly identified
the stomach contents of three specimens. He writes: ‘‘The contents of
two stomachs are entirely made up of the flowers of Pachycereus pringler
Britton and Rose. The third stomach is also largely filled with this
cactus flower, but also contains numerous small leaflets of some legumi-
nous plants, probably some Cercidium.”
Measurements and scale characters of are specimens of this
species may be tabulated as follows.
EXTREMES AVERAGE
Total Length 465-615 mm. 513 mm.
Tail-Length — 245-335 mm. 280 mm.
Tail-Length/ Total Length .53—. 60 55
Femoral Pores 15-19
Dorsal Scales in Head Length 35-41 37
Ventral Scales from Gular Fold to Anus 136-151 142
Seales Around Thickest Part of Tail 69-76 (2
Sauromalus townsendi Dickerson
Sauromalus townsendi DickERsoN, 1919, p. 464.1
Rance.—Tiburon Island; coast of Sonora?
1Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64442.
644 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLV]
This species is founded on a unique specimen collected by the
Albatross Expedition on Tiburon Island, April 11-13, 1911. It is in
several respects intermediate between S. obesus and S. hispidus, but
fully distinct from both. The nuchals and scales of the gular pouches are
much larger and more spinose than in S. obesus of the same size, but
much less spinose than in S. hispidus, while the dorsal scales are not appre-
ciably spinose. The number of ventral scales from gular fold to anus is
125, which allies it to hzspidus and distinguishes it from obesus. The
number of scales around the thickest part of the tail is 60, not 90 as in
the original description. It is interesting that the species on Tiburon
Island should be sharply distinguished from that on San Esteban, only a
few miles away. Belding (1898, p. 97) records seeing Sauromalus at
Guaymas, on the Mexican mainland, not far south of Tiburon and it is
not unlikely that this will be found to be Sauromalus townsend?.
Dr. J. N. Rose has kindly identified the stomach contents of this
specimen as made up chiefly of Fouquwieria splendens Engelmann and
leaflets of the desert shrub Olneya tesota Gray.
Sauromalus hispidus Stejneger
Plate L, Figures 1 and 2
Sauromalus hispidus StTEINEGER, 1891b, p. 409; STEINEGER AND Bargour, 1917, p
46.
Rance.—Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California.
Fourteen specimens of this species were secured by the Albatross
Expedition (A. M. N. H. Nos. 2696-97, 5566-67, 5607-09, 5705, and
U.S. N. M. Nos. 64572-77). °
This species equals the San Esteban Sauromalus varius in size,
the maximum in the series collected by the Albatross Expedition of 1911
being 608 mm., (615 in S. varius). The adults in alcohol are very dark
in color, differing strikingly in this respect from the S. varius. It is
difficult to see how even a large capacity for color change in life could
lessen the distinction in this respect between the two species.
Juvenile specimens (150 mm.) are light gray in color, with four dark
crossbands on the back and six on the tail, those on the tail being most
sharply defined. In this coloration, the young hispidus agree with
juvenile S. obesus.
Measurements and scale characters of specimens of S. hispidus in
The American Museum of Natural History:
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 645
NUMBER OF
SPECIMENS EXTREMES AVERAGE
Total Length 9 435-608 mm. 526 mm.
Tail Length 9 230-318 mm. 280 mm.
Tail Length/ Total Length 13 .50—. 54 152
Femoral Pores 13 12-16
Dorsal Seales in Head Length 13 15-23 18
Ventral Scales from Gular Fold to Anus 13 113-122 117
Seales Around Thickest Part of Tail 12 39-50 45
Key to the Species of the Genus Sauromalus
PeTGriatt Citi Ghy SUIDORGs 2. 2.0.5 5's 505.6 dak doe ly ace caylee a yeaa we hee De
Seba lena Lr OIstinCtly SDINOKE.. 6 bolas a at ok Vans Soe eee oomph. oe ote ae 3.
Largest nuchals about equal to auricular spines; dorsal scales in head length, 16.
S. hispidus.
Largest nuchals about one-half the length of auricular spines; dorsal scales in
to
PE US 8 ARS 2 Fa en aac) RED ANI re ROT Ae S. townsendi.
3. Ventral scales from gular fold to anus more than 155............. S. obesus.
Ventral scales from gular fold to anus less than 155...................4-.. 4,
4. Dorsal scales in head length 26-32; adult size under 400 mm.......... S. ater.
Dorsal seales in head length 35-41; adult size over 500 mm......... S. varius
Callisaurus crinitus Cope
Plate LI, Figure 1; Plate LII, Figures 1 and 3
Callisaurus crinitus Corr, 1896a, p. 1049; STEJNEGER AND Barsour, 1917, p. 47.
Rance.—Balenas Bay and San Bartolome Bay, Pacific Coast of Lower Cali-
fornia, to the Magdalena Plain.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcoRDs.—Balenas Bay, Cope, 1889, p. 147.
This exceptionally interesting species was taken by the Albatross
Expedition at Abreojos Point (A. M. N. H. No. 5390), not far from the
type locality, and at San Bartolome Bay, some distance to the north
(A. M. N. H. Nos. 5369-71, 5501-2, 5504, U.S. N. M. No. 64530).
In the series at hand, one male (U.S. N. M. No. 64530) has three
lateroventral bars on both sides, followed by a large and distinct spot on
one side, which is less distinct on the other side; two males (A. M. N. H.
Nos. 5371, 5502) have three bars on each side, the posterior ones being
prolonged caudad from its ventral angles;.in A. M. N. H. No. 5501,
there are three bars followed by a spot on one side, while on the other
side the middle bar forks slightly below the lateral fold, so that there
appears to be four bars followed by a spot; in A. M. N. H. No. 5369,
the middle bar forks in the other direction, i.e., it is single ventrally
and divides on the side. The latter condition appears in A. M. N. H.
Nos. 5502 and 5371, but the division is concealed by the lateral fold.
646 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
Two specimens, one of each sex, in the Biological Survey collection
from Santo Domingo (U.S. N. M. Nos. 37644, 37646) greatly extend the
range of this species which has hitherto been known only from the type
locality, Ballenas Bay, and San Bartolome Bay (Albatross collection).
The occurrence of a species characteristic of the Vizcaino Desert district
on the Magdalena Plain adds to the evidence that the latter is faunally
more closely allied to the Vizeaino area than to the Cape district proper,
as I have elsewhere indicated.
Fig. 4. Lateral and dorsal views of the head of Callisaurus crinitus Cope, U. 8S. N. M.
No. 645380. X 2:
In the male specimen from Santo Domingo the fringes of the toes
appear to be less strongly developed than in specimens from San Barto-
lome Bay, but the specimen shows signs of having been subjected to
friction, and the points of some of the fringe scales are broken off. There
are four lateroventral bands on one side, three on the other. The female
specimen has the fringe scales well developed.
Callisaurus draconoides Blainville
Plate LI, Figures 1 to 3
Callisaurus draconoides BLAINVILLE, 1835, p. 286, Pl. xxrv, fig. 2; STEINEGER AND
Barsour, 1917, p. 47.
RancE.—Southern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorRDs.—Cape St. Lucas, Baird, 1859a, p. 299; La
Paz, Yarrow, 1882, p. 50; San José del Cabo, Sierra San Lazarro, Van Denburgh,
1895, p. 95; San Ignacio, Santa Rosalia, Mocequard, 1899, p. 305; Todos Santos,
Miraflores, Agua Caliente, Buena Vista, San Bartolo, San Antonio, Triunfo, San
Pedro, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 57.
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 647
Thirteen specimens of this species were collected by the Albatross
Expedition in 1911, from the following localities: Cape San Lucas (U.
S. N. M. Nos. 64514-8); San José del Cabo (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5392-95) ;
and Miraflores (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5391, 5659-60, U.S. N. M. No. 64519).
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Cape San
Lucas (U.S. N. M. No. 37637), Espiritu Santo Island (37638), and La
Paz (37634).
The specimens from San Ignacio and Santa Rosalia recorded by
Mocquard (loc. cit.) are north of the established range of this species,
but the fact that he mentions three ventral spots makes it fairly certain
that he had true draconoides before him.
Fig. 5. Lateral and dorsal views of the head of Callisaurus draconoides Blainville, U.S. N. M.
No. 64514. X 2.4. :
The presence of a black spot posterior to the two lateroventral
black bars is a conspicuous difference between C. draconoides and the
other species of the genus, and is invariable in the series before me; the
dorsal bars are often confluent, forming continuous wavy transverse
markings.
Callisaurus splendidus Dickerson
Plate LI, Figure 1
Callisaurus dracontoides (part) TOWNSEND, 1890, p. 144.
Callisaurus splendidus DickERsoN, 1919, p. 467.
Rance.—Angel de la Guardia, Gulf of California.
The Albatross Expedition of 1911 collected eight specimens of a
Callisaurus on Angel de la Guardia Island (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5338, 5342,
5373-75, 5396, 6807, U.S. N. M. No. 64254 (Type)).
648 Bulletin American Musewm of Natural History (Vol. XLV1
The distinctness of this species rests
primarily onthe convex frontal region of the
head, which is accompanied by an enlarge-
ment of the scales in the same area, and the
low number of femoral pores. The tail is
rather short, ranging from .54 to .56 of the
__ Fig.6. Lateralviewofthe head total, mean .55. The length of the hind leg
tere: renee ees is moderate, ranging from .86 to .98 of the
length from snout to vent, mean .92. The
occipital is in contact with the supraorbital semicircles in seven out of
eight specimens.
Callisaurus ventralis inusitatus (Dickerson)
Plate LI, Figure 1; Plate LII, Figure 2
Callisaurus inusitatus DickERsoN, 1919, p. 465.1
Callisaurus ventralis ventralis (part) STEJNEGER AND BarBcuR, 1917, p. 47.
Rance.—Tiburon Island and adjacent part of Sonora, Mexico.
Twenty-nine specimens of a species of Callisaurus were collected
on Tiburon Island by the Albatross Expedition.
In spite of the fact that I have no actual intergrades between this
form and the Arizonan C. ventralis, the nature of the characters used
to distinguish it from ventralis ventralis on one hand and ventralis gabbii
on the other is such that I prefer to give it subspecific rank.
The series before me is rather strikingly different from C. ventralis
ventralis in habitus, being much more slender bodied and longer limbed.
This character does not appear in its real value in a tabulation of
measurements, C. ventralis ventralis with the same length of body and tail
being much heavier. The length of the hind leg is variable but averages
much longer than in the Arizonan specimens, while the femoral pores,
averaging 18, distinguish it from the form in southern California and
Lower California (C. ventralis gabbiz).
The character of the union of the black lateroventral bands in-
feriorly in the males is invariable in the present series.
Callisaurus ventralis gabbii (ope
Plate LI, Figure 1
Callisaurus ventralis gabbii Corr, 1900, p. 272.
Callisaurus plasticus DickERson, 1919, p. 466.2
Callisaurus carmenensis DICKERSON, 1919, p. 465.*
1Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64256. Paratypes: U.S..N. M. Nos. 64520-29, A. M. N. H. Nos. 5317-19,
5322, 5325-37, 5346.
"Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64255. Paratypes: U.S. N. M. Nos. 64531-42; A. M. N. H. Nos. 5308-
14, 5346-48, 5350-54, 5357-60, 5381-87.
3Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64253.
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 649
Callisaurus ventralis ventralis (part) STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR,1917, p. 47.
Rance.—Lower California from La Paz north to the deserts of southern Cali-
fornia and adjacent areas in Arizona.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorDs.—San Luis Gonzales Bay, Townsend, 1890, p.
144; El Llano de Santano, San Ignacio, Santa Margarita Island, Van Denburgh,
1895, p. 97; San Fernando, Seven Wells (Salton River), Gardner's Laguna (Colorado
Desert), Cope, 1900, p. 273; Trinidad, San Matias, San Felipe, Caton Esperanza,
San Antonio, Matomi, and Aguas Escondita, Meek, 1905, p. 7; San José Island,
Carmen Island, Agua Verde Bay, Conception Bay, Mulege, San Francisquito
Bay, Dickerson, 1919, pp. 465-66; San Xavier, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a,
p07.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Alamo
(U.S. N. M. No. 37642), Rancho San Antonio (87640—1), Voleano Lake
(37647-9), Cocopah Mts., east base (87650—1), San Felipe Bay (87635-6),
San Francisquito (87639), San Ignacio (37643), and Santo Domingo,
Magdalena Plain (37645).
With the northern Lower Californian specimens collected by
Heller and recorded by Meek (loc. cit.) before me in addition to those of the
Biological Survey collection, I am unable to find any adequate character
by which they could be distinguished from the peninsular specimens
described by Dickerson as C. plasticus. An examination of the measure-
ments of all the Lower Californian specimens at hand indicates that they
are not distinguishable; the results of the tabulation may be condensed
as follows.
| poe pail Hind Leg | Femoral Si Gane
| | | upra
| | Total Length Body Pores cae eirnles
: No.of} Ex- | | Ex- In Con-| Sep-
Locality
Baie Spec. | tremes Mean| tremes Mean; Mean tact /|arate
Northern Lower Califor-
nia (Heller Coll.) 18 | .56—-.60| .58 |.85-1.00] .94 ope 1 17
Middle Lower California |
San Francisquito Bay
to Conception Bay 25 .58-.63} .59 |.85-— .97| .92 14.8 9 16
ees A Ee ee isi» Be AO ees OH Son|, te TA
Southern Lower Califor-'
nia, Carmen Id. to San
José Id. 23 .57—.65}| .60 |.86-1.01| .94 Ike | 2 12
650 ’ Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
If the above conclusions are correct, i.e., that a single subspecies of
C. ventralis extends from Yuma, Arizona, to La Paz, Lower California, it
seems preferable to introduce the name gabbii in spite of the very in-
adequate description of Cope in 1900. Cope had specimens from north-
ern Lower California (the type locality) before him, at least the National
Museum specimens above mentioned and probably also the original
specimens collected by Gabb on which his manuscript name in 1875 was
based. :
I do not find any characters in the type and paratype of C. carmenen-
sis which warrant its distinction from C. gabbit.
In seventy-eight specimens from Tucson, I find a mean tail-length
of .54 of the total, and the length of the hind leg .86 of that of the body,
the average of femoral pores higher (17.4) and the proportion of speci-
mens with the occipital separated from the supraorbital semicircles a
minority, instead of a majority, as in the Lower Californian series.
Turning to the description of C. ventralis myurus (Richardson, 1915,
p. 408), I find that he has compared the proportionate tail-length in
myurus from Pyramid Lake, Nevada, with the tail-length of a series of
ventralis from Yuma, Arizona, and San Diego County, California, with an
average of .55 for the former and .58 for the latter. (I have transposed
his figures for body/ tail to tail/body and tail, for comparison with mine.)
It will be seen that the Yuma specimens agree with the Lower Californian
ones, while myurus has a tail of practically the same length as Tucson
ventralis, from which it is distinguished, therefore, chiefly by the lower
number of femoral pores. As the type locality of ventralis is
“New Mexico west of the Rio Grande” (including Arizona in 1852), I
believe I am justified in regarding the Tucson specimens as typical
ventralis, distinct from the form at Yuma.
Additional evidence on this question is furnished by the character
of the occipital, which may be more or less broadly in contact with the
supraorbitals or separated from them by a row of scales. In our series
of C. v. gabbii as above defined, twelve specimens have the supraorbitals
in contact with the occipital and forty-three have an intercalated row of
scales. Inthe seventy specimens examined from Tucson, the proportions
are reversed, fifty-one specimens having the supraorbitals and occipital
in contact, while nineteen have them separated. Dr. Stejneger has
kindly examined a series of specimens in the National Museum from west
of the mouth of the Colorado River in this respect, and states that out of
fifty-seven specimens, seventeen have the supraorbitals and the occipital
in contact, six have them in contact on one side, separated on the other,
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 651
and thirty-four have them separated by a row of scales. The general con-
clusion, therefore, is that the range of C. v. gabbii should include the
desert areas of southern California and of Arizona west of Tucson.
In the larger series of specimens reported by Van Denburgh (1921,
p. 33) the notable difference in tail-length between the series from Yuma
and the other Arizonan specimens confirms this conclusion. In his table,
however, the specimens from Cavecreek, Maricopa County, are indistin-
guishable from myurus. It is evident, therefore, that further study is re-
quired to establish the limits of ventralis and myurus. The range of
variation in the characters above discussed is shown in the following
tabulation for the several forms of Callisaurus.
Uma notata Baird
Plate LIII
Uma notata Barrp, 1858, p. 253.
Callisaurus notatus STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 47.
RancE.— Deserts of southern California and northeastern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Gardner’s Laguna, Cope, 1900, p. 281; Laguna
Salada, 80 mi. south of Mexicali, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 56.
While Uma (of which I recognize only a single species) is unques-
tionably more closely allied to Callisaurus than to any other iguanid
genus, I do not believe that it is directly allied to Callisaurus crinitus,
nor that the occurrence of digital fringes in crinztus necessitates the refer-
ence of Uma notata to Callisaurus.
Uma is distinguished from all of the species of Callisaurus by its
unique dorsal color pattern and structurally by the presence of an inter-
Tail Baines Femoral Occipital and
ean leet 32 SS Supraorbital
Total Length Body Length Pores se intsuclos
No. Ex- No. Ex- No. In Con-| Sepa-
‘Spec.| tremes Mean Spec.| tremes Mean Spec. file tact a
Callisaurus |
ventralis gabbii 116 |.55-.65 | .59 | 64 |.85-1.01| .93 | 116 |15.5| 27 (is
ventralis ventralis 70 |.51—-.56 | .54 | 70 |.78— .95} .86 78 |17.4 ol 19
ventralis myurus 53 |.54-.58 | .55 53 | 14.2
ventralis inusitatus| 15 |.56—-.59 | .57 | 29 |.88-1.04| .96 29 | 18.0 16 13
splendidus 8 |.54-.56 | .55 8 |.86— .98) .92 Sh? if 1
draconoides 16 |.49-.59 | .54 | 16 |.82-— .97| .89 | 16|15.1 13 3
crinitus 9 |.55-.58 | .56 9 |.83— .93] .86 9 | 19.0 2 4
652 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLVI
calated row of small subdigital scales between the fringe and the sub-
digital lamelle proper. The accompanying figures illustrate these char-
acters of the digits in Uma notata, Callisaurus crinitus and Callisaurus
ventralis. It seems evident that crinztus is much more closely allied to
ventralis than to Uma notata, and that the development of the fringe has
been independent in the two forms.
Fig. 7. Aand B, ventral and posterior lateral views of the base of the fourth toe of Callisaurus
ventralis ventralis (A. M. N.H. No. 2454). Cand D, same of Callisaurus crinitus (U.S. N. M. No. 64530)
E and F, same of Uma notata, Field Mus. No. 1203. G, posterior lateral surface of foot between base
of fourth and fifth toes, showing extension of the fringe scales and transition to smocth scales of same
specimen. H, distal joint of third toe, showing narrowness of the ventral lamelle and insertion of a
double row of small scales between them and the fringe scales, same specimen. All X 6.6.
Key to the Species of Callisaurus and Uma
1. Digits with or without a lateral fringe; subdigital scales broad, in a single row;
coloration: notocellated °° os ieee atic ei eee Callisaurus.—2.
Digits with a long lateral fringe; subdigital scales in more than one row; dorsal
coloration ocellated. (A single species, Uma notata; deserts of southern
California ‘and adjacent parts of Arizona.)................0+ee0. Uma.
i
—_
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 653
2. Digits with a lateral fringe of long spinose scales. (Pacific Coast of Lower
CONTI MGUSTS OO MESES Bey Re aT ben EE a ag ey en C. crinitus.
0 OE TT: ITI SCT GR eee ata se eg eT Co Pc
Lateroventral black spots, 3; dorsal spots more or less united into a scalloped
erossband. (Confined to Cape District of Lower California.) .C. draconoides.
ow
Lateroventral spots, 2; dorsal spots more widely separated.............. 4,
4. Frontal region of head strongly convex; femoral pores usually 12. (Angel de
incurs Island. Gulf of Californias). 2.) .:..-204 <0. ab «en C. splendidus.
Frontal region of head plane or nearly so; femoral pores more than 12 (average).
C. ventralis.—5.
5. Lateroventral black spots confluent at their lower extremities; body very
slender; femoral pores (average) 18; hind leg averaging .96 of body length;
tail .57 of total. (Tiburon Island and Sonora, Mexico.)
C. ventralis inusitatus.
laneroventral bars always: GIStinctes. 4 sci-cc oe bene raha sense age ook 6.
6. Femoral pores (average: 14; tail length (average) .55. (Pyramid Lake,
OE Ter SES: CRS ee RNS Sai IRE ne ee PR gt att acs C. ventralis myurus.
Bemarslpores: (ayersae) more tham 14 0 es oc ua ae bins o «eli ae enous te
7. Femoral pores (average) 17 or more; tail length averages .54; hind leg averages
.86. (Central Arizona; border of the Plateaus)... ...: C. ventralis ventralis.
Femoral pores average less than 17; tail length averages .58 or more; hind
leg averages .92 or more. (Lower California from La Paz north; the
COlOLAdOMOeSeNts) take lai aioe vena ee Soe ee C. ventralis gabbit,
Uta thalassina Cope
Uta thalassina Corr, 1863, p. 104; STEINEGER AND BarBour, 1917, p. 52.
Uta repens VAN DENBURGH, 1895, p. 102; Pl. vi—vimt, figs. a—e.
RancE.—Southern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcoRDs.—Cape St Lucas, Cope, 1863, p. 104; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, p 54; Playitas, San Lazaro, Belding, 1887, p. 96; San José del Cabo,
San Bartolome, Corral de Piedras (Sierra El Taste), Miraflores, Sierra San Lazaro,
Comondu, Van Denburgh, 1895, p.99; Mulege, Mocquard, 1899, p. 311. San Xavier,
Triunfo, San Bartolo, Agua Caliente, Sierra Laguna, Van Denburgh and Slevin,
1921a, p. 57.
The Albatross Expedition collected six specimens of this species
at San Bernardo Mountain, Lower California (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5547,
5650-51, 5653-54, U.S. N. M. No. 64485).
Uta repens Van Denburgh was based on a single specimen, distin-
guished from Uta thalassina by (1) shorter hind leg, (2) shorter head, and
_ (3) four dorsal black bars instead of three, followed by three dusky bars.
In the typical coloration of Uta thalassina, there are three distinct
anterior black bars on the back, followed by two dusky ones. The an-
terior bars are outlined with very light greenish gray, leaving a darker
interspace between the true bars, which may approach them in depth of
pigmentation; the two posterior bars are less distinctly outlined, but in
654 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
one specimen I am able to trace the pattern of five primary crossbars
(three black and two dusky), with four secondary bars on the inter-
spaces. In other specimens, only the anterior secondary bars are evi-
dent, making seven crossbands, as in the type of U. repens. The length
of the hind leg, when compared with that of the body from snout to anus,
varies from .58 to .73 (ten specimens). In the type of repens, the ratio
is .60, and in one of the specimens of thalassina, whose measurements are
given by Van Denburgh, it is likewise .60. The length of the head in
repens is .31 of that of the body, .23-.27 in the available thalassinas.
In view of these facts, I do not think that U. repens can be maintained.
Uta mearnsi Stejneger
Uta mearnsi STEINEGER, 1894a, p. 589; STEJNEGER AND Barpour, 1917, p. 50.
Rance.—Boundary region of Lower California and California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorps.—‘‘Seventy-five miles south-east of San Diego,”
Lockington, 1880, }». 295 (=Ensenada, Todos Santos Bay, vide Stejneger, 1894a, p..
591); Santa Rosalia, Mocquard, 1899, p. 308; San Salado, San Matias, Cafion
Esperanza, Parral, Matomi, Meek 1905, p. 9.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from La Provi-
dencia Cafion, east base of San Pedro Martir Mts., (U. S. N. M. Nos.
37627-8).
The specimen (Acad. Nat. Sci.-Phila., No. 12644, Cope collection)
recorded by Lockington as U. thalassina is a typical Uta mearnsi. It is
interesting that a specimen of so distinct a species should have passed
through Cope’s hands and remained undescribed.
In two specimens of this species with a reproduced tail (in the col-
lection of the Field Museum) the tail is as long as, or slightly longer than,
the normal tail.
Uta stansburiana stejnegeri Schmidt
Uta stansburiana elegans (part) STEINEGER AND BarsBour, 1917, p. 52.
Uta stansburiana stejnegeri ScumipT, 1921, p. 1.
RAaNGE.—Western Texas and northern Mexico through New Mexico and Arizona
to the coast range in California; northeastern Lower California; Angel de la Guardia
Island, Gulf of California.
Lower Ca.irorNIAN Recorps.—San Matias, Cafion Esperanza, Agua de las
Fresas, San Felipe, Parral, and Matomi, Meek, 1905, p. 10. :
A specimen in the National Museum (U.S. N. M. No. 37689), from
Voleano Lake, northeastern Lower California, is a typical stejnegert.
A single immature specimen in the Albatross collection (U.S N. M. No.
64487), from Angel de la Guardia Island, where a distinct form might be
expected, resembles stejnegeri in scales and leg length. It is probable
1922 Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 655
, I I
that some of the specimens recorded by Meek, and here assigned to this
species on geographical grounds, may be intergrades between stejnegeri
and hesperis. Two specimens in the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, collected by 8S. N. Rhoads in the Cocopah Mountains,
northeastern Lower California, represent this form (A. N. 8. P. Nos.
16102, 16106).
Uta stansburiana hesperis Richardson
Uta stansburiana hesperis RicHarRpson, 1915, p. 415. STeJNEGER AND BARBOUR,
1917, p. 52.
Uta parva DickERsON, 1919, p. 471.
RancGE.—Coastal region of southern California and Lower California, south to
San Bartolome Bay.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcOoRDs.—San Bartolome Bay, Townsend, 1890, p. 144;
Todos Santos Bay, Lockington, 1880, p. 295; Guadalupe to Colnett, San Tomas to
Guadalupe, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 105; San Rafael, San Telmo, foothills of San
Martir Mt., Van Denburgh, 1896, p. 1004; El Alamo, Hanson’s Lagoon, San Salado
Cafion, Trinidad, San Antonio, Santa Rosa, and San Quentin, Meek, 1905, p. 10;
Ensenada, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 59.
The Albatross collection contains six specimens from San Bartolome
Bay on which Uta parva is based. I am unable to find any characters
sufficient to distinguish this series from hesperis. The length of hind leg,
given in the original description as 42 mm. (for the type), is in error for
32. A. M.N.H. No. 5431 measures 48 mm. from snout to anus, which
is not appreciably different from the average size of hesperis. The keeling
of the posterior femorals distinguishes it slightly from concinna.
Uta martinensis Van Denburgh
Uta martinensis VAN DENBURGH, 1905, p. 18, Pl. v1; StEJNEGER AND BArBour, 1917,
. 00.
ae Martin Island, off the Pacific coast of Lower California.
The only characters which distinguish this species from Uta stans-
buriana hesperis are the considerably larger size and the slightly larger
scales. The type of martinensis measured 62 mm. from snout to anus,
while the maximum body length recorded for hesperis by Richardson is
53 mm.
Uta concinna Dickerson
Uta concinna DickrrRson, 1919, p. 470.2
Rance.—Cedros Island and Natividad Island, off Pacific coast of Lower Cali-
fornia.
1Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64258.
ig peape: U.S. N. M. No. 64257. Paratypes: U.S. N. M. Nos. 64489-93; A. M. N. H. Nos. 5399-
656 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
Uta concinna was based on sixteen specimens collected on Cedros
Island by the Albatross Expedition. Three specimens from Natividad
Island, between Cedros and the mainland, in the U.S. National Museum,
have also been examined.
The dorsal scales from a point opposite the posterior surface of the
thigh to the occipital average 92 in eight male specimens, ranging from
85 to 97. The difference from Uta stansburiana hesperis is slight, though
the dorsal scales are slightly larger and slightly smoother and the pos-
terior femorals are more weakly keeled in concinna. The two latter char-
acters distinguish it also from stejnegert.
Uta palmeri Stejneger
Uta palmeri STEINEGER, 1890, p. 106; STEINEGER AND BarBour, 1917, p. 51.
RANGE.—San Pedro Martir Island, Gulf of California.
Uta stellata Van Denburgh
Uta stellata VAN DENBURGH, 1905, p. 21, Pl. v1; STEINEGER AND BarBour, 1917,
). 52.
Bie Benito Islands, off the Pacific coast of Lower California.
The Albatross Expedition collected seven specimens (A. M. N. H.
Nos. 5414-5418, 5420, U. 8S. N. M. No. 64486) on East and West San
Benito. These agree excellently with the original description of Van
Denburgh. The dorsal scales from the occipital to rump number from
110 to 125 in the specimens examined. The femoral pores in the large
series recorded by Van Denburgh and Slevin (loc. cit.) average 15.
Uta squamata Dickerson
Uta squamata DickERsON, 1919, p. 471.1
RANGE.—Santa Catalina Island, Gulf of California.
The series of six specimens collected by the Albatross Expedition,
on which this species is based, is excellently preserved. The species is a
very distinct one, though directly allied to Uta elegans of the peninsula.
The dorsal scales from the occipital to the base of the tail range from 70
to 78. The length of the hind leg divided by that of the body averages
.79, in which respect squamata is the only species of the stansburiana
group approaching elegans.
Uta elegans Yarrow
Uta elegans YARROW, 1882a, p. 442.
Uta stansburiana elegans (part) SrEINEGER AND Barpour, 1917, p. 52.
Uta mannophorus DickERson, 1919, p. 470.”
1Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64259.
Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64260.
seglala
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 657
RaNnGE.—Southern Lower California, north at least to Francisquito Bay.
LowER CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—La Paz, Yarrow, 1882a, p. 442; Cape St.
Lucas, Yarrow, 1882, p. 57; Carmen Island, Townsend, 1890, p. 144; San José del
Cabo, Espiritu Santo Island, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 105. Santa Rosalia and San
Ignacio, Moequard, 1899, p. 306; Buena Vista, Todos Santos, Van Denburgh and
Slevin, 1921a, p. 59.
The Albatross collections contain a sufficient series of specimens to
establish the validity of this species definitely. The localities represented
are: Magdalena (U.S. N. M. No. 64511); Cape San Lucas (U.S. N. M.
Nos. 64512-13); San José del Cabo (U.S. N. M. No. 64505); Pichilinque
Bay (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5459, 5461, U.S. N. M. Nos. 64506-10); San José
Island (5439); Agua Verde Bay (5449); Carmen Island (5440-46, 5448,
U.S. N. M. No. 64260); and Francisquito Bay (5452-53). In addition
a fine series from Espiritu Santo Island, opposite La Paz, has been
kindly loaned for study by the U. 8. National Museum.
The number of dorsal scales from rump to occipital ranges from 82
to 106, the average of twenty specimens being 91. The femoral pores
average 14.5 (twenty-one specimens). The most satisfactory character
distinguishing the series at hand from Arizonan and New Mexican speci- -
mens is the notably greater length of the hind leg. In eighteen male
specimens, this ranges from .74 to .85 of the body length, while in the
northern series, the range is .65 to .79, average .71, in twenty-four male
specimens examined. The average given by Richardson, who includes
four specimens from southern Lower California, is .74 for twenty-three
specimens.
Uta mannophorus Dickerson agrees with elegans in scale counts and
length of hind leg; the color characters on which it is based are so closely
approached in specimens of U. elegans and so ill defined in some paratypes
of mannophorus that I do not think it can be maintained even as an in-
sular race.
Van Denburgh and Slevin (192la, p. 59) note the difference in
habitat between Uta elegans in Lower California and the subspecies of
U. stansburiana to the north. Uta elegans frequents the coast and was
not found inland.
Uta nolascensis Van Denburgh and Slevin
Uta nolascensis VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN, 1921c, p. 395.
RANGE.—San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California.
Uta microscutata Van Denburgh
Uta microscutata VAN DENBURGH, 1894, p. 298; STEJNEGER AND Barsour, 1917,
p: 50:
Uta stansburiana MocauarD, 1899, p. 306.
658 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
RanGE.—Lower California south to San José, Gulf of California.
LoWER CALIFORNIAN REcORDsS.—San Pedro Martir Mts., northern Lower
California, Van Denburgh, 1894, p. 298; San José Island, Gulf of California, Van
Denburgh, 1895, p. 106; Santa Rosalia, San Ignacio, and Mulege, Mocquard, 1899,
p. 306; San Salado Canon, San Matias, Cafion Esperanza, Parral, San Quentin, and
Rosarito, Meek, 1905, p. 10; San Xavier, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 59.
The Albatross collection contains two specimens, one of each sex,
(A. M. N. H. No. 5451, U.S. N. M. No. 64488), from Castro Rancho,
Pt. Conception. The male specimen has the frontal more elongate and
transversely divided, but is in every other character identical with the
female, which has the normal single frontal of the species. It is evident
that the specimens referred to Uta stansburiana by Mocquard belong to
this species, since they are said to have very small dorsal scales and the
frontal entire.
Uta nigricauda Cope
Uta nigricauda Cork, 1864, p. 176; STEINEGER AND BArsBour, 1917, p. 51.
RanaE.—Southern Lower California
Lower CaLirorNniAN REcorDs.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1864, p. 176; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, pp. 55, 56; Magdalena Island, San José del Cabo, Miraflores, and
Sierra San Lazaro, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 108; Todos Santos, Agua Caliente,
Santiago, San Antonio, Triunfo, San Pedro, foothills of the Sierra Laguna, Van Den-
burgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 58.
The Albatross collection contains thirty-five specimens of this
species representing the following localities: Cape San Lucas (A. M. N.
H. No. 5438); San Bernardo Mts. (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5471-72; U.S.N.
M. No. 64494); Miraflores (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5466, 5563, 5676-91,
U.S. N. M. Nos. 64495-504); Pichilinque Bay (A. M. N. H. No. 5454);
and the island of Espiritu Santo, opposite La Paz, (A. M. N. H. Nos.
5463-64).
Four specimens have a divided frontal. The dorsal scaling is highly
variable, on one hand approaching Uta microscutata, while in the other
direction the enlarged dorsals are as distinct as in Uta ornata or graciosa.
Thus, in A. M. N. H. No. 5690, there are only four rows of prominently
enlarged dorsals; normally, there are six to eight enlarged rows; and
exceptionally, the dorsals are little enlarged and pass more gradually
into the smaller laterals.
Uta ornata symmetrica Baird
Uta symmetrica Bairp, 1858, p. 253.
Uta symmetrica (part) StTEJNEGER AND BarsBour, 1917, p. 52.
Uta ornata symmetrica ScHMIpT, 1921a, p. 6.
RaNnGE.— Valley of the Colorado River and adjacent areas of the Colorado Desert.
1922} Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 659
This form is represented in the collections of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia by two specimens (A. N. 8. P. Nos.
161034), collected in the Cocopah Mountains of northeastern Lower
California by 8. N. Rhoads.
Uta auriculata Cope
Uta auriculata Corr, 1871, p. 303; StEINEGER AND Barpour, 1917, p. 49.
RancGE.—Socorro Island, Revilla Gigedo Islands, to which it is confined.
Uta clarionensis Townsend
Uta clarionensis TOWNSEND, 1890, p. 143; STEINEGER AND BArsour, 1917, p. 50.
RanoGe.—Clarion Island, Revilla Gigedo Islands, to which it is confined.
Uta graciosa (Hallowell)
Uro-saurus graciosus HALLOWELL, 1854, p. 92.
Uta graciosa STEJNEGER AND BarBour, 1917, p. 50.
RancE.—Southern Nevada, southeastern California, southwestern Arizona, and
northeastern Lower California.
Lowir CALIFORNIAN REcoRDs.—Santa Rosalia, Mocquard, 1899, p. 307; San
Felipe, Meek, 1905, p. 10; Laguna Salada, 80 mi. south of Mexicali, Van Denburgh
and Slevin, 1921a, p. 58.
Mocquard’s identifications are not wholly reliable (see above under
Uta microscutata) but, on analogy with Sauromalus obesus and Calli-
saurus ventralis gabbii, Uta graciosa might be expected as far south as
Santa Rosalia.
Key to the Species of Uta in Lower California and Adjacent Islands
1. Dorsal granules very small, perfectly smooth; enlarged supraoculars in more
SETAE ROT uh See i, aaa ae eS An ee ee MEPEDS irate he ae ee ee ne Pep
Dorsal granules less than 40 in the length of the head, at least faintly keeled
posteriorly; enlarged supraoculars in one row....................+-0%
2. Caudal seales small, smooth. (Southern Lower California.)........ thalassina,
Caudal scales large, keeled, spinose. (Northern Lower California.) ....mearnsi.
3. Dorsal scales nearly uniform, graduated into the smaller laterals............ 4,
Dorsal scales with a few median rows abruptly enlarged. .................. 13.
PNBIRN CRUE EIEG Ii, None ch Friedl ct trby citi oo Nene Sonat in ee, es aoe bes) 0 bse Be
eee sR EI CHE VENECLY UV ICG a, oo foo atic ti tk ha he Mole sexs s bv he ev ene eet 6.
5. Dorsal scales very small, about 35 in head length. (Northern Lower California.)
microscutata.
Dorsal scales larger, a broad band of enlarged scales down the back. (Southern
CPE 2 CIEL HS) ATS TD US uh USM ee ae OR ete cs ge nigricauda.
6. Gular scales about 40; femoral pores 17. (San Pedro Martir Island, Gulf of
CE LSIISINGTE PR bees & 5 aia Wa teed Oe Tees eat BAe eet ae Se palmeri.
Gular scales less than 35; femoral pores less than 17....................-. /
660 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
Hind leg short, .71 to .72 of the body length; dorsal scales very weakly keeled,
very small (average 115 from rump to occipitals). (San Benito Islands,
of Pacifie'Coast of Lower Calitomia.)>...2.....22 + 420 eee stellata.
Hind leg more than .72 of the body length; dorsal scales sharply keeled, larger. . . 8.
8. Dorsal scales largest in the group, 70-78 from occiput to rump; hind leg .79 of
the body length; femoral pores average 15. (Santa Catalina Island, Gulf
a |
Of “Californian ) ie. soxtihe tee cays padpo pica ceenscei oe ae eee squamata.
Dorsal scales average more*than: 80... 2... 2.22.2. 2). 9: seein 9.
9. Hind leg averages .80 of the body length. (Southern Lower California.) . elegans.
Hind leg averages .74 to .75 of the body length.......................... 10.
10. Dorsal seales average about 86. (Southeastern California to western Texas and
adjacent areas in Mexico; Angel de la Guardia Island.)
stansburiana stejnegeri.
Dorsal scales average more than 90... . 2... 05.02.4006 secs os oe i:
11. Size large, snout toanus62mm. (San Martin Island, off Pacifie Coast of Lower
Californias.) beers vst ae tyne a> coho aio Os oo eva ee eee martinensis,
Smaller, rarely exceeding 50 mm. in body length........................ IPA.
12. Dorsal scales strongly keeled, average about 100; posterior femorals strongly
keeled. (Southwestern California, San Joaquin Valley, and northwestern
Lower (California. sti to). 2 aso oe ck ee eee stansburiana hesperis.
Dorsal scales weakly keeled, average about 92; posterior femorals weakly
keeled. (Cedros and Natividad Islands, off Pacifie Coast of Lower Cali-
110) UY) NURI ett Pineda ee MRM CS I ne er ee Ne Rien ano concinna.
13. Frontal transversely divided..... reer Be doy oo 2 - 14.
Frontal entire. (Southern Lower California.).................. . migricauda,
14. Enlarged dorsal scales nearly uniform, with no series of small scales on vertebral
line; tail long, about two-thirds of total. (Southern Nevada, southeastern
California, and southwestern Arizona.)..................+.+: graciosa,
One or more vertebral series of small scales.................0.2000ceeeeee 15:
15. No tubercular scales forming a well defined dorsolateral line; enlarged dorsals
nearly smooth; upper posterior scales on thigh smooth. (Socorro Island,
Revilla, (Gigedoislandss\ars paces 2 8 Sele ae ree auriculata.
A well-defined dorsolateral row of tubercles................0..0eeeeeeee 16.
16. Enlarged dorsals beginning on the nape; dorsolateral tubercles very large,
close set. (Clarion Island, Revilla Gigedo Islands.)......... clarionensis.
Enlarged dorsals beginning on the shoulders, dorsolateral tubercles smaller and
more widely spaced. (The Colorado Desert.).......... ornata symmetrica.
Uta nolascensis is not entered in the above key, information on its
‘“‘key characters” being insufficient. It should apparently be placed
next to Uta stansburiana stejnegeri.
Sceloporus occidentalis bi-seriatus Hallowell
Sceloporus bi-seriatus HALLOWELL, 1854, p. 93.
Sceloporus occidentalis bi-seriatus STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 55.
Rance.—The Great Basin, south to Texas and California.
Lower CALiroRNIAN REecorps.—San Pedro Martir Mt., and Valladares, Van
Denburgh, 1895, p. 114; between Ensenada and San Rafael Valley, and San Telmo,
Van Denburgh, 1896, p. 1005; Santo Tomas and Los Encinos, Meek, 1905, p. 11
(Heller’s notes); Ensenada, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 59.
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 661
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Hanson
Laguna (U.S. N. M. No. 37674) and Ojos Negros (37677-8).
Sceloporus graciosus vandenburgianus Cope
Sceloporus vandenburgianus Corr, 1896, p. 834.
Sceloporus graciosus vandenburgianus STEJNEGER AND BaARBour, 1917, p. 54.
RanGE.—Mountain ranges south of Ventura County, California, into northern
Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—San Pedro Martir Mt., Van Denburgh, 1895,
p. 114; Agua de las Fresas, Vallecitos, and La Grulla, Meek, 1905, p. 11.
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection comes from La Grulla
(U.S. N. M. No. 37673).
Sceloporus magister Hallowell
Sceloporus magister HALLOWELL, 1854, p. 93; STEINEGER AND Barpoour, 1917, p. 55.
RancGE.—Southern Nevada, southwestern Utah, southeastern California, south-
western Arizona, northwestern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorps.—Gardner’s Laguna, Salton River, Cope, 1900,
p. 361.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Volcano
Lake (U. S. N. M. Nos. 37659-60), Cocopah Mts., east base (37663),
and San Felipe Bay (37664).
Sceloporus rufidorsum Yarrow
Sceloporus rufidorsum YARROW, 1882a, p. 442; Van DENBURGH AND SLEVIN, 1921a,
. 60.
: orthwestern Lower California to Cedros Island.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REecorps.—75 miles S. E. of San Diego, Lockington, 1880,
p. 295; San Quentin Bay and Cedros Island, Yarrow, 1882a, p. 442; San José,
Matomi, Rosarito, and San Quentin, Meek, 1905, p. 11; Ensenada, Van Denburgh
and Slevin, 1921a, p. 60.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Ensenada
(U.S. N. M. Nos. 37661-2).
Three specimens of this species from Cedros Island (A. M. N. H.
Nos. 5474, 5476, U.S. N. M. No. 64473) bear out the remarks of Van
Denburgh (loc. cit.) in distinguishing rufidorsum from zosteromus,
especially in the presence of a broad mid-dorsal rufous band and similar
indistinct dorsolateral lines, and in the larger size as compared with
zosteromus from the Cape Region.
Sceloporus zosteromus Cope
Sceloporus zosteromus Corn, 1863, p. 105; STEJNEGER AND BarsBour, 1917, p. 57.
RancE.—Southern and central Lower California.
Lower CaLirorNiAN Recorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1863, p. 105; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882a, p. 442; San Pablo, Magdalena Island, Santa Margarita Island,
662 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol, XLVI
San José Island, Miraflores and San José del Cabo, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 110;
Mulege and San Ignacio, Mocquard, 1899, p. 313; Todos Santos, Agua Caliente,
Buena Vista, San Antonio and San Pedro, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 60.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from San Ignacio
(U.S N. M. Nos. 37666-9), Santa Anita (37671), and Cape San Lucas
(37672).
Twelve specimens of this species were secured in the Cape Region of
Lower California by the Albatross Expedition. The localities represented
are: Cape San Lucas (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5487, 5473); San José del Cabo
(U.S. N. M. Nos. 64468-71); Miraflores (5484, 5489, U. S. N. M. Nos.
64466—7); Espiritu Santo Island (5486).
Sceloporus lineatulus Dickerson
Sceloporus lineatulus DickmRsSON, 1919, p. 467.)
RANGE.—Santa Catalina Island, Gulf of California.
Two specimens collected by the Albatross Expedition on Santa
Catalina Island were distinguished from S. zosteromus by Dickerson on
the basis chiefly of the strongly lineate lateral scales. In this character,
the single paratype (A. M. N. H. No. 5477) agrees excellently with the
type, each scale bearing two sharply defined brown lines, which combine
to form very irregular, curved lines extending from the black throat patch
nearly as far back as the groin. This specimen measures 96 mm. from
snout to vent, thus considerably exceeding the average for the penin-
sular zosteromus. The ventral color in both specimens is dark blue with-
out the broad light mid-ventral band common in S. zosteromus. I do not
find any distinctive characters in addition to size and coloration, and
Van Denburgh and Slevin (1921, p. 60) refer to lineate lateral scales as a
character of adult male zosteromus. I prefer, however, to maintain
lineatulus as distinct until further evidence bearing on the question is
available.
Sceloporus monserratensis Van Denburgh and Slevin
Sceloporus monserratensis VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN, 1921c¢, p. 396.
Rance.—Monserrate Island, Gulf of California.
Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger
Sceloporus orcutti STEINEGER, 1893, p. 181, Pl. 1, fig. 4; SresNnEGER AND BarRBour,
1917, p. 56.
Rance.—Northern Lower California and southern California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—San Rafael Valley, Wasson’s Ranch (in San
Rafael Valley), between Ensenada and Rafael Valley, and in the foothills of the San
IType: U.S. N. M. No. 64263.
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 663
boundary, Cope, 1900, p. 356; San Salado Cafion, Trinidad, San Matias, Agua de la
Fresas, Cation Esperanza, Parral, Matomi, Rosarito, San Antonio, and Los Encinos,
Meek, 1905, p. 11; San Xavier, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 61.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Ojos
Negros (U.S. N. M. Nos. 37675-6) and Rancho San Antonio (37665).
Sceloporus licki Van Denburgh
Sceloporus licki VAN DENBURGH, 1895, p. 110, Pl. x;
STEJNEGER AND Barpour, 1917, p. 54.
RanGcE.—Southern Lower California.
Lower Ca LiroRNIAN Recorps.—San José del
Cabo, Corral de Piedras (Sierra El] Taste), Miraflores,
and Sierra San Lazaro, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 114;
San Antonio, Todos Santos, Guamuchil Ranch, Cape
San Lueas, Agua Caliente, San Bartolo, Triunfo, and
La Paz, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 61.
The Albatross Expedition contains | six
specimens referable to this species; the local-
ities represented are Miraflores, (A.M. N. H.
Nos. 5564, 5669, 5702, U.S. N. M. No. 64472); poe
San Bernardo Mts., (5487); and Espiritu Fig. 8. Dorsal view of the
L head of the type of Sator grand-
Santo Island, (5485). zvus Dickerson, U. S. N. M.
A specimen in the Biological Survey col- No. 64261.
lection comes from Espiritu Santo Island (U.S.
N. M. No. 37670).
Key to the Species of Sceloporus in Lower California
1. Enlarged supraoculars separated from the parietal and frontoparietal scales
ga seteuele of small seqles./ 4201 °5..02. 5.7 sone seu ote oat os oes. 2
Enlarged supraoculars in contact with the parietals and frontoparietals....... 3.
2. Dorsal scales small, 45-66 on middle of back from occipital to base of tail;
seales on back of thigh smooth.......... S. graciosus vandenburgianus.
Dorsal scales larger, 35-46, scales on back of thigh keeled; males with a blue
patch.on center of throat... 003.526 52.6405: JS. occidentalis biseriatus.
3. Dorsal scales shortly mucronate, the central point scarcely extending beyond
the lateral; no black patch in front of shoulder................ S. orcuttt.
Dorsal scales sharply mucronate; a black patch in front of shoulder......... 4.
4. Femoral pores usually less than 14, average 12 on eachside......... S. magister.
Femoral pores usually more than 14, average 16 or more.................. D.
5. Dorsal scales from occipital to base of tail more than 30 (32-38)..... S. licki.
er reter rene Os Ue fo. Es oe ech ea BLEW vole a ie doses es 6.
6. Femoral pores fewer, average 16.6; back with mid-dorsal and dorsolateral
i Rd SW Spt has Ee oe eh aa Dr een a S. rufidorsum.
Femoral pores more numerous, average 18.5; dorsolateral and mid-dorsal
SAUCE PU MNCINES Se coin eS e rs AI SEL he eas de a et S. zosteromus.
Fig. 9. Sator yrandxvus Dickerson, A. M. N. H. No. 5492.
664
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 665
Sator grandevus Dickerson
Sator grandzxvus DickERson, 1919, p. 469.1
Rance.—Ceralvo Island, Gulf of California.
This species and the following are certainly closely related to
Sceloporus through S. utiformis of the Coliman region in Mexico and are
much more closely allied to Sceloporus than to Uta. The development of
the gular fold and the rudiment of a collar illustrate excellently an inter-
mediate stage between Sceloporus with differentiated dorsal and lateral
scales and a Uta of the Uta nigricauda type; but it is not at all necessary
to assume that Sator is the direct representative of the ancestral Utas,
which I believe to have been very different from Sceloporus. The gular
fold being more strongly developed than in Uta, and the collar less de-
veloped, it may well be that both are parallel structures and that the
species of Sator have arisen independently from a Sceloporus stock related
to S. utiformis. The three genera Sceloporus, Sator, and Uta form a
group of North American iguanid genera much like that formed by
Callisaurus, Uma and Holbrookia.
The distribution of the two insular species of Sator, on widely sep-
arated islands off the Gulf coast of the peninsula, suggests that the
genus must formerly have inhabited the mainland of the peninsula,
where it is now almost certainly extinct.
Sator angustus Dickerson
Sator angustus DickERSON, 1919, p. 469.2
RanGE.—Santa Cruz Island, Gulf of California.
The measurements of the type of this species are, unfortunately,
placed after those of Sator grandxvus in the original description. The
anterior gular folds in this species is much more definitely marked by
differentiation of the scales than it is in grandxvus. In the latter, the
fold is marked by an abrupt transition in size of the gular scales, which
are about twice as wide behind the fold as the scales in the series anterior
to it. In angustus, a double row of granular scales, much smaller than
those on the fold, crosses the throat immediately behind the fold, which
thus becomes very similar to the collar of other genera, but is not a
homologous structure. In Sator grandxvus, there is a distinct lateral
invasion of granules in the position of the posterior gular fold, i.e., an
incipient collar homologous with the collar of Uta. In angustus, there
1Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64261.
2Type: U.S. N.M. No. 64262. Paratypes: U.S. N. M. Nos. 64474-78; A. M. N. H. Nos. 5713-
16, 5719, 5722. %
666 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
yonw)
2 BROT ER
Led
“hs
Oaiase
Set
C
Sa
isa eg ae 4
e OS:
iO 3 NSS
“4s Cy 4 es
=O",
v
oi
eeasetoes: os
8 OD aD a rH
4 Ly ©, SLT
Sele WOOonmbewsrees
BE
i SALAD
SESSA
Fig. 10. A, Dorsal view of head of Sator angustus Dickerson, A. M. N. H. No. 5716. X 2.5
B, Throat of type of Sator angustus, to show differentiation of scales at the gular fold, U.S. N. M. No.
64262. x 3
is no trace of the posterior fold or incipient collar, and the better develop-
ment of the anterior fold may be correlated with this fact.
Phrynosoma blainvillii blainvillii Gray
Plate LIV, Figure 2
Phrynosoma blainvillit GRAY, 1839, p. 96, Pl. xxrx, fig. 1; STEsNEGER AND BARBour,
1917, p. 57.
Phrynosoma blainvillit blainvillii GRINNELL AND Camp, 1917, p. 164.
RancE.—Southwestern California and northwestern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Valladares, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 118;
Ensenada, San Telmo, Wasson’s Ranch in San Rafael Valley, Van Denburgh, 1896,
p. 1005; Nochoguero Valley, United States boundary, Cope, 1900, p. 427; San Salado
and Trinidad, Meek, 1905, p. 12; Ensenada, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 62.
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection comes from Ojos
Negros (U. 8. N. M. No. 37583).
Phrynosoma nelsoni,' new species
Plate LIV, Figure 3
Phrynosoma coronatum (non Blainville) Mrnx, 1905, p. 12.
Draanostic CHARACTERS.—Two lateral fringes of elongate scales; enlarged
gulars present; nostrils on the canthus rostralis; ventral scales smooth; temporal
and occipital horns well developed; a large subrictal spine, followed by a postrictal;
tympanum nearly concealed by folds of the neck; closely allied to P. blainvillii blain-
villai, from which it is distinguished by the smaller and rugose seales of the top of the
head, the fewer enlarged dorsal seales, and the larger and more strongly keeled scales
of the vertebral line.
‘Named for Dr. Edward W. Nelson, Chief, Bureau of Biological Survey, United States Department
of Agriculture, whose explorations in Lower California make this name especially appropriate.
1922) Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 667
RanGE.—Known only from the type locality.
Type.—U. 8S. N. M. No. 37585; 9; San Quintin, Lower California; E. W. Nel-
son and A. E. Goldman; August 15, 1905. (Biological Survey Collection.)
DeEscrIPTION OF Typb.—Habitus stout, apparently wider in proportion to length
than P. blainvillii; tail round; tympanum nearly concealed by the folds of the neck;
nostril just below the canthus rostralis; superciliary region expanded; a series of
four temporal spines, the last largest and nearly equalling the occipital; two strong
occipital spines with a smaller median spine nearly in line with them; all somewhat
grooved basally; scales of front very rugose, much smaller than in b. blainvillii, larger
than those of b. frontale; no connecting ridge between the superciliary angles; a
transverse series of four conical spines in front of the occipitals; six infralabials, the
fifth largest, the last (very small) beneath the anterior side of the subrictal; a strong
subrictal above the line of the infralabial spines, followed by a smaller, pointed spine
(the postrictal) in the line of the infralabials; two lateral groups of spines on the neck;
three rows of enlarged gulars on each side; eight or ten irregular rows of large keeled
scales on the back, continuing as a lateral and a dorsolateral series on the tail; verte-
bral line covered with enlarged, flat, keeled scales; strong spinose scales on the
thighs, two well-marked series of elongate lateral scales forming a double marginal
fringe; ventral scales flat, smooth; femoral pores 15-16.
Grayish above, with four pairs of obscure transverse brown blotches on the back,
corresponding in position to the larger of the enlarged dorsal scales; two brown
crossbands on base of tail; venter grayish, spotted with brown posteriorly.
MEASUREMENTS OF TypPE.—Total length, 127 mm.; body, 87 mm.; tail, 40 mm.;
foreleg, 38 mm.; hind leg, 51 mm.; snout to tip of temporal horn, 29 mm.; greatest
width of head (between tips of third temporal horns), 31 mm.
Notes on Paratypes.—The smaller male paratype, U. 8. N. M. No. 37584,
from the same locality, has a narrower body, and only five infralabials, but agrees in
essential characters with the type. A third specimen in the series before me, Field
Museum No. 1127, a female, recorded by Meek: as P. coronatum (loc. cit), thus
recognizing its distinctness from P. blainvillii, has the tympanum completely con-
cealed by the neck folds. The measurements of the two paratypes are as follows:
Number Ui 8. Ne Me FGM. Novi127
No. 37584
Total Length 110 mm. 122 mm.
Length of Body fi: apes rat Ma Mace
Length of Tail Shee 34
Length of Foreleg 34S Ste) Ue
Length of Hind Leg Ee ae ry es
Greatest Width of Head a pa oy wie
I have no doubt that this species is fully distinct from P. blainvillii
blainvillit, which is unquestionably the most closely allied species. Its
relationship with P. blainvillii frontale, shown in the rugosity of the
frontal scales, appears to be closer than with the typical subspecies,
although the range of the latter is inserted between that of nelsoni and
frontale. From frontale it is distinguished by the larger frontal scales and
the keeled scales of the vertebral line. Phrynosoma coronatum has much
668 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
larger scales on the frontal region of the head, a more fully exposed tym-
panum, stronger and much more divergent occipital spines, and is im-
mediately distinguishable from nelsoni by the absence of a postrictal spine.
Phrynosoma schmidti Barbour
Phrynosoma schmidti BARBOUR, 1921, Proc. New England Zoél. Club, VII, p. 113.
RanGeE.—Confined to Cedros Island.
Phrynosoma jamesi,! new species
Plates LV and LVI
Diacnostic CHaracTerRs.—Closely allied to Phrynosoma cerroense Stejneger,
from which it is distinguished chiefly by the presence of a ventral lateral fringe; en-
larged gulars present; nostrils very large, just below the canthus rostralis; ventrals
smooth; temporal and occipital horns well developed; a large subrictal nearly in ~
line with the labial spines, followed by a slender postrictal spine; tympanum not
concealed,
Rance.—Known only from the type locality.
Typre.—U.S. N. M. No. 64450; 9; San Bartolome Bay, Lower California;
H. Townsend; 1911.
Description oF Typr.—Habitus rather narrow, probably similar to that of P.
cerroense; head small, snout very obtuse, truncate in profile; tail round; nostril
very large, just below the line of the canthus rostralis; ear opening not closed; super-
ciliary angle not produced; temporal region little expanded, with four spines, of
which the two middle ones are in contact; the last temporal spine about half the
length of the occipital; two occipitals, straight, somewhat grooved at the base; a
low tubercular spine between the occipitals; scales of front smaller than in helleri
or coronatum, rugose; no connecting ridge between the superciliary angles; a trans-
verse series of four low conical scales in front of the occipital spines; five infralabials,
the last largest, followed after an interspace by the somewhat larger subrictal, which
is very nearly in line with the labials; a small, slender postrictal spine; two lateral
groups of tubercular scales on the neck, but no spines; three or four rows of enlarged
gulars on each side; irregular rows of widely separated, flat, keeled scales on the back;
vertebral line covered with smaller, flat, keeled scales; tail with two dorsal rows of
spines and a lateral row. on each side; two lateral fringes of spinose scales, the lower
one much smaller than the upper; ventral scales flat, smooth; femoral pores 17-17.
Grayish above, with two obscure nuchal marks; venter with a few scattered
brown spots.
M®ASUREMENTs OF Typr.—Total length, 120 mm.; body, 86 mm.; tail, 34 mm.;
foreleg, 34 mm.; hind leg, 46 mm.; snout to tip of occipital horn, 24 mm.; greatest
breadth of head, 24 mm.
Notes on Paratypes.—The single paratype, A. M. N. H. No. 5497, agrees .
excellently with the type; the last temporal spines are somewhat longer, and are
curved upward. The back is marked with large brown spots, two elongate nuchal
spots, a transverse series of four spots behind these, with two pairs of more obscure
spots between these and the base of the tail.
iNamed for Mr. Arthur Curtiss James, Trustee of The American Museum of Natural History.
id
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 669
The close relation of this species to P. cerroense, its nearest neighbor
geographically, is especially evident in the arrangement of the spines of
the head; from the figure of the type of cerroense it appears that jamesz
has a much more truncate muzzle. The two are readily distinguishable
by the absence of the ventral lateral fringe in cerroense.
As cerroense was considered intermediate between blainvillii and
coronatum by Stejneger (1893, p. 187) and Cope (1900, p. 430), it is evi-
dent that the present form, with its two lateral fringes, is much more
nearly intermediate between them and that cerroense is to be regarded as
divergent from a stock similar to jamesi. Our knowledge of the distribu-
tion of the four Lower Californian species, blaznvilliz, nelsoni, gamesz,
and coronatum is very inadequate. It is not at all unlikely that nelsoni
may prove to be a third subspecies of blainvillit. P. jamesi and coronatum,
however, appear to be sufficiently distinct to preclude any possibility of
their intergradation. It would be highly interesting to know if the
species of Phrynosoma in Lower California really have a restricted
distribution, with wide areas where they are absent, as might be inferred
from the present information regarding them.
Phrynosoma cerroense Stejneger
Phrynosoma cerroense STEJNEGER, 1893, p. 187; STEJNEGER AND BARBouR, 1917, p.
58.
Rance.—Confined to Cedros Island, off the Pacific coast of Lower California.
Phrynosoma coronatum (Blainville)
Plate LIV, Figure 1
Agama (Phrynosoma) coronatum BLAINVILLE, 1835, p. 284, Pl. xxv, fig. 1.
Phrynosoma coronatum STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 58.
RancGE.—Southern Lower California.
Lower CaLirorNIAN Recorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1866a, p. 312; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, pp. 67-68; Comondu to San Quentin, Poso Grande, San José del
Cabo, San Francisquito (Sierra Laguna), and Miraflores, Van Denburgh, 1895,
p. 115; Santa Anita, McLain, 1899, p. 2; Santa Rosalia, San Ignacio, and Mulege,
Mocquard, 1899, p. 314; Todos Santos, Pescadero, Agua Caliente, Triunfo, and
San Pedro, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 62.
Three specimens of P. coronatwm were secured by the Albatross
Expedition, from Miraflores (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5499, 5701) and San José
del Cabo (U.S. N. M. No. 64465). A fourth is contained in a small col-
lection with the general locality ‘“‘La Paz” received from the Museo
Nacional de Mexico.
Five specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from
Matancita (U.S. N. M. Nos. 37586-90).
670 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
Phrynosoma platyrhinos Girard
Phrynosoma platyrhinos GrRARD, 1852. pp. 361, 363, Pl. vi, figs. 1-5; SresNEGER AND
BarBour, 1917, p. 60.
Rance.—Washington and Idaho, south through Utah and Nevada to south-
eastern California, northeastern Lower California and southwestern Arizona.
Lower CaLiIFoRNIAN REcoRDs.—San Felipe, Meek, 1905, p. 12.
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection comes from Pozo
San Augustin (U.S. N. M. No. 35791). This locality extends the range
of this form considerably to the south, the only previous record from
Lower California being that of Meek from San Felipe Bay.
Phrynosoma solare Gray
Phrynosoma solaris GRAY, 1845, p. 229.
Phrynosoma solare STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 60.
Rance.—Northeastern Lower California, southwestern Arizona and Sonora.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorps.—Las Animas Bay, Van Denburgh, 18945, p. 456,
The distribution of P. solare is remarkable for the wide gap between
the Lower Californian record (opposite Angel de la Guardia Island) and
the area of relative abundance of this species at the border of the Mexi-
can Plateau in Arizona. It appears to be absent from the Colorado
Desert, and thus forms one of the best examples of what I have called
attention to (above) as peripheral distribution, bordering the Colorado
Desert.
fe J : : ne oe
Key to the Species of Phrynosoma in Lower California
1. Asingle marginal (lateral) fringe of elongate scales........................ 2.
Two or three complete’ marginal frimges...- 2. 1-2 ee ee ee 3.
2. Nostrils within the lines of the canthirostrales................. P. platyrhinos.
Nostrils on the lines of the canthi rostrales.................... P. cerroense.
3. Three closely set lateral fringes; tail flattened. (Not recorded from Lower Cali-
fornia, but probably entering the northeastern area.)........ P. m’callit.
Two lateral fringes; tailround distally. <.....4.22.25. 52-0.) ce eee 4,
4. Four large subequal occipital spines in line with the temporals...... P. solare.
Occipital spines unequal, not in line with the temporals.................... 5.
5. Subrictal spine broadly expanded at base, its anterior border overlapping the
last spine of the sublabiallseries’.....3..2...-2..22+ s+ 0.0 eee 6.
Subrictal not overlapping the last of the sublabials, nearly in line with them. . .7.
6. Scales of mid-dorsal line keeled, pointed and strongly imbricate; scales of front
1 1028) -( ee ee eee eer ine Cie a rN tne Aa edad, owe < & P. nelsoni.
Seales of vertebral line smaller, rounded and less imbricate; scales of front
comvexand Smooth: 4 nace +e ee eee eerie ee ee P. blainvillit blainvillit.
7. No slender elongate postrictalspine.......................00: P. coronatum.
A slender elongate postrictal spine, about as long as the subrictal............ 8.
8. Lower of the two lateral fringes weak; occipital spines slender. ...... P. jamesi.
Lower lateral fringe strongly developed; occipital spines short and stout.
P. schmidti,
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 671
Gerrhonotus scincicauda webbii Baird
Gerrhonotus webbit Barrp, 1858, p. 255.
Gerrhonotus scincicauda webbii, GRINNELL AND Camp, 1917, p. 168.
Rance.—Southwestern California, chiefly west of the desert divides, north to
Mariposa County, south into northwestern Lower California.
LoweER CALIFORNIAN REcorps.—Coronados Islands, Belding, 1887, p. 97;
Valladares and San Pedro Martir Mt., Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 121; San Antonio,
Meek, 1905, p. 12; San Martin Island, Van Denburgh, 1905, p. 19.
Specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Rancho
San Antonio (U.S. N. M. No. 37681) and Hanson Laguna (37682).
Gerrhonotus multi-carinatus (Blainville)
Cordylus (Gerrhonotus) multi-carinatus BLAINVILLE, 1835, p. 289, Pl. xxv, fig. 2.
Gerrhonotus multi-carinatus STEINEGER AND BarsBour, 1917, p. 61.
Rance.—Lower California and Mexico.
Lower CALIFORNIAN RecorpDs.—La Paz, Yarrow, 1882, p. 47; San José del
Cabo, Corral de Piedras (Sierra El Taste), Sierra San Lazaro, Miraflores, and
Sierra Laguna, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 120.
Three specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from
Santa Anita (U.S. N. M. Nos. 37683-5). This species has been excel-
lently characterized by Van Denburgh (1898, p. 65). In addition to the
characters employed by him, it may be noted that the limbs are much
weaker and the body and tail more elongate than in G. scincicauda webbit.
The proportions of arm and leg to body length in two specimens of each
species are as follows:
G. multi-carinatus G. s. webbit
Arm/Body Length 19,23 Re
Leg/Body Length 24, «29 35, .36
Key to Distinguish the Species of Gerrhonotus in Lower California}
Dorsal scales usually in 16 rows, weakly keeled.............6..- G. multi-carinatus.
Dorsal scales usually in 14 rows, strongly keeled.............. G. scincicauda webbit.
Anniella pulchra Gray
Anniella pulchra Gray, 1852, p. 440; SrEsNEGER AND BarsBour, 1917, p. 63.
RancGE.—Coastal Region of southern California and northern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorDs.—San Salado Cajion, San José, Meek, 1905, p.
13; Coronados Islands, San Geronimo Island, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1914, pp.
140, 142.
Xantusia vigilis Baird
Xantusia vigilis Barrp, 1858, p. 255; StEINEGER AND BaRBovr, 1917, p. 64.
Rance.—Southeastern California, southern Nevada, and northeastern Lower
California.
Lower CALIFoRNIAN REecorDs.—San Matias Pass, Heller, in Meek, 1905, p. 13.
1After Van Denburgh, 1898, p. 64.
672 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol]. XLVI
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection comes from San
Felipe Bay (U. S. N. M. No. 37679). :
Xantusia gilberti Van Denburgh ;
NXantusia gilberti Van DenBuRGH, 1895, p. 121, Pl. x1; STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR,
1917, p. 64.
RanGe.—Southern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN RecorDs.—San Francisquito, Sierra Laguna, Van Den-
burgh, 1895, p. 121.
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection comes from
Laguna, Sierra Laguna (U.S. N. M. No. 37680). This specimen is of
great interest, proving that X.-gzlberti is very closely related to vzgilis
and that some of the distinctive characters of the type were abnormal.
In the type, the frontal is divided, and in contact with the interfronto-
nasal. In the present specimen, the head shields are disposed exactly
as in vigilis, the prefrontals meeting in the mid-line in front of the single
frontal. The head shields differ from those of vzgil’s, however, in being
flatter and smoother. The head is smaller, the nose more pointed, and
the eye smaller. In addition to the smallness of the eye, this specimen
agrees with X. gilberti in the disposition of the postmentals, the second
pair being separated by a narrow scale, as figured by Van Denburgh
(1895, Pl. x1, fig. D). In vigilis, this median scale is nruch broader.
There is no question, therefore, of the validity of gilberti, though its
diagnosis must be changed.
In two specimens of vigils from Lane’s Mill, California, collected by
Heller in 1903 and preserved in the Field Museum of Natural History,
the frontal is completely divided, as in the type of gilberti. In another
specimen in the same series the frontal is in contact with the interparietal.
The back of the present specimen of gilberti is nearly uniform brown,
with scarcely any of the darker brown maculation of vgzlzs.
Key to Distinguish the Species of Xantusia in Lower California
Second pair of postmentals widely separated; eye larger; back maculate or lineolate
with dark brown spots. “icc e eodiecas eee tel-cee peer X. vigilis.
Second pair of postmentals narrowly separated; eye smaller; back nearly uniform
TN COLOT (2 2. Whale aoc Speedo, OMS OS Oe ore tee Oe ee X. gilberti.
Cnemidophorus tessellatus tessellatus (Say)
Ameiva tessellata Say, 1828, p. 50.
Cnemidophorus tessellatus tessellatus STEJNEGER AND BarBour, 1917, p. 67.
RancE.—Texas to California, the Great Basin; entering northeastern Lower
California.
Lower CarFroRNIAN Recorps.—San Felipe, Meek, 1905, p. 14.
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 673
Van Denburgh lists this species as probably entering northeastern
Lower California but not yet definitely recorded from the peninsula.
It seems highly probable that the specimen recorded by Meek as C.
stejnegeri from San Felipe, on the Gulf side of the peninsula, should be
placed here.
I have referred specimens in the Biological Survey collection from
Cocopah Mts., east base (U. 8S. N. M. Nos. 37693-4), San Felipe Bay
(37690), and Poso Altamirano (37696) to this subspecies. The specimen
from Poso Altamirano, near the center of the peninsula, differs slightly in
coloration and in having smaller antebrachials from the typical tessel-
latus. It seems best, however, to place it with this species, pending the
accumulation of further data.
Cnemidophorus tessellatus stejnegeri Van Denburgh
Cnemidophorus stejnegeri VAN DenBURGH, 1894, p. 300.
Cnemidophorus tessellatus stejnegeri STEJNEGER AND Bargour, 1917, p. 68.
Rance.—Coastal district of southern California and northern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Near Ensenada, San Telmo, foothills of San
Pedro Martir Mts., Van Denburgh, 1894, p. 300; ‘‘Comondu to San Quentin,” Van
Denburgh, 1895, p. 126; San Fernando, Cope, 1900, p. 599; Trinidad, San Matias,
Canon Esperanza, San Antonio, Parral, Matomi, Rosarito, Aguas Escondito, Meek,
1905, p. 14.
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection comes from Ojos
Negros (U.S. N. M. No. 37689).
Cnemidophorus bartolomas Dickerson
Cnemidophorus bartolomas DickEerson, 1919, p. 476.
RANGE.—San Bartolome Bay, Lower California.
Lower CaALIrorNIAN Recorps.—San Bartolome Bay, Abreojos Point, Dickerson,
1919, p. 476.1 ,
The four specimens of this form brought back by the Albatross
Expedition are of considerable interest for the variations they exhibit.
In two specimens, the nasal is in contact with the second labial on one
side, separated from it on the other; in one case, just touching; in the
other, more broadly in contact. In two specimens, there are only two
complete rows of enlarged antebrachials; in the others, there are three
complete rows. In coloration, one specimen, No. 5522, from the more
southern locality, Abreojos Point, approaches C. rubidus in the distinct-
ness and wide separation of the black spots. The remaining three are
fully adult specimens, the spots somewhat smaller and less sharply
defined.
1Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64448.
674 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
In the variation of the antebrachials and of the second labial, these
specimens show an approach to C. labialis Stejneger, which is amply
distinguished, however, by other characters (single posterior anal plate,
low number of femoral pores and coloration). I believe that C. bartolomas
is directly related to C. tessellatus stejnegeri, and that it is derived from
that form. It seems amply distinct in the character of the throat scales
described in the key. C. multiscutatus is somewhat less distinct from C.
tessellatus stejnegert in coloration and in other characters than C. bartolo-
mas. It is evident that for an adequate revision of the Lower Cali-
fornian Cnemidophorus much additional material is needed.
Fig. 11. Variation in the labials of Cnemidophorus bartolomas Dickerson. A, Type, U.S. N. M.
No. 64448, left side, nasal in contact with second labial ; B, same specimen, right side (reversed in figure)
nasal not in contact with second labial; C, A. M. N. H. No. 5507, and D, A. M. N. H. No. 5522, showing
different degrees of separation of nasal and second labial.
Cnemidophorus multiscutatus Cope
Cnemidophorus tessellatus multiscutatus Copp, 1892a, p. 38.
Cnemidophorus multiscutatus STEJINEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 66.
Rance.—Cedros Island, off the Pacific Coast of Lower California.
Three specimens (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5505-6, U.S. N. M. No. 64462)
were collected on Cedros Island by the Albatross Expedition. They do
not differ in any important respect from the description of Cope (1900,
p. 586).
Cnemidophorus rubidus Cope
Cnemidophorus tessellatus rubidus CopE, 1892a, p. 36, Pl. x11, fig. f.
Cnemidophorus rubidus STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 67.
RANGE.—Santa Margarita and Magdalena Islands, Pacific coast of Lower Cali-
fornia.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorDs.—Santa Margarita Island, Cope, 1892a, p. 36;
Magdalena Island, Comondu, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 126.
A single specimen of this species was collected by the Albatross
Expedition on Santa Margarita Island (U.S. N. M. No. 64463).
Cnemidophorus labialis Stejneger
Cnemidophorus labialis StrJNEGER 1890, p. 643; STEJNEGER AND Barsoour, 1917,
p. 66.
RancE.—Confined to Cedros Island.
— =e, ™
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 675
Cnemidophorus vandenburghi Dickerson
Cnemidophorus vandenburghi DickrErson, 1919, p. 477.1
RancE.—Carmen Island, Gulf of California.
The single specimen (U. 8. N. M. No. 64449), collected by the
Albatross Expedition, on which this species is based appears to be suffi-
ciently distinct from any peninsular Cnemidophorus or from C. celeripes
on San José Island. Although much smaller in size than the specimens
of celeripes, the color pattern represents the end stage of the usual
tessellatus development, being distinguished further by an unusually
fine division of the residual black spotting.
Cnemidophorus celeripes Dickerson
Plate LVII
Cnemidophorus celeripes DickERSON, 1919, p. 4722
Rance.—San José Island, Gulf of California.
Two specimens of a Cnemidophorus were collected on San José
Island by the Albatross Expedition. Aside from the species related to
C. martyris Stejneger, they certainly represent the most distinct of the
insular species of this genus in the Gulf of California, being readily dis-
tinguishable from the remaining Lower Californian species of the
tessellatus group by their retention of sharply defined black lines in the
adult phase of coloration.
Dickerson (loc. cit.) has tentatively referred the Cnemidophorus
grahami recorded from Santa Rosalia and Mulege by Mocquard (1899,
p. 315) to this form. In the examination of the Gulf insular faunas which
I have been able to make, it appears that the San José species are in
general more distinct from the peninsular forms than are those on Carmen
Island, the latter being frequently identical with those on the mainland.
It is, therefore, more probable that Mocquard’s C. grahami, and probably
his C. sexlineatus from Santa Rosalia as well, are C. vandenburghi. This
question must await the evidence of further collections, which are
urgently needed from the whole of the Gulf side of the peninsula north of
La Paz. It is not improbable that C. maximus will be discovered in this
area when it is more fully explored.
Cnemidophorus estebanensis Dickerson
Cnemidophorus estebanensis DickERSON, 1919, p. 474.3
RancE.—Confined to San Esteban Island, Gulf of California.
The single Cnemidophorus collected by the Albatross Expedition on
San Esteban Island is the type of this species. It is certainly well dis-
1Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64449.
2Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64444.
3Type: U.S. N. M. No. 64446.
676 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
tinguished from C. punctilinealis Dickerson from Tiburon Island by the
much longer head and neck, and the smaller size. The scales of the under
surface of the forearm are not notably different from those of puncti-
linealis. The femoral pores number 22-23.
The differences cited in the original description to distinguish este-
banensis from melanostethus are inadequate, and I am unable to find
other characters of greater weight. The coloration appears to be prac-
tically identical. I have, nevertheless, retained C. estebanensis in the
present list, as it is not improbable that the examination of series of
specimens will justify its retention as an insular race. On the other hand,
the examination of adequate material of this form and its near relatives
on the neighboring islands may quite as probably disprove their sup-
posed distinctness.
Fig. 12. Stages in the development of the color pattern of Cnemidophorus punctilinealis Dicker-
son. A, U.S. N. M. No. 64460; B, A. M. N. H. No. 5589; C, A. M. N. H. No. 5533; D, (type),
U.S. N. M. No. 64447. 0) one 4,
4. White bars on prefrontals occupying less than half the area of these scutes;
frontal plate uniform black, or with the white restricted to a narrow trans-
verse bar at its anterior end; no white on parietals; lower labials usually 9.
; L. getulus yumensis.
White bars on prefrontals occupying more than half the area of these plates;
frontal plate with prominent white markings; each parietal with one or
more white spots; lower labials usually 10........... L. getulus conjuncta.
Rhinocheilus lecontei Baird and Girard
Rhinocheilus lecontei BArRD AND GIRARD, 18538, p. 120; STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR,
1917, p. 91.
RancE.—Idaho to Lower California, east to Texas.
Lower CALirorRNIAN Recorps.—“At or to the south of Magdalena Bay,”
Lockington, 1880, p. 295.
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection, U. 8. N. M. No.
37516, is from Ensenada.
The scale characters of this specimen, a male, are as follows: Dorsal
scales, 23-23-19; ventral plates, 208; subcaudals, 49; preoculars, 1-1;
postoculars, 2-2; temporals, 2-4, 2-3, upper labials, 7-8; lower labials,
9-9. The total length is 625 mm., the tail-length, 83 mm.
Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus ochrorhynchus Cope
Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus Core, 1860, p. 246.
Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus ochrorhynchus STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 93.
RancE.—Lower California, southern California, and adjacent parts of Arizona
and Sonora.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorpDs.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1860, p. 246; Magda-
lena Bay (or south), Lockington, 1880, p. 295; San José del Cabo, Sierra San Lazaro,
San Francisquito (Sierra Laguna), Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 144; Mulege, Mocquard,
1899, p. 325; Los Coronados Islands, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1914, p. 141; Sierra
Laguna, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 68.
Two specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from Cape
San Lucas (U.S. N. M. No. 37528) and Santa Anita (37527).
The scale characters and measurements of these specimens are as
follows:
Number 37527, 0 37528, ot
Dorsal Scales 21-21-15 21-21-17
Ventral Plates 172 168
Subcaudals 51 (tail broken)
Total Length 347 mm.
Tail-length 63 mm,
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 693
They agree with the specimen described by Van Denburgh and
Slevin (1921a, p. 68) in the disposition of the head shields, with the ex-
ception that there are two preoculars, a small inferior and a large
superior, in each.
Natrix valida (Kennicott)
Regina valida Kennicort, 1860, p. 334.
Natrizx valida STEJNEGER AND Barpour, 1917, p. 97.
RancE.—Western Mexico, Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1860a, p. 341; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, p. 132; San José del Cabo, Miraflores, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 154;
Mount San Rafael (near Agua Caliente), Santiago, Van Denburgh and Slevin,
1921a, p. 68.
The six specimens in the Albatross collection from San José del
Cabo (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5578, 5581, 5588, U. S. N. M. No. 64582)
and Miraflores (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5604-5) present no variation not
already known in this species.
One specimen in the Biological Survey collection comes from San
José del Cabo (U.S. N. M. No. 37545).
Thamnophis ordinoides vagrans (Baird and Girard)
Eutznia vagrans BAIRD AND GIRARD, 1853, p. 35.
Thamnophis ordinoides vagrans VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN, 1918, p. 240.
RanGeE.—Eastern Washington and Oregon, Idaho, south to northern Arizona
and eastern California, reappearing in the San Pedro Martir Mountains, Lower
California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN RecorDs.—San Pedro Martir Mountain, Van Denburgh,
1896, p. 1007.
Thamnophis ordinoides hammondii (Kennicott)
Eutenia hammondii Kennicott, 1860, p. 322.
Thamnophis ordinoides haommondii VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN, 1918, p. 256.
RancGE.—Southwestern Lower California and northwestern Lower California.
Lower CaLirorNIAN Recorps.—Comondu, Van Denburgh, 1896, p. 1008;
Mulege, San Ignacio, Mocquard, 1899, p. 327; San Antonio, La Grulla, Ruthven,
1908, p. 133.
Four specimens in the Biological Survey collection come from
Hanson Laguna (U.S. N. M. Nos. 37542-4) and Ensenada (37541).
Thamnophis megalops (Kennicott)
Eutenia megalops KEnnicorTt, 1860, p. 33.
Thamnophis megalops STEJNEGER AND BarBoour, 1917, p. 101.
RancEr.—The Mexican Plateau region, north to southern Arizona and New
Mexico, west to Yuma, Arizona, and the Cocopah Mountains, Lower California.
694 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection, U. 8. N. M. No.
37514, from the Cocopah Mountains, east base, is the first record of this
form from Lower California.
The lateral light line is plainly on the third and fourth scale rows
anteriorly. The dorsal scale formula is 23-21-19-17; ventral plates,
152; subcaudals, 41 +; preoculars, 1-1; upper labials, 8-8; lower
labials, 10-10.
The occurrence of this form in northern Lower California is not
surprising in view of its occurrence at Yuma.
Key to the Species of Thamnophis in Lower California
1. Dorsal light line present: ......5.: 5... 86000... oo 2.
Nio dorsal Tight line's. 6:,4/.45:.0,5 ene ctoei die ols os eon T. ordinoides hammondii.
2. Lateral light line anteriorly on the third and fourth scale rows. ...7. megalops.
Lateral light line anteriorly on the second and third scale rows.
T. ordinoides vagrans.
Sonora episcopa (Kennicott)
Lamprosoma episcopum KENNICOTT, 1859, p. 22, Pl. vin, fig. 2.
Sonora episcopa STEJNEGER AND BarsBour, 1917, p. 92.
RancGu.—Texas to southeastern California, south into Mexico.
LoweEr CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Baird, 1859, p. 299; Santa
Rosalia, Mocquard, 1899, p. 319.
Chilomeniscus stramineus Cope
Chilomeniscus stramineus Cope, 1860a, p. 339; STEINEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 94.
RaNnGE.—Southern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1860a, p. 339; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, p. 86; San José del Cabo, Miraflores, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 138;
San Marthe, Cope, 1900, p. 950.
Four specimens in the present collection, one from Cape San Lucas
(A. M. N. H. No. 5578), three from Miraflores (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5574-
5, U.S. N. M: No. 64579).
These specimens show very little variation; the dorsal scales are
uniformly in thirteen rows; ventral plates (in the order named) 109, 117,
113, 121; subeaudals 24, 25, 28, 25; rostral in every case separated from
the prefrontals and the nasals from the preoculars. The largest speci-
men (5578) measures 230 mm., tail, 832 mm.
Chilomeniscus ephippicus Cope
Chilomeniscus ephippicus Core, 1867a, p. 85; STEJINEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 93.
RancE.—Southern Lower California to the Colorado Desert, reaching Tucson,
Arizona, to the east.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorvs.—La Paz, Yarrow, 1882, p. 86; Santa Rosalia
and Mulege, Mocquard, 1899, p. 317; San Fernando, Cope, 1900, p. 951; Todos
Santos. Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 70.
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 695
The record of Van Denburgh and Slevin (loc. czt.) is only tentatively
referred to this form, as they do not describe its coloration.
Chilomeniscus punctatissimus Van Denburgh and Slevin
Chilomeniscus punctatissimus VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN, 1921), p. 98.
RanGE.—HEspiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, and Magdalena Island.
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection, U. 8S. N. M. No.
37521, from Magdalena Island, appears to be very closely allied to this
newly described form from the opposite side of the peninsula. It differs
from the type in having the scales of the light bands immaculate, in-
stead of spotted. The large number of crossbands, which is the same in
both specimens, seems to me a more important character than the
spotting.
The specimen from Magdalena Island has the rostral broad and in
contact with the prefrontals posteriorly; nasals expanded on the upper
side of the snout, probably by fusion with the frontonasals; prefrontals
reaching the labials on each side; frontal broad, six-sided; supraoculars
small; a minute preocular on each side; two postoculars; temporals, 1—1
on each side; upper labials, 7, third and fourth entering the eye; lower
labials, 9, the first five in contact with the anterior chin shields; dorsal
seales, 15-13-13; ventral plates, 127; subcaudals, 25.
Top of the head very dark brown, lighter on the snout, the lower
border of the labials light; back crossed by 32 bands of dark brown about
equal to the light interspaces and reaching the first row of scales on each
side; 7 bands on the tail.
The total length is 98 mm.; tail, 11 mm.
Chilomeniscus cinctus Cope
Chilomeniscus cinctus CoP®, 1861, p. 303. :
RanGE.—The Colorado Desert, to middle Lower California on the west and
Sonora on the east.
Lower CALiFroRNIAN REcoRDS.—Ballenas Bay, Cope, 1900, p. 952.
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection, U. S. N. M. No.
37520, from San Quintin, is characterized by a pattern of dark rings,
completely encircling the body.
Dorsal scale rows, 15-13-13, ventral plates, 120; subcaudals, 25;
the prefrontals meet the labials laterally; upper labials, 7-7; lower
labials, 9-9; preoculars, 1-1; postoculars, 2-2; rostral broadly in con-
tact with the prefrontals.
There are twenty-two dark brown rings encircling the body, with
four more on the tail and a nuchal bar which does not reach the ventrals.
The dark rings are wider than the interspaces dorsally, narrower ven-
trally, where they occupy quite regularly two ventral plates.
696 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
The forms of the genus Chilomeniscus are in considerable confusion
and by no means well understood. Without sufficient material at hand
to clear up the points in question, I prefer to lean to the side of the exces-
sive analysis rather than synthesis. Van Denburgh and Slevin (1913,
p. 410) reduce the genus to two species, stramineus from the Cape
area of Lower California, and cinctus ranging from southern Lower Cali-
fornia, southeastern California, western Arizona, and Sonora. This view
is maintained by them in their recent list of Lower Californian forms
(1921a, p. 52), with the subsequent addition of a new form, C. punctatis-
simus from Espiritu Santo Island.
Cope’s analysis of the genus (1900, p. 948), unfortunately some-
what confused in compilation, recognizes, in addition to the well-defined
stramineus, three crossbanded forms, C. ephippicus, C. fasciatus, and
C cinctus. Of these ephippicus and fasciatus have the venter immaculate,
with crossbands confined to the back, while cinctus is sharply set off by
having the body completely encircled by black bands. This may well
prove to be a variable character, not of specific value, but I know of no
evidence at present of intergradation or variation in this character.
The scale character employed by Cope to separate fasciatus and ephippt-
cus, however, has been shown by Van Denburgh and Slevin (1913, loc.
cit.) to be invalid, and I follow them in uniting these two forms, but not in
uniting ephippicus with cinctus. Van Denburgh and Slevin make no
mention of the coloration. The evidence presented by Mocquard for the
union of fasciatus and cinctus (1899, p. 318) does not seem to be sufficient
for a final decision on this point.
Reference to the following key will make clear the characters which
distinguish the forms recognized in the present analysis. It is notable
that C. cinctus and C. ephippicus have broadly overlapping ranges, C.
ephippicus occurring alone in southern Lower California, C’. cinctus alone
in Sonora, while northern Lower California and the Colorado Desert
area have both forms.
Key to the Species of Chilomeniscus
1. Rostral not in contact with the prefrontals; no dark crossbands, each scale with
BCA SOG fio os Gad a nineties Bigeye ie CSUR CLE erence C. stramineus.
Rostral in contact with the prefrontals; dark crossbands or rings on the body . 2.
2. Body completely encircled by dark rings....................... C. cinctus.
Dark crossbands on the back, venter immaculate.................-.+.+0- 3.
3. » Crossbands about) 25-905 +;.iaiclae asses ae ce eee C. ephippicus.
Crossbands about 39, with or without dark spots on the scales of the light rings.
C. punctatissimus.
a
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 697
Tantilla planiceps (Blainville)
Coluber planiceps BLAINVILLE, 1835, p. 294, Pl. xxv, figs. 3-3B.
Tantilla planiceps STEJNEGER AND BarBour, 1917, p. 105.
RancGe.—Southern Lower California.
Lower CaLirorNniAN Recorps.—San José del Cabo, Sierra Laguna, Van Den-
burgh, 1895, p. 140; Santa Rosalia, San Ignacio, Mocquard, 1899, p. 316.
Trimorphodon lyrophanes (Cope)
Lycodon lyrophanes Core, 1860a, p. 348.
Trimorphodon lyrophanes STEINEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 104.
Rance.—Southern Arizona and Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1860a, p. 343; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, p. 98; San José del Cabo, Sierra San Lazaro, Van Denburgh, 1895, p.
155; Santa Rosalia, Mocquard, 1899, p. 330.
A single specimen, (U. 8. N. M. No. 64578), from Miraflores, is in
the Albatross collection. Its stomach contains a juvenile specimen of
Ctenosaura hemilopha.
The dorsal scales are 25-21-15; ventral plates, 241; subcaudals,
58+. The total length is somewhat more than 800 mm. (tail slightly
mutilated). The loreal is double on one side, single on the other.
There are three specimens in the collection made by the Biological
Survey, one from La Paz (U. 8. N. M. No. 37522), and two from Santa
Anita (37523-4).
Micrurus euryxanthus (Kennicott)
Elaps euryxanthus KENNIcoTT?, 1860, p. 337.
Micrurus euryxanthus STEJNEGER AND BarsBour, 1917, p. 106.
Rance.—Southern New Mexico and Arizona, northern Mexico.
Recorded from Tiburon Island by Streets, 1877, p. 40.
Crotalus molossus Baird and Girard
Crotalus molossus BAIRD AND GIRARD, 1853, p. 10; STEJNEGER AND BarsBour, 1917,
. 110. :
Bia Schoen Texas to Arizona and northern Mexico; San Esteban Island.
This species does not enter peninsular Lower California. A speci-
men secured on San Esteban Island in the Gulf of California by the Alba-
tross Expedition (U.S. N. M. No. 64586) is referable to this species in all
scale characters, but is exceptionally pale in color, neither the outlines of
the rhombs nor the two spots normally enclosed in the rhombs being
distinctly marked. This is due chiefly to the paleness of the general
coloration.
The ventral plates number 189, the subcaudals 26, and the dorsal
scale formula is 31-27-21. The total length is 476 mm., the tail (exclu- -
sive of a single rattle) 36 mm.
698 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
The presence of this species on San Esteban is further indication of
the Sonoran, not Lower Californian, character of its fauna; and this
conclusion is quite independent of the possibility that further adult
specimens from San Esteban might justify the description of an insular
race.
Crotalus tortugensis Van Denburgh and Slevin
Crotalus tortugensis VAN DENBURGH AND SLEVIN, 1921c, p. 398
Rance.—Tortuga Island, Gulf of California.
Crotalus oreganus Holbrook
Crotalus oreganus HOLBROOK, 1840, p. 115, Pl. xxrx.
Crotalus oregonus STEJINEGER AND BARBouR, 1917, p. 110.
RanGe.—British Columbia to northwestern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN REcoRDs.—Los Coronados Islands, Streets, 1877, p. 40;
“75 miles 8. E. of San Diego,’”’ Lockington, 1880, p. 295; San Pedro Martir Mt., Van
Denburgh, 1896, p. 1007; San José, Meek, 1905, p. 17.
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection, U. 8. N. M. No.
37575, is from La Grulla.
Crotalus atrox atrox Baird and Girard
Crotalus atrox BAIRD AND GIRARD, 1853, p. 5; STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 108.
Rance.—Texas and northern Mexico to southeastern California, entering north-
eastern Lower California.
LowER CALIFORNIAN ReEcorDs.—East side of Cocopah Mountains, Murphy,
1917, p. 57.
I have no hesitation in recording this species from Lower California
on the basis of the verbal record above quoted, as there is no snake in
this area with which Crotalus atrox could readily be confused.
Crotalus atrox lucasensis Van Denburgh
Crotalus lucasensis VAN DENBURGH, 1920a, p. 29, Pl. m1.
RancEe.—Southern Lower California.
Lower CaLirorRNIAN REecorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1861, p. 292; La Paz,
Yarrow, 1882, p. 75. San José del Cabo, Sierra El Taste, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 156;
Santa Rosalia, San Ignacio, Mulege, Moequard, 1899, p. 332.
Six specimens of this species were collected by the Albatross Expedi-
tion at Miraflores (A. M. N. H. Nos. 5596-97, 5644-45, U.S. N. M. No.
64589) and head of Concepcion Bay (A. M. N. H. No. 6883). They agree
with Van Denburgh’s description in having the dorsal rhombs distinctly
outlined laterally. .
The dorsal scales range from 35-27-23 to 31-25-21. The ven-
trals range from 182 to 188 in four males, 189 and 195 in the two females;
subcaudals 25 to 29 in males, 21 in both females. There are three black
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 699
caudal rings in the females, five to seven in the males. The tail is rela-
tively much shorter in the female specimens, .05 of the total length, .07
to .08 in the males. The largest specimen (A. M. N. H. No. 5645, o)
measures 1015 mm., tail 88 mm.
As Crotalus atrox certainly enters the peninsula of Lower California
at the north, and as the differences on which lucasensis is based are slight,
the use of a trinomial seems warranted.
Three specimens in the Biological Survey collection from Cape San
Lucas (U. S. N. M. No. 37567), La Laguna (37568), and Santa Anita
(37569).
Crotalus atrox elegans, new subspecies
Dracnsotic CHARACTERS.—Characters of Crotalus atrox, from which it is distin-
guished by the higher number of ventral plates and the reddish brown color; distin-
guished from C. atrox lucasensis by the incompleteness laterally of the light outlines of
the dorsal rhombs, and by the higher number of ventral plates.
RancE.—Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California.
Typr.—vU. 8S. N. M. No. 64452; o; Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of Cali-
fornia; April 10, 1911; Albatross Expedition.
Description oF Typr.—Head subtriangular, covered with numerous small
seales; ten scales in a line, between the large supraoculars; rostral higher than
wide; two large preoculars on each side, of which the lower enters the loreal pit;
two superior loreals on each side; four or five scales from the eye to the upper labials;
upper labials 16—17, lower labials 18, of which only three on each side are in contact
with the chin shields; dorsal scales, 35-27-21; ventrals, 197; subcaudals, 26; total
length, 920 mm.; tail, 60 mm.
General color light reddish brown, marked dorsally with a series of slightly darker
rhombs, which are bordered by narrow light lines; rhombs lighter at the center;
these rhombic markings become difficult to distinguish on the anterior fourth of the
body, but the light scales of their borders can be distinguished on the vertebral line;
on the posterior fourth of the body, the light lines become entirely faded, the slightly
darker markings forming broad transverse bands. Tail yellow, with five black rings,
incomplete ventrally; venter uniform pale yellow; an indistinct light line from the
preoculars to the middle of the labial border, anda very faint line from the posterior
corner of the eye to the sixteenth upper labial.
Notes ON Paratypes.—The two female specimens from Angel de la Guardia
(A. M.N. H. Nos. 5231 and 5586) have respectively 200 and 199 ventrals, and 21 and
20 subcaudals. The dorsal scale count is 31-27-21. The ground color is more gray-
ish but shows a trace of the reddish tinge which is better marked in the type. The
dorsal light lines enclosing the rhombs are incomplete at the sides.
I have described this form as a subspecies of C. atrox in order to
indicate its obvious relations. The higher ventral scale count is nearly
reached in a specimen of C. atrox lucasensis which has 195 ventrals;
the average for the two forms is evidently quite different, but the ex-
tremes probably overlap. Additional material is required to determine
whether it is to be considered an off-shoot of lucasensis or of atrox atrox.
700 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
Crotalus exsul Garman
Crotalus exsul GARMAN, 1883, p. 114; STEINEGER AND BargBour, 1917, p. 109.
RancE.—Southwestern California and northeastern Lower California to Cedros
Island.
Lower CaLirorNnIAN Recorps.—Cedros Island, Garman, 1883, p. 114; En-
senada, Van Denburgh, 1896, p. 1007; San Salado Cafion, San Matias, Santa Cata-
line, Agua Escondito, Matomi, San Quentin, Meek, 1905, p. 17; “Turtle Bay,”
Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 71.
The Albatross collection contains a single very large specimen (U.
S. N. M. No. 64588) of this species, without definite locality, but almost
certainly from Cedros Island.
Three specimens in the collection of the Biological Survey are from
San Quintin (U. S. N. M. Nos. 37571-2) and San Tomas (37574).
The characters employed by Cope in his key to the species of
Crotalus (1900, p. 1152) to distinguish Crotalus ruber (=exsul) are some-
what misleading, especially as he separates ruber widely from atrox which
I believe to be its nearest relative. There is a tendency to widening of
the rostral, and to obscurity of the canthus rostralis in exsul, but neither
character is constant, and the reddish coloration must be relied on in
most cases as a key character.
Crotalus enyo (Cope)
Caudisona enyo Coreg, 1861, p. 293.
Crotalus enyo STEJNEGER AND BarBour, 1917, p. 109.
RaNnGE.—Southern Lower California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—Cape St. Lucas, La Paz, Yarrow, 1882, p. 74;
San José del Cabo, Van Denburgh. 1895, p. 157; Mulege, Mocquard, 1899, p. 333;
Miraflores, San Antonio, Todos Santos, San Bartolo, San Pedro, Sierra Laguna, Van
Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 71.
A specimen collected by the Biological Survey, U. S. N. M. No.
37570, is from Santa Anita.
Crotalus cerastes Hallowell
Crotalus cerastes HALLOWELL, 1854, p. 95; STEJNEGER AND Bargour, 1917, p. 108.
RancE.—Southwestern Utah to southeastern California and northeastern Lower
California.
Lower CALIFORNIAN Recorps.—San Felipe, Meek, 1905, p. 18.
Four specimens in the collection of the Biological Survey are from
San Felipe Bay (U. S. N. M. Nos. 37562-3), Cocopah Mountains, east
base (37564), and San Francisquito (37565).
Crotalus mitchellii (Cope)
Caudisona mitchellii Cop, 1861, p. 293.
Crotalus mitchellii StEJNEGER AND BarBour, 1917, p. 110.
RanaEe.—Southwestern Arizona to southern Lower California,
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 701
Lower CaLirorNIAN Recorps.—Cape St. Lucas, Cope, 1861, p. 293; Angel de
la Guardia Island, Streets, 1877, p. 39; La Paz, Yarrow, 1882, p. 73; Santa Margarita
Island, Las Huevitas, Sierra El Taste, San José del Cabo, Van Denburgh, 1894a, p.
450; Santa Rosalia, Mulege, San Ignacio, Mocquard, 1899, p. 331; Parral, San
Matias, Meek, 1905, p. 18; Agua Caliente, Van Denburgh and Slevin, 1921a, p. 72.
Two specimens (A. M. N. H. No. 5646 and U. 8. N. M. No. 64587)
of this species were collected by the Albatross Expedition at Miraflores.
One typical pale specimen, U. 8. N. M. No. 37566, comes from the
Cocopah Mountains, east base, collected by the Biological Survey Ex-
pedition.
Crotalus goldmani,! new species
Draqnostic CHARACTERS.—Allied to Crotalus mitchellit by the separatton of the
rostral and nasal plates by a row of scales; distinguished by: (1) dark reddish brown
coloration, with the dark markings more nearly rhombic, and with light centers; (2)
scales narrower and more convex; (3) supraocular plate broken up into three or four
small scales.
RanGE.—Known only from the type locality.
Tyrr.—U. S. N. M. No. 37573, «1; El Pifion, Lower California, 5300 feet; July
9, 1905; E. W. Nelson and A. E. Goldman.
Description oF Type.—Habitus apparently stout, tail short, muzzle short;
scales of top of head small, somewhat convex; canthus rostralis obtuse; rostral
slightly higher than wide; a single row of scales between rostral and nasal; two pre-
oculars, with two loreals between them and the posterior nasal, on each side; upper
labials, 18-19; lower labials, 16-17; a small triangular area of small scales (8 or 9)
between the loreal pit, the nasals, and the labials; supraocular divided into four scales
on one side, three on the other, but with the fourth indicated; scales rather convex,
especially on the head and tail, only the first row smooth; ventral plates, 180; sub-
caudals, 25; dorsal scales, 23-27-21.
Total length, 850 mm.; tail-length to base of rattle, 70 mm.
General color brownish; ventrals with irregular brown punctation; back with
rhombic markings of darker brown, as long as wide; on the anterior part of the body
they are notched on the mid-line; posteriorly they become wider and narrower, with
seven dark bands on the top of the tail, the last three nearly black.
In view of the known variability in the scutellation of C. mitchelliz,
the present specimen may prove to be merely an abnormal one of that
species. C. mitchellzi, however, has not previously been recorded from
the Pacific slope of the San Pedro Martir Mountains. It is typically a
desert species, although it ranges into the lower border of the upper
Sonoran life zone in California (4500 feet, at Asbestos Spring, east slope
of the San Jacinto Mountains). The conditions described at El Pifion
by Nelson (1921, p. 20) indicate thoroughly non-arid habitat conditions.
1Named for Mr. A. E. Goldman, Bureau of Biological Survey, associated with Dr. E. W. Nelson in
the Lower Californian explorations of the Bureau of Biological Survey.
702
Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVI
The true status of C. goldmani, therefore, remains to be cleared up, and in
naming it, I hope to have emphasized the fact that it presents a problem
for investigation.
Key to the Species of Crotalus in Lower California and Adjacent Islands
Ie
10.
Superciliary scales produced into a horn-like process............ C. cerastes.
Superciliary scales fat cic. . oo. ce Cece tied ee tos sais eee ele 2.
Nasal plate separated from the rostral by one or two rows of small scales. . . . 3.
Nasal in contact. with the rostral. .........¢5.,.0.-..-5- 665: sr 4.
Supradcular aysingle shield#: 4.5.5 208 .c cus) 2G oes ere eee C’. mitchellii.
Supraocular broken up into several plates.....................- C. goldmant.
Top of head anteriorly with three pairs of enlarged scales in contact. . C. molossus.
Top of head anteriorly with small seales...... 2.0... o.oo 5.
Rostral ‘wider than?@highs......-. 2. -Giokics -o ct clta ck ao ee C. enyo.
Rostral higher than wide (rarely nearly as wide as high).................... 6.
Canthus rostralis often ill-defined; coloration reddish, markings indistinct in
adult; pattern of side of head as in C. atroz................... C. exsul.
Canthus rostralis distinct, dorsal rhombs distinct.....................-.. ee
Tail light with three to six black rings; light postsuperciliary line reaches the
scale row next to the labials anterior to the angle of the mouth. (C. atrox) .8.
Tail with more numerous crossbands, less sharply defined; postsuperciliary
line'passes behind angle'of mouth ..”....... 20: 2.2.5... sa@eeeeee C. oreganus.
Dorsal rhombs with a light spot on each side (as in C. molossus), sometimes
CONMMCM UL ioc cies bac laculermt 22% evedey os Bein ak eect eee eee C’. tortugensis.
Dorsal rhombs not'as above... 0.0. ..6.02502.-464 00015205 ono 9.
Ventral pistes 197-200. oe oo cre 2 eae ters yee ae eevee ene C. atrox elegans.
Ventral plates fewer, maximum 195........:........ 44.0... 00 10.
Dorsal rhombs sharply defined; light borders well defined laterally.
C. atrox lucasensis.
Dorsal rhombs less distinct, especially at the sides, the coloration without strong
COMLTASE. BA. se ee eter ees ate ee rece a date ley ene eae C. atrox atrox.
Crotalus tortugensis is not sufficiently characterized to make its
place in the above key certain; I have tentatively placed it as an ally to
C. atrox.
TESTUDINATA
Pseudemys ornata nebulosa (Van Denburgh)
Chrysemys nebulosa VAN DENBURGH, 1895, p. 84, Pls. tv—v1.
Pseudemys ornata nebulosa STEJNEGER AND BARBOUR, 1917, p. 120.
RANGE.—Southern Lower California.
Lower CaLiroRNIAN Recorps.—Los Dolores, Agua Caliente, San José del
Cabo, Van Denburgh, 1895, p. 85.
1922) Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 703
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Arsatt, SARAH R. 1921. ‘A Snake New to California.’ Copeia, No. 96, pp. 38-39.
Bairp, 8. F. 1854. ‘Descriptions of New Genera and Species of North American
Frogs.’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, pp. 59-62.
1858. ‘Descriptions of New Genera and Species of North American Lizards
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.’ Idem, pp. 253-256.
1859. ‘Notes on a Collection of Birds made by Mr. John Xantus at Cape
St. Lucas, Lower California.’ Idem., pp. 299-306.
1859a. ‘Report on Reptiles Collected on the Survey.’ In ‘Rept. Pacific
R.R. Survey, X, Routes in California and Oregon explored by Lieut.
R. S. Williamson and Lieut. Henry L. Abbott.’ Part IV, No. 4, pp.
9-13, Pls. XI, XXVIII, XXX, XLIV.
Barrp, 8S. F. anp Grrarp, C. 1852. ‘Characteristics of Some New Reptiles in the
Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., pp. 68-70, 125-129, 173.
1852a. ‘Description of New Species of Reptiles, collected by the U. S.
Exploring Expedition under the command of Capt. Charles Wilkes,
U.S.N. Part I.’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 174-177.
1852b. ‘Reptiles,’ in Stansbury, H. ‘Exploration and Survey of the Valley
of the Great Salt Lake of Utah.’ Appendix C, pp. 336-353, Pls. I-v1.
1853. ‘Catalogue of North American Reptiles in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution. Part I.’ Serpents, pp. i-xvi, 1-172. Wash-
ington.
1853a. ‘List of Reptiles collected in California with Descriptions of New
Species.’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 300-302.
Barpour, T. 1921. ‘A New Phrynosoma from Cerros Island.’ Proc. New England
Zo6l. Club, VII, pp. 113-115.
Betpine, L. 1887. ‘Reptiles of the Cape Region of Lower California.’ West. Amer.
Scientist, III, pp. 97-99.
BLAINVILLE, M.H. D. pe. 1835. ‘Description de quelques espéces de reptiles de la
Californie précédée de l’analyse d’un systéme général d’erpétologie et
d’amphibiologie.’ . Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., IV, p. 232-296, Pls.
XXIV—-XXVII.
BLANCHARD, F.N. 1919. ‘Three New Snakes of the Genus Lampropeltis.’ Occ.
Papers Mus. Zoél., Univ. Mich., No. 81, pp. 1-10, Pl. 1.
1920. ‘A Synopsis of the King Snakes: Genus Lampropeltis Fitzinger.’
Idem, No. 87, pp. 1-7.
1921. ‘A Revision of the King Snakes: Genus Lampropeltis.’ Bull. U.S.
Nat. Mus., No. 114, pp. i-iv, 1-260, text figs. 1-78.
Bovtencer, G. A. 1893. ‘Catalogue of the Snakes in the British Museum (Natural
History),’ I, pp. i-xiii, 1-448, text figs. 1-26, Pls. r-xxviu.
1896. Idem, III, pp. xiv—727, text figs. 1-36, Pls. r-xxv.
Camp, C. L. 1916. ‘The Subspecies of Sceloporus occidentalis with Description of a
New Form from the Sierra Nevada and Systematic Notes on Other
California Lizards.’ Univ. Cal. Publ. Zo6l., XVII, pp. 63-74.
1917. ‘Notes on the Systematic Status of the Toads and Frogs of Cali-
fornia.’ Idem, XVII, pp. 115-125, 3 text figs.
704
Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {[Vol. XLVI
Corz, E.D. 1860. ‘Catalogue of the Colubride in the Museum of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, with Notes and Descriptions of New
Species. Part 2.’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 241-266.
1860a. ‘Notes and Descriptions of New and Little Known Species of Ameri-
can Reptiles.’ Idem, pp. 339-345.
1861. ‘Contributions to the Ophiology of Lower California, Mexico and
Central America.’ Idem, pp. 292-306.
1863. ‘Description of New American Squamata in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution.’ Idem, pp. 100—106.
1863a. ‘On Trachycephalus, Scaphiopus and other American Batrachia.’
Idem, pp. 48-54.
1864. ‘Contributions to the Herpetology of Tropical America.’ Idem, pp.
166-181.
1866. ‘On the Structures and Distribution of the Genera of the Arci-
ferous Anura.’ Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2) VI, pp. 67-112.
1866a. ‘On Reptilia and Batrachia of the Sonoran Province of the Nearctic
Region.’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 300-314.
1867. ‘A Review of the Species of the Amblystomide.’ Idem, pp. 166-211.
1867a. ‘A collection of Reptiles from Owen’s Valley, California.’ Idem,
p. 85.
1868. ‘On Vertebrata from Nevada and Lower California.’ Idem, p. 2.
1868a. ‘Sixth Contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical America.’
Idem, pp. 305-313.
1871. ‘Description of the Common Lizard of Socorro, Uta auriculata.’
Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., XIV, p. 303.
1889. ‘The Batrachia of North America.’ Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 34,
pp. 1-515, Pls. txxrx, LXXxII, LxxvI, text figs. 1-119.
1889a. ‘Report on the Batrachians and Reptiles collected in 1887-1888.’
(Scientific Results of the Explorations by the U. 8. Fish Commission
Steamer ‘Albatross,’ No. 3.) Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 141-147.
1892. ‘A Critical Review of the Characters and Variations of the
Snakes of North America.’ Idem, XIV, pp. 598-694.
1892a, ‘A Synopsis of the Species of the Teiid Genus Cnemidophorus.’
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XVII, pp. 27-52, Pls. vi—x1m1.
1894. ‘On the Iguanid Genus Uma Baird.’ Amer. Nat., XXVIII, pp.
434, 435, text figs. 1-4.
1894a. ‘On the Genera and Species of Euchirotide.’ Idem, pp. 436-437,
text figs. 5-6.
1895. ‘On Some New North American Snakes.’ Idem, X XIX, pp. 676-680.
1896. ‘On Two Species of Lizards from Southern,California.’ Idem, XXX,
pp. 833-836.
1896a. ‘On the Genus Callisaurus.’ Idem, pp. 1049, 1050.
1900. ‘The Crocodilians, Lizards and Snakes of North America.’ Ann.
Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898, pp. 153-1294, Pls. 1-xxxv1, text figs. 1-347.
Darton, N. H. 1921. ‘Geologic Reconnaissance in Baja California.’ Journ. Geol.,
XXIX, No. 8, pp. 720-748, figs. 1-22.
Dickerson, M.C. 1917. ‘Systematic Note on Lower California Lizards.’ Copeia,
No. 50, pp. 96-98.
, ae
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 705
1919. ‘Diagnosis of Twenty-three New Species and a New Genus of Lizards
from Lower California.’ Bull. A. M. N. H., XLI, pp. 461-477.
Dumérim, A. 1856. ‘Description des Reptiles Nouveaux ou imparfaitement connus
de la collection du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle.’ Arch. Mus. Nat.
Hist., VII, pp. 437-588, Pls. xvii—xxIv.
E1sen, G. 1895. ‘Explorations in the Cape Region of Baja California in 1894, with
References to Former Expeditions of the California Academy of
Sciences.’ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., (2) IX, pp. 733-775, Pls. uxxtI-Lxxv.
EscuscHo.tTz, F. 1833. ‘Zodlogischer Atlas, enthaltend Abbildungen und Beschreib-
ungen neuer Thierarten wahrend des Flottcapitains von Kotzebue
zweiter Reise um die Welt.’ Part 5, pp. i-viii, 1-28, Pls. xx1-xxv.
Fenneman, N. M. 1916. ‘Physiographic Divisions of the United States.’ Ann.
Assoc. Amer. Geogr., VI, pp. 19-98, Pl. 1.
GarMAN, 8. 1883. ‘On the Reptiles and Batrachians. Part I. Ophidia-Serpents.’
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., VIII, part 3, pp. xxxi-185, Pls. 1-1x.
GrrarpD, C. 1852. ‘A Monographie Essay on the Genus Phrynosoma.’ In Stans-
bury, H., ‘Exploration and Survey of the Valley of the Great Salt
Lake of Utah.’ Appendix C, pp. 354-365, Pls. vu, viit.
Gray, J. E. 1839. In Beechey, F. W., ‘Zodlogy of Capt. Beechey’s Voyage. Rep-
tiles,’ pp. 938-97, Pls. xx1Ix—xXxXXII.
1845. ‘Catalogue of the Specimens of Lizards in the Collections of the
’ British Museum,’ pp. xxviii-289. London.
1852. ‘Descriptions of Several New Genera of Reptiles, principally from
the Collections of H. M. S. Herald.’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2) X,
pp. 487-440.
GRINNELL, J. 1914. ‘An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado
Valley, with Especial Reference to the Distributional Problems pre-
sented.’ Univ. Cal. Publ. Zoél., XII, pp. 51-294, 9 text figs.
GRINNELL, J. AND Camp, C. L. 1917. ‘Distribution List of Amphibians and Rep-
tiles of California.’ Univ. Cal. Publ. Zodl., pp. 127—208, text figs. 1-14.
HALLOWELL, E. 1849. ‘Description of a New Species of Salamander from Upper
California.’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, p. 126.
1853. ‘On Some New Reptiles from California.’ Idem, VI, pp. 236-238.
1854. ‘Descriptions of New Reptiles from California.’ Idem, VII, pp. 91-
97.
Horsrook, J. E. 1840. ‘North American Herpetology.’ IV, pp. i—viii, 9-126, 28
Pls. Philadelphia, J. Dobson. 4vo.
Kennicott, R. 1859. In Baird, 8S. F., ‘Reptiles of the Boundary.’ U.S. Mexican
Boundary Survey, II, part 2, pp. 1-35, Pls. 1-x11.
1860. ‘Descriptions of New Species of North American Serpents in the
Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington.’ Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 328-338.
LinpGren, W. 1888. ‘Notes on the Geology of Baja California, Mexico.’ Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci., (2) I, pp. 173-196.
LocxineTon, W.N. 1880. ‘List of California Reptiles and Batrachia Collected by
Mr. Dunn and Mr. W. J. Fisher in 1876.’ Amer. Nat., XIV, pp. 295,
296.
Matuew, W.D. 1915. ‘Climate and Evolution.’ Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., XXIV, pp.
171-318, text figs. 1-33.
706 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLVI
McLarn, R. B. 1899. ‘Contributions to Neotropical Herpetology,’ pp. 1-5, PI.
Wheeling, W. Va. [Privately printed.]
Meek, 8. E. 1905. ‘Annotated List of a Collection of Reptiles from Southern
California and Northern Lower California.’ Field Columbian Mus.,
Publ. Zoél., VII, No. 1, pp. 1-19, Pls. 1-1, map,
MocauarpD, F. 1899. ‘Contribution 4 la faune herpétologique de la Basse Cali-
fornie.’ Nouv. Arch. Mus. Nat. Hist., (4) I, pp. 297-344, Pls. x1—x111.
Mourpuy, R.C. 1917. ‘Natural History Observations from the Mexican Portion of
the Colorado Desert.’ Abstr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. Y., 1916, pp. 43-101,
Pls. 1-v1.
Netson, E. W. 1921. ‘Lower California and its Natural Resources.’ Mem. Nat.
Acad. Sci., XVI, pp. 1-194, Pls. 1-xxxv.
1834. ‘Zodlogische Miscellen. Reptilien. Ophidier.’ Abh. Mus.
Senck., I, pp. 129-162, Pls. vii—rx.
Ricuarpson, C. H. 1915. ‘Reptiles of Northwestern Nevada and Adjacent Terri-
tory.’ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XLVIII, pp. 403-4385.
Rutuven, A.G. 1908. ‘Variations and Genetic Relationships of the Garter Snakes.’
Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 61, pp. xii-201, text figs. 1-82, Pl. 1.
Say, T. 1823. In James, E., ‘Account of an Expedition from Pittsburgh to the
Rocky Mountains under the command of Major S. H. Long.’ II, pp.
1-442.
Scumipt, K. P. 1921. ‘A New Name for a Subspecies of Uta stansburiana Baird
and Girard.’ Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 15, pp. 1-2.
1921a. ‘New Species of North American Lizards of the Genera Holbrookia
and Uta.’ Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 22, pp. 1-6.
STtEJNEGER, L. 1889. ‘Description of a New Lizard from Lower California.’ Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 643, 644.
1890. ‘On a New Genus and Species of Colubrine Snakes from North
America.’ Idem, XIII, pp. 151-155.
1891. ‘Description of a New Species of Lizard from the Island of San Pedro
Martir, Gulf of California.’ Idem, XIV, pp. 407, 408.
1893. ‘Reptiles and Batrachians collected by the Death Valley Expedition
in 1891.’ N. Amer. Fauna, No. 7, pp. 159-288, Pls. 1-1v.
1894. ‘Description of a New Lizard (Verticaria beldingi) from California.’
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XVII, pp. 17, 18.
1894a. ‘Description of Uta mearnsi, a New Lizard from California.’
Idem, XVII, pp. 589-591.
1901. ‘Description of a New Species of Snake from Clarion Island, West
Coast of Mexico.’ Idem, XXIII, pp. 715-717.
SresJNEGER, L. anp Barsour, T. 1917. ‘Check List of North American Reptiles
and Batrachians,’ pp. iv-125. Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass.
STEPHENS, FranK. 1921. ‘Phyllodactylus in California.’ Copeia, No. 91, p. 16.
Streets, T. H. 1877. ‘Contributions to the Natural History of the Hawaiian and
Fanning Islands and Lower California.’ Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 7,
pp. 1-172.
TownsEnD, C. H. 1890. ‘Reptiles from Clarion and Socorro Island and Gulf of
California with Description of a New Species.’ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
XIII, pp. 148, 144.
ReEvss,
se
1922] Schmidt, Amphibians and Reptiles of Lower California 707
Van DenpureH, J. 1894. ‘Description of Three New Lizards from California and
Lower California with a Note on Phrynosoma blainvillii.’ Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., (2) IV, pp. 296-301.
1894a. ‘Notes on Crotalus mitchellii and “Crotalus pyrrhus.”’’ Idem, pp.
450-455.
1894b. ‘Phrynosoma solaris with a Note on its Distribution.’ Idem, p. 456.
1895. ‘Review of the Herpetology of Lower California, Part I, Reptiles.’
Idem, (2) V, pp. 77-163, Pl. 1v—xiv.
1895a. ‘A Review of the Herpetology of Lower California. Part II.
Batrachians.’ Idem, pp. 556-561.
1896. ‘Additional Notes on the Herpetology of Lower California.’ Idem,
pp. 1004-1008.
1898. ‘The Gerrhonotus of the San Lucan Fauna, Lower California, with
diagnosis of other west American species.’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
pp. 63-66.
1905. ‘Reptiles and Amphibians of the Islands of the Pacific Coast of
North America from Farallons to Cape St. Lucas.’ Idem, (3) IV, pp.
1-40, Pls. -vii1.
1920. ‘A Further Study of Variation in the Gopher Snakes of Western
North America.’ Idem, (4) X, pp. 1-28, Pls. 1-11, text figs. 1-7.
1920a. ‘Description of a New Species of Rattlesnake (Crotalus lucasensis)
from Lower California.’ Idem, pp. 29, 30, Pl. m1.
1920b. ‘Description of a New Lizard (Dipsosaurus dorsalis lucasensis)
from Lower California.’ Idem, pp. 33, 34.
Van Densourau, J. AND SLEVIN, J. R. 1913. ‘List of the Amphibians and Reptiles
of Arizona with Notes on the Species in the Collection of the Academy.’
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., (4) III, pp. 391-454, Pls. xvii—xxvi1l.
1914, ‘Reptiles and Amphibians of the Islands of the West Coast of North
America.’ Idem, (4) IV, pp. 129-152.
1918. ‘The Garter Snakes of Western North America.’ Idem, (4) VIII,
pp. 181-270, Pls. vu—xvit.
1921. ‘A List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Nevada, with Notes on the
Species in the Collection of the Academy.’ Idem, (4) XI, pp. 27-38.
1921a. ‘A List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of the Peninsula of Lower
California, with Notes on the Species in the Collection of the Academy.’
Idem, pp. 49-72.
1921b. ‘Preliminary Diagnosis of New Species of Reptiles from Islands in
the Gulf of California.’ Idem, pp. 95-98.
1921c. ‘Preliminary Diagnoses of More New Species of Reptiles from Islands
in the Gulf of California, Mexico.’ Idem, pp. 395-398.
Wiecmann, A. F. A. 1835. ‘Beitrige zur Zodlogie gesammelt auf einer Reise um
die Erde von Dr. F. J. E. Meyen. Amphibien.’ Nova Acta, XVII,
part 2, No. 7.
Yarrow, H.C. 1875. ‘Report on Collection of Batrachians and Reptiles. Report
upon the Geographical and Geological Exploration and Survey west of
the 100th meridian, in charge of Lieut. Wheeler.’ V, Chap. 4, pp..511-584.
1882. ‘Check List of North American Reptilia and Batrachia.’ Bull. U.
S. Nat.’ Mus., No. 24, pp. 1-249.
1882a. ‘Description of New Species of Reptiles and Amphibians in the
U.S. National Museum.’ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 438-443.
L Ry
.
’
}
£ as :
+2 <
re |
Veh
» ;
baetar
eet ia Be
PLATES XLVII ro LVII
=
Prater XLVII
Valley of the San José River looking westward, the town of San José del Cabo
visible at the foot of the distant hills. The luxuriant vegetation of the irrigated fields
of the river bottom (at left) contrasts with the sparse growth, among which cacti may
be distinguished, on the rise of ground (at right). Most of the species of reptiles
characteristic of the Cape fauna may be found here.
ITATX F1V1g ‘TATX “TOA ‘HON CIN CV ‘NILa TIN
Puate XLVIII
Agua Verde Bay. The abrupt eastern escarpment of the mountains, with a
narrow stretch of coastal plain is characteristic of the topography of the gulf coast of
Lower California. Callisawrus ventralis gabbii and Verticaria hyperythra schmidti are
among the reptiles characteristic of this locality, and of this side of the peninsula.
IIIATX @4V1q ‘TATX “TOA TT ON CIN CV ‘NIG@T1Og
Puate XLIX
Sauromalus varius Dickerson. A.M. N. H. No. 5618, San Esteban |
(total length 458 mm.). F
XLIX
XLVI, PLaTE
VOL.
Need
M.
BuLLetin, A.
Pirate L
Fig. 1. Sauromalus hispidus Stejneger. A. M. N. H. No. 5608, Angel de la
Guardia Island. To show spinous character of nuchal scales in the adult.
Fig. 2. Sauromalus hispidus Stejneger, U. 8S. N. M. No. 64572, same locality.
To show transverse dorsal bands of the juvenile coloration. (Neck constricted by
label.)
Fig. 3. Sauromalus ater Duméril. A. M. N. H. No. 6808, La Paz. To show the
similarity of the juvenile coloration and the difference in nuchal scales in a specimen
of approximately the same size as S. hispidus in Fig. 2.
XLVI, Puarz L
VOL.
M.N. H.
A.
BULLE
PiaTE LI
Fig. 1. Ventral coloration in males of the several species of Callisaurus. From
left to right, C. ventralis ventralis Hallowell, A. M. N. H. No. 2451; C. ventralis inusi-
tatus Dickerson, A. M. N. H. No. 5334; C. splendidus Dickerson, A. M. N. H. No.
5372; C. ventralis gabbii Cope, A. M. N. H. No. 5308; C. draconoides Blainville, U.S.
N. M. No. 64514; and C. crinitus Cope, A. M. N. H. No. 5502. The coloration of C.
ventralis myurus (not figured) is indistinguishable from that of C. ventralis ventralis.
Fig. 2. Callisaurus draconoides Blainville, normal dorsal coloration; A. M. N. H.
No. 5659 (left) and U.S. N. M No. 64518 (right).
Fig. 3. Same species, light color phase; A. M. N. H. No. 5391 (left) and U.S. N.
M. No. 64514 (right).
XLVI, Puate LI
VOL.
M. N. H.
A.
BULLETIN,
Puate LII
Fig. 1. Callisaurus crinitus Cope, U. 8S. N. M. No. 64530. To show the char-
acteristic, finely maculate dorsal coloration.
Fig. 2. Callisaurus ventralis inusitatus Dickerson, A. M. N. H. No. 5317. To
show extreme elongation of body and limbs, and dorsal color pattern.
Fig. 3. Enlarged view of the lateral digital scales of the fourth toe of Callisaurus
crinitus which form the ‘‘fringe.”’
Buuietm, A. M. N. H. Vou. XLVI, Puate LII
Pate LILI >,
Fig. 1. Uma notata Baird, A. M. N. H. Nos. 22240 (right) and 22241 (lef
show dorsal color pattern and stout, short-l-gged habitus.
Fig. 2. Enlarged view of the base of the fourth toe of Uma notata Field. Mus.
1203, to show scales of the digital fringe : a
XLVI, Puate LIII
VoL.
rm
—
Zz
)
|
_
=)
faa)
_
Piate LIV
Fig. 1. Phrynosoma coronatum Blainville, U.S. N. M. No. 64465.
Fig. 2. Phrynosoma blainvillii blainvillii Gray, Field Mus. No. 1074, Trinidad,
Lower California.
Fig. 3. Phrynosoma nelsoni, new species, paratype, Field Mus. No. 1127, ‘San y
Quintin, Lower California.
To show the character of the frontal scales.
a
”
ye
a,
AIT 44V1g ‘TATX “10A HON CIN CV ‘NILaTTOg
_ Puare LV ,
Phrynosoma jamesi, new species, U. S. N. M. No, 64450, type. aoa
LV
XLVI, Prats
VoL.
A. MON. EL.
ULLETIN,
»
>
WT sags
Puate LVI
Phrynosoma jamesi, new species, A. M. N. H. No. 5497, paratype. Enl
views of head.
cH Audve ait
Pruate LVI
XLVI,
Vou
M. N. H.
A.
BULLETIN,
Puate LVII Dee
Cnemidophorus celeripes Dickerson, U.S. N. M No. 64444, San José Isl
.
:
~
5 $ 2
b= ie
i
x
~ S
;
7
Z
q ,
. —
LV
XLVI, Puatrs
VOL.
M. N. H.
A.
BULLETIN,
id ee
aoe,
2 FM
Pirate LVI
Phrynosoma jamesi, new species, A. M. N. H. No. 5497, paratype. Enlarged
views of head.
2gac*
.)
IAT DLV 1g TA’
qd TMi a
»\
‘THON CIN ‘VW ‘Nia T1ng
Puate LVII
Piare LVII
XLVI,
Vou.
HH,
N.
Buuuetin, A. M.
ee a aT
i
rT 5 Ri Pah i dl Oe ee, TS ee
ScreNTIFIC RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA
In CHarce or ©. H. TowNsEnD, By THE U. §. Fisuerizs STEAM-
sHip ‘ALBATROSS,’ IN 1911. Commanper G. H. Burraas, U.S.N.,
COMMANDING.
Published by Permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries
1X
Birds Collected in Lower California
By CHARLES Haskins TOWNSEND
BULLETIN
OF
*
THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
Vor. XLYIU, Ann. I, pp. 1-26
New York
Issued March 9, 1923
BULLETIN, NOVITATES, AND MEMOIRS
OF
The American Museum of Natural History
Frank E. Lutz, Epiror
we RS
The following are the more recent papers on MAMMALOGY AND
OrnitHonocy. Orders should be addressed, Library, The American
Museum of Natural History, 77th St. and Central Park West, Ags
York City.
MAMMALOGY
The Indigenous Land Mammals of Porto Rico, Living and Extinct. By
H. E. Anthony, 1918, Memoirs, N.S., II, part 2, pp. 331-435, Pls. nv—
Lxxiv, 55 text figures.
Severtzow’s Classification of the Felide. By J. A. Allen, 1919, Bulletin,
XLI, Art. 6, pp. 335-340.
Notes on the Synonymy and Nomenclature of the Smaller Spotted Cats of
Tropical America. By J. A. Allen, 1919, Bulletin, XLI, Art. 7, pp. 341-
419, 31 text figures.
Mammals Collected in Eastern Cuba in 1917, with Descriptions of Two New
Species. By H. E. Anthony, 1919, Bulletin, XLI, Art. 20, pp. 625-
643, Pls. xxxy—-xxxvi.
New Mammals from Jamaica. By H. E. Anthony, 1920, Bulletin, XLII,
Art. 12, pp. 469-475, Pl. xxxmu, 4 text figures.
Description of a New Species of Serow from Yim-nan Province, China.
By Roy Chapman Andrews, 1921, Novitates, No. 6, pp. 1-3. /
A Remarkable Case of External Hind Limbs in a Humpback Whale... By
Roy Chapman Andrews, 1921, Novitates, No. 9, pp. 1-6.
New Mammals from British Guiana and Colombia. By H. E. Anthony,
1921, Novitates, No. 19, pp. 1-7.
Preliminary Report on Ecuadorean Mammals, No.1. By H. E. nthony.” ;
1921, Novitates, No. 20, pp. 1-6.
Preliminary Report on Ecuadorean Mammals, No. 2. By H. E. Anthony, —
1922, Novitates, No. 32, pp. 1-7.
A New Fossil Rodent from Ecuador. By H. E. Anthony, 1922, oviteates,
No. 35, pp. 1-4.
The American Museum Congo Expedition Collection of Insectivora. By
J. A. Allen, 1922, Bulletin, XLVI, Art. 1, pp. 1-88, Pls. r-ty, 1 text ay
figure.
Sciuride, Anomaluride, and Idiuride Collected by the American Museum
Congo Expedition. By J. A. Allen, 1922, Bulletin, XLVII, Art. 2, +
pp. 39-71, Pl. v. : i
Mammals from Mexico and South America. By H. E. Anthony, 1923,
Novitates No. 54, pp. 1-10.
Preliminary Report on Ecuadorean Mammals, No.3. By EB. Anthony, 3
1923, Novitates, No. 55, pp. 1-14.
gO SES be
50c.
10c.
ee te es
a 15e. eric
S10:
108 iC a
; 10c, ,
BuuueTiIn A. M. N. H. Vou. XLVIII, Puars I
Tiburon Island Towhee
Pipilo fuscus jamesi Town
BULLETIN
OF
THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
VOLUME XLVIII, 1923
59.82 (72.2)
Article I— BIRDS COLLECTED IN LOWER CALIFORNIA
By CyHares Haskins TOWNSEND
Puate I
During the voyage of the U.S. Fisheries Steamer ‘Albatross’ in
Lower California waters in 1911, collecting parties were sent ashore at
thirty different points on the lower part of the peninsula, on islands in
the Gulf of California and along the west coast. Among the collections
were 804 birds representing 159 species and subspecies. As more than
three-fourths of these were land birds, many of them peculiar to Lower
California, and as certain islands had not previously been visited by
naturalists, the collection is of considerable interest.
With the exception of those from Guadalupe Island, all of the birds
taken were from points south of the San Benita Islands in the Pacific
and Angel de la Guardia Island in the Gulf, a section including the lower
half of the peninsula, and embracing all of the Cape faunal district.
Specimens were obtained of most of the species characteristic of this
district which lies within the arid tropical life zone.
The expedition being engaged in several lines of inquiry, including
fishery and oceanographic work, and the duration of the voyage limited
to two months, the time available for bird collecting was not sufficient
for any very thorough examination of the bird fauna. The total number
of days or parts of days spent, at anchor, was forty-three, but at some
points the vessel remained at anchor only a few hours.
1
2 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History ——« (Vol. XLVIIT
Following is a list of the anchorages, with dates of arrival and
departure:
Ports VisiTED ARRIVAL DEPARTURE
Ban Brameiseo F315 kts Pte ds ooo ee HE ALPS Teo ae nae Feb. 23
San ADieeo we awe celts Pae eee ments Wee eT CLD: ose at ak aidan Feb. 28
Guadalupe islands): 25055-35.5-ce ey ean ae ee eee a Mar... 4
bots athel B)CeY COMP eet Sate ORI) RRR Cn MAURIE, nie IY Loh Diam (Gh aa cl ten oe RTO WS Mar. 7
Sane Benito ld see Pe ee ee en IVE airs Oye ic Aaa ae se ee Mar. 10
Cerros islam day(s se te ce a seers aaenc Mian Qins 8 xatenteoen te et ee ae Mar. 12
SEvioy [Stra iolloyans BEN 5. Bien pga ded oo ok Miele A'S eon rae a ee a Mar. 15
San. Omsto bal Hayes. ac pesus cote dactons oe ae, cd he ls i ate Gees Mar. 15
royevishad a OYE | ULeB Ko LBs aan a ear DU eR DY EST ciel No inset yi er ieee, PRE PH aIA SoBe Mar. 15
AipreojosAmchora@es ay ycisesusis cet on ee Leu LO le ae ke ani anne cee Mar. 16
OPE NOTCE MY Leh hel ee eens ene Mie nal Racer Syeclearla c Mar lS sic i. oie abe ae eee Mar. 18
Mido dailenaeiBaysii.', G sjetcsmer tosses Mine eet Pe AAT LS noc eo cure aoe Tey ae Mar. 19
Margarita TS] amaints cece; teretens heen Naat Omer, Syme Re Fer ere eae eee Mar. 20
MarcyveChanivel ity Aenea etn omnes Mary20) \. ee rea eee Mar. 21
Capensat UCAS «cca taut ee oe sce tele AGRE Doe: teen nea eee Mar, 25
Sail SORES MACAO Ses oe hy ik eo lere hace ae ok oy CuFt er ca Mar. 26
Pichi iMpwe Baye wo < | asada isin eek cc NLL A to ka ee es eee Mar. 30
Sam JOSE Esleammals, jatrn site cies see ce wie aeaues oath MU eRe ages ga) oh e he barca a Apr. 1
ABTS VICE BAY. be do: do Soli. c heey Oe Ae eae AR gi LAE pole oy Apr. ;
Oarmen“Tsland. hia) toss have ice PND Oe be ee hee Apr. 3
IVP eee Nore ate ANY a Set pret eA TSUN AUS mabe aa: cee ee a a Apr. 5
Concepelons Bayne a eae Eee TANG) Gob eat eee Se SERRE nage TB eg diy Apr. 8
Sa ALAN CISQUAIGOS Se shh o. bchtameieed erate tO eeseeek eres cence erate on ae Apr. 10 |
Angel de la Guardia Id................... Apr TO shag uk fash Sate li ae Apr. 11 -
Tiburontld aes eso eee as ore ee At, Abs tte ions lets: ae ee ee Apr. 13
Santiusteban Ld. ctw, kata eas eeu Avan coh ait tn tes teas ee ee Apr. 14 .
(GUS VIN ARE ets Nepohte Le de en nee rt ATO Tg OIL Ss, care LONG) fier a! mite ea Apr. 15
Sancan@ atalmean VCs screen eee kee ene eee, Apri oe aay eet Ae eee Apr. 16
Santa Crumlin ihe ce leis seo epee PADD GSO gets ot) oe aa Com deeeaet ton ee Apr. 16
Pichilineve ibn: (basesz) hae acu AN OLE g AVA ar ot et raa Oa ay Apr. 19
Esprita Bantoilidet 2703 ek oe: Apr Or Ld Sit eee meee Apr. 19
Ceralbo Islanders 3 aed coe eh one 2 Ge DEC LO eo eetve tos Pee rae ee Apr. 19
San, Jose del (Cade... | fA. sce wine EE tne Gece eer a nt eles ee Apr. 20
Sanvbartolome Bayeuser ees oa iN) 0) whe: Taper ate te EDS deen AON! 2's
ALLE PATICISGO! steak Steed aces ewe cern Meee ApT: 28) woe eaes Meta Sil ean Ge Ce
The islands visited by the expedition that are known to have endemic
species of birds are Guadalupe, the San Benitas, Cedros off Lower Cali-
fornia, and Tiburon off the coast of Sonora.
Guadalupe Island, in latitude 29° and 135 miles west of San Quintin
Bay, is about 20 miles long and from 3 to 7 miles wide. It is mountain-
ous, the greatest height being 4,500 feet. Guadalupe is partly wooded
and has a few fresh-water springs. It has been inhabited temporarily.
PRT ee ee eee ee ey ea
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California 3
The following species and subspecies of land birds are peculiar to the
island:
Polyborus lutosus Pipilo consobrinus
Colaptes cafer rufipileus ~ Salpinctes obsoletus quadeloupensis
Carpodacus amplus Thryomanes brevicauda
Junco insularis Regulus calendula obscurus
There are three small islands in the San Benito group which lie
about 15 miles west of Cedros Island. West Benito, the largest island,
has a central height of 661 feet. All lack fresh water and are uninhabited.
There are two endemic birds, Passerculus rostratus sanctorum and Carpo-
dacus megregori.
Cedros Island, about 10 miles from the nearest point of the main-
land, has a length of 21 miles and a width of from 3 to 9 miles. It is
mountainous, the highest peak being nearly 4,000 feet. The island is
sparsely wooded, with some cedars and pines on the higher elevations.
Cedros has a few springs of fresh water and has been temporarily
inhabited by miners. The only land bird peculiar to the island is
Thryomanes bewickit cerroensis.
Tiburon is the largest island in the Gulf; it is thirty miles long by
fifteen in width, and has a height of 4,000 feet.
The fauna of Tiburon Island has been derived chiefly from the main-
land of Sonora, from which it is separated by a channel varying from
one to three miles in width.
None of the thirteen species of land birds secured on Tiburon Island
are referable to races belonging to Lower California. The width of the
Gulf of California averages considerably greater than that of the
peninsula, exceeding 100 miles in the latitude of Guaymas, its central
portion. The following land birds were taken on Tiburon Island:
Passerculus rostratus rostratus Colaptes chrysoides mearnsi
Pipilo fuscus jamesi Centurus uropygialis uropygialis
‘Cardinalis cardinalis affinis Toxostoma bendiret
Phainopepla nitens Auriparus flaviceps lamprocephalus
Dryobates scalaris cactophilus Heleodytes brunneicapillus brunneicapil-
Myjiarchus cinerascens cinerascens lus
Empidonaz difficilis difficilis Polioptila plumbea
One of the birds in the above list (Pzpilo fuscus jamesi) is described
elsewhere in this paper as a new subspecies. It is probable that this large
and mountainous island contains other unknown birds. It had not
previously been visited by ornithologists. Tiburon is inhabited by Seri
Indians believed to be dangerous to small parties. Science as yet knows
nothing of the interior of this island.
4 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLVIII
Although most species of birds should have been nesting at this
season, March and April, very few nests were seen.
Birds were collected chiefly by Messrs. H. E. Anthony and P. I.
Osburn, although many were obtained by Dr. Paul Bartsch and myself.
The naval officers attached to the ‘Albatross’ brought on board
numerous specimens of water birds.
Lower California has not yet been fully explored ornithologically.
The following records, relating mostly to the distribution of the species
met with, include some localities not previously visited by ornithologists,
and are, with a few exceptions. restricted to localities visited by the
expedition.
Fig. 1. The ‘Albatross’ at San Josef Island, Gulf of California.
The nomenclature is that of the A. O. U. list, with such additions as
have appeared in Ridgway’s “Birds of North and Middle America.’
For information on the physiography of the localities here referred
to, reference may be made to part one of this series of reports, which
contains the narrative of the voyage with numerous illustrations.
Colymbus nigricollis californicus (Heermann)
EarED GREBE
The eared grebe was observed at several points in the Gulf, being
quite common at San Josef Island, Agua Verde Bay, San Francisquito
Bay, and Angel Guardia Island. Eight specimens, San Josef Island,
March 30 and San Francisquito Bay, April 10. ;
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California eo
Gavia pacifica (Lawrence)
Paciric Loon
One specimen was taken April 11 at Tiburon Island where it was
rather abundant. Our notes do not show that it was observed elsewhere.
Cerorhinca monocerata (Pallas)
RHINOCEROS AUKLET
A single specimen was secured at San Cristobal Bay on March 15.
There are no records of this auklet having been found farther south.
Ptycorhamphus aleuticus (Pallas)
Cassin’s AUKLET
Four specimens taken: Guadalupe Island, March 2-4, and West
San Benito Island, March 10. We found parts of East Benito so riddled
with burrows of auklets that it was difficult to walk without breaking
into them. When cruising in the schooner ‘Laura’ late in November,
1884, I took two specimens of this auklet off San Cristobal Bay.
Brachyrhamphus craverii (Salvadori)
CRAVERI’S MURRELET
This bird we found only at San Esteban Island in the Gulf, where a
single example was secured April 14. San Esteban Island is about
twenty miles from Isla Raza where Dr. T. H. Streets found Craveri’s
murrelet breeding in abundance in April, 1875. The species is peculiar
to Lower California and the Gulf regions.
Larus philadelphia (Ord)
BoNAPARTE’S GULL
Specimens were taken at Carmen Island, April 3, Mulege, April 4,
and Tiburon Island, April12. It was fairly common at La Pazon April 18.
On March 27, 1889, I obtained this gull in the northern part of the Gulf.
Larus heermanni Cassin
HEERMAN’S GULL
This species was observed from April 1 to 19 at many points in the
Gulf, from Ceralbo Island northward to Angel Guardia and Tiburon
islands. It breeds in considerable numbers at Isla Raza and Ildefonso.
Sterna maxima Boddaert
Roya TERN
Numerous at San Josef Island on March 30 and at Guaymas on
April 15. Specimens were obtained at San Cristobal Bay, March 15,
Abreojos Point, March 16, and Angel Guardia Island, April 10.
6 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLVIIL
Sterna elegans Gambel
ELEGANT TERN
Common in April at several points in the Gulf from La Paz to Angel
Guardia and San Esteban islands. Observed at Guaymas, April 15.
Sixteen specimens, one of which was obtained on the west side of the
peninsula at Abreojos Point, March 16.
Puffinus opisthomelas Coues
BLACK-VENTED SHEARWATER
One specimen, San Bartolome Bay, March 13.
Oceanodroma macrodactyla W. Bryant
GUADALUPE PETREL
Two specimens, Guadalupe Island, March 2-5.
Oceanodroma kaedingi Anthony
JXAEDING’S PETREL
While the ‘Albatross’ was anchored at Guadalupe Island, March
2-5, nine specimens were captured on board at night, doubtless attracted
by the electric lights around the deck house. Petrels were very numerous
and their calls were heard about the vessel all night.
Oceanodroma melania Bonaparte
Buack PETREL
Two specimens, San Jose del Cabo March 26 and San Francisquito
Bay, April 9. On a former voyage I found this petrel abundant off
Guaymas.
Oceanodroma homochroa (Coues)
AsHy PETREL
One specimen, taken on board at night, off San Benito Islands,
April 23.
Sula brewsteri Goss
BREWSTER’S Boosy
Observed in the Gulf from March 30 to April 18, at most of the
points visited by the expedition. One specimen, taken at San Josef
Island, March 31. In 1889 I found this booby breeding in considerable
numbers at Georges Island near the head of the Gulf.. —
In 1888 Col. N. S. Goss estimated that about 700 of this species
and about 1000 blue-footed boobies were breeding on San Pedro Martir
Isle, which lies midway in the Gulf about 25 miles south of Tiburon
—o,
Fig. 2. San Pedro Martir Island, Gulf of California.
Nesting place of Sula brewster?.
Fig. 3. Boobies. U. 8.8. ‘Albatross,’ in the Gulf of California.
7
8 ‘ Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
Island. At that time a guano company with about 135 employees was
removing guano and causing great disturbance among the nesting birds.
Col. Goss predicted that with the exhaustion of the guano supply the
birds would return in great numbers, and this has evidently taken
place. The accompanying photograph taken on April 15 from the deck
of the ‘Albatross’ while passing San Pedro Martir, shows the greater
part of the island densely covered with birds. This barren rock, less than
a mile in length and width, is over 1000 feet in height. We did not
attempt to land, owing to the force of the gale which was blowing.
Phalacrocorax auritus albociliatus Ridgway
FARALLON CoORMORANT
One specimen, Magdalena Bay, March 20. Cormorants were seen
almost daily during the voyage. A compact flock of a thousand or more
was seen at Santa Maria Bay, March 18, and a flock of nearly as many
at San Roque Island, March 15.
Fregata aquila (Linnzus)
MAN-0’-WAR-BIRD
This bird is common about the lower part of the peninsula from
Magdalena Bay on the Pacific, where it nests on the mangroves, to
Concepcion Bay on the Gulf.
Chaulelasmus streperus (Linn:eus)
GADWALL
San Jose del Cabo, March 26, one specimen.
Marila americana (Hyton)
RepHEAD
San Jose del Cabo, March 26, one specimen.
Anas platyrhynchos Linnzus
MALLARD
Three mallards were seen at San Josef Island on March 30. Not
observed elsewhere.
Marila affinis (Eyton)
Lesser Scaup Duck
Seen at La Paz and San Josef Island late in March, and at Angel
Guardia Island, April 10.
a oe a. ae? =
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California )
Nettion carolinense (Gmelin)
GREEN-WINGED TEAL
A small flock seen at La Paz, March 28.
Mareca americana ((imelin)
BALDPATE
Seen at Angel Guardia Island, April 10. Wild ducks are not common
in Lower California as there are few permanent streams and no lakes
or fresh-water marshes.
Oidemia perspicillata (Linnzeus)
SurF ScoTter
A few were observed at Angel Guardia Island, April 10 and 11.
Mergus serrator Linnzus
RED-BREASTED MERGANSER
Observed at Mulege, April 4 and at Tiburon Island, April 11.
Guara alba (Linnzus)
Waiter [xis
Rather common at San Josef Island, March 30 to April 1.. One
specimen. |
Plegadis guarauna (Linnus)
WHITE-FACED Guossy Isis
Two specimens, San Jose del Cabo, April 22.
Botaurus lentiginosus (Montagu)
AMERICAN BITTERN
Magdalena Bay, March 20, one specimen.
Ardea herodias treganzai Court
WESTERN GREAT BLuE HERON
Santa Maria Bay, March 18 and Angel Guardia Island, April 10,
two specimens.
Egretta candidissima (Gmelin)
Snowy Eeret
Obtained at San Francisquito Bay, April 9 and at Tiburon Island.
April 10.
10 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLVIII
Dichromanassa rufescens (Gmelin)
ReppisH EGRET '
Specimens obtained at Magdalena Bay, March 20 and at San Josef
Island, March 30. This egret was observed at Concepcion Bay, April 8
and at Guaymas, April 7.
Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis (Gosse)
LovistANA HERON
Magdalena Bay, March 20, one specimen. Observed at Concepcion
Bay, April 7.
Florida cerulea (Linnzus)
LirrLe BuurE HERON
Magdalena Bay, March 21, one specimen. ‘Several were seen at
La Paz, April 18.
Butorides virescens frazari (Brewster)
FRAZAR’S GREEN HERON _
Specimens of this form of the green heron were obtaimed at Santa
Maria Bay, March 18, and at San Josef Island, March 31. Green Herons
probably of this race were seen at Mulege, April 4.
Nycticorax nycticorax nevius (Boddaert)
BLACK-CROWNED NicHtT HERON
Specimens were taken at Abreojos Point, March 16, and at Mate
lena Bay, March 22. Night herons apparently of this form were observed
at San Josef Island, March 30, and at Concepcion Bay, April 5.
Nyctanassa violacea (Linnzus)
YELLOW-CROWNED NicHT HERON
Taken at Santa Margarita Island, March 20.
Pisobia minutilla (Vieillot)
Least SANDPIPER
Taken at San Bartolome Bay, March 13 and 14 and at Abreojos
Point, March 16.
Ereunetes mauri Cabanis
WESTERN SANDPIPER
Obtained at San Bartolome Bay, March 13 and 14, Abreojos Point,
March 16, and at Magdalena Bay, March 20.
1923) Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California ete ¢ |
Calidris leucophea (Pallas)
SANDERLING
Abreojos Point, March 16, two specimens.
Limosa fedoa (Linnzus)
MarBLED GODWIT
Magdalena Bay, March 20, two specimens.
Totanus melanoleucus (Gmelin)
GREATER YELLOW-LEGS
Abreojos Point, March 16, Magdalena Bay, March 20, five speci-
mens.
Catoptrophorus semipalmatus (Gmelin)
WILLET
Abreojos Point, March 16, five specimens.
Heteractitis incanus (Gmelin)
WANDERING TATLER
Cerros Island, March 10, two specimens.
Actitis macularis (Linnzus)
SPoTTeD SANDPIPER
San Bartolome Bay, March 13, Concepcion Bay, April 8, and La
Paz, April 9, three specimens.
Numenius americanus Bechstein
LONG-BILLED CURLEW
Abreojos Point, March 16 and Magdalena Bay, March 21, two
specimens.
Numenius hudsonicus Latham
HupsoNnIAN CURLEW
Santa Margarita Island, March 19, two specimens.
Squatarola squatarola (Linnzus)
BLACK-BELLIED PLOVER
Abreojos Point, March 16, two specimens.
Oxyechus vociferus (Linnzus)
KILLDEER
San Jose del Cabo, March 26 and Miraflores, May 11, three speci-
mens.
12 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol, XLVIII
AEgialites semipalmata (Bonaparte)
SEMIPALMATED PLOVER
Abreojos Point, March 16, Tiburon Island, April 12, two specimens.
Zegialitis nivosa Cassin
Snowy PLOVER
Abreojos Point, March 16, Magdalena Bay, March 20, and Carman
Island, April 23, eight specimens.
Ochthodromus wilsonius (Ord)
WILson’s PLOVER
La Paz, March 27, one specimen.
Aphriza virgata (Gmelin)
SURF-BIRD
The surf-bird probably winters in considerable numbers in the
Lower California and Gulf region, having been taken at Abreojos Point
on the Pacific side of the peninsula on March 16, at San Josef Island in
the Gulf on March 31, and at Tiburon Island off the coast of Sonora on
April 12. Twenty or more were seen at San Josef Island.
It is not mentioned by Bryant, or Brewster, nor in any of the papers
on Lower California birds with which the writer is familiar. Although its
migration route extends from Alaska to Chili, it has never been recorded
as common anywhere, and its breeding range is still unknown. So far as
observed by the writer, it frequents low rocks along shore that are almost
a-wash. All that were seen were comparatively fearless, showing little
coneern when approached.
Arenaria melanocephala (Vigors)
Biack TURNSTONE
San Roque Island, March 15, Abreojos Point, March 16, and
Tiburon Island, April 12, five specimens.
Hematopus frazari Brewster
FRAZAR’S OYSTER-CATCHER
San Benito Islands, March 9, Cerros Island, March 10, Magdalena
Bay, March 20, San Josef Island, March 31, and San Esteban Island,
April 1, seven specimens.
The oyster-catcher was observed at Agua Verde Bay, April 1,
Angel Guardia Island, April 10, and Santa Catalina Island, April 16.
A nest and eggs were found at Concepcion Bay, April 7.
t
ss ee
ae eT ee ee
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California 13
Hematopus bachmani Audubon
Buiack OyYSTER-CATCHER
Cerros Island, March 10, and San Roque Island, March 15, two
specimens.
Lophortyx californica vallicola (Ridgway)
VALLEY QUAIL
Not observed by the expedition on the Pacific coast of the peninsula,
but found common at many places on the Gulf coast from Cape San
Lucas northward to Agua Verde Bay, seven specimens.
Columba fasciata viosce Brewster
Viosca’s PIGEON
Miraflores, April 25, May 5 and 20, and San Bernardo Mountain,
May 13, eight specimens. Not seen north of the Cape region.
Melopelia asiatica mearnsi Ridgway
WESTERN WHITE-WINGED DOVE
Late in March ten specimens were obtained at Cape San Lucas,
San Jose del Cabo, and La Paz.
Observed at most points in the Gulf visited by the ‘Albatross,’
including Tiburon Island.
Zenaida macroura marginella (Woodhouse)
WestTeRN Movurnine Dove
Cape San Lucas, March 22 and 23. Observed at Mulege, April 4
and at Tiburon Island, April 13.
Chamepelia passerina pallescens Baird
Mexican Grounp Dove
Cape San Lucas, March 24, San Jose del Cabo, March 26, six speci-
mens. The ground dove was seen at Mulege, April 4.
Accipiter cooperi (Bonaparte)
Cooper’s Hawk
Cape San Lucas, March 24, one specimen.
Parabuteo unicinctus harrisi (Audubon)
Harris's Hawk
Cape San Lucas, March 23, one specimen,
:
7
.
14 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLVIII
Buteo borealis calurus Cassin
WESTERN RED-TAIL
Miraflores, April 25, one specimen.
Falco sparverius phalena (Lesson)
Desert Sparrow Hawk
West San Benito Island, March 9 and San Jose del Cabo, March
26, three specimens.
Falco sparverius peninsularis Mearns
San Lucas Sparrow Hawk
Cape San Lucas, March 24 and Miraflores, May 2 and 18, six
specimens.
Polyborus cheriway (Jacquin)
AUDUBON’S CARACORA
Santa Margarita Island, March 19 and Magdalena Bay, March 21,
two specimens.
Pandion haliztus carolinensis (Gmelin) .
OsPREY
Observed at many places. Nests are conspicuous on the uninhabited
islands such as Cedros and the San Benitos. Young ospreys were
brought on board at Agua Verde Bay.
Cerros Island, March 10, one specimen.
Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan)
SHORT-EARED OwL
Cape San Lucas, March 23, one specimen.
Otus xantusi Brewster
: Xantus’s ScrREECH Own
Miraflores, April 25 and May 18, twelve specimens.
Bubo virginianus elachistus Brewster
DwarFr HornepD Owl ;
Angel Guardia Island, April 11, Espiritu Santo Island, April 18,
Miraflores, April 30 and May 12, and La Palma, April 20, eight speci-
mens.
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California 15
Speotyto cunicularia hypogeza (Bonaparte)
BurROWING OWL
San Benito Islands, March 9 and Angel Guardia Island, April 10,
two specimens.
Glaucidium hoskinsi Brewster
Hoskin’s Piemy Own
Miraflores, April 25 and 30, two specimens.
Micropallas whitneyi sanfordi Ridgway
SANDFORD’s ELr Own
Miraflores, April 25 and May 11 and San Bernardo Mountain,
May 15, eight specimens.
Geococcyx californianus (Lesson)
Roap RUNNER
A single specimen was taken at San Jose del Cabo, April 24. Al-
though the road runner is an inhabitant of most parts of the peninsula,
it was seldom observed by our party. I saw one at San Cristobal Bay,
November 16, 1884.
Megaceryle alcyon (Linnzus)
BELTED KINGFISHER
Magdalena Bay, March 20 and La Paz, March 29, two specimens.
Dryobates scalaris lucasanus (Xantus)
San Lucas WoopreckER
Common from Cape San Lucas to La Paz. Obtained also at Carmen,
San Josef, and Santa Cruz islands, 17 specimens.
Dryobates scalaris cactophilus Oberholser
Cactus WoopPECKER
Tiburon Island, April 12.
Melanerpes formicivorus angustifrons Baird
NARROW-FRONTED WOODPECKER
Miraflores, April 28 and May 8, ten specimens.
Centurus uropygialis brewsteri Ridgway
BREWSTER’S WOODPECKER
Common from Cape San Lucas northward along the Gulf Coast to
Mulege, 23 specimens.
16 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
Centurus uropygialis uropygialis Baird
GitA WooDpPECKER
Tiburon Island, April 13, one specimen.
Colaptes chrysoides chrysoides Malherbe
GILDED FLICKER
Agua Verde Bay, April 2 and Miraflores, May 17, two specimens.
Colaptes chrysoides mearnsi Ridgway
Mearn’s GILDED FLICKER
Tiburon Island, April 13, one specimen.
Phalenoptilus nuttalli californicus Ridgway
Dusky Poor-WILu
Miraflores, May 4, one specimen.
Chordeiles acutipennis inferior Oberholser
San Lucas NIGHTHAWK
Miraflores, May 19, one specimen.
Calypte coste (Bourcier)
Cosra’s HUMMING-BIRD
Cerros Island, March 10 and 12, Santa Maria Bay, March 18,
Agua Verde Bay, April 1, San Josef Island, April 1, ten specimens.
Calypte anna (Lesson)
.
ANNA’S HUMMING-BIRD
Cerros Island, March 12, three specimens.
Basilinna xantusi (Lawrence)
XAantTus’s HUMMING-BIRD
San Josef Island, March 31, Agua Verde Bay, April 1, and Mira-
flores, May 4 and 11, ten specimens.
Tyrannus vociferans Swainson
Cassin’s KINGBIRD
Cape San Lucas, March 23, San Jose del Cabo, March 26. Several
were seen at Agua Verde Bay, April 2, three specimens.
‘
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California 17.
Myiarchus cinerascens pertinax (Baird)
Lower CaALirorNIA FLYCATCHER
Common from Cape San Lucas northward along the Gulf coast to
San Francisquito Bay. Taken also on San Josef and Ceralbo islands, 33
specimens.
Myiarchus cinerascens cinerascens (Lawrence)
ASH-THROATED FLYCATCHER
Tiburon Island, April 11 and 12, San Esteban Island, April 13 and
14, five specimens.
Sayornis sayus (Bonaparte)
Say’s PHa@se
Cerros Island, March 11 and 12 and Cape San Lucas, March 24.
Empidonax difficilis cineritius Brewster
Saw Lucas FiycaTcHER
San Josef Island, March 31 and Agua Verde Bay, April 2.
Empidonax difficilis difficilis Baird
WESTERN FLYCATCHER
Tiburon Island, April 12.
Empidonax trailli trailli (Audubon)
TRAILL’S FLYCATCHER
San Bernardo Mountain, May 15. The only specimen secured is
tentatively referred to the western form.
Empidonax wrighti Baird
Wricut’s FLYCATCHER
: Cape San Lucas, March 23 and 24, La Paz, March 30, and co
Cruz Island, April 16, seven specimens.
Otocoris alpestris actia Oberholser
CALIFORNIA HoRNED LARK
Cerros Island, March 10, San Bartolome Bay, March 13 and 14.
Shore larks were seen at Carmen Island, April 3.
Aphelocoma californica hypoleuca Ridgway
XANTUS’S JAY
Found from Santa Maria Bay on the Pacific to Concepcion Bay on
the Gulf coast, 18 specimens.
18 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
Corvus corax sinuatus Wagler
RAVEN
Specimens were taken at Cerros Island, March 12, Abreojos Point,
March 16, and San Bartolome Bay, March 14. Ravens were seen at
nearly all points visited by the expedition including Tiburon Island.
Icterus parisorum Bonaparte
Scorr’s ORIOLE
Cape San Lucas, March 23 and 24, Miraflores, April 25 and May 6.
Seen also at Tiburon Island, April 11.
Icterus cucullatus nelsoni Ridgway
ARIZONA HoopEep ORIOLE
Common from Cape San Lucas northward along the Gulf coast to
Agua Verde Bay. Seen also at Carmen Island, 11 specimens.
Carpodacus mexicanus ruberrimus Ridgway
San Lucas House Fincu
Common from Miraflores northward to Mulege. Observed also at
Espiritu Santo and Santa Catalina islands, 29 specimens.
Carpodacus mexicanus clementis Mearns
San CLEMENTE Howse FIncuH
Cerros Island, March 12.
Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis (Say)
House Fincu
The house finches seen on Tiburon and San Esteban islands were
probably of this form, which occurs in Sonora. °
Carpodacus amplus Ridgway
GUADALUPE HoutsE FINCH
Guadalupe Island, March 1, 28 specimens.
Carpodacus mcgregori Anthony
McGrecor’s House Fincn
West San Benito Island, March 9.
Astragalinus psaltria hesperophilis Oberholser
GREEN-BACKED GOLDFINCH
San Jose del Cabo, March 25, Agua Verde Bay, April 2, and Mulege,
April 4.
’
;
;
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California 19
Passerculus sandwichensis alaudinus Bonaparte
WESTERN SAVANNAH SPARROW
San Bartolome Bay, March 13.
Passerculus rostratus guttatus Lawrence
San Lucas Sparrow
Abreojos Point, March 16, Santa Maria Bay, March 19, and Mag-
dalena Bay, March 20 and 21, ten specimens.
Passerculus rostratus rostratus (Cassin)
LARGE-BILLED SPARROW
Found at most points on the peninsula visited by the expedition and
also at Tiburon Island, 16 specimens.
Passerculus rostratus sanctorum Ridgway
San Beniro SPARROW
San Benito Island, March 9, 16 specimens.
Chondestes grammacus strigatus Swainson
WESTERN LARK SPARROW
Cape San Lucas, March 22 and 24, five specimens.
Zonotrichia leucophrys leucophrys (J. R. Forster)
WHITE-CROWNED SPARROW
San Bartolome Bay, March 13, Cape San Lueas, March 24, and
San Jose del Cabo, March 26.
Zonotrichia coronata (Pallas)
GOLDEN-CROWNED SPARROW
Cerros Island, March 12 and Cape San Lucas, March 24.
Spizella pallida (Swainson)
CLAY-COLORED SPARROW
Cape San Lucas, March 24, five specimens.
Spizella breweri Cassin
BREWER’S SPARROW
Cape San Lucas, March 24, Carmen Island, April 3, and Espiritu
Santo Island, April 19, five specimens.
Junco insularis Ridgway
GUADALUPE JUNCO
Guadalupe Island, March 2, five specimens.
20 Bulletin American Musewm of Natural History (Vol. XLVIII
Amphispiza bilineata deserticola Ridgway
DESERT SPARROW
Taken at nearly all points visited by the expedition including
San Esteban, Carmen, Santa Catalina, Santa Cruz, and Espiritu Santo
islands.
Melospiza lincolni lincolni (Audubon)
LINCOLN’s SPARROW
Tiburon Island, April 12.
Pipilo maculatus magnirostris Brewster
LARGE-BILLED TOWHEE
San Bernardo Mountain, May 14.
Pipilo fuscus albigula Baird
San Lucas TowHEE
San Bernardo Mountain, May 10, Miraflores, May 7-10.
Pipilo fuscus jamesi, new subspecies
TipurON Istanp TOWHEE
SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Smaller than P. f. intermedius, but bill and feet
larger; coloration similar but paler throughout; chin, throat, breast and abdomen
paler; upper parts and flanks much more ashy, ear coverts slightly ashier; anal and
femoral regions and under tail-coverts decidedly less tawny; crown lighter rufous.
Aver. of 2 ¢.—Length (skin), 198. Wing, 88. Tail, 92. Culmen, 15. Tarsus, 24.
Middle-toe, 25.
Aver. of 2 o'.—Length (skin), 197. Wing, 90. Tail, 89. Culmen, 16. Tarsus, 23.
Middle-toe, 24.
Tyrr.—No. 131,854, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., o ad., Tiburon Island.
In general appearance of under parts this bird has more resemblance
to P. f. albigula, the Lower California form, than to zntermedius of the
adjacent Sonoran mainland, but is paler than either. The Tiburon birds
were compared with specimens from Guaymas, taken March 3 to 23.
Tiburon Island, April 12, 138. 4 specimens.
Named for Mr. Arthur Curtiss James of New York.
Oreospiza chlorura (J. K. Townsend)
GREEN-TAILED TOWHER
Specimens were taken at Cape San Lucas, March 24 and La Paz,
March 29. It was observed also at Tiburon Island.
|
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California . 21
Cardinalis cardinalis igneus Baird
San Lucas CarpDInab
Found by the expedition in the Cape region where it is common and
as far north as Concepcion Bay. Specimens were taken also at Carmen.
Island.
Cardinalis cardinalis affinis Nelson
ALAMOS CARDINAL
The single specimen of this genus, a female, secured at Tiburon
Island on April 12 is tentatively referred to affinis, but appears to be
smaller with larger feet.
Pyrrhuloxia sinuata peninsule Ridgway
San Lucas PyrRHULOXIA
This bird was found by our party only at the extreme lower end of
the peninsula, being taken at Cape San Lucas on March 23 and 24 and at
San Jose del Cabo on March 26, seven specimens.
Zamelodia melanocephala (Swainson)
BLACK-HEADED GROSBEAK
Cape San Lucas, March 24, Agua Verde Bay, April 12, Concepcion
Bay, April 2, and Miraflores, May 10, six specimens.
Passerina amoena (Say)
Lazvutt BuntTiIne
Concepcion Bay, April 7. , Observed at San Francisquito Bay,
April 9, and at Tiburon Island, April 13.
Passerina versicolor pulchra Ridgway
BEAUTIFUL BUNTING
Miraflores, May 7 and 17, San Bernardo Mountain, May 14, six
specimens.
Calamospiza melanocorys Stejneger
Lark BuNTING
Cerros Island, March 11, Santa Margarita Island, March 20, and
Cape San Lucas, March 23, seven specimens.
The record for Cerros Island indicates an extension of its known
range. It was observed at Carmen and Tiburon islands. |
22 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLVIIL
Tachycineta thalassina brachyptera Brewster
San Lucas SwaLtow
San Jose del Cabo, March 25 and 26, Agua Verde Bay, April 2,
San Francisquito Bay, April 9, Espiritu Santo Island, April 18, 13
specimens.
Phainopepla nitens (Swainson)
PHAINOPEPLA ;
Obtained at Agua Verde Bay, April 1 and 2, Tiburon Island, April
12, and Miraflores, May 7, 11 specimens.
Although known to be common in many parts of the peninsula, we
did not see it except at the points mentioned.
Lanius ludovidianus gambeli Ridgway
CALIFORNIA SHRIKE
Shrikes were taken at Cape San Lucas, March 24, San Jose del
Cabo, March 25, and Angel Guardia Island, April 11. They were
observed also at Tiburon Island.
Vireosylva gilva swainsoni (Baird)
WESTERN WARBLING VIREO
Miraflores, April 25 and May 17 and San Bernardo Mountains,
May 13, seven specimens.
Lanivireo solitarius lucasanus (Brewster)
San Lucas VrrEo
Same localities and dates as preceding, eight specimens.
Vireo belli pusillus Coues
Least VIREO
Santa Cruz Island, April 16.
Vermivora celata lutescens (Ridgway)
LuTEescENT WARBLER
Santa Margarita Island, March 17 and 18 and Cape San Lucas,
March 23.
Dendroica bryanti castaneiceps Ridgway
MANGROVE WARBLER
Santa Maria Bay, March 17 and 18, La Paz, March 27, and San
Jose del Cabo, March 25, six specimens.
This warbler is common among the mangroves at Santa Maria Bay.
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California 23
Dendroica auduboni auduboni (J. K. Townsend)
AUDUBON’S WARBLER
Cerros Island, March 12, and at sea, north of Guadalupe Island,
April 25.
Dendroica nigrescens (J. K. Townsend)
BLACK-THROATED GRAY WARBLER
Concepcion Bay, April 8.
Seiurus noveboracensis notabilis Ridgway
GRINNELL’S WATER THRUSH
Magdalena Bay, March 21.
Geothlypis trichas arizela Oberholser
Paciric YELLOW-THROAT
Magdalena Bay, March 20 and 21.
Geothlypis beldingi Ridgway
BELDING’s YELLOW-THROAT
San Jose del Cabo, March 24 and 25 and Miraflores, May 5 and 9,
six specimens.
Wilsonia pusilla pileolata (Pallas)
PILEOLATED WARBLER
At sea, north of Guadalupe Island, April 25.
Anthus rubescens (Tunstall)
AMERICAN Prrir
San Jose del Cabo, March 26 and Carmen Island, April 3.
Oreoscoptes montanus (J. K. Townsend)
Sacre THRASHER
San Bartolome Bay, March 13, four specimens.
Mimus polyglottos leucopterus (Vigors)
WESTERN MOockKINGBIRD
Specimens were taken at Cerros Island, March 11, Magdalena Bay,
March 19, Cape San Lucas, March 23 and 24, La Paz, March 27 and 30,
and at Arak Verde Bay, pial 4
The mockingbird was observed also at Mulege, Concepcion Bay,
San Francisquito Bay, and Tiburon Island. It was fairly common
wherever met with. ¢
24 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
Toxostoma bendirei (Coues)
BENDIRE’S THRASHER
Tiburon Island, April 3.
Toxostoma cinereum cinereum (Xantus)
San Lucas THRASHER
Cape San Lucas, March 23, San Jose del Cabo, March 25, Agua
Verde Bay, April 1 and 2, and Miraflores, May 9 and 10.
Heleodytes brunneicapillus affinis (Xantus)
San Lucas Cactus WREN
Cape San Lucas, March 23, San Jose del Cabo, March 25 and 26,
La Paz, March 29 and April 19, Agua Verde Bay, April 1 and 2, and
Miraflores, May 19.
Heleodytes brunneicapillus brunneicapillus (Lafresnaye)
GuayMaAs Cactus WREN
Tiburon Island, April 12.
Salpinctes obsoletus obsoletus (Say)
Rock WREN
San Benito Islands, March 9 and Magdalena Bay, March 21.
Salpinctes obsoletus guadeloupensis Ridgway
GUADALUPE Rock WREN
Guadalupe Island, March 2, ten specimens.
Catherpes mexicanus polioptilus Oberholser
INTERMEDIATE CANYON WREN
Espiritu Santo Island, April 18 and 19.
Thryomanes bewickii cerroensis (Anthony)
CrRrROos IsLAND WREN
Cerros Island, March 12, three specimens.
Telmatodytes palustris plesius (Oberholser)
WESTERN MarsH WREN
San Francisquito Bay, April 10.
Auriparus flaviceps lamprocephalus Oberholser
Care VERDIN
Magdalena Bay, March 19 and 21, Cape San Lucas, March 23 and
24, La Paz, March 30, Agua Verde Bay, April 2, Concepcion Bay, April
1923] Townsend, Birds Collected in Lower California 25
6 and 7, Angel Guardia Island, April 11, Ceralbo Island, April 19, Mira-
flores, May 10 and 11, and Tiburon Island, April 12.
A nest and two eggs were taken at Cape San Lucas on March 23,
and a nest with three eggs at Tiburon Island, April 12, the eggs on the
latter date being at the point of hatching.
Polioptila czerulea obscura Ridgway
WESTERN GNATCATCHER
Specimens were taken at La Paz, March 29 and 30, Agua Verde
Bay, April 12, Concepcion Bay, April 9, Ceralbo Island, April 19, Mira-
flores, May 8.
It was observed also at Mulege and Santa Catalina Island, and was
rather common at most of the localities where it was found.
Polioptila plumbea (Baird)
PLUMBEOUS GNATCATCHER
Santa Margarito Island, March 19, Cape San Lucas, March 24, San
Jose del Cabo, March 26, La Paz, March 29 and 30, and Tiburon Island,
April 12.
Planesticus confinis (Baird)
San Lucas Rosin
San Bernardo Mountain, May 12-15, three specimens.
STA. cuina
10126
ADALUPE I.
2010
N
ee uass
PINACATE MT.
ADAIR B.
ROCKY PT. B.
EORGESB.
SAN IGNACIOR
Gu DIA I s05 75
[SAN CRISTOBAL =| 3 O Ww. |= R
FRANCISQUITOB
H'CALIFORNIA
!
'
Asan PEDRO
’
!
H
1
'
MARTIN 1.
y \ }
+f
wd ‘
"
SAN PEDRO.
4,
Nor
t
i
'
'
‘
'
'
‘
' \
STA ROSALIA 1
|
'
col. \
Nn
A ancos
1
CON CEPTIONE
PT. SNIUANICQ
4s
Vee
Pave
un CALIF OR
SERRATE 995
AGIABAMPO
OPOLOBAMPOR |
136
1912
AY
CABO Bay S
1422
MAP OF THE LOWER CALIFORNIA REGION
SHOWING ROUTE OF THE ALBATROSS EXPEDITION IN 1911
UNDER THE DIRECTION OF GH. TOWNSEND
3
*
4
AMERICAN MUSEUM NOVITATES
Number 74 May 9, 19238
59.51.7 (72,2)
POLYCHZTOUS ANNELIDS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES!
By Aaron L. TREADWELL
The following taxonomic paper refers to a collection of polychztous
annelids made by the U. 8. 8S. ‘Albatross’ off the coast of Lower Cali-
fornia. The specimens were in most cases poorly preserved, so that
determination of species was sometimes uncertain and in a few cases not
possible. The families certainly represented and the number of species
found in each are shown in the following table.
FAMILY Op Srectes New SPECIES
SISSIES Ba eee ee a A a 1
MEE ee crak ial s Sigh aap aati tee oe 5 1
NIRS 220 or: 8-3 Fo gra, eo Mae al Y ots, Soles 1
7 EAS LO ene Le Sie teehee Seer 2
TESTA TY CCL EE ice eae as aA erates SPate Wane nataioe a 1
ov ETEEEVO EEE, 5 SRE Seg cP is tn fee 3
LE TLDs BS eco eA a gee FR RN e ea 8
TOP SYELET ISO oR 5 ac ey poe an eA ROR AO ee ?
MTNA SHINEG) re ee Ree ey edits ti PN Waco ta ede MNS (oon cc els 1 1
Ebel 61 Ug 2S se oak oa ee Cee a Bae 2
With two exceptions each species is represented by only a very few
individuals. These exceptions are Onuphis (Nothria) hiatidentata
Moore, and Hyalinecia tubicola (Miiller) Malmgren subspecies stricta
Moore, which together make up more than half the bulk of the collec-
tion. In connection with these two species the following ecological note
is of interest.
In his original description Moore comments on the “remarkable
example of associative resemblance” which Onuphis (Nothria) hiatiden-
tata exhibits, for it lives in close association with Hyalinecia tubicola
Malmgren subspecies stricta Moore and superficially looks more like
Hyalinecia than like Onuphis. I find that it appears to be developing the
habit of occupying Hyalinecia tubes instead of making some of its own.
A considerable number were found in what are evidently the normal
form of tubes for this species of Onwphis. These tubes are oval in cross-
section, have a groundwork of a thin whitish material that looks like wet
tissue paper but is extremely tough, and have on the outside more or less
foreign matter, the most abundant of which consists of much-worn
IScientific Results of the Expedition to the Gulf of California in charge of C. H. Townsend, by
the U. S. Fisheries Steamer, ‘Albatross,’ in 1911; Commander G. H. Burrage, U.8. N., Commanding.
X. Published by permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
2 AMERICAN MUSEUM NOVITATES [No. 74
cylindrical shells of foraminifera. Hyalinecia tubicola (Miller) Malmgren
subspecies stricta Moore, like other species of this genus, builds a quill-
like tube of very hard, tough chitin, slightly narrower at one end than at
the other, open at both ends, and slightly curved. Rarely ccelenterates
or barnacles are attached to the surface. Small tubes are translucent
white, older ones are brown.
As stated above, many of the Onuphis were in the tubes I have
described as typical. Others had attached bits of Hyalinecia tubes to the
outside of their own. In other cases the Onuphis was living inside a
Hyalinecia tube of which one side had broken away and the break was
repaired with characteristic Onuphis material. Still others were living
in complete Hyalinecia tubes and there was no trace of the character-
istic Onuphis tube-material. This occurred often so that I very soon
learned that it is not safe to assume that the animal in a Hyalinecia tube
is really Hyalinecia and not Onuphis. Obviously, Onuwphis may con-
struct a tube of its own, but it frequently uses instead an empty one of
Hyalinecia.
Amphinomidze
Chloeia flava (Pallas)
A phrodita flava Pauuas, 1766, p. 97, Pl. vin, figs. 7-11.
One specimen. Beach at Francisquito Bay, Lower California.
Polynoidz
Lagisca multisetosa Moore
Lagisca multisetosa Moore, 1902, pp. 267-269, Pl. xiv, figs. 29-36; 1908, p. 335.
Harmothoé multisetosa Moore, 1910, pp. 340 and 341. ;
Through an error in locality labels, Moore first described this
species as from Greenland, but he later corrected this and showed that
it is really an Alaskan form. In the last of the above references, Moore
reports on the study of a number of individuals and concludes that it is a
highly variable species whose limits can be accurately ascertained only if
a large number are available for study.
The present collection contains a single specimen lacking the median
tentacle and with only a fragment of an elytron left. In many respects
it agrees with Moore’s description but it does not show cilia on the
palps or on the peristomial cirri. The fragment of the elytron is thickly
studded with conical spines, but not enough of it is left to enable me
to determine whether the papille described by Moore are present.
In view of the similarities between this and Moore’s description, I have
tentatively located it here.
Station D. 5682; 491 fathoms; bottom temperature F. 40.8°.
|
1923] POLYCHATOUS ANNELIDS 3
Admetella hastigerens Chamberlin
Admetella hastigerens CHAMBERLIN, 1919, pp. 64-67, PI. rx, figs. 6-8.
Chamberlin described this species from one specimen collected off
Panama in 581 fathoms. The Albatross collection contains five speci-
mens, none of which is complete, but it is possible by a comparison of the
five to get a fairly complete description. The largest was 100 mm. long
and 8 mm. wide, thus a trifle larger and narrower than Chamberlin’s
specimen. The individual which is in most respects the best preserved is
50 mm. long.
The prostomium agrees in general with Chamberlin’s description,
but the ‘lateral extensions’ are much more delicate than one would infer
from that description, being extremely thin, scale-like structures, which,
if the preservation has not been good, look very much like flakes of epi-
dermis that have loosened from the surface. The median tentacle has a
large ceratophore inserted into the dorsal middle line of the prostomium
and with a diameter about one-fourth that of the latter. It has a length
about equal to twice its diameter. The style is extremely delicate and
slender, extending to about somite 9. It broadens near the end and then
abruptly narrows to an acute apex. In the 50 mm. specimen the cera-
tophores of the lateral tentacles are hidden under the scale mentioned
above, while the styles are very short and slender, hardly longer than the
scale. In a specimen of twice this size the styles are relatively longer,
slightly swollen toward the end and with a sharp-pointed apex. There is
a faint trace of pigment around the swollen portion. The palps are more
slender than in Chamberlin’s specimen and have acute apices.
The dorsal and ventral cirri of the first parapodium resemble the
median tentacle in form and size and are larger than the palps. The
ventral cirrus of the third parapodium is similar to these in form and size
but that of the fourth is much shorter and hardly longer than the para-
podium. Succeeding ventral cirri are progressively shorter and the
eighth is a slender, sharp-pointed structure attached to the ventral
face of the parapodium and not reaching the apex. The dorsal cirri are
broken in nearly all specimens, but those that remain agree in all respects
with those of the first two somites. The pharynx is protruded in a 100
mm. specimen. It is 12 mm. long, smooth throughout the greater part
of its length, but with roughenings toward the end. At the apex, above
and below, is a row of about fourteen soft papillee and three light-brown
teeth.
A single elytron, the first or second, remains on the 100 mm. animal.
It is of sufficient size to cover, with its mate, the dorsal surface of the body
a AMERICAN MUSEUM NOVITATES [No. 74
and probably did so during life. It is too poorly preserved for accurate
deseription, but is apparently nearly circular in outline and of a very
delicate texture. In the preserved condition the color is gray, deepening
into black on the margin near the point of attachment of the elytrophore.
From this point a colorless band runs diagonally to the margin of the
elytron.
In addition to the broad flat type of setze described by Chamberlin
in Pl. rx, figs. 7 and 8, I find another type having long slender stalks,
flattened and with serrated margins toward the ends.
Station D.5676; 645 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 39°.
Station D.5677; 735 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 38.6°.
Station D.5685; 645 fathoms.
Station D.5692; 1076 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.1°.
Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg
Halosydna brevisetosa KINBERG, 1855, p. 385.
Station D.5678; 13 fathoms. One specimen.
Lepidasthenia curta Chamberlin
Lepidasthenia curta CHAMBERLIN, 1919, pp. 61-63, PI. v, figs. 4-9.
Station D.5683; 630 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 39.1°.
Polynoé lordi (Baird)
Lepidonotus lordi Batrp, 1863, p. 107.
Pichilingue Bay, Lower California. Three specimens.
Eunoé exoculata, new species
Figures 1 to 4
Two specimens, one incomplete. The entire specimen is 30 mm. long and 7 mm.
in greatest body width. The body narrows somewhat abruptly toward the anterior
end, and much more gradually posteriorly. There are 38 somites in the body and 15
pairs of elytrophores. No elytron remains in the complete specimen, but the other
retains one which is much wrinkled.
The prostomium is a trifle longer than wide, its greatest width being about in the
middle (Fig. 1). Posteriorly it narrows gradually to a base that is not more than one-
third the greatest diameter. Anteriorly the narrowing is very slight, each half
terminating in a peak which is placed well toward the outer margin and at a consider-
able distance from the median tentacle. The median groove is prominent and the
ceratophore of the median tentacle is inserted into it to about the middle of the pro-
stomium. On either side of the prostomium are two spots which evidently are eyes,
though they are not pigmented. Iam uncertain if this is normal or if the pigment may
not have been removed in the preservation. The posterior pair of these lie on the
dorso-lateral surface of the prostomium near its posterior end, the anterior on the
ventro-lateral surface at the region of its greatest width, and are not visible in a dorsal
view of the head region.
~
1923] POLYCHATOUS ANNELIDS 5
The ceratophore of the median tentacle is about one-third as wide as the pro-
stomium, and the length of its free portion is about equal to its width. The style is
absent in both specimens. The ceratophores of the lateral tentacles arise at some
distance from the peaks, are shorter than that of the median tentacle, and about one-
third its diameter. The style is slender and about three times as long as the cerato-
phore (foreshortened in the drawing). Only one palp remains. This is slender and
about four times as long as the prostomium. Most of the dorsal cirri are lost but the
larger of the two specimens retains a few at the posterior end. These are slender and
longer than the transverse diameter of the body. They do not have any swelling at
the ends. :
A parapodium from near the middle of the body (Fig. 2) has neuropodium and
notopodium of approximately equal length, each with an acute apex into which an
acicula extends. Another acicula reaches the surface at the middle of the parapodium.
The acicule are dark brown at the bases but have slender colorless apices. The dorsal
cirrus has a heavy ceratophore and a slender style, the ventral cirrus is more slender
ee
eee aa
tae
A FEIT arog gil
~,
ee
4!
Figs. 1 to 4. Bunoé exoculata, new species.
Fig. 1, prostomium X 10; 2, middle parapodium X 7; 3, seta X 45: 4, seta X 45.
Figs. 5 to 8. Maldane cristata, new species. |
2 at ee 5, anterior end, dorsal view X 5; 6, anterior end lateral view X 5; 7, anal plate X 5; 8, uncinus
6 AMERICAN MUSEUM NOVITATES [No. 74:
than the dorsal and does not reach the apex of the parapodium. Except for variations
in length, the notopodial set are all alike, with moderately acute apices and poorly :
defined denticulations along one face (Fig. 3). The neuropodial sete (Fig. 4) are all
longer than the notopodial and are all alike in form, except that some near the dorsal
face of the tuft are much longer than the others. Each suddenly widens toward the
end and then gradually narrows, ending in a large terminal and a smaller subter-
minal tooth. Along the widened region are rows of toothed plates which appear most
clearly in profile but apparently extend entirely around the seta.
No elytra are retained on the type. The paratype has one very much shriveled
elytron, with a circular outline but with no fimbriations or surface markings.
Station D.5698; 475 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 39.9°.
Type in The American Museum of Natural History.
Sigalionidze
Sthenolepis areolata (McIntosh)
Leanira areolata McIntosu, 1885, p. 151, Pl. xxt, fig. 3; Pl. xxv, figs. 8, 9;
Pl. xim,a fig. 1.
Sthenolepis areolata CHAMBERLIN, 1919, p. 90.
Station D.5695; 534 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 38.9°.
Aphroditide
Aphrodita defendens Chamberlin
A phrodita defendens CHAMBERLIN, 1919, pp. 80-81.
Station D.5699; 659 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.9°.
Station D.5676; 645 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 39.0°.
Letmonice pellucida Moore
Lextmonice {‘ Lxtmatonice’’| pellucida Moore, 1903, p. 420, Pl. xxi, figs. 19, 20.
Two specimens, which I have assigned to this species because of
their general resemblance to Moore’s description. Lack of agreement is
shown in the subapical barbs of the arrow-pointed sete, which are sym-
metrical instead of unequal in number on different sides of the shaft, and
I could find no papilla on the anterior ventral surface.
Station D.5695; 534 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 38.9°.
Nephthydidz
Nephthys ectopa Chamberlin
Nephthys [““Nepthys’’] ectopa CHAMBERLIN, 1919, pp. 94-97, Pl. xv, figs. 1-7.
Probably of this species, but too poorly preserved to allow of posi-
tive identification.
Station D.5698; 475 fathoms, bottom temp., F. 39.9°.
1923] POLYCHATOUS ANNELIDS fi
Nereidz
Nereis mediator Chamberlin
Nereis mediator CHAMBERLIN, 1919a, page 11.
One specimen. Labeled as from Lower California.
Platynereis integer Treadwell
Nereis (Platynereis) integer TREADWELL, 1920, p. 595, figs. 1-4.
One specimen. Labeled as from Lower California.
Nereis kobiensis McIntosh
Nereis (Platynereis) kobiensis McInvosu, 1885, pp. 210-212, Pl. xxxrv, figs. 3, 4,
5, 6; Pl. xvia, figs. 2, 3, 4.
One specimen. Labeled as from Lower California.
Leodicidze
Leodice segregata Chamberlin
Leodice segregata CHAMBERLIN, 1919, p. 237-240, Pl. xiv, figs. 1-5.
Station D.5695; 534 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 38.9°.
Station D.5682; 491 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 40.8°.
Onuphis litabranchia Chamberlin
Onuphis litabranchia CHAMBERLIN, 1919, pp. 274-279, Pl. u, fig. 7; Pl. ut,
figs. 1-10; Pl. x1, fig. 1.
Chamberlin described the ceratophores as smooth. In the single
incomplete specimen of this collection these are ringed. Each of the
‘median and the outer paired ceratophores has seven rings, while each of
the inner paired ones has twelve or thirteen. The gill structure agrees
more closely with Chamberlin’s paratype than with his type, for many
are branched. The specimen is a female with eggs.
Station D.5673; 1090 fathoms.
Onuphis lepta Chamberlin
Onuphis lepta CHAMBERLIN, 1919, pp. 290-295, PI. xxv, figs. 1-7; Pl. xiv, figs.
3-12.
A small and evidently immature specimen living in a mud tube at-
tached to the outer wall of a Hyalinecia tube was collected at Station
D.5691. At Station D.5684 were collected a considerable number of these
tubes, most of which were empty but one contained the anterior end of an
individual which agrees in all respects with Chamberlin’s description.
Station D.5684; 1760 fathoms.
8 AMERICAN MUSEUM NOVITATES [No. 74
Station D.5691; 868 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.2°.
Station D.5692; 1076 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.1°.
Onuphis vexillaria Moore
Onuphis vexillaria Moore, 1911, pp. 266-269, Pl. xvn, figs. 69-76.
These agree with Moore’s description in every respect except that
the frontal tentacles are closer together and in no somite are there more
than four gill filaments. Four specimens.
Station D.5690; 1101 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 38.1°.
Onuphis iridescens (Johnson)
Northia iridescens JOHANSON, 1901, p. 408, Pl. vit, figs. 86, 87; Pl. rx, figs. 88-92.
Nothria iridescens Moore, 1911, p. 255.
Station D.5698; 475 fathoms, bottom temp., F. 39.9°.
Onuphis hiatidentata (Moore)
Nothria hiatidentata Moore, 1911, pp. 259-262, Pls. xvi and xvu, figs. 41-50.
In his description of this species Moore comments on the re-
semblance which it bears to Hyalinecia tubicola, with which it is com-
monly associated. I have already mentioned the relations of the two
in the matter of tube construction. See above, p. 2.
Station D.5673; 1090 fathoms.
Station D.5686; 930 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.3°.
Station D.5689; 879 fathoms.
Station D.5692; 1076 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.1°.
Station D.5691; 868 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.2°.
Station D.5690; 1101 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 38.1°.
Station D.5697; 485 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 39.8°.
Hyalinecia tubicola (Miiller) Malmgren subspecies stricta Moore
Hyalinecia tubicola (Miller) MALMGREN subspecies stricta Moore, 1911, p. 280,
Pl. xvin, figs. 96, 97.
Station D.5673; 1090 fathoms.
Station D.5683; 630 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 39.1°.
Station D.5686; 930 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.3°.
Station D.5687; 480 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 41.1°.
Station D.5690; 1101 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 38.1°.
Station D.5691; 868 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.2°.
Station D.5692; 1076 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 37.1°.
ux’ sim hs
4
.
}
:
4
.
4
:
‘
1923] POLYCHATOUS ANNELIDS 9
Lumbrinereis bifilaris Hhlers
Lumbriconereis bifilaris Enters, 1901, pp. 139-144, Pl. xvi, figs. 1-10.
Lumbrinereis bifilaris Moorg, 1911, pp. 291-294, Pl. xx, figs. 135-142.
Station D.5694; 640 fathoms.
Cirratulide
A fragment of a cirratulid of indeterminable species was collected
at Station D.5694; 640 fathoms.
Maldanidz
Maldane similis Moore
Maldane similis Moorn, 1906, pp. 283-236, Pl. x1, figs. 26-30.
The only deviation from Moore’s description which these show is
that on the lateral margins of the cephalic plate the lobes are more
definitely toothed.
Station D.5683; 630 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 39.1°.
Maldane cristata, new species
Figures 5 to 8
Distinguished by the prominence of the cephalic crest and the smooth margins
of the cephalic and anal plates. The type is 130 mm. long and has a cephalic width
of 2.5mm. It is entire, though the median region is very poorly preserved.
The prostomium makes an angle of about 45° with the body axis (Figs. 5 and 6).
The cephalic plate is roughly triangular in outline, and is surrounded by a definite
raised margin, which, possibly as a result of the preservation, is thrown into folds
but shows no trace of lobings or denticulations. On either side at the postero-lateral
angle is a notch separating the margin into a basal and two lateral lobes. The basal
lobe is the more prominent and is bent caudad near its middle. The lateral lobes
decrease in height anteriorly and are separated by a constriction from the hemi-
spherical palpode. The crest is narrow, elevated and prominent, extending from the
posterior margin of the cephalic plate into the base of the palpode (Fig. 6). Numerous
fine grooves extend outward from the side of the ridge at an angle of 45 degrees, but
these may be due to shrinkage after preservation. The mouth is a narrow elongated
slit with no prominent lips.
The first two setigerous somites have thick body-walls; on succeeding somites
the dorsal wall becomes thinner while the ventral wall remains thick; on the seventh
setigerous somite only a small portion of the ventral wall is thick, while in the follow-
ing somites the thickening is restricted to the line of insertion of the seta. In the type
there is not much difference between the preanal somites and those in the middle
of the body, but in another specimen the five somites in front of the pygidium are
short and thick-walled, while those through the middle of the body are long and thin-
walled. These variations are doubtless due to differences in the degree of contraction.
The anal plate is circular in outline (Fig. 7). On either side is a rounded notch,
whose ventral margin lies at the equator of the circle, thus dividing the circle into a
dorsal and ventral portion, the ventral being the larger. The margin of the dorsal
part is smooth, that of the ventral part is six- to eight-lobed. The anus is situated
10 AMERICAN MUSEUM NOVITATES [No. 74
dorsally near the margin of the plate, and has a dorsal and ventral lip, the latter the
larger and with radiating lines.
Uncini (Fig. 8) appear on the second setigerous somite, only slender sete appear-
ing on the first. The rows of uncini are at first short but soon lengthen. Each uncinus
has a long, gently curved shaft, of which I have figured only the terminal portion.
At the apex is a single tooth with a much larger one ventral to it. Dorsal to the
apical tooth are a series of fine denticulations, hardly large enough to be called teeth,
which extend laterally around the end of the uncinus. Ventral to the larger tooth are a
series of fine hair-like processes. In the tuft dorsal to the uncinus-row are two kinds
of sete. One has rather heavy brown-colored bases, which are bilimbate just outside
the body wall but distally to this narrow into an extremely long delicate white apical
portion with two marginal rows of minute denticulations. The second kind are
smaller and not so dark in color as the first; they widen slightly toward the end and
narrow abruptly asymmetrically to form a long, slender, needle-like apex which forms
an angle with the main axis of the seta.
Station D.5698; 475 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 39.9°.
Terebellide
Terebella robusta (Johnson)
Amphitrite robusta JOHNSON, 1901, pp. 425-426, Pl. xvi, figs. 164-168.
Station D.5698; 475 fathoms; bottom temp., F. 39.9°. One
specimen.
Thelepus crispus Johnson
Thelepus crispus JOHNSON, 1901, p. 428, Pl. xvu, figs. 175-178b.
One imperfectly preserved and evidently immature individual. In
form of gills, setze, and uncini this agrees with Johnson’s description, but
it does not show the eye spots which Moore describes in the young
individuals.
Station D.5693; 451 fathoms.
1923] POLYCHAZTOUS ANNELIDS 11
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Batrp, W. 1863. ‘Descriptions of Several New Species of Worms Belonging to the
Annelida Errantia and Sedentaria or Tubicola of Milne-Edwards.’
Proc. Zoél. Soc. of London, pp. 106-110.
CHAMBERLIN, R. V. 1919. ‘The Annelida Polycheta.’ Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
XLVIII, pp. 1-514. Pls. r-txxx. (Reports on U. S. F. C. 8. ‘Alba-
tross’ Expeditions to West Coasts Mexico, Central and South America,
Galapagos Islands, 1891, No. XX XVIII; Tropical-Pacific, 1899-1900,
No. XX; Eastern Tropical Pacific, 1904-1905, No. XX XI.)
1919a. ‘New Polychztous Annelids from Laguna Beach, California.’ Pom-
ona College Journal of Entomology and Zodélogy, XI, No. 1, pp. 1-23.
Enters, E. 1901. ‘Die Polychaeten des magellischen und chilischen Strandes.’
Festsch. K. Gesell. Wissensch. G6ttingen, Math. Phys. K1., pp. 1-232,
Pls, 1I-Xxv.
Jounson, H. P. 1901. ‘The Polycheta of the Puget Sound Region.’ Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., X XIX, No. 18, pp. 381-437, Pls. 1—xrx.
Kinser, J.G.H. 1855. ‘Nya sligten och arter af Annelider.’ Ofversigt K. Vetens-
kaps Akad. Forh. Bd. 12.
MclInrosu, W.C. 1885. ‘Report on the Annelida.’ Scientific Results of the ‘Chal-
lenger’ Expedition, XII, pp. xxxvi+554, Pls. 1-Lv, 1a—xxx1xa.
Moors, J.P. 1902. ‘Descriptions of Some New Polynoide with a List of other Poly-
cheta from North Greenland Waters.’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, LIV, pp. 258-278, Pl. xu and xiv.
1903. ‘Polychxta from the Coastal Slope of Japan and from Kamchatka.’
Idem, LV, pp. 401—490, Pls. xx1m—xxviu, 97 figs.
1906. ‘Additional New Species of Polycheta from the North Pacific.’
Idem, LVIII, pp. 217-260, Pls. x—x1r.
1908. ‘Some Polychztous Annelids of the Northern Pacific Coast of North
America.’ Idem, LX, pp. 321-364.
1909. ‘Polychztous Annelids from Monterey Bay, and San Diego, Cali-
fornia.’ Idem, LXI, pp. 235-295, Pls. vi—rx. k
1910. ‘The Polychzetous Annelids Dredged by the U. 8. Ship ‘ Albatross’
off the Coast of Southern California in 1904: IT. Polynoidz, Aphroditi-
dz and Segaleonide.’ Idem, LXII, pp. 328-402, Pls. xxvii—-xxxuI.
1911. ‘The Polychzetous Annelids Dredged by the U. S. Ship ‘ Albatross’
off the Coast of Southern California in 1904: III. Euphrosynide
to Goniadide.’ Idem, LXIII, pp. 234-318, Pls. xv—xx1.
Pauuas, P.S. 1766. ‘Miscellanea Zoologica,’ 224 pp., 14 plates.
TREADWELL, A. L. 1920. ‘Polychztous Annelids Collected by the U. 8S. Fisheries
Steamer ‘ Albatross’ in the Waters adjacent to the Philippine Islands in
1907-1910.’ Contributions to the Biology of the Philippine Archi-
pelago and Adjacent Regions. U.S. National Museum, Bulletin 100,
Volume I, part 8, pp. 589-602 with text figures.
AMERICAN MUSEUM NOVITATES
Published by
Number 81 Tue AMERICAN Musrum or Naturau History June 22, 1923 .
New York City
59.53,4P(72.2)
A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF PARASITIC COPEPOD FROM
LOWER CALIFORNIA!
By CHARLES BRANCH WILSON
In 1912 Gravier published as one of the scientific documents of the
second French Antarctic Expedition under Dr. Jean Charcot a paper
entitled ‘Crustacés parasites d’annélides polychétes.” In addition to
presenting new genera and species he gave a general discussion of many
forms previously described belonging to that heterogeneous group known
as the Ascidicolide. He noted that this name is very poorly suited to
the parasites that compose the group, since it includes a large number
whose hosts are not ascidians, and he was equally opposed to the name
Annelidicolidse proposed by some authors for such copepods as are found
parasitic upon annelids. He stated very clearly that our present knowl-
edge of these annelid parasites is insufficient to enable us to group them
at all rationally. The males of many of them have never been seen
and we know nothing of the development stages of most of them,
We may make a general distinction between those that live within
the digestive tube of their host and those that live upon the outside of the
host’s body. But this difference in habitat ought not to separate related
genera, and Gravier located his new genus, Bactropus, an intestinal para-
site, in the same family with genera that live upon the outside of the
annelid’s body.
This family was first proposed by Giesbrecht in 1895, Mittheilungen
Zool. Station Neapel, XII, p. 225. After describing Seridiwm rugosum,
a new annelid parasite, he remarked that several of these copepods
agreed in having an elongated body and rather distinct segmentation.
For this reason he grouped them into a family which he named Clausiidse
from Clausia, the oldest of them. He included in the family Clausia
Claparéde, 1863; Donusa Nordmann, 1864; Rhodinicola Levinsen, 1878;
and Seridium Giesbrecht, 1895. He mentioned also Sabellacheres M.
Sars, 1861, but said it had never been described with enough detail to be
certain of its systematic position. This statement was undoubtedly
poenete Results of the Expedition to the Gulf of California in charge of C. H. Townsend, by
the U. S. Fisheries Steamer ‘Albatross,’ in 1911; Commander G. H. Burrage, U.S. N., command-
ing. xr Published by permission of the U.S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
**Deuxiéme expédition antarctique francaise (1908-1910),’
2 AMERICAN MUSEUM NOVITATES [No. 81
true but at least Sars’s description was sufficient to show that his genus
could not be grouped with the others above named.
The genus about to be described seems also to belong here and yet
differs enough from the other genera to make its establishment valid.
The number and structure of the swimming legs and the number of
joints composing the first antennz vary considerably in the genera of this
family, but in none of them do we find the combination which exists
here of six-jointed antennz with only three pairs of swimming legs.
PHERMA,! new genus
Body spindle-shaped with segmentation distinctly indicated by transverse
grooves or lateral invaginations. Cephalon fused with the first thorax segment, but
with a distinct groove between the two on the dorsal surface. Fourth thoracic seg-
ment strongly narrowed posteriorly; genital segment with projecting convex sides;
abdomen made up of a single segment. Egg strings slender, eggs multiseriate and
very numerous. ‘Two pairs of filiform antenn; one pair of stout, uncinate maxilli-
peds; three pairs of swimming legs, each biramose, the exopod 2-jointed, the endopod
1-jointed, :
Type of the genus Pherma curticaudatum, new species. Monotypic.
Pherma curticaudatum,?” new species
Figures 1 to 9
HABITAT AND RECORD OF SPECIMENS.—Three adult females, one of which bore
egg strings, were taken from the parapodia of an unnamed annelid dredged from a
depth of 645 fathoms by the Bureau of Fisheries steamer ‘ Albatross’ off the coast of
Lower California in April, 1911. These specimens are deposited in the Department of
Lower Invertebrates of The American Museum of Natural History (Cat. No. 4617),
where they become the types of the new genus and species.
SpEcIFIC CHARACTERS OF THE FEMALE.—In addition to what has been given
under the genus diagnosis we may append the following. General body form ecylin-
drical, considerably swollen, widest across the third thoracic segment. Body seg-
mentation somewhat indistinct but well indicated by lateral invaginations. Head
fused with the first thoracic segment, but with the separation of the two marked by a
dorsal groove. Head semielliptical and regularly rounded, one-half narrower than the
first thoracic segment. Antenne attached to the frontal margin on the dorsal sur-
face and turned backward along the lateral margins. First thoracic segment barrel-
shaped, one-half longer than the head; second and third segments increasing in
length and width; fourth segment longer than the third but not as wide, considerably
narrowed posteriorly. Fifth segment only one-third the width and one-seventh the
length of the fourth segment, forming a slender waist in front of the genital segment.
The latter one-third wider than the fifth segment with strongly convex sides, to the
center of which are attached the egg strings. Abdomen made up of a single short
lgepua, ‘‘a burden.”’ .
2Curticaudatum, “short tail.’’
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of female. Fig. 2 Side view of another specimen without
egg strings. Fig. 3. First antenna. Fig. 4. Second antenna. Fig. 5. Maxilliped.
Figs. 6 to 8. First, second, and third swimming legs. Fig. 9. Ventral view of pos-
terior body enlarged, showing abdomen and anal laminz.
4 AMERICAN MUSEUM NOVITATES [No. 81
segment, one-third the width of the genital segment. Anal laminz elongate-lanceo-
late, acuminate at the tips and destitute of sete.
Egg strings cylindrical, slightly curved like parenthesis marks, tapered at both
ends and about as long as the entire body. Eggs minute, irregularly arranged in
about 25 rows, 75 to 80 eggs in each row. This is an unusually large number of eggs
and indicates that the dangers encountered during development by this species are
also unusually severe.
First antennz 6-jointed, filiform and but slightly tapered; the relative lengths of
the six Joints may be expressed by the numbers 7, 33, 12, 8, 8, 12. The basal joint has
a short seta near the center of its anterior margin, and the terminal joint has a tuft of
sete at the tip and several on its posterior margin. The second antenne are imme-
diately behind the first pair and are 4-jointed, the basal joint the shortest, the second
joint as long as the third and fourth together. The third joint carries a small seta
on its anterior margin at the distal corner; the terminal joint is tipped with a tuft
of long sete. The form of the mandibles and maxill# could not be definitely ascer-
tained from any of the three specimens. The maxillipeds are situated some distance
behind the mouth and their basal joints are so large that they cover much of the
ventral surface of the head. Each is composed of this basal joint and a curved
terminal claw; they are evidently the organs of prehension. Color (preserved mate-
rial), a uniform yellowish-brown without markings; egg strings light orange-
yellow.
Length, 4.40 mm. Width of third thoracic segment, 1.25 mm. Egg strings, 4.35
mm. long, 0.50 mm. wide.
The points of particular interest about this new parasite are the very
considerable depth at which it was found and the exceptionally large
number of eggs in its egg strings. The way in which the parasite and
host come together would be of great interest, and this in connection
with the development stages of the copepod will form one of the most
instructive problems for future development.
*- - S$erentiric Resutts OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA
IN CHarGe oF C. H.-TOWNSEND, BY THE U.S. FisHEeRIns STHAM-
’~ sure ‘ALBATROSS’ IN 1911. CommanpDeER G; H. Burrage, U.S. N.,
COMMANDING,
Published by Permission of the U.S. Commissioner of Fisheries
: XII
22S. “Echinoderms From Lower California, with Descriptions
hates of New Species: Supplementary Report
“By Huserr Lyman CLARK
Pe Se ee | BULLETIN
a ses OF
_ THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
Vou XLVI, Agr. VI, pp. 147-163
- New York
Issued October 5, 1928
a . Notice of a New Sponge from Bannade and of Some Other Ree aoe e
= - Polychestous Annelids from the Dry Tortugas, Florida,
os _ A New. Species of. Trematode (Cladorchis gigas). Parasitic ‘in Elephants
BULLETIN AND MEMOIRS —
: vo “OF pee SS .
The American ‘Museum of Natural 1 History me
_FRAnk E. Lom, Editor & =
The following are the more cee papers on hawaas
BRATES. Orders should be addressed, Library, The American M
of Natural History, 7 7th St. and Conta: Park ees New Yo rk
~~ Notice of Two ae Laree L Snbatee; in wth Collection ae The eee Mu-
. seum of Natural History. By he P- Whitfield, 1899, Bulletin, ‘XH,
Art. 15, pp. 191-194, Pl. rx. oe
Bahamas, By Ry P. Whitfield, 1901, Bulletin, HAN, art 4,3 PP: 41-50,
Pisces ;
~ Notice of a Remarkable Ease ‘of. Combination Retires os Different nee
Genera. of Living Corals. By R. P. Whitfield, 1901, pales ay,
Art. 17, pp.221, 222, Pls. xxxI, XxxiI.. oe
Some Observations. of Corals from the ‘Bahamas, See Desieintion ae
“New Species: _By R. P. Whitfield, 1901, Bulletin, XIV, Art 28, pp.
- 923, 224, Pls. XXXII, XXXIV. ras
Catalogue of the Binney and . Bland Collection of the “Terrestrial ‘Air aut SS
American Museum of Natural History, with iemaaraases ‘6 Types.
and Figured nee and ee Notes. = coe L. =
Bulletin, XIX, Art. 18, pp. 495-503, Pls, XLIV-XLVI. oe
Myriopoda from: Porto Rico. and. Culebra. By. Filippo & Silvests, 908
Bulletin, XXIV, Art: 28, pp. 563=578, i text figures. as ‘3
wes aplosyllis cenhalits as an : Ectoparasite. -By Aaron L. Treadwell ‘1909,
Bulletin, XXVI, Art. 26, pp. 359-360, 2 text figures. pee
: Treadwell, 1911, Bulletin, XXX, Art. 1, pp. 1-12, 29 text figures. ~
2 ‘Echinoderms from Lower. ‘California with ieee nines of ae Sapa
ap 236, Pis. XLIV-XLVI ePie
A New Slug from the Hitoalaya 1 AMouutanas: ‘By 7: D- A: Cockerell, 1913,
Bulletin, XXXII, Art. 41, pp. 617-619, 7 text figures, - ea aks
By G. A. MacCallum, 1917, Bulletin, XXXVIL, Att. 36; PP. 1
+ -Pls. evii-cx, 1 text figure. - ae
On the Anatomy of Ozobranchus. branchiatus one “By w. G ‘Ma
- Callum and G. A. sopra vitae Pole, Ree Ast. 2, Pp.
395-408, Pls. EES es
59.39 (72.2)
Article VI—ECHINODERMS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES: SUPPLEMEN-
TARY REPORT!
By Husert LyMAn CLARK
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Massachusetts
When the collection of echinoderms made by the ‘Albatross’
Expedition to Lower California in the spring of 1911 was sent to me about
ten years ago, by some mistake a considerable amount of material was
not shipped. This was discovered and sent to me in the late fall of 1921
and, as it contains species not in the original lot, it seems desirable to
publish this supplementary report.?
This second collection contains 462 specimens of 58 species, and no
fewer than ten of these species were not represented in the first collection.
Moreover, two of the ten additional species are new to science, though
unfortunately each is represented by only a single broken specimen.
The entire collection of echinoderms made by the ‘Albatross’ on her
Lower California cruise, therefore, consisted of 2343 specimens of 117
species, of which nine were undescribed. There were 41 kinds of sea-
stars, 34 of brittle-stars, 21 of echini and 20 holothurians, and a single
specimen, in the supplementary collection, represents the comatulids or
feather-stars. The presence of this comatulid, which is of an undescribed
species, is perhaps the most interesting feature of the additional material.
More than a third of this second collection is from shore stations, of
which San Francisquito Bay is easily the most important, 98 specimens
of 10 species coming from there, two of these not being in the first collec-
tion. It is interesting to note that the remarkable new brittle-star,
described beyond, was taken at Station 5694, which was noted in my
first report as being the station where the most species were taken. Here,
at a depth of 640 fms., no fewer than 19 species were collected. The new
comatulid is from Station 5692, which is off Point San Tomas, west
coast of Lower California, a region noted in my earlier report for the large
number of species found there.
I desire to express here my thanks to Mr. Roy W. Miner, of The
American Museum of Natural History, for courtesies in connection
with the preparation of the present report.
Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Gulf of California in charge of Dr. C. H. Townsend, by
the U.S. Fisheries Steamship ‘ Albatross’ in 1911; Commander G. H. Burrage, U. 8. N., Commanding.
XII. Published by permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
*The present report is supplementary to ‘Echinoderms from Lower California, with descriptions
Leet species.’ By Hubert Lyman Clark, 1913, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXII, pp. 185-
, Pls. XLIV-XLVI.
147
148 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
CRINOIDEA
Trichometra europacifica, new species
Centro-dorsal relatively large, conical, covered by the cirrus sockets, which are
arranged in about three horizontal series, no vertical series or radial groups being
indicated.
Cirri about 20 in number, 4 or 5 mm. long, with 15 or 16 segments. The cirri
at the apex of the centro-dorsal are noticeably smaller than those in the outer or
marginal series. Basal segment almost discoidal, its length not one-half its thickness;
second segment not quite so long as wide; third, distinctly longer than its distal
diameter, which is greater than the proximal; fourth segment the longest of all,
twice as long as the distal diameter, which is much greater than the proximal; the
segment is nearly cylindrical where its diameter is least, proximal to the middle;
the distal margin is flaring, especially on the dorsal side, where it projects consider-
ably. Fifth segment very similar to fourth, but sixth and seventh are shorter and
stouter. Succeeding segments each a trifle shorter and smaller than its predecessor,
and the least diameter is at the proximal margin more and more clearly. But even
the fifteenth and sixteenth segments are longer than their distal diameter. Sixteenth
segment with a conspicuous opposing spine which is not quite so long as the diameter
of the segment. Terminal claw moderately slender, slightly curved, about equal to
the last segment in length.
Radials almost bowl-shaped, the width nearly three times the length in the
median line, which is somewhat less than the lateral margins, as the distal margin is
distinctly concave. The first costals are similar to the radials but are lower, the width
being fully three times the length. Costal axillaries rhombic, about as long as broad,
the margins slightly concave, the angles blunt and rounded; the anterior margins
are swollen, flaring and a little roughened. Surface of all the I Br series otherwise
quite smooth. Costals and axillaries scarcely in contact, but first brachials externally
appressed; hence there is a distinct pit-like depression between the I Br series of
adjoining radii.
Ten arms, all broken distally so the length can only be estimated; probably
about 25 mm. long. First brachial short, its outer edge about twice as long as inner,
its distal margin only a little concave and not at all flaring, and nearly smooth; second
brachial irregularly pentagonal, about as long as thick; third and fourth brachials,
united by syzygy, together longer than the second and therefore distinctly longer than
broad; following brachials about as long as broad, except syzygial pairs, which dis-
tally probably occur at intervals of two bifascial articulations. Beyond the third
brachial, the distal margin of each pinnule-bearing segment projects as a spiny knob,
characteristic of the genus, but these knobs are not conspicuous.-and are best seen in a
perfectly profile view of a dried arm; when thus viewed the dorsal median line of each
brachial is distinctly concave.
Pinnules all broken and defective, but pow segments are left to show that all
were very slender and distally filiform. In the first pinnule the basal joint is about as
long as wide, the second is longer, the third still longer and the fourth is fully twice as
long as thick. The distal segments on all the pinnules are extremely slender at middle,
but conspicuously swollen at the joints. Genital glands are present on some of the
basal pinnules.
Color very pale brown dorsally, the cirri nearly white; oral surface dark brown.
Typre.—Cat. No. —, U.S. Nat. Mus., from Station 5692.
1923] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California 149
Station 5692. Off Pt. San Tomas, west coast of Lower California,
1076 fms. Bottom temp. 37.1°.
One specimen.
Owing to the locality and the fact that there was only a single small
broken specimen, I was inclined to list this comatulid as Thawmatometra
parvula (Hartlaub), in spite of the obviously different cirri, but Mr.
Austin H. Clark suggested to me that the arms were evidently the arms
of a Trichometra and the combination of characters shown by the cirri,
pinnules, and arms clearly indicated an undescribed species. Oddly
enough, the species most closely resembling this new one from the
eastern Pacific is the little Trichometra minutissima A. H. Clark, from
off the Brazilian coast in 818 fms. But the Atlantic species has a very
different centro-dorsal, far more numerous cirri, much rougher costals
and somewhat more slender pinnules. For convenience in comparing
the two species, I have modeled my description of europacifica after the
pattern of the original description of minutissima (1908, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., XXXIV, p. 233).
ASTEROIDEA
Astropecten erinaceus Gray
Astropecten erinaceus Gray, 1840, Mag. Nat. Hist., (new series), VI, p. 182.
The present specimens are large, R=80 and 125 mm., and are
conspicuously spiny. The color is the usual yellow-brown of dry sea-
stars. In the larger specimen, r and br each=28 mm. and hence R=
4.5 r.
Conception Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Two specimens.
Thrissacanthias penicillatus (Fisher)
Persephonaster penicillatus FisHErR, 1905, Bull. U. 8. Bur. Fish., XXIV, p. 297.
Thrissacanthias penicillatus Fisher, 1910, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) V, p. 171.
These specimens are large adults, ranging from R=100 mm. to
R=225 mm., and call for no special comment. They are merely addi-
tional specimens from four stations previously recorded, namely Sta-
tions 5694, 5697, 5698, and 5699.
Thirteen specimens.
Pectinaster agassizii (Ludwig)
Cheiraster agassizii Lupwie, 1905, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., XXXII, p. 1.
Pectinaster agassizii Lupwie, 1910, Sitz. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., XXIII, p. 449.
These specimens range in length of R from 15 to 55 mm. They
are in part from Stations 5689 and 5692, whence they were previously
150 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
recorded, but there are 18 specimens from Station 5696. Off San Luis
Obispo County, California, 440 fms. Bottom temp., 39.9°.
Forty-four specimens.
Nearchaster aciculosus (Fisher)
Acantharchaster aciculosus FisHEr, 1910, Zool. Anz., X XV, p. 550.
Nearchaster aciculosus F1sHER, 1911, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) VII, p. 92.
These are simply five additional adult specimens from Station 5694.
The length of R ranges from 90 to 150 mm.
Pseudarchaster pusillus Fisher
Pseudarchaster pusillus FIsHEr, 1905, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., XXIV, p. 304.
This is merely additional material from Station 5675. There are 18
specimens with R= 28 to 33 mm.
Ceramaster leptoceramus (Fisher)
Tosia leptocerama FisHER, 1905, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., XXIV, p. 306.
Ceramaster leptoceramus FISHER, 1911, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 76, p. 210.
There are two additional specimens from Station 5675 with R=35
to 40 mm. They seem to me more like japonicus than leptoceramus,
except for the presence of abactinal radial secondary plates.
Oreaster occidentalis Verrill
Oreaster occidentalis VERRILL, 1867, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci., I, p. 278.
The present large series shows great diversity in the number,
distribution, and acuteness of the abactinal spines and the tubercles.
The five radial spines near margin of disk are usually, but not always,
conspicuous. A perfectly preserved specimen, which seems to have re-
tained the living form very well, has R=80 mm., r=35 mm., br=25 mm.
and vertical diameter of disk=45 mm. Hence R=2.3r, 3br, and only
1.3 v.d. None of the specimens give any clue as to the color in life.
The largest specimens have R= 105 mm.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California. Carman
Island, east coast of Lower California.
Thirty-two specimens.
Amphiaster insignis Verrill
Amphiaster insignis VERRILL, 1868, Téans. Connecticut Acad. Sci., I, p. 373.
There is a single small specimen, with R= only 30 mm., from Con-
ception Bay, east coast of Lower California.
aM * a
1923] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California 151
Phataria unifascialis (Gray)
Linckia (Phataria) unifascialis Gray, 1840, Mag. Nat. Hist., (new series),
VI, p. 285.
Phataria unifascialis, SuADEN, 1889, ‘Rep. Voy. ‘Challenger,’ Zodl.,’ XXX, p. 786.
These dried specimens from two additional localities have R=55 to
80 mm.
Espiritu Santo Island, east coast of Lower California.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Twelve specimens.
Pharia pyramidata (Gray)
Ophidiaster (Pharia) pyramidatus Gray, 1840, Mag. Nat. Hist., (new series),
VI, p. 284.
Pharia pyramidata SLADEN, 1889, ‘Rep. Voy. ‘Challenger,’ Zodl.,’ XXX, p. 784.
This well-known and characteristic ‘‘West coast”? species was not
represented in the first collection, but now there are some small speci-
mens at hand, with R=67 to 74 mm.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Three specimens.
Solaster borealis (Fisher)
Crossaster borealis FISHER, 1906, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., VIII, p. 134.
Solaster borealis FisHer, 1911, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 76, p. 320.
There is an additional specimen from Station 5694, with 11 rays,
R= 30 mm., and another from Station 5696, with 11 rays, R=50 mm.
Heterozonias alternatus (Fisher)
Crossaster alternatus FISHER, 1906, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., VIII, p. 131.
Heterozonias alternatus FisHEr, 1910, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) V, p. 172.
Considerable additional material of this species is at hand from
Stations 5694, 5697, and 5698. They show a good range in size, as R=
23 to 110 mm. One specimen has eleven rays; all the others ten.
Fourteen specimens.
Lophaster furcilliger Fisher
Lophaster furcilliger FisHmr, 1905, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., XXIV, p. 312.
There are ten more specimens of this sea-star from Station 5694,
with R ranging from 27 to 60 mm.
Peribolaster biserialis Fisher
Peribolaster biserialis FisHer, 1905, Bull. U. 8. Bur. Fish., XXIV, p. 313.
There is another specimen from Station 5696, and it is the largest of
those taken, as R= 20 mm.
152 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIIL
Hymenaster perissonotus Fisher
Hymenaster perissonotus FisHER, 1910, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) V, p. 170.
Two specimens from Station 5691 are much larger than those of the
first collection, as R=about 60 mm.
Zoroaster evermanni fisher
Zoroaster evermanni FIsHER, 1905, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., XXIV, p. 317.
There are three specimens from Station 5699 with R=135 to 152
mm. One has the big pedicellariz characteristic of Fisher’s subspecies
mordazx, but these are lacking in the other two. It is worth noting that
the locality is on the border line, both geographically and bathymetrically,
of the range of the subspecies.
Zoroaster ophiurus Fisher
Zoroaster ophiurus FisHER, 1905, Bull. U. 8. Bur. Fish., XXIV, p. 315.
There are three additional specimens of this species from Station
5689, with R=125 to 140 mm.
Myxoderma platyacanthum (H. L. Clark)
Zoroaster platyacanthus H. L. CuarK, 1913, Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist.,
XXXII, p. 199.
Myxoderma platyacanthum FisuEr, 1919, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) III, p. 393.
There are three additional specimens in the present collection, with
R=60 to 70 mm. They bear the label “D 5695. Mar. 15, 1911.”
This is clearly a mistake as the station number and date do not cor-
respond. It is evident that these specimens are from the type locality,
Station 5675, where collecting was done on March 15.
Fisher’s further investigations into the anatomy of the Zoroasteride
have established the generic rank of Myxoderma and have shown that
the present species belongs in the genus.
Myxoderma sacculatum (Fisher)
Zoroaster (Myxoderma) sacculatus FisHEerR, 1905, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., XXIV,
p. 316.
Myzoderma sacculatum FisHEr, 1919, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) III, p. 392.
This species is not recorded as in the first collection. There are five
specimens from Station 5694, having R=180 to 185 mm.
Heliaster kubiniji Xantus
Heliaster kubiniji Xantus, 1860, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 568.
In the present series of very poorly preserved specimens, there is
great range in size, as R=13 to 100 mm. The number of rays ranges
1923] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California 153
from 15 to 24, but all the large specimens have 23. There is one with 15
rays, one with 17, one with 19, one with 20, five with 21, five with 22,
eight with 23, and one with 24.
Espiritu Santo.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Twenty-four specimens.
Asterias forreri De Loriol
Asterias forreri Dr Loriou, 1887, Rec. Zool. Suisse, IV, p. 401.
There is a very poorly preserved sea-star in the present collection
with R=95 mm. from San Francisquito Bay, which is evidently identical
with the sea-stars from the same place which are recorded in the first
report as Asterias forreri. As Fisher’s revision of the Pacific coast
Asteriide is not yet published, I let the name stand as in the former
report, to prevent any possible confusion later on.
OPHIUROIDEA
Since the publication of -the first report, the classification of the
ophiurans has undergone quite a revolution and the sequence of the
species is almost reversed. To facilitate comparison and prevent con-
fusion, it seems best to follow the sequence of species that was used in
the earlier report. Fortunately, no changes of nomenclature are neces-
sitated by the activity of recent years in ophiuran taxonomy.
Ophiura leptoctenia H. L. Clark
Ophiura leptoctenia H. L. CuarK, 1911, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 75, p. 51.
An additional specimen, 6 mm. across the disk, from Station 5694
calls for no comment.
Ophiura superba (Liitken and Mortensen)
Ophioglypha superba LiiTKEN AND MorTENSEN, 1899, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
XXIII, p. 116.
Ophiura superba Mrtssner, 1901, Bronn’s ‘Thierreich,’ II, pt. 3, p. 925.
There are six additional specimens, 14 to 28 mm. across the disk,
from Station 5694. In one fairly perfect specimen, 18 mm. across the
disk, the arms are 90 mm. long.
Ophiocten pacificum Liitken and Mortensen
Ophiocten pacificum LiTKEN AND MorTeENsEN, 1899, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
MXM, i131.
Two badly damaged specimens, one from Station 5689 and one from
5694, are scarcely worth recording.
154 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
Ophiernus polyporus Liitken and Mortensen
Ophiernus polyporus LiTKEN AND MortTENSEN, 1899, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
XXIII, p. 109.
An additional specimen, 13 mm. across the disk, from Station 5682
throws no light on the question of the validity of this species.
Ophiomusium glabrum Liitken and Mortensen
Ophiomusium glabrum LiTKEN AND MortTEeNSEN, 1899, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., XXII, p. 132.
There are five additional specimens from Station 5689. They are
about 30 mm. across the disk and the arms are about 165 mm. long.
Ophiomusium jolliense McClendon
Ophiomusium jolliense McCLenpon, 1909, Univ. of California Publ., Zoél.,
VI, No. 3, p. 36.
There is a typical example of this species, 7 mm. across the disk, in
the present collection, but it was not represented in the material reported
on previously. .
Station 5682. Off Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, 491 fms.
Bottom Temp. 40.8°.
One specimen.
Ophiomusium lymani Wyville Thomson
Ophiomusium lymani WyvVILLE THOMSON, 1873, ‘The Depths of the Sea,’ p. 172.
One of the 18 additional specimens now at hand from Station 5689
is larger than any in the earlier collection, measuring 32 mm. across the
disk, while the others are from 13 mm. up.
Amphiura diomedee Liitken and Mortensen
Amphiura diomedex LittKEN AND MorTENSEN, 1899, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
XX, p. 151.
An additional, well-preserved specimen from Station 5694 has the
disk 15 mm. across and the arms about 180 mm. long.
Amphipholis squamata (Delle Chiaje)
Asterias squamata DELLE Cu1asE, 1828, ‘Mém. Anim. s. Vert.,’ ITI, p. 74, Napoli.
Amphipholis squamata VERRILL, 1899, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci., X, p.
312.
A tiny brittle-star with disk about 2 mm. across is evidently an
Amphipholis but shows no characters by which it can be distinguished
from the ubiquitous species of Europe and eastern North America. Of
course, were it full grown, it might show distinctive characters, but, as it
0 “etwe . iii
1923] Clark, Echinode*ms from Lower California 155
is, no other course seems right than to refer it to the cosmopolitan
squamata. There was no representative of the genus in the earlier col-
lection. The present specimen bears the label—‘“‘ Middle of east side of
Cerros Island, March 12, 1911.’ This island is off the western coast of
Lower California.
Ophiacantha normani Lyman
Ophiacantha normani LyMAN, 1879, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., VI, p. 58.
There are 51 additional specimens of this common brittle-star from
Station 5694. They range from 9 to 17 mm. across the disk.
Ophiacantha parasema', new species
Disk about 22 mm. in diameter and 8 to 10 mm. thick; arms all broken near base,
4to 5 mm. wide, the longest basal piece little more than 10 mm. long. Disk covered
with a rather thick soft skin, the surface of which bears numerous crowded, more or
less circular, minute plates, each of which carried a single, very acute, slightly rough
spine. These spines are relatively thick at the base and taper to the sharp point;
they are considerably longer than the diameter of the plate and hence the disk appears
to be crowded with them. The longest are about a millimeter in length. Radial
shields completely concealed and apparently wanting, but when the inner surface of
the disk is examined, they can be detected as thin, flat plates, about 3 mm. long and
half as wide, lying side by side, nearly parallel but scarcely in contact.
Upper arm plates quadrilateral, overlapping, with distal margin strongly con-
vex and lateral margins converging proximally. The basal plate has a slightly
convex proximal region and the lateral margins are a little concave. It is about as
long as wide, but all the succeeding plates are much wider than long. There are,
however, only half a dozen upper arm plates on the longest arm fragment present and
it is hard to say how much of their shortness and overlapping is due to the highly
contracted condition of the arms. For the three fragments that are still attached
to the disk are pulled back dorsally so strongly that the upper surface rests against
the disk, much as occurs in the usual specimens of Ophiotholia, and, when forcibly
laid down horizontally, their upper surfaces are markedly concave from the evident
contraction of dorsal muscles. Side arm plates moderately large, the spine-bearing
ridges prominent, not meeting above, but apparently meeting narrowly below between
the under arm-plates. It is possible however that in a relaxed arm, lying horizontally,
the distal margin of the under arm-plates would overlie and conceal the side arm
plates in the median line. Each side arm plate bears 6 or 7 arm-spines, of which the
uppermost is probably the longest, or the next to the uppermost perhaps, and the
lowest shortest; as all are broken, neither their actual nor relative lengths can be
determined. They are glassy, acicular, longitudinally ridged and somewhat rough,
but not thorny; the longest was evidently longer than the arm segment and appar-
ently equalled two segments at least. Under arm plates small, depressed at center
so that they are distinctly concave, quadrilateral, with rounded corners and concave
lateral margins. They are not in contact in the present condition of the arms.
lrapaonuos =spurious, in reference to its not being a typical member of the genus.
156 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
Tentacles long and basally large, scarcely contracted at all. Tentacle pores large,
guarded by three tentacle-scales which were apparently somewhat spiniform, but
as all are broken at the tip their actual form is uncertain.
Interbrachial spaces below covered with thin, soft skin, with a few spine-bearing
scales like those of the dorsal surface; these are most numerous, naturally, near the
disk margin and are wanting near the mouth. Genital slits conspicuous, especially
orally, margined by well-developed genital plates and at the oral end by the adoral
plates and side arm plates. Oral shields conspicuous, nearly three times as wide as
long, except the madreporite in which the length almost equals the width; the proxi-
mal margin has a distinct sharp median angle, but the narrow lateral angles are
rounded. Adoral plates L-shaped, the tip of each branch expanded, especially the
shorter; they meet broadly in front of oral shield, but abut on the first under arm
plate at the other end. Oral plates rather large and a little swollen. Teeth in a
vertical series of about 4, bluntly pointed, about twice as long as wide. Oral papille
4 on each side, the smallest ones distalmost, the largest at apex of jaw; the largest
are as long as the teeth but not quite so wide. Besides the oral papille, the sides of
the jaw are armed with conspicuous oral tentacle-scales; the first oral pore is guarded
by two large ones, as big as the smaller oral papille but of course above them
(apparently below, when the mouth-parts are being examined); the outer pore is |
guarded by three similar spiniform scales which are nearly at the same level and in
line with the oral papillae. Color pale gray.
Typr.—Cat. No. —, U.S. Nat. Mus., from Station 5694.
Station 5694. Southwest of Santa Cruz Island, California, 640
fathoms.
One specimen.
The actual relationships of this brittle-star are dubious, owing to
the defective condition of the specimen. The swollen disk and dorsally
contracted arms, with the apparent absence of radial shields, remind one
of Ophiotholia, but the mouth-parts are quite like many species of
Ophiacantha. If the distal part of the arms were present, we should be
better able to decide whether the relationship to Ophiotholia is at all
close. Under existing conditions, it seems better to put the species in
Ophiacantha, although it is obvious that it is not closely related to any
species of that genus. The whole family of the Ophiacanthide needs
revision with a careful comparison of internal skeletal plates which have
hitherto been largely ignored. When this revision is made there will no
doubt be a considerable increase in the number of genera which should be
recognized.
Ophiocoma ethiops Liitken
Ophiocoma exthiops LivrKen, 1859, ‘Add. ad Hist.,’ pt. 2, p. 145.
A very small brittle-star bearing every indication of being an
Ophiocoma, and certainly not O. alexandri, is referred to this Panamic
species. The disk is less than 2 mm. across, prettily variegated, as are
1923] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California 157
the arms, with yellow-brown and cream-color. Accompanying this
specimen is a slip on which is written: ‘‘Lower California on oyster
shells. No locality label.’’ Only a single specimen of xthiops was in the
original collection and that was from Angel de la Guardia Island in the
Gulf of California.
Ophiocoma alexandri Lyman
Ophiocoma alexandri Lyman, 1860, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 256.
A young specimen of this species, 4 mm. across the disk and yellow-
brown in color, is very finely preserved, but, like the young 2thiops,
it is accompanied by a slip reading “‘ Lower California. No locality label.
On oyster shells.”
Ophiothrix spiculata Le Conte
Ophiothrix spiculata Lx Contes, 1851, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, V, p.
318.
There are 30 very badly preserved small specimens of this common
Panamic brittle-star with the disk 2 to 7 mm. across. They bear a label
“T) 5695” but this locality is obviously wrong, as the depth at Station
5695 was 534 fms. and spiculata is essentially a littoral species. It has
been recorded from depths near the 100 fms. line, but that is extreme.
The label with the specimens bears the date April 26, 1911 and the speci-
mens themselves indicate that they were taken in very shallow water.
Astroschema subleve Liitken and Mortensen
Astroschema subleve LiTKEN AND MorTENSEN, 1899, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
XXIII, p. 187.
There are two more specimens from Station 5695, one an adult with
disk 13 mm. across and arms fully 200 mm. long, but only 3 mm. in
diameter; the other very young, with disk smooth, only 2 mm. across
and arms so tightly coiled on the gorgonian, on which both it and the
adult are borne, that they cannot be measured.
Asteronyx excavata Liitken and Mortensen
Asteronyx excavata LUTKEN AND MortensEN, 1899, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
XXIII, p. 185.
There is a single additional specimen, 22 mm. across the disk, ona
gorgonian from Station 5688.
ECHINOIDEA
Eucidaris thouarsii (Agassiz and Desor)
Cidaris thouarsii AGassiz AND Drsor, 1846, Ann. Sci. Nat., VI, p. 326.
Eucidaris thouarsii D6DERLEIN, 1887, ‘Jap. Seeigel,’ p. 42.
158 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
There are some good representatives of this species in the present
collection and they show no little diversity in form. For example, one
42 mm. in diameter is 24 mm. high, v.d. thus equal to less than .60 h.d.,
while another specimen 58 mm. in diameter is 41 mm. high, v.d. equaling
more than .70h.d. In the best-preserved specimens the spines are nearly
or quite equal to the diameter of the test. In one specimen there are
7 or 8 coronal plates in a series, while in another there are 9 or 10, a
very large number for thouarsii. The specimens from Espiritu Santo
bear a label reading ‘‘ Enemies of pearl oyster at propagating plant.” It
seems highly improbable that this can be a fact, though it may be the
impression of the pearl-shell growers. It would be interesting to know in
just what way the sea-urchin is supposed to injure the pear! shells.
Espiritu Santo.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Six specimens.
Centrostephanus coronatus (Verrill)
Echinodiadema coronata VERRILL, 1867, Trans. Connecticut Acad., I, p. 294.
Centrostephanus coronatus A. AGassiz, 1872, Ilust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zoél..
VII, p. 97.
There are five unusually large specimens at hand, 45 to 50 mm. h.d.:
thus twice as big as the largest in the earlier collection. The coloration
too indicates maturity, for the banded spines of the young are no longer
in evidence. Although all of the primaries have the tips broken off,
they are long enough to show the absence of bands; they are deep claret
distally but browner basally.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Astropyga pulvinata (Lamarck)
Cidarites pulvinata Lamarck, 1816, ‘Anim. s. Vert.,’ II, p. 59.
Astropyga pulvinata AGassiz AND Drsor, 1846, Ann. Sci. Nat., VI, p. 345.
This interesting sea-urchin was not represented in the former collec-
tion, but there is a fine series at hand now, ranging from 15 to 95 mm.
in diameter. Unfortunately, they are not in the best of condition, the
small ones in particular being more or less damaged. On the larger
specimens the spines are mostly missing or broken. The most interesting
feature of these Astropygas is the coloration. All specimens of pulvinata
which I have seen hitherto have had a dull greenish ground color, in
marked contrast to the deep red of A. radiata. The present specimens
however show that the ground color in pulvinata is deep, purplish red at
and above the ambitus and that the greenish color of dry museum mate-
1923] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California 159
rial is due to the peeling off and loss of the red epidermis, which
appears to flake off and disappear very easily. A very constant feature
of the coloration of pulvinata, conspicuous in all but one of the present
series, is a yellowish triangular spot in each interradius just above the
ambitus. This is usually visible even in the greenish specimens and is
very noticeable in the red ones. Apparently this spot is pale yellow, or
possibly even white, in life.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Fifteen specimens.
Arbacia incisa (A. Agassiz)
Echinocidaris incisa A. AGassiz, 1863, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., I, p. 20.
Arbacia incisa H. L. Cuarx, 1913, Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XII,
p. 220.
There is a fine series of this species in the present collection, for the
most part in good condition. They range from 10 to 38 mm. in diameter.
The relative length of the primary spines shows some diversity; in the
individual with the test 38 mm. h.d., the spines are 39 mm. long, but in
one having h.d. 16 mm. the spines are 23 mm. long. Half a dozen of the
specimens lack a locality label but the others are from San Francisquito
Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Twenty specimens.
Clypeaster speciosus Verrill
Clypeaster speciosus VERRILL, 1870, American Journ. Sci., (2) XLIX, p. 95.
This fine clypeastroid was not represented in the first collection,
but beautifully preserved specimens are now at hand, 76 mm. long, 66
mm. wide and 18 mm. high. They have the lower side very flat and the
color is a deep, dull purple.
San Esteban Island, Gulf of California.
Two specimens.
Encope californica Verrill
Encope californica VERRILL, 1871, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci., I, p. 586.
This remarkable clypeastroid was also wanting in the earlier collec-
tion, although two other species of Encope were represented. The three
species are easily distinguished from each other and show no tendency
to intergrade or hybridize. It is possible that they do not occur
together at any given place, but that each species has its own particular
habitat. The ‘Albatross’ collections indicate that californica and
grandis occur at the same locality and that grandis and micropora are
160 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History - [Vol. XLVIII
both found at Tiburon Island, but that of course does not prove that
they are actually living together at the same spot.
The specimens of californica in the present lot show interesting
diversity in the proportions of length and breadth. A typical specimen
is 93 mm. long and 93 mm. wide, but three others are 95 by 93, 104 by
101 and 116 by 110. As a rule, the length is slightly greater than the
width, but occasionally the width is greater; thus one specimen 109 mm.
long is 112 mm. wide. The color of the dry specimens is brown, with a
marked violet tinge around the lunules and along the margin.
Conception Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Twenty-one specimens.
Encope grandis Agassiz —
Encope grandis Acassiz, 1841, ‘Monogr. Echin., Scutelles,’ IT, p. 75.
There are additional specimens of this extraordinary creature at
hand from new localities. The length exceeds the width, the measure-
ments being 98 by 93 mm. and 100 by 98.
Conception Bay, east coast of Lower California.
San Francisquito Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Two specimens.
Urechinus loveni (A. Agassiz)
Cystechinus loveni A. AGAssiz, 1898, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXXII, p. 79.
Urechinus lovent MortTENSEN, 1907, ‘Dan. Ingolf.-Exp., IV, Echinoidea,’ pt. 2,
p. 50.
There are two additional specimens of this odd and fragile sea-
urchin from Station 5684. One is 78 mm. long, 57 mm. wide and 35 mm.
high, while the other is 75 by 44 mm.
Schizaster townsendi A. Agassiz
Schizaster townsendi A. AGAssiz, 1898, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., XXXII, p. 82.
Additional material from Station 5697 consists of eight more or
less complete specimens, 40 to 50 mm. long, and fragments of others. :
Brissopsis pacifica (A. Agassiz)
Toxobrissus pacificus A. AGAssiz, 1898, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., XXXII, p. 83.
Brissopsis (Toxobrissus) pacifica MoRTENSEN, 1907, ‘Dan. Ingolf.-Exp., IV,
Echinoidea,’ pt. 2, p. 44.
There are 42 additional specimens, 10 to 30 mm. long, and many
fragments, from Station 5675.
1923] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California 161
HOLOTHURIOIDEA
Molpadia musculus Risso
Molpadia musculus Risso, 1826, ‘Hist. Nat. Princip. Product. Europe Mer.,’ p.
293.
There is a single Molpadia from Station 5684, in fine condition, 80
mm. long by 25 mm. in diameter where largest, and with the caudal
portion 13 mm. long. The color is pale gray and there are no phosphatic
bodies. The calcareous particles seem to warrant referring it to this
species, but it is certainly not a typical example.
Cucumaria abyssorum Théel
Cucumaria abyssorum Taber, 1886, ‘Rep. Voy. ‘Challenger,’ Zool.,’ XX XTX,
p. 66.
There are two additional specimens from Station 5684 and five
from 5691. They are well preserved and several show their ten tentacles.
They are 50 to 95 mm. long and in the largest the genital papilla: is
conspicuous.
Psolus squamatus (O. F. Miiller)
Holothuria squamata O. F. MiLuER, 1776, Proc. Zool. Dan., p. 232.
Psolus squamatus MCANDREW AND BARRETT, 1857, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2)
XX, p. 45.
There is another large Psolus at hand from Station 5695, measuring
80 mm. long by 55 mm. wide and 30 mm. high. It seems to me almost
incredible that these specimens can really have been taken at a depth of
534 fms. and not show any differences to distinguish them from speci-
mens taken in shallow water on the Norwegian coast. The species of
Psolus are in need of critical revision and the Pacific coast material is
not at present sufficient to make such a revision satisfactory.
Thyonepsolus nutriens H. L. Clark
Thyonepsolus nutriens H. L. Cuarx, 1901, Zool. Anz., XXIV, p. 168.
There is a small psolid at hand with only the unsatisfactory label
“Gulf of California” to indicate whence it came. It is 12 mm. long by
6.5 mm. wide and about 4mm. high. The calcareous deposits in the sole
can be roughly grouped in three classes and are almost exactly like those
of Psolidium dorsipes Ludwig. But the dorsal surface is quite unlike
Psolidium and is exactly as described for Thyonepsolus, soft, thick, with
no visible scales or plates, and very numerous pedicels not arranged in
longitudinal series. The validity of Thyonepsolus has been questioned
and some have relegated the genus to the synonymy of Psolidiwm, but
162 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
the examination of the present specimen confirms my belief that it is a
recognizable, natural group. In one respect, however, this specimen from
the Gulf of California is unlike those from Monterey, California, and
that is in the deposits of the sole. It is probable, however, that my
original description failed to recognize the diversity to be found in these
desposits.
Benthodytes sanguinolenta Théel
Benthodytes sanguinolenta TH&EL, 1882, ‘Rep. Voy. ‘Challenger,’ Zool.,’ XIII,
p. 104. +
There are three fairly well preserved specimens of this deep sea
holothurian, 125 to 175 mm. long, but they have with them no locality
label. The ‘Albatross’ met with the species at four stations in depths
exceeding one thousand fathoms.
Pseudostichopus mollis Théel
Pseudostichopus mollis THtEL, 1886, ‘Rep. Voy. ‘Challenger,’ Zool.,’ XX XIX,
p. 169.
There are three additional specimens from Station 5695. They are
smooth, shiny white, and 110 to 150 mm. long.
Stichopus parvimensis H. L. Clark
Stichopus parvimensis H. L. Cuarx, 1913, Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist.,
XXXII, p. 234.
A young Stichopus only 40 mm. long seems to belong to this species.
The dorsal papillae have very dark tips.
Point San Bartolomé, west coast of Lower California. “Boat
dredge.”
Holothuria lubrica Selenka
Holothuria lubrica SELENKA, 1867, Zeitschr. f. w. Zool., XVII, p. 329.
The specimens listed in the earlier report bore no locality label, but
of those now at hand only two lack such a label. The specimens run
from 20 to 160 mm. in length, the last being a maximum for the species.
It is interesting to note that the species occurs on both sides of Lower
California as well as far up in the Gulf.
Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California.
Pichilingue Bay, east coast of Lower California.
Santa Maria Bay, west coast of Lower California.
Eight specimens.
1923] Clark, Echinoderms from Lower California 163
Holothuria monacaria (Lesson)
Holothuria (Psolus Oken) monacaria Lrsson, 1830, ‘Cent. Zool.,’ p. 225.
Holothuria monacaria JAEGER, 1833, ‘De Holoth.,’ p. 24.
A small holothurian, 60 mm. long from Pichilingue Bay, east coast
of Lower California, seems to represent this Indo-Pacific species, although
it has not previously been recorded from the coast of America. A much
smaller specimen, 15 mm. long, with no locality label other than ‘‘ Lower
California,” is too young for certain identification, but may, for want of a
better place, be referred to this species. I have little doubt however,
that when the genus Holothuria is critically and carefully revised, the
range of true monacaria will not include the western coast of America.
a
J
Tez
—s
a
aK
x,
4
f
eS RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA
tn Cuanrce or C, H. Townsenp, sy THe U. S. Fisheries Steam-
’ sup ‘ALBATROSS,’ IN 1911, Commanpnr G. H, Burrage, U.S. N,,
CoMMANDING
- Published by Poraienen at the U. 8. Commissioner of Fisheries
“XII
The Brachyuran Crabs Collected by the U.S. Fisheries
~ Steamer ‘Albatross’ in 1911, Chiefly_on the
West Coast of Me: €X1CO
By Mary J. RatrHBun
BULLETIN _
OF
” THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
(= > Vou XLVIM, Ar. XX, pp. 619-637
7 New York ;
Issued December 28, 1928.
| EUEETS, mei ae a. —— BAR ays
) ee hore eee es oe
eaBS. American Museum of Natural ‘History: : e =
3520") Ne lone clat ce so: 35!” W30 laeel
fathoms; 8S. brk. Sh.; March 21; eeaviOn D5678; 2 small? ; one ‘‘had a
large compound ascidian on its back.”’
Without locality label; 1 9, soft-shell.
See also list of larvee.
Hypoconcha digueti Bouvier
1898, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, IV, pp. 374 and 376,
San Estaban Island; 1 o& without chelipeds. Length of carapace
10.2 mm., width 10.6 mm.
The type female came from La Paz Bay.
CALAPPIDE
Cycloes bairdii Stimpson
Cyclois bairdii Stimpson, 1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, p. 237 [109].
Cape San Lucas; March 23; 20° 1 9.
PORTUNIDZ
Portunus (Portunus) xantusii (Stimpson)
Achelotis xantusii Stimpson, 1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, p. 222 [94].
Point San Bartholome; 2 juv. Also with boat dredge; March 13;
DO Oe ois
Santa Maria Bay; boat dredge; March 18; 100 juv.
Ba eel et Bay: Sail Rock, Entrada Bain. S. 53° W.; Redondo
Point, 'S:,15° W.; lat.24° 35’ 207 No Mone. TiS 59° 35 Wie. 13.5 fathoms;
S. brk. Sh.; March 21; station D5678; 171 9.
Cape San Lucas; March 23; 6 & 8 9 (2 ovigerous).
Pichilinque Bay: By electric light; March 27; 6 @ 1 9 16 juv.
April 18; 6 o& 1 ovigerous 2. By electric light; 1 juv.
San Josef Island; March 31; 1% 1 9.
Agua Verde Bay; April 1; 1 Juv.
Without locality label; 59 juv.
Arenzus mexicanus (Gerstacker)
Euctenota mexicana GrrstCKER, 1856, Arch. f. Naturg., XXII, pt. 1, p. 131, Pl. v,
figs. 3 and 4.
Ballenas Bay; March 16; 1 #1 9.
1923] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of West Coast of Mexico 621
Callinectes arcuatus Ordway
1863, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 578.
San Jose del Cabo; March 26; 2 o 2 9 (1 immature, | soft-shell).
Callinectes bellicosus (Stimpson)
Lupa bellicosa Stimpson, 1859, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, p. 57 [11].
Point San Bartholome: With boat dredge; March 13; 3 72 9.
March 14; 1 &. Imseine; 4 juv.
Abreojos Point; March 16; 2 9°.
Ballenas Bay; March 16; 2 o& juv.,1 @ juv.
S. end of Magdalena Bay; March 20; 10 72 9.
Pichilinque Bay: By electric light; March 27; 6 juv. March 29;
1 o@ Juv.
Agua Verde Bay; April 2; 2immature °.
Mulege, at mouth of river; in 100-foot seine; April 4; 1 o.
Ricason Island, Concepcion Bay; April7; 8 2 9.
Cronius ruber (Lamarck)
Portunus ruber Lamarck, 1818, ‘Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert.,’ V, p. 260.
Amphitrite edwardsii LocKINGTON, 1877, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., VII, 1876, p. 43 [3].
Point San Bartholome; in seine; March 14; 22 9.
ATELECYCLIDZ
Pliosoma parvifrons Stimpson
Plate XXVI
1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, p. 228 [100], Pl. 111, fig. 6.
Cape San Lucas; March 28; 1 o. Carapace 20 mm. long, 18.8
mm. wide.
The specimen is larger than those collected by Xantus and is better
developed. The spines are reduced in size, the gastric, hepatic and two
inner branchial prominences being scarcely more than tubercles. The
first ambulatory leg is nearly twice as long as the carapace; the cheliped
is stronger than the legs and one and two-thirds times as long as the
carapace; surface finely granulate except on distal half of fingers; merus
subcylindrical, carpus subspherical; propodus a little compressed, in-
creasing in width gradually and regularly almost to the fingers where the
lower margin bows outward, giving the fixed finger a sinuous edge and
making a considerable gape between the proximal halves of the fingers,
into which a very low, broad tooth projects from the dactylus; meeting
edges crenulate.
622 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLVIII
CANCRIDE
Cancer jordani Rathbun
1900, Amer. Nat., XXXIV, p. 133.
Middle of east side of Cerros Island; March 12; 1 9.
Cancer amphictus Rathbun
1898, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XI, p. 582.
Middle of east side of Cerros Island; March 12; 1 juv.
Santa Maria Bay; with boat dredge; March 18; 2 juv.
XANTHIDZE
Leptodius occidentalis (Stimpson)
Chlorodius occidentalis Stimpson, 1871, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., X, p. 108.
Pichilinque Bay; March 27; 5073 9.
Agua Verde Bay; April 1; 3 o’.
Xanthodius hebes Stimpson
1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, p. 208 [80].
Pichilinque Bay; March 27 and 29; 16 7 17 9.
Agua Verde Bay; April 1; 2 oc 8 @ (1 ovigerous).
San Francisquito Bay; April9; 1 9.
Cycloxanthops novemdentatus (Lockington)
Xanthodes? novem-dentatus LOCKINGTON, 1877, Proc. California Acad. Sci., VII,
1876, p. 32.
Point San Bartholome; in seine; 1 9.
Glyptoxanthus labyrinthicus (Stimpson)
Actzxa labyrinthica Stimpson, 1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, p. 204.
San Francisquito Bay; beach; April 9; 1 <’.
Panopeus bradleyi Smith
1869, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XII, p. 281.
Santa Maria Bay; with boat dredge; March 18; 1 9.
Head of Concepcion Bay; April 6; 1 o.
Eurypanopeus planissimus (Stimpson)
Xantho planis sima Stimpson, 1860, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, p. 205.
Agua Verde Bay; April 1; 1 o&.
San Francisquito Bay; beach; April 9; 4 7.
ee
1923] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of West Coast of Mexico 623
Micropanope nitida Rathbun
1898, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXI, p. 587, Pl. xxi, fig. 9.
Agua Verde Bay; Aprill; 1073 @.
Locality not given; 23 o1 16 2 1 juv.
Lophopanopeus heathii Rathbun
1900, Amer. Nat., XXXIV, p. 137.
Middle of east side of Cerros Island; March 12; 1 @ and
carapace.
Pilumnus spinohirsutus (Lockington)
Plate XX VII
Acanthus spino-hirsutus Locxtneton, 1877, Proc. California Acad. Sci., VII, 1876
pp. 33 and 102.
Pilumnus spino-hirsutus STREETS AND KinGstey, 1877, Bull. Essex Inst., IX, p. 107.
Pilumnus spinohirsutus RatuBun, 1904, ‘Harriman Alaska Exped.,’ X, p. 185 (part),
not Pl. vu, fig. 2; 1910, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX XVIII, p. 585 (part).
Point Abreojos; March 6; 1 o’.
Magdalena Bay: Sail Rock, Entrada Point, S. 53° W.; Redondo
Pom, ©. 15° W.; lat..24° 35':20” Ni; long-:111° 59”. 35" W.; 13.5
fathoms; S. brk. Sh.; March 21; station D5678; 1 1 2 2 juv.
Occurs in southern California and on the west coast of Lower Cali-
fornia as far south as Magdalena Bay. :
From Magdalena Bay southward as far as Manzanillo, including the
Gulf of California, P. spinohirsutus is replaced by a form which I formerly
regarded as a variation, but a considerable series of both sorts from many
localities shows consistent differences.
Lockington’s types are not extant. His description would apply to
either species, according to the reader’s interpretation of this sentence:
re four larger spines on antero-lateral margin of carapax, besides
those on upper margin of orbit.’’ Did he include the spine at the outer
angle of the orbit with the antero-lateral spines or with the upper orbital
spines? We can judge only by the locality of his specimens, San Diego,
which is included in the range of the northern species, and from which
the National Museum possesses two specimens belonging to that species.
In it, there are four antero-lateral spines beside the outer orbital spine;
the latter therefore was classed by Lockington with ‘‘those on upper
margin of orbit.”
The species have much in common. In both, the dorsal surface of
carapace and appendages is covered with long hairs, except the hinder
part of the carapace, while the carapace and ambulatory legs have a short
624 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
coat of pubescence. The carapace is very convex antero-posteriorly,
slightly convex from side to side. The antero-lateral margins are armed
with long spines, the orbit and the front with shorter spines. Chelipeds
spinous above and also on the outer surface of the palms except on the
lower portion of the larger palm. On the legs, the upper surface of the
carpus-propodus and the distal extremity of the merus are spined.
The differences are as follows:
P. spinohirsutus
Antero-lateral spines 5; the first or
orbital spine is a little shorter than the
others and the space between first and
second is less than the other spaces, the
bases of those spines often contiguous,
so that they appear like one deeply bifid
spine.
No subhepatic spine, although there
may be some small spinules.
Frontal spines short.
In male usually half of outer surface of
larger hand is smooth and naked, the
smooth area separated obliquely from the
rough area by a line running from the
lower proximal corner to the distal end
opposite the middle of base of dactylus.
In female the smooth space is similar to,
but smaller than, that of the male.
Carapace wider, width (exclusive of
spines) more than 1)4 times length.
P. towwsendi
Antero-lateral spines 4, equally sep-
arated.
A slender, well-marked, subhepatic
spine, below the interval between first
and second lateral spines.
Frontal spines longer.
In both sexes less than half of outer
surface of larger hand is smooth. A con-
tinuous line of short, conical spines runs
lengthwise in line with the base of cutting
edge of propodal finger.
Carapace narrower, width (exclusive of
of spines) 1%, or less than 1%, times
length.
P. spinohirsutus runs larger than the next species, measuring 23.4
mm. (Cat. No. 32964, U. S. N. M.) in total length of carapace as con-
trasted with 14.2 in townsendi (type).
P. spinohirsutus shows a tendency to produce a posterior branch
on the third lateral spines.
Pilumnus townsendi,! new species
Plate XXVIII
Pilumnus spinohirsutus RaTHBUN, not Lockington, 1904, ‘Harriman Alaska Exped.,’
X, p. 185 (part), Pl. vit, fig. 2; 1910, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX XVIII, p..585
(part).
1For Dr. Charles H. Townsend, in charge of the 1911 expedition.
eS
—e
oy
1923] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of West Coast of Mexico 625
Typr-LocaLity.—Off Adair Bay, Gulf of California, Mexico; 17 fathoms; sta-
tion 3026, ‘Albatross’; 2 females (1 is holotype).
Typr.—Cat. No. 17413, U.S. N. M.
MEASUREMENTS.—Female holotype, length of carapace on median line 13.8,
length including spines 14.2, width excluding spines 18.3, including spines 21.4 mm.
SPECIMENS COLLECTED BY THE 1911 ExPEDITION.—
Magdalena Bay: Sail Rock, Entrada Point, 8. 53° W.; Redondo Point, 8. 15°
W.; lat. 24° 35’ 20” N., long. 111° 59’ 35”’ W.; 13.5 fathoms; 8. brk. Sh.; March
21; station D5678; 1 71 Q.
Head of Concepcion Bay; April 6; 1 o 3 juv.
A lot containing 1 9, 3 juv., is labeled ‘‘Station 5695,” obviously incorrect, as
the depth at that station is 534 fathoms.
Rance.—Magdalena Bay to Manzanillo, via Gulf of California, to a depth of
22 fathoms.
For description of this species and its relations, see under Pilumnus
spinohirsutus, above.
Pilumnus gonzalensis Rathbun
1893, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XVI, p. 240.
San Francisquito Bay; April 9; 2 9.
Eurytium affine (Streets and Kingsley)
Panopeus affinis STREETS AND KINGSLEY, 1877, Bull. Essex. Inst., IX, p. 106.
Pichilinque Bay; March 27; 3 1 Q.
Eriphia squamata Stimpson
1859, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VI, p. 56 [10].
Agua Verde Bay; Aprill; 11 @.
Pichilinque Bay; March 27; 5 o&' 8 @ (3 ovigerous).
Mazatlan; 1 propodus of right cheliped.
PINNOTHERIDE
Pinnotheres jamesi,! new species
Plate XXIX, Text Figures 1 and 2
Typr-LocaLity.—Pichilinque Bay, Lower California; by electric light; 1 male.
Typr.—Cat. No. 57005, U.S. N M.
MEASUREMENTS.—Length of carapace of type male 3.7 mm., width the same.
Diacnosis oF Matn.—Carapace hard, nearly circular, bordered with hair
around lateral angles. Last leg very much smaller than the others. Male abdomen
extremely long and narrow.
Description oF Mate.—Carapace subcircular, inclining toward the hexagonal,
broadest at the middle of its length; evenly convex in all directions; surface smooth
and shining except for a narrow border of pubescence, 1.4 mm. long, embracing the
1For Mr. Arthur Curtiss James, a patron of the expedition.
626 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
widest part of the carapace. Posterior margin 2.3 mm. long, slightly curved; postero-
lateral margin thickened over the last pair of legs. Front 1.2 mm. wide, nearly
truncate, extremities curved; middle part bent under and ending in a point.
Chelipeds shorter than first leg and very little stouter. Margins of chelipeds and
legs hairy. Palm increasing in width distally; fingers with a small tooth near base of
inner edges, tips curved toward each other. The legs are similar in form, their rela-
tive lengths represented by 2.3.1.4, the second longest, fourth very much shorter
than the others, its merus not reaching the middle of the merus of the third leg; in
all, the margins of the merus are subparallel, the upper margin of the propodus is
slightly arched, the dactylus is strongly curved, gradually tapering, but with a very
slender tip; the carpus-propodus of the second and third legs has a fringe of long
hairs on the posterior surface which proceed from near the upper margin.
A
Sear eee
(ee oe
Fig. 1. Pinnotheres jamesi, left outer maxilliped of & holotype, X 77.5.
Fig. 2. Pinnotheres jamesi, abdomen of & holotype, X 18.
The abdomen is very narrow and long, reaching to the buccal cavity; the first
two segments are linear, the third occupies little more than half the width of the
sternum, its ends rounded; fourth and fifth segments fused, the line of union partially
visible; the fourth tapers a little, the fifth is nearly square; the sixth is a little shorter
than the fifth and narrows slightly to the seventh, which is suboblong with rounded tip.
This species belongs to the same group as P. concharum'; it differs
from male concharum in its rounder carapace with pubescence along the
lateral angles instead of around the anterior half of the carapace, in the
broader front, the more convex posterior margin, the shorter and broader
legs, especially noticeable in the propodus, the longer and differently
shaped abdomen. The outer maxilliped is akin to that of P. reticulatus,?
from the Gulf of California, which is known only from the female and
has no other obvious relation to P. james?.
1Rathbun, 1918, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 97, p. 86, Pl. xx, figs. 3-6, text-fig. 42.
2Op. cit., p. 93, Pl. xx1, figs. 1 and 2.
1923] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of West Coast of Mexico 627
Pinnotheres pichilinquei, new species
Plate XXX; Text Figures 3 to 5
TyYpE-LocaLiry.—Pichilinque Bay, Lower California; by electric light; March
27; 4 males.
Type.—Cat. No. 57004, U.S. N. M.
MeEASUREMENTS.—Length of carapace of type male 4.4 mm., width 4.3 mm.
Dracnosis or Maue.—Pubescent. Carapace deeply sculptured. Chelipeds
very heavy. Legs subequal.
Description oF Marte.—Carapace subhexagonal, the postero-lateral regions .
deeply hollowed, the posterior ambulatory leg fitting into the hollow; surface cov-
ered with a dense soft pubescence which forms a smooth, as opposed to a ragged,
surface, but does not conceal the inequalities of the shell. Cardiac region surrounded
by a deep groove except posteriorly; branchial and gastric regions grooved in such a
Fig. 3. Pinnotheres pichilinquei, left outer maxilliped of « paratype, X 33}.
Fig. 4. Pinnotheres pichilinquei, right first ambulatory leg of & paratype, X 27.
The outer line marks the extent of the fringe of hair.
Fig. 5. Pinnotheres pichilinquei, abdomen of & paratype, X 27.
way as to form aregular pattern; hepatic region depressed. Front viewed from above,
advanced, broadly subtriangular, edge arcuate; viewed from before, the front is
deflexed and pointed. Orbits round, eyestalks stout, cornee smaller but of good size
and black. Antennules when folded bulging; antenna as long as one-half width of
front.
Chelipeds pubescent like the carapace and with a dense short fringe on the inner
border; they are stout; carpus somewhat nodose, chela thick and high; palm with
upper surface concave, outer surface with two longitudinal grooves; lower margin
of propodus convex from one end to the other; fingers heavy, meeting when closed,
tips slender and crossing; a small tooth near base of each finger.
Ambulatory legs similar, diminishing slightly from first to fourth pair; carpus-
propodus broader than merus, and having a fringe of long hairs attached on the pos-
terior surface just below the upper margin, the hairs lying against the surface;
dactyli slender, long, curved.
628 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
Coior.—The preserved specimens show a great deal of dark color on the cara-
pace; in the type-specimen the front is light with a narrow, dark, median line, the
extreme rear is light, the remainder is dark shading to nearly black; chelipeds and
legs mostly light.
This is the Pacific counterpart of P. shoemakeri! which inhabits the
Gulf of Mexico and the West Indies. The Atlantic species has a longer
carapace with smaller areoles and wider furrows; the fingers are nar-
rower and the legs much slenderer.
ie Pe as
Fig. 6. Parapinnixa nitida, Pichilinque Bay, abdomen of o, X 27.
Parapinnixa nitida (Lockington)
Text Figure 6
Pinniza (?) nitida Lock1neToN, 1877, Proc. California Acad. Sci., VII, 1876, p. 155
[11], part (type-locality, Angeles Bay).
Parapinniza nitida RaTHBUN, 1918, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 96, p. 107, text-fig. 58,
and synonymy.
Pichilinque Bay; by electric light; 1 o’.
Carapace 2.6 mm. long, 5.6 mm. wide. The male is similar in shape
to the female which is known to us only through Holmes’s figure, the type
specimen itself being no longer extant. Just behind the front there is a
transverse furrow which laterally curves forward until it meets the upper
margin of the orbit. The carpus and propodus, taken together, are more
nearly of a size in the first three ambulatory legs than is represented
in Holmes’s figure where the second and third legs were narrowed by
perspective.
1Rathbun, 1918, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 97, p. 95, Pl. xxn, figs. 1-4, text-fig. 48.
1923] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of West Coast of Mexico 629
Dissodactylus nitidus Smith
1870, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., II, p. 173.
Santa Maria Bay; from boat dredge; March 18; 6 2 9.
GRAPSIDZ
Grapsus grapsus (Linnzus)
Cancer grapsus LINN US, 1758, ‘Sys. Nat.,’ 10 Ed., I, p. 630.
South end of Cerros Island; March 10; 1 o.
Santa Maria Bay; March 18; 2 7.
San Estaban Island; April 13; 1 o.
Label illegible; 1 %.
Geograpsus lividus (Milne Edwards)
Grapsus lividus MILNE Epwarps, 1837, ‘Hist. Nat, Crust.,’ IT, 1837, p. 85.
Pichilinque Bay; March 27; 2 9 (1 ovigerous).
Pachygrapsus crassipes Randall
1840, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, VIII, 1839, p. 127.
Guadalupe Island; March 2; 171 Q.
E. San Benito Island; March 9; 1 &% 2 @ (1 ovigerous).
W. San Benito Island; March9; 472 9.
S. end of Cerros Island; March 10; 678 @.
Santa Maria Bay; March 15; 1o¢.
Point Abreojos; March 16; 1 o 3 9 (1 soft-shell).
Margarita Island; March 19; 3 9.
Tiburon Island; April 12; 1 9.
Pachygrapsus transversus (Gibbes)
Grapsus transversus GIBBES, 1850, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., ITI, p. 181.
Pichilinque Bay; March 27; 1 ovigerous 9°.
Agua Verde Bay; April 1; 2 o 1 ovigerous 9°.
Goetice americanus, new species!
Plate XX XI; Text Figure7 _
Hemigrapsus oregonensis RATHBUN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 97, p. 270 (part).
TypE-LocaLity.—San Luis Gonzales Bay, Lower California (gulf side), Mexico;
March 27, 1889; ‘Albatross’; 70 males; 41 females (27 ovigerous). One male is holo-
type. A set of paratypes has been placed in the American Museum.
Typr.—Cat. No. 17452, U.S. N. M. Pig Ae
7. Te
1Not represented in the 1911 collection. Published here by permission of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. : j \
, a
630 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
MEASUREMENTS.—Male holotype, length of carapace 14, greatest width 15.8,
width between outer orbital angles 14.4 mm.
DeEscrIPTIoNn.—Dorsal aspect very much as in Hemigrapsus oregonensis. In
specimens of equal carapace length, the width is a little less, both at the widest part
and at the orbital angles, than it is in oregonensis, the posterior of the lateral teeth is
smaller, the granulated ridge setting off the steep postero-lateral region is fainter, the
blunt ridge just above and parallel to the margin of the front is more extensive,
punctate and smoother than in oregonensis.
The most noticeable difference in the species is in the outer maxillipeds; the
ischium is distinctly smaller than the merus and diminishes in width from the distal
to the proximal end, its distal margin is concave forward except for a smooth arcuate
lobe at the inner end which is strongly produced forward and partially overlaps the
merus; merus elongate; palpus strongly developed, reaching, when it is folded in
place, quite to the ischium.
Fig. 7. Goetice americanus, left outer maxilliped of co paratype (Cat. No.
17452, U..S..N. M.), <8.
The chelipeds in the well-developed male are very heavy and equal; palms high
height greater than length measured from articulation with carpus to sinus between
fingers; anterior margin of palm very oblique; tip of immovable finger curved up-
ward, wider than:tip of dactylus; dactylus slender, a large lobe near its base, the distal
half of which has a crenulated edge, continued also along the edge of the dactyl as far
as the tip; a large brush of coarse hair occupies the greater part of the inner surface
of the palm.
Ambulatory legs of moderate size and bordered with long, soft hair.
Abdomen of male narrow, the sides converging little from the third to the middle
of the sixth segment.
VARIATION.—There is considerable variation in individuals from the same locality.
Large specimens have not always as well developed chelipeds as smaller specimens.
The two chelipeds may be unlike, one with a tooth on the dactyl, the other without a
tooth, and with meeting fingers, similar to those of females and young. Most of the
specimens of the type lot including all the females are devoid of hair on the legs;
in a lot from Guaymas, there is a greater proportion of hairy individuals, including
some females.
1923] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of West Coast of Mexico 631
Rance.—From San Bartolome Bay, on the west coast of Lower California to the
Gulf of California where it has been found at Guaymas, Puerto Refugio on Angel
Island, and at San Luis Gonzales Bay. It was not taken by the 1911 expedition of the
‘Albatross.’
Hemigrapsus oregonensis, with which this species was formerly con-
founded, does not occur in Mexico farther south than Todos Santos Bay
on the west coast of Lower California just below the United States line
(not Todos Santos near the tip of the peninsula).
The genus Goetice,! distinguished by the form of the outer maxillipeds,
has not before been noted in America. Its type species, G. depressus (de
Haan),? is a common shore crab in Japan; it differs from the American
species in its carapace narrowed behind instead of squarish and the
articulation of merus and ischium of endognath of outer maxillipeds
more oblique. Male abdomen and chelipeds similar, except that the
inner surface of the palm is bare in depressus.
Sesarma (holometopus) magdalenense Rathbun
Plate XXXII
1918, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 97, p. 305, Pl. Lxxxv1.
TyYPE-LOCALITY.—Mangreve Island, Magdalena Bay, Lower California; March
20, 1911; ‘Albatross’; 8 78 9 (1 cis type).
Typr.—Cat. No. 45793, U.S. N. M.
MEASUREMENTS.—Type male, length of carapace 11.6 mm., width between the
outer angles of the orbits 14.2 mm., width at postero-lateral angles 13.1 mm.
Carapace distinctly broader than long, broadest at the outer angles of the orbit,
diminishing posteriorly, a very shallow sinus in the lateral margins behind the antero-
lateral angles. Surface for the most part smooth and shining, depressions moderately
deep; pits of two sorts, a few large scattered ones visible to the naked eye, and numer-
ous small ones, which become crowded on the anterior branchial region. On the
anterior and antero-lateral regions, there are a few scale-like granules. Antero-
lateral angle a well-marked tooth.
Front about three-fifths as wide as carapace, surface nearly vertical, with the
lower edge advanced; front widening below, lower margin arcuate, outer corners
rounded; surface uneven, wrinkled and unevenly granulate with fine, depressed
granules; superior frontal lobes nearly smooth and feebly separated, the middle pair
the wider.
Chelipeds of male massive; merus and carpus covered on the outer surface
with short granulated ruge; chele high, swollen; immovable finger short, high,
horizontal; dactylus strongly arched. Palm with lower margin very arcuate, its
upper surface with several longitudinal, broken lines of fine granules, its outer surface,
as well as the upper surface of the proximal half of the dactylus, covered with fine
scabrous granules; fingers punctate, gaping; basal half of prehensile edge of the
1Gistel, ‘Natur. Thierreichs,’ 1848, p. x.
2Grapsus (Platynotus) depressus de Haan, ‘Fauna Japon., Crust.,’ 1835, p. 63, Pl. vu, fig. 2, Pl. D
(mouth-parts, Platynotus).
632 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
dactylus cut out in a deep sinus, into which projects a crenulated tooth of the im-
movable finger; both fingers irregularly dentate.
The chelipeds of the female have both fingers horizontal and longer than the
immovable finger of the male; they do not gape, and the teeth fit rather closely
together. In the young male the chelz are intermediate in form between those of the
adult male and of the female, and the gape is lacking.
Ambulatory legs with merus-joints rather short, (in the fourth pair 2\, times as
wide as long), widening distally, and crossed by fine short rug; dactyli slender,
longer than their respective propodi measured on the outer or anterior margin.
Abdomen of male broadly triangular; terminal segment as broad as long. Ap-
pendages of first segment rather slender, tips oblique.
Cotor.—Specimens preserved in alcohol have a greenish-blue carapace mottled
with purple; upper, proximal half of chelew reddish-brown; upper surface of legs
covered with a pattern of fine dots of dark purple on a light ground.
This species is unlike other American Sesarme in its faintly marked
frontal lobes, which give it much the appearance of a Metasesarma, e.g.,
M. rousseauxi Milne Edwards! and M. aubryi (A. Milne Edwards).? In
Sesarma magdalenense, however, the inner orbital lobe, although large,
does not meet the angle of the front and exclude the antenna from the
orbit.
GECARCINIDZ ¢
Cardisoma crassum Smith
1870, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., I, p. 144, Pl. v.
Agua Verde Bay; 1°.
OcYPODIDE
Ocypode occidentalis Stimpson
1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VI, p. 229.
Cape St. Lucas; March 23; 3 o.
Carmen Island: with 175-foot seine; April 3; 3% 3 9. April 7;
2.6%
Uca crenulata (Lockington)
Gelasimus crenulatus LocktneToNn, 1877, Proc. California Acad. Sci., VII, 1876, p.
149.
Mangrove Island, Magdalena Bay; March 20, 1911; 4 &.
Agua Verde Bay; April 2; 1 o.
Head of Concepcion Bay; April 6; 13 o.
11853, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zodl., (3) XX, p. 188 [154].
ogSesarma (Holometopus) aubryi A. Milne Edwards, 1869, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, V,
p.
1923] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of West Coast of Mexico 633
PARTHENOPIDE
Heterocrypta macrobrachia Stimpson
1871, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., X, p. 108,
Magdalena Bay: Sail Rock, Entrada Point, 8. 53° W.; Redondo
Pont... 15. W.; lat..24° 35’ 20" N., long. 111° 59’ 35” W.;. 13.5
fathoms; 8S. brk. Sh.; March 21; station D5678; 1 juv.
Masip# (= Inachide)
Stenorynchus debilis (Smith)
Leptopodia debilis Sm1ru, 1871, Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci., 1869, p. 87.
Without locality label; 1 ovigerous @.
Podochela hemphillii (Lockington)
Microrhynchus hemphillit Lock1netTon, 1877, Proc. California Acad. ci., VII, 1876,
; p- 30 [8].
San Estaban Island; April 14; 1 o.
“Station D5679”; 1 &. As the depth at this station is 325
fathoms, the label is probably erroneous.
Eucinetops panamensis Rathbun
1923, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XX XVI, p. 73.
San Francisquito Bay; beach; April 9; 1 <’, soft-shell.
Euprognatha bifida Rathbun
1893, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, p. 231.
Middle of east side of Cerros Island; March 12; 3 72 Q.
Collodes granosus Stimpson
1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, p. 194 [66], Pl. u, fig. 4.
Cape San Lucas; March 23; 1 ovigerous 9°.
Collodes tumidus Rathbun:
1898, Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus., X XI, p. 569, Pl. x11, fig. 1.
Middle of east side of Cerros Island; March 12; 1 @ juv.
Inachoides tuberculatus (Lockington)
Inachus tuberculatus Lock1naTon, 1877, Proc. California Acad. Sci., VII, p. 30.
Santa Maria Bay; with boat dredge; March 18; 1749. |
Without locality label; 3.73 9.
634 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIII
Epialtus sulcirostris Stimpson
1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, p. 198 [70].
Santa Maria Bay; with boat dredge; March 18; 1 o.
Epialtus nuttallii (Randall)
Libinia nuttallii RanDALL, 1840, Journ, Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia, VIII, 1839,
Pl. m1.
W.San Benito Island; March 9; 1 92 juv.
Loxorhynchus grandis Stimpson
1857, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 85.
Point San Bartholome; 1 @. This is farther south than the
species has hitherto been recorded.
Chorilia longipes Dana
1851, Amer. Journ. Sci., (2) XI, p. 269.
W. of Point Buchon, California: Pine Mountain, N. 42° E.; lat.
35° 18’ 30” N., long. 121° 28’ W.; 440 fathoms; temp. 39.9° F.; April
27; station D5696;: loc? 1+.
W. of San Nicolas Island, California: lat. 33° 13’ 30’ N., long. 120°
04’ 30’’ W.; 451 fathoms; April 26; station D5693; 4 3 2.
Chionoecetes tanneri Rathbun
1893, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XVI, p. 76, Pl. rv, figs. 1-4.
Taken at the following localities off the California coast:
Off Carmelo Bay: lat. 36° 30’ N., long. 122° W.; 659 fathoms; gn.
M.; temp. 37.9° F.; April 27; station D5699; 7 9 @.
Off Point Sur: Point Sur, N. 6° W.; Juniperro Mountain, N. 47°
E.; lat. 35° 50’ N., long. 121° 49’ 30” W.; 475 fathoms; temp. 39.9° F.;
April 27; station D5698; 8 Juv.
W. of Piedras Blanca: Silver Peak, N. 40° E.; Pine Mountain,
N. 75° E.; lat. 35° 35’ N., long. 121° 39.8’ W.; 485 fathoms; gn. M.
bk. S.; temp. 39.8° F.; April 27; station D5697; 14 juv.
W. of Point Buchon: Pine Mountain, N. 42° E.; lat. 35° 18’ 30” N.,
long. 121° 28’ W.; 440 fathoms; temp. 39.9° F.; April 27; station D5696;
2 large ovigerous 2, 2 %,3 2 immature, and 16 juv.:
N. W. of San Nicolas Island: lat. 33° 33’ N., long. 120° 17’ 30”
W.; 534 fathoms; gn. S. Glob.; temp. 38.9° F.; April 26; station
D5695; 1 large o’, 4 juv.
N. W. of San Nicolas Island: lat. 33° 24’ 36’’ N., long. 120° 12’ 30”
W.; 640 fathoms; gn. M.; April 26; station D5694; 1 immature °,
1 juv.
1923] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of West Coast of Mexico 635
The specimens are of various sizes and have very slender spines
on the margins and also in the two dorsal branchial lines, one trans-
verse, the other oblique. The slender meropodites of the legs are very
narrow, not at all dilated, although tapering gradually to the distal end
and are bristling with sharp spines especially on both margins.
Length of largest specimen (male) on median line 124.4 mm., width
between lower branchial margins (finely spined) 135 mm.
Libinia setosa Lockington
1877, Proc. California Acad. Sci., VII, 1876, p. 68 [6].
Santa Maria Bay; with boat dredge; March 18; 1 2 2 13 juv.
Without locality label; 4 juv.
Thoe sulcata Stimpson
1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VI, p. 177.
San Francisquito Bay; beach; April9; 1.
Pitho picteti (Saussure)
Othonia picteti SAussuRE, 1853, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., (2) V, p. 357, Pl. x1m, fig. 2.
Without locality label; 1 .
Mithrax sinensis Rathbun
1892, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XV, p. 266, Pl. xxxvim, fig. 2.
San Estaban Island; 1 o.
Stenocionops triangulata (Rathbun)
Pericera triangulata RaTHBUN, 1892, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XV, p. 246, Pl. xxxu,
fig. 1.
Magdalena Bay: Sail Rock, Entrada Point, 8S. 53° W.; Redondo
Point, 5. 15° W.; lat. 24° 35’. 20” N., long. 111° 59’ 35” W.;. 13.5
fathoms; S. brk. Sh.; March 21; station D5678; 1 @ juv.
Microphrys triangulatus (Lockington) °
Mithraculus triangulatus Locx1neton, 1877, Proc. California Acad. Sci., VII, 1876,
P10 {14};
San Josef Island; March 31; 1 o&.
Agua Verde Bay; April 2; 1 &.
Without locality label; 1 7.
Microphrys branchialis Rathbun
1898, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XI, p. 577, Pl. xu, fig. 5.
Magdalena Bay: Sail Rock, Entrada Point, S. 53° W.; Redondo
Pomt, Sls Ww 7. tat. 24 30°20" N.; long. 111° 59’ 35” W.; 13:5
636 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History {Vol. XLVIII
fathoms; 8S. brk. Sh.; March 21; station D5678; 1 immature a’, the
chelipeds slightly developed, scarcely larger than the first ambulatory
leg.
List oF LARVAL Forms
Dromidia larraburet
Cape San Lucas, ship’s anchorage, taken by electric light; one megalops, 5 mm.
long. (See Pl. X XXIII, fig. 4.)
Point San Bartholome; one megalops, lacking chelipeds.
Middle of east side of Cerros Island, March 12, one female, early postlarval
stage.
As D. larraburei is the only dromiid in the region, the identification of the
above is reasonably certain.
Carmen Island, southeast side, taken by electric light; one megalops, 2.9 mm.
long. (See Pl. XX XIII, fig. 3.) This and the following forms are placed
under Dromidia on account of the great development of the coxa of the
hind legs.
Cape San Lucas; 5 megalopa, 3mm. long. (See Pl. XX XIII, figs. 1 and 2.)
Callinectes
Cape San Lucas; 50+ megalopa, 5 mm. long. (See Pl. XXXVI, fig. 3.)
Cape San Lucas; 50+ megalopa, of two sizes. Seem to be the same as the
figured lot.
Carmen Island, southeast side, taken by electric light; 50+ megalopa. Per-
haps same as the two preceding lots.
San Francisquito Bay, taken by electric light; about 10 megalopa, with legs
broken off. Perhaps belong here.
There are three species of Callinectes in the region; arcuatus, toxotes and
bellicosus. The first two were described from Cape San Lucas; bellicosus
is as near the Cape as La Paz on the one side and Magdalena Bay on the
other. According to Dr. Fish, the megalopa figured is almost identical |
with that of Callinectes sapidus of the Atlantic coast.
Portunide, genus unknown, perhaps Callinectes
Cape San Lucas; 3 megalopa, 6.6 mm. long. (See Pl. XXXVI, fig. 4.)
Pliosoma (?), or Libinia (?)
Carmen Island, southeast side; one megalops, 2.2 mm. long. (See Pl. XXXVI,
fig. 2.) Dr. Fish says that this closely resembles an Atlantic species of
Libinia.
Pachygrapsus crassipes (?)
Cape San Lucas; one megalops.
Guadalupe Island, taken by electric light, March 3; 25+ megalopa, 6 mm. long.
(See Pl. XXXIV, figs. 1 and 2.) The large size indicates a large species of
Grapsoid.
Sesarma (Holometopus) magdalenense
Carmen Island, southeast side, taken by electric light; one megalops.
1923] Rathbun, Brachyuran Crabs of West Coast of Mexico 637
Cape San Lucas; 3 megalopa, 5.5 mm. long. (See Pl. XXXIV, figs. 3-5.)
Cape San Lucas, ship’s anchorage, taken by electric light; 5 megalopa.
The larve show (Pl. XXXIV, fig. 5) the humped movable finger peculiar
to S. magdalenense (Pl. XXXII).
Grapsoid. A pair of pigment spots on each abdominal somite.
Point San Bartholome; one megalops.
Benito Island; 6 megalopa, 5 mm. long. (See Pl. XXXV, figs. 4-6.)
Grapsoid, different from the preceding. Body thick, color reddish in
alcohol, speckled.
Cape San Lucas; 20 megalopa, 2.3 mm. long. (See Pl. XX XV, figs. 1-3.)
Libinia setosa
Cape San Lucas; 4 megalopa, 3.15 mm. long. (See Pl. XXXVI, fig, 1.) Dr.
Fish says that this is very similar to an Atlantic species of Libinia, the
rostrum of which is more pointed. The only Libinia known from Cape San
Lucas is L. setosa. Another Mexican form, L. mexicana, has been taken
only at the extreme head of the Gulf of California.
PLATE XXVI
: ait Pliosoma parvifrons :
erg aes. Fig. 1. Cape San Lucas, <7, carapace 20 mm. long, dorsal >
Fig. 2. Same specimen, ventral view.
Buuuetin A. M.N. H. Vou. XLVIII, Puare XXVI
tw
Fig. 1.
view.
Fig. 2.
Puate XXVII
Pilumnus spinohirsutus
Female (Cat. No. 54763, U.S. N. M.), carapace 17.2 mm. long, dorsal
Same specimen, ventral view.
i)
Buttetin A. M. N. H.
VoL. XLVIII, Puatse XXVII
Puate XXVIII
Pilumnus townsendi
Fig. 1. Female holotype, carapace 13.8 mm. long, dorsal view. The,second
lateral tooth counting from the orbit is below the margin of the carapace.
Fig. 2. Same specimen, ventral view.
BuntetTin A. M.N.H. Vou. XLVIII, Puats XXVIII
a
Fig. 4. Grapsoid, megalops, unlike Fig. 1, Benito Island, carapace 5 mm. long,
dorsal view.
Fig. 5. Left cheliped of Fig. 4.
ta)
Fig. 6. Front view of Fig. 4.
g
Butuetin A. M.N. H. Vou. XLVIII Prats XXXV
PuaTE XXXVI
Fig. 1. Libinia setosa, megalops, Cape San Lucas, carapace 3.15 mm. long,
dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Pliosoma, megalops, Carmen Island, carapace 2.2 mm. long, dorsal view.
Fig. 3. Callinectes, megalops, Cape San Lucas, carapace 5 mm. long, dorsal
view.
Fig. 4. Portunid, megalops, Cape San Lucas, carapace 6.6 mm. long, dorsal
view.
BE XXXVI
Vou. XLVIII Puar
‘ t
TC Resuu 3 OF THE EXpEpivt
Fh ga
= ’
Teck
is
.
~ .
Te
Pim
lished by Permission of the U. S, Commissioner of Fisheries
Bee BeaerN \
\ ‘ . ey ’
~ xd
= f y aay \
, THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL Histone.
VoLumeE LI, 1925
59.7(72.2)
Article I—DEEP SEA FISHES OF THE ‘ALBATROSS’ LOWER
' CALIFORNIA EXPEDITION!
Puatses I tro IV anp 1 Map
By CuHarutes H. TowNsEND AND JOHN T. NICHOLS
The deep-sea fishes obtained by the ‘Albatross’ Expedition of 1911
to the Gulf of California were dredged,at twenty-six stations between
Cape San Lucas, Lower California, and Monterey, California, all but
four being within the 1000-fathom line of depth.
The region covered by the dredgings, a thousand miles or more in ©
length, is, in general, rich in those forms of life characteristic of the
“‘deep-sea’’ fauna. Both fishes and invertebrates, including those taken
near shore at a depth no greater than 284 fathoms, were often found in
abundance.
The collection of fishes, numbering several hundred specimens,
contains forty-nine species, of which only five are here described as new.
This small proportion of new forms may be explained by the fact that
the deep-sea fishes of this region are already well known from dredgings
made by the ‘Albatross’ during many years of fishery service along the
Pacific Coast.
The large number of species discovered since 1888 indicates that the
continental slope here has a fish fauna largely its own. While there is
some mingling with the many forms now known from Alaskan depths,
there is comparatively little identity with those taken southward from
the Gulf of California and still less with the deep-water fishes of the
Hawaiian region.
1Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Gulf of California in charge of C. H. Townsend, by the
U. S. Fisheries Steamship ‘ Albatross,’ in 1911. Commander G. H. Burrage, U.S. N., Commanding.
XIV. Published by permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
2 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LIT
Only a few fishes were taken in the four hauls deeper than 1000
fathoms, although invertebrates were well represented in number and
species. The fishes are Raja microtrachys, Bathysaurus mollis, Narcetes
stomias, Cyclothone acclinidens, Plectromus maaxillaris, Lycodapus fierasfer,
Macrourus acrolepis, and Macrourus albatrossus. Single representatives
of Atlantic and Antarctic genera, Cyema, Bathysaurus, and Harriotta,
are new to eastern Pacific waters, the last being different from the
Atlantic form.
Deep-sea fishes were sometimes taken in considerable numbers; at
station 5675 in 284 fathoms the dredge brought up fifty-nine Macrourus,
eighteen Catulus, and one Nemichthys.
From station 5682 in 491 fathoms, there are forty-four fishes repre-
senting Macrourus, Merluccius, Alepocephalus, and Argyropelecus.
Station 5693, in 457 fathoms, yielded thirty fishes of four genera.
Station 5696, in 440 fathoms, yielded nine species of fishes.
At most stations where fishes were taken there was a much greater
weight and variety of invertebrates, good hauls of fishes, in fact, usually
depending on the abundance and variety of invertebrate life as repre-
sented by crustaceans, mollusks and annelids. Fishes were at times,
however, dredged with quantities of invertebrates showing nothing more
palatable than starfishes, sea urchins, and crinoids.
It is probable that the deep-sea fishes already known to science
represent but a moderate proportion of those that move aside from the
path of the dredge, and that the discovery of other and larger forms
awaits the use of some larger apparatus.
It is of interest to note that at station 5674, in 590 fathoms, three ©
fishes, Plectromus, Cyclothone and Serrivomer came up alive, a most
unusual occurrence in the case of fishes from such a depth. The differ-
ence between bottom and surface temperature at this station was
recorded as nineteen degrees. There is a difference of more than half
a ton to the square inch in sea pressure between the bottom at 590
fathoms and the surface, while the difference in the amount of light would
be equal to that between night and day. Such are the barriers between
the deep-sea and the shore faunz, even at this moderate depth.
The records of bottom temperature kept during the voyage show
that, at depths greater than 500 fathoms, bottom temperatures ranged
from 37 to 39 degrees. In depths between 300 and 500 fathoms, bottom
temperatures were from 40 to 44 degrees.
The greatest difference between bottom and surface tempera
was found off Cape San Lucas, where at a depth of 630 fathoms the
1925] Townsend and Nichols, Fishes from Lower California 3
bottom temperature was 39 degrees, while at the surface it was 73 degrees.
Bottom temperatures of 36 degrees were obtained by the Albatross in
the lower part of the Gulf at depths of 1200 to 1500 fathoms.
About ten miles off Cape San Lucas the 1000-fathom line turns
away from the coast until in Lat. 23° 20’ N. it is sixty miles off-shore.
At Magdalena Bay it lies about half that distance away. A hundred
miles farther north it is 65 miles off, again approaching the coast within
25 miles off San Hipolito Bay. From this point northward to the San
Benito Islands there are depths of 1000 fathoms within sight of land.
North of the San Benitas the line lies farther off, trending nearer
the coast at San Quentin. In the latitude of the United States and
Mexican boundary the 1000-fathom line is more than 100 miles from the
coast, passing from 20 to 40 miles outside of the islands of southern
California. From Point Conception northward to near Monterey it
lies at distances varying from 30 to 50 miles.
Four hauls were made in depths exceeding 1000 fathoms, the deep-
est being about 100 miles northwestward of Cape San Lucas in 1760
fathoms (two miles exactly), where the only fish taken was Bathysaurus
mollis. The last dredge haul of the season was made about 35 miles
south of Monterey in 659 fathoms.
The 2000-fathom line of depth, still imperfectly known, is not far
beyond the 1000-fathom line, its distance from it apparently ih seta
less than the distance of the ie from the coast.
While the 1000-fathom curve extends into the Gulf of California as
far as 180 miles north of Cape San Lucas, deep-water dredging was not
attempted there, the results obtained during two former voyages having
yielded little of interest.
During the voyage plaster casts of thirty-one deep-sea fishes in
perfect condition were made by Mr. J. C. Bell, modeler of the Museum
staff. Some of these yielded more exact measurements than the alcoholic
specimens from which they were made when fresh. Photographs of
the most interesting are reproduced herewith. The casts are of decided
value as museum exhibits of deep-sea types, otherwise difficult to dis-
play in attractive form.—C. H. T.
4 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LIT
DREDGING STATIONS
U.S. 8. ‘ALBaTrRoss’ LowEeR CALIFORNIA CRUISE, 1911
DREDGING Lat. AND Lona. Date Farxnoms' Borrom
STATIONS TEMP
5673 Sle 26000aNe 117° 42’ 00” W. Mar. 1 1090 ae
5674 31° 28’ 45’ N. 117° 09’ 50” W. Mar. 8 590 39.4
5675 ZIAOTO8@eNe 114° 33’ 10” W. . Mar..15 284 44.6
5676 PISS Bil! YY INL 113° 29’ 30” W. Mar. 17 645 39.0
5677 Dona Dae 11S setG 00/2 Wie | Miarwl7, 735 38.6
5678 24° 35/ 20” N. S597 35/ Wi, Mar w21 13% te
5679 an Aad INE 11223700 We) Mar. 22 325 44.1
5680 230401301 ONE AS We Misia 389 43.6
5681 DomoomlomeN: 111° 02’ 10’ W. Mar, 22 405 43.3
5682 22482075 Ne 109° 52’ 40” W. Mar. 24 491 40.8
5683 22° 46’ 45’ N. 109° 50’ 15’ W. Apr. 20 630 39.1
5684 Dom2ouoUaNeE 112° 00’ 30” W. Apr. 21 1760
5685 25° 42’ 45” N. 113° 38’ 30” W. Apr. 22 645 es
5686 26° 14’ 00” N. 114° 00’ 00’ W. Apr. 22 930 37.
5687 Dae Ay Way IN |e 115° 1600” W. Apr. 23 480 41.1
5688 Dilmaseao Ne 115° 17’ 40” W. Apr. 23 525 39.9
5689 292234002 INe 116° 14/00” W. Apr. 24 879 Stine
5690 29° 29’ 00” N. 116° 18’ 00” W. Apr. 24 1101 38.1
5691 31° 08’ 20” N. 118° 29’ 30” W. Apr. 25 868 eae,
5692 Sillee2ou SeaINe 118° 31’ 30" W. Apr. 25 1076 Sif olt
5693 SEY Way sO!" INT 120° 04’ 30” W. Apr. 26 451
5694 33, 24736" N. 120° 12730" W: Apr: 26 640 ae
5695 BE ay (0 INE 120° 17’ 30’ W. Apr. 26 534 38.9
5696 SoS ey SOY IN 121° 28’ 00’ W. Apr. 27 440 39.9
5697 355 a0) 00/N; 121° 39’ 00” W. Apr. 27 485 39.8
5698 35° 50’ 00” N. 121° 49’ 30” W. Apr. 27 475 39.9
5699 3651007307 N- 1220070077 W. Apr. 327, 659 37.9
Polistotrema curtiss-jamesi, new species
The common hagfish, Polzstotrema stouti, is frequently recorded
from depths down to several hundred fathoms, but perhaps specimens
from the depths have not been carefully compared with those from
shallow water. We have hagfish dredged from south of Monterey,
California, to west of the Santa Barbara Islands, approximate latitudes
36° to 34°, depths of from 440 to 585 fathoms, as follows: one from
station 5697 in 585 fathoms, one from station 5695 in 534 fathoms, three
from station 5696 in 440 fathoms, and one from station 5698 in 475
fathoms, and these show constant differences which we here recognize as
specific from P. stout?. They differ from it in two or three obvious
proportional measurements as follows:
1925] Townsend and Nichols, Fishes from Lower California 5
Head to first branchial aperture contained between 5 and 6, versus 4}, times in
total length; branchial region between 6 and 7, versus 8. Anal fin and abdominal
keel uniform in color, lacking the pale edge. Branchial apertures 10 to 11. All are
full-grown specimens—that from Sta. 5695, 15 inches total length; the stations are
from Santa Barbara Islands to near Monterey.
The type, No. 8341, American Museum of Natural History, collected by the
‘Albatross’ Lower California Expedition of 1911 off Central California, between
Monterey Bay and Pt. Conception, Sta. 5697, 585 fath., April 27, 1911, is 15% inches
in total length. Snout, 18 times in total length; head to first branchial aperture, 6;
branchial region, 6; tail, 634. Depth at beginning of abdominal keel, 24% in head.
Dorsal and anal confluent with caudal, which is rounded, depth of this compound fin,
2in head. Dorsal extending as a low keel to before vent; abdominal keel to a distance
back of last branchial aperture equalling depth of body at that point. Branchial
apertures 11. Uniform dark plum color, including fins, the barbels paler.
Fig. 1. Polistotrema curtiss-jamesi. Type.
Directly compared with a specimen of P. stout? (No. 2702 American
Museum of Natural History) of the same length taken in Monterey Bay
by E. C. Starks. All our six specimens (as well as the specimen of P.
stouti with which they have been compared) have only the last branchial
aperture of the left side conspicuously enlarged.
Named for Mr. Arthur Curtiss James, of New York.
Catulus xaniurus Gilbert
A number of specimens (18) from station 5675, approximate lati-
tude 27°, in 284 fathoms, off the middle of the west coast of Lower
California. The largest of these measures 18 inches.
Catulus brunneus Gilbert
One small specimen from station 5696 (north of Pt. Conception,
California) in 440 fathoms, approximate latitude 35°.
6 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LIT
Catulus cephalus Gilbert
One specimen from station 5680 in 389 fathoms and several from
station 5681 in 405 fathoms; approximate latitude 24°, north of Cape
San Lucas on the west coast of Lower California.
Raja trachura Gilbert
A male specimen 28 inches long, from station 5694 (southwest of
Santa Barbara Islands, California, approximate latitude 33°), in 640
fathoms.
This differs from the type of R. trachura, apparently the only speci-
men of that fish previously described, 18 inches long and probably a
female (though we find no definite statement to that effect), in several
particulars which can be referred to age and sex.
Eye smaller, 175 in interorbital, 4 in snout. No tubercle in center of
back between shoulders. A conspicuous patch of erectile hooks on the
pectoral, consisting of 22 rows, with five spines in the longest of these.
No median dorsal spines forward of pectoral angle. Color, fresh,
plumbeous.
Raja microtrachys Osburn and Nichols
The type of R. microtrachys is from station 5673 (southwest of
San Diego, California, approximate latitude 31°) in 1090 fathoms, and is
so tagged. Osburn and Nichols erroneously attributed it to Guadaloupe
Island, the nearest shore station where collecting was done by the ‘Alba-
tross’ at this time, due to its having in some way become confused with
the shore material.
So few specimens of deep-water skates allied to this and the preced-
ing have been collected that it is impossible to state with certainty how
many species should be recognized. Color, fresh, dark grayish brown.
Harriotta curtiss-jamesi, new species
A single specimen of Harriotta six inches in total length and the
first fish of this genus to be recorded in the eastern Pacific is very similar
to Harriotta raleighiana, from the Atlantic, as described by Goode and
Bean in ‘Oceanic Ichthyology.’ Its eye is notably larger and the species
apparently a smaller fish than its Atlantic representative. This specimen
(No. 8342, American Museum of Natural History) is from station 5685,
645 fathoms, about 26° N. lat., off Lower California.
Four specimens of H. raleighiana are described; three of these
similar, supposed to represent the adult form (of which the largest was
1925] Townsend and Nichols, Fishes from Lower California 7
25 inches, the smallest about one foot in length) and it is these that our
specimen closely resembles. The fourth specimen of raleighiana, a
young one four inches long, was quite dissimilar. It might be argued
that our young fish was of minimum size for the adult form of this
previously described species and that the eye would become relatively
smaller with growth. However, the four-inch Atlantic fish just referred
to had a small eye and, if we are to accept it as the young of the same
species represented by larger Atlantic specimens, this little Pacific
specimen is not the same. It might reasonably be supposed that, if
allied, it would be recognizably different.
Fig. 2. Harriotta curtiss-jamesi. Type.
We find it shows the following discrepancies with the description
of Harriotta raleighiana.
The interval between the two dorsal fins is two-thirds the diameter of the eye
instead of nearly the diameter of the eye; the height of the second dorsal is two-thirds
of the diameter of the eye instead of equaling the diameter of the eye; the length of
the second dorsal is contained one and a half times in the head, instead of equaling
the head; the ventrals extend to a point just short of the end of the second dorsal,
instead of only to a point two-thirds of the distance between its origin and end; they
measure a little more than two-thirds of the snout instead of a little less than half the
snout; the eye is contained a scant three times in the snout instead of five and a half
times in the larger specimens, four and a half times in the one of about a foot length,
and in the young one of about four inches the eye is appreciably larger than the inter-
orbital.
Otherwise this fish agrees closely with the figures and description of
Harriotta raleighiana, having the same filamentous tail, long leaflike snout,
arrangement of lateral lines, spines on the head and back, proportions
and relative position of fins, shape of body, etc. It is black in color.
8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
Named for Mr. Arthur Curtiss James through whose munificence
the Museum was enabled to participate in the Lower California Expedi-
tion.
Alepocephalus tenebrosus, Gilbert
Plate II, Figure 1
Specimens from stations 5682, 5685, 5688 in 491 to 645 fathoms, and
two others too imperfect to be determinable with certainty from stations
5683 and 5694 in 630 to 640 fathoms. The above stations range from
approximate latitudes 28° off Pt. San Bartholome to 23° off Cape San
Lucas, Lower California, with the exception of the last named which is
farther north, approximate latitude 33°, southwest of the Santa Barbara
Islands, California.
Color, fresh, entirely black (station 5682). Five specimens, station
5688, pebbly bottom, head deep blue-black, body lighter.
Alepocephalide
BAJACALIFORNIA, hew genus
Body covered with small thin cycloid scales. Ventrals well developed. Mouth
moderately wide, larger than in Alepocephalus. Lower jaw strongly projecting, ending
in a pointed knob directed obliquely forward. Edge of jaws with a single row of small
teeth. Gill openings wide, membranes joined below, free from isthmus. Dorsal and
anal short, of about equal length, anal origin behind middle of dorsal.
Named for the peninsula of Lower California. Based on the fol-
lowing new species.
Bajacalifornia burragei, new species
The type and only specimen (No. 8343, American Museum of Natural History)
collected by the ‘Albatross’ Expedition of 1911 off Todos Santos Bay, Lower California,
station 5674, approximate latitude 31°, 590 fathoms, is 434 inches long to base of .
caudal (which is broken). Head, 3% in length to base of caudal; depth 5}4. Eye,
34 in head; maxillary, 24; snout, 3; interorbital space, ) eye.
Mandible projecting a distance equal diameter of pupil. Origin of dorsal equi-
distant from base of caudal and margin of preopercle. Base of ventral equidistant
from base of caudal and center of eye. Origin of anal slightly behind center of dorsal.
Greatest depth at back of head. Eye impinging on upper outline of head. A distinct
ridge over each eye. Interorbital narrowly concave. Snout rather broad and rounded
in cross section, concave in profile. Maxillary wide, barely reaching center of eye.
Mandible with a pointed knob at symphasis directed forward and downward. Width
of snout 7% diameter of eye. Width of posterior end of maxillary 3 eye. Color uni-
form black.
Dorsal, 16; anal, 13; pectoral, 17; ventral, 10.
Named for Commander G. H. Burrage, U. 8. N., commanding the
‘Albatross’ in 1911.
Baa ok
~
cm.
Type.
Vig. 3. Bajacalifornia burragei.
10 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
Narcetes stomias (Gilbert)
One specimen fifteen inches long from station 5692, approximate
latitude 31°, 1076 fathoms, southwest of San Diego, ,California, un-
questionably represents Gilbert’s stomzas, but seems to belong in Narcetes
rather than Bathytroctes. Garman’s Narcetes pleuriserialis is not very
different and may be the same. ;
Color, fresh, body and caudal dusky black, head blue-black.
Bathysaurus mollis Giinther
Plate I, Figure 1 ‘
One from station 5684, in 1760 fathoms. The only fish from this
station, which is off the west coast of southern Lower California, approxi-
mate latitude 23°. It is 174 inches long to base of caudal.
Although we can find no character to separate our fish from mollis,
we give herewith a detailed description of this interesting specimen.
Head, 414 in length to base of caudal; depth, 744; eye, 744 in head. Dorsal with
15 rays; anal 12; ventral 8. Scales (estimated) 100. Width of head \ its length;
gape 644 in total length of fish. Teeth slightly barbed.
Gape extending behind eye for a distance much greater than interorbital width;
equaling distance from center of eye to snout. Dorsal inserted 1% times the length of
its base behind snout. Length of fourth dorsal ray slightly greater than that of
maxillary. Mandible projecting beyond snout a distance equal to width of pupil.
Maxillary 14 in head. Interorbital width 544 in head. Seven to 8 large oval pores on
mandible, elongated except the two anterior ones. Head naked, except cheeks and
nape. Adipose dorsal present, half-way between origin of ventral and base of caudal.
Anal inserted behind dorsal a distance equal to the length of its own base. Anal base
1% in dorsal base. Ventral, pectoral and dorsal rays equal in length, °¢ of head. Color ”
white, lining of gill cavity black.
Myctophum californiense Eigenmann and Eigenmann
A specimen from station 5695 (southwest of the Santa Barbara
Islands, approximate latitude 34°) in 534 fathoms.
Nannobrachium leucopsarum (Higenmann and Eigenmann)
A specimen from station 5693, southwest of the Santa Barbara
Islands, California, in 451 fathoms; one from station 5694 in 640 fathoms;
and a third (imperfect) from station 5697 between Monterey and Pt.
Conception, California, in 485 fathoms, latitudes 36° to 33°.
Nannobrachium regale (Gilbert)
One large and one small specimen from station 5693, southwest of
the Santa Barbara Islands, California, in 451 fathoms, and a small one
from station 5695 in 534 fathoms, approximate latitudes 33° to 34°.
1925] Townsend and Nichols, Fishes from Lower California 11
Scopelengys dispar Garman
One each from station 5687, off Pt.San Bartholome, Lower California,
in 480 fathoms, and station 5677, somewhat farther south, in 735 fathoms,
approximate latitudes 28° to 25°.
Cyclothone acclinidens Garman
One each from station 5693, 451 fathoms, and station 5692, 1076
fathoms; two from station 5687, 480 fathoms; southwest of the Santa
Barbara Islands, California, to off Pt. San Bartholome, Lower California,
approximate latitudes 33° to 28°. These fragile specimens are apparently
acclinidens of Garman, which possibly may be what earlier authors have
identified as Pacific microdon.
Chauliodus sloanei Bloch and Schneider
One from station 5697 (south of Monterey, California, approximate
latitude 36°), in 485 fathoms, not in good condition.
Argyropelecus lichnus Garman
One taken at station 5682, in 491 fathoms.
Argyropelecus affinis Garman
A specimen from station 5691, in 868 fathoms (off TodosSantos Bay,
Lower California, approximate latitude 31°), and another from station
5686, in 930 fathoms (off Balenas Bay, approximate latitude 26°).
Halosaurus attenuatus Garman
One from station 5676 (approximate latitude 26°, off Pt. San
Juanico, Lower California), 645 fathoms. Identification somewhat
uncertain owing to mutilation of specimen.
Venefica tentaculata Garman
Four specimens of this genus we refer to this single variable species.
All approximate Garman’s description thereof, and differ from V. ocella
chiefly in having a decidedly shorter tentacle on snout. All are from
near the same locality, approximate latitudes 25° to 26°, off Pt. San
Juanico, Lower California, 647 to 735 fathoms.
One from station 5677, in 735 fathoms, 28 inches long, has well-
developed caudal, equaling % snout. One from station 5676, 647
. _ fathoms, 30 inches long has less developed caudal equaling % snout.
12 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
Another from the same station, 29 inches long, has whip-like caudal
region and very narrow caudal equaling % snout. One from station
5685, in 645 fathoms, 23% inches long, has wide and heavy caudal and
much the broadest caudal region, caudal 1% times snout.
Serrivomer sector Garman
A specimen nineteen inches long from station 5674, approximate
latitude 31°, off Todos Santos Bay, 590 fathoms, and a second somewhat
imperfect one from station 5683, off Cape San Lucas, approximate
latitude 23°, 630 fathoms, are obviously this species of Garman, which, as
Gilbert suggests (‘Deep Sea Fishes of the Hawaiian Islands,’ p. 586),
may be identical with S. beani of the Atlantic.
Nemichthys fronto Garman
One from station 5685 southwest of Balenas Bay, approximate
latitude 26° in 284 fathoms, and one from station 5687 off Pt. San
Bartholome, approximate latitude 28°, in 480 fathoms.
Cyema atrum Giinther
One specimen from station 5691, 868 fathoms (approximate latitude
31°, off Todos Santos Bay, Lower California).
Color, fresh, entirely black.
This is the first record of the occurrence of this genus in eastern
Pacific waters.
Plectromus |Melamphes] maxillaris Garman
A specimen from station 5695 (near the Santa Barbara Islands,
California, approximate latitude 34°) in 534 fathoms, and one from
station 5692 (west of San Diego, California, approximate latitude 31°)
in 1076 fathoms. A third specimen of this genus from station 5675 is too
mutilated for specific determination.
Color, fresh, black (station 5692).
Plectromus [Melamphas| cristiceps Gilbert
Plate II, Figure 2
Specimens from station 5674, off Todos Santos Bay, Lower Cali-
fornia in 590 fathoms; station 5687, off Pt. St. Bartholome in 480
fathoms; station 5691, off Todos Santos Bay, in 868 fathoms; and
one of 5% inches length to base of caudal, station 5674, 590 fathoms.
Others from station 5688, 525 fathoms; 5693, 451 fathoms; 5685, 645
1925} Townsend and Nichols, Fishes from Lower California 13
fathoms; and 5677 in 734 fathoms, probably represent the same species,
but are not in condition for definite specific determination. Approximate
latitudes of these stations run from 33° to 25°, depths from 451 to 868
fathoms.
Color, fresh, black (station 5685).
Plectromus [Melamphes] lugubris Gilbert
Two of about 3% inches total length from station 5683 in 630 fathoms
off Cape San Lucas, approximate latitude 23°.
Sebastolobus alascanus Bean
Plate II, Figure 3
Numerous specimens from station 5694, off the Santa Barbara
Islands, approximate latitude 33° in 640 fathoms.
Sebastolobus altivelis Gilbert
Numerous specimens from station 5693, off the Santa Barbara
Islands, in 451 fathoms (approximate latitude 33°). One from station
5683, off Cape San Lucas, 630 fathoms (approximate latitude 23°).
It would seem from the above that, for the same latitude, altzvelis
occurs in shallower water than alascanus.
There is also Sebastolobus material from several other stations show-
ing intergradation between the two forms. From station 5695 (approxi-
mate latitude 34°), off the Santa Barbara Islands, in the intermediate
depth of 534 fathoms we have two typical altivelis, two specimens which
are altivelis except for having sixteen dorsal spines, characteristic of
alascanus, one is an alascanus except for fifteen dorsal spines character-
istic of altivelis, and another with fifteen spines has the longest spine
of intermediate length.
From station 5696 (approximate latitude 35°) north of Point Con-
ception, in 440 fathoms, eight specimens are referable to altivelis, but
one has sixteen spines, two others have the longest spine 2.2 and 2.3 in
head respectively, which is a little short for that species.
On the other hand, three specimens from station 5699 (approximate
latitude 36°), south of Monterey, California, in 659 fathoms, are inter-
mediate, dorsal spines 16 in one, 15 in two, the longest spine 2.3 to 2.4
in head. A specimen from station 5697 (approximate latitude 36°) in
485 fathoms has dorsal XV, spine of intermediate length.
Of two specimens from station 5698 (approximate latitude 36°),
south of Monterey, in 475 fathoms, one is an altivelis, the other an
14 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
alascanus (with longest dorsal spine 2.8 in head, but spines XV). Five
others appear to be alascanus, but these are small, averaging 3 inches
in length, and small specimens, of which we have a number from the
other stations, have been excluded from the above discussion, where
they might cause confusion due to our uncertainty regarding age changes.
To sum up, north of Pt. Conception, coastwise in latitude 36°,
depths 475 to 659 fathoms, both species occur (at 475 fathoms) but inter-
mediates are the rule. South of Pt. Conception off the Sta. Barbara
Islands (latitude 33°) we find alascanus (described from Alaska in 159
fathoms) at 640 fathoms, intermediates at 534 fathoms, altivelis (described
from Alaska in 625 fathoms) at 451 fathoms; and we have a single
specimen of altivel’s off Cape San Lucas (latitude 23°) in 630 fathoms.
Color, fresh, uniformly rose red.
Zesticelus profundorum Gilbert
Two small specimens from station 5695, southwest of the Santa
Barbara Islands (approximate latitude 34°), in 534 fathoms.
Liparis osborni, new species
The type (No. 8344, American Museum of Natural History) is our only specimen,
collected by the ‘Albatross’ Lower California Expedition of 1911, north of Pt. Concep-
tion, California (approximate latitude 35°), station 5696 in 440 fathoms. Head, 3%
Fig. 4. Liparis osborni. Type.
in standard length; depth, 4%; eye, 5% in head; snout, 34; maxillary, 244; inter-
orbital, 344; pectoral from its upper axil, 1%; length of disk, 3; longest dorsal ray,
3%; longest anal ray 3!4; cuadal, 2%. Dorsal with 44 rays; anal with 39.
Body swollen in front of anal fin, thence compressed, slender, tapering backward;
nape gibbous, profile concave above eye; interorbital flat. Gill opening moderately
wide, its width equal to snout, extending for ¥ of its length below upper edge of
pectoral. Lower rays of pectoral produced in a pointed lobe which reaches vent. Vent
equidistant from front of anal and front of disk. Dorsal and anal adnate to caudal
for 4% its length. Dorsal origin behind nape, almost directly over the membranous
tip of opercle. Caudal narrow, subtruncate, scarcely rounded at tip. Color in spirits
whitish, in life uniformly pink.
1925] Townsend and Nichols, Fishes from Lower California 15
Named for President Henry Fairfield Osborn of The American
Museum of Natural History, a promoter of the ‘Albatross’ Expedition
of 1911.
Careproctus melanurus Gilbert
Plate III, Figure 1
One from station 5693, off the Santa Barbara Islands, approximate
latitude 33°, in 451 fathoms.
Color, fresh, pink.
Paraliparis cephalus Gilbert
One from station 5696, approximate latitude 35° (north of Pt.
Conception) in 440 fathoms.
Embryx crassilabris (Gilbert)
Plate III, Figure 2.
A specimen ten inches in length from station 5694, approximate
latitude 33° (off the Santa Barbara Islands) in 640 fathoms.
Color, fresh, black.
Bothracara mollis Bean
Plate I, Figure 2
A small specimen from station 5699 in 475 fathoms south of Mon-
terey (approximate latitude 36°), and one ten inches long from station
5697, 485 fathoms, a few miles farther south.
Melanostigma pammelas Gilbert
One from station 5693 off the Santa Barbara Islands (approximate
latitude 33°) in 451 fathoms.
Color, fresh, jet-black.
Lepophidium emmelas (Gilbert)
Numerous specimens representing four stations off the west coast of
Lower California as follows: 5675, 5679, 5680, 5681. Approximate lati-
tudes range from 27° (in 284 fathoms) to 24° (in 325 to 405 fathoms).
Color, fresh, pink above, belly bluish, iris whitish (station 5681).
Lycodapus dermatinus Gilbert
One from station 5696 north of Pt. Conception, California (approxi-
mate latitude 35°) in 440 fathoms.
16 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LIT
Lycodapus fierasfer Gilbert
One from station 5692 west of San Diego California (approximate
latitude 31°) in 1076 fathoms.
Color, fresh, head black, body pale.
Meebia promelas Gilbert
Plate III, Figure 3
Three specimens from off the west coast of Lower California,
approximate latitudes 31° to 26°, from stations 5676, 645 fathoms, 5689
679 fathoms, and 5692, 1076 fathoms.
Merluccius productus (Ayres)
Fourteen specimens from station 5682, in 491 fathoms, of Cape
San Lucas (approximate latitude 23°).
Color, fresh, silvery, top of head and fins blackish.
Antimora microlepis Bean
Five specimens from as many different stations (5687, 5693, 5694,
5695, 5696) these being in approximate latitudes 35° (north of Pt. Con-
ception) to 33° (off the Santa Barbara Islands, California) and 28° off
northern Lower California, in depths of 440 to 640 fathoms.
Color fresh, pale bluish gray (station 5692, specimen 10% inches).
Macrourus acrolepis Bean
Plate IV, Figure 1
Numerous specimens representing various stations as follows:
5673, 5689, 5692, 5694, 5695, 5698, 5699. Obtained from southwest of
Monterey, California, approximate latitude 36°, 649 fathoms; south to
approximate latitude 29° off northern Lower California, and from depths
of 534 to 1090 fathoms.
Color, fresh, dark grayish brown (5673). One very large specimen
(station 5672) 1 foot 10 inches long, brownish dusky. ;
Six large specimens, station 5695, plumbeous black, lighter on belly.
Macrourus stelgidolepis Gilbert
Five specimens about 10 inches longfrom station 5675 off the west
coast of Lower California, approximate latitude 27°, in 284 fathoms.
Fresh specimens dark slaty in color.
1925] Townsend and Nichols, Fishes from Lower California vs
Macrourus albatrossus, new species
Plate IV, Figure 2
A single specimen (No. 8345, American Museum of Natural History)
from station 5692, approximate latitude 31°, west-southwest of San Diego
in 1076 fathoms, is clearly different from our other species of Macrourus,
apparently a representative of a deeper water species. It is not in the
best state of preservation, and, although we cannot match it with the
description of any known form, we would hesitate to describe it as new
were it not that a very satisfactory description can be drawn up with the
aid of a plaster cast made of it when caught.
Head, 54 in total length; depth, 640. Eye, snout and interorbital equal, 3% in
head; maxillary, 244; ventral, including filamentous ray, apparently 1; depth at
origin 2nd dorsal, 2. Mouth to snout 2 in eye; base of first dorsal 244 in dorsal inter-
space. First dorsal with 10 soft rays; anal 101-105.
Orbit impinging on upper profile, its rim slightly raised; interorbital flat; low
median ridge on snout ending in a slight knob; suborbital ridge low and rounded
ending in a slight knob on side of snout; snout short, broad, blunt; a short low ridge
on head above posterior margin of each eye. Height of dorsal slightly exceeding eye
and snout; length of pectoral about the same. Origin of first dorsal slightly behind
and origin of ventral slightly before origin of pectoral. Second dorsal very low. Depth
of body equal to the distance from front of mouth to edge of opercle. Scales ridged,
the ridges low, about five to a scale on the back.
Named for the good ship ‘Albatross.’
Lionurus liolepis Gilbert
Numerous specimens representing various stations as follows:
5675, 5676, 5682, 5683, 5688, 5697, from north of Point Conception,
California, to Cape San Lucas, Lower California, at depths of from
284 to 645 fathoms.
Color, fresh, bluish black (5682).
Embassichthys bathibius (Gilbert)
Plate IV, Figure 3
Four large specimens from depths of 440 to 659 fathoms.
Stations 5694, 5696, 5697, 5699, south of Monterey to the Santa Barbara
Islands, California.
From station 5696, 440 fathoms, north of Pt. Conception, Cali-
fornia, there is also a juvenal individual 2% inches total length. This is
more slender than the adults, depth 2.5 in length.
Color, fresh, black with gray mottling.
18 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
Malthopsis erinacea Garman
Plate I, Figure 3
Four specimens from station 5676 in 645 fathoms; and another in
too poor condition for positive determination from station 5685 in 645
fathoms. The two stations are near together off the middle of Lower
California, approximate latitude 26°.
Color, fresh, slaty (station 5685).
Dibranchus hystrix Garman
One from station 5683, off Cape San Lucas, in 630 fathoms.
SUMMARY
The following forms are new.
New GENUS
Bajacalifornia
New SPEcIES
Polistotrema curtiss-jamesi Harriotta curtiss-jamest
Bajacalifornia burraget Liparis osborni
Macrourus albatrossus
List of Stations with Species Collected at Each
STaTIonN FatTHoms
5673 1090 Macrourus acrolepis
Raja microtrachys
5674 590 Serrivomer sector
Plectromus cristiceps
Bajacalifornia burraget
5675 284 Catulus xaniurus
Nemichthys fronto
Macrourus stelgidolepis
Lionurus liolepis
Plectromus, sp.
Lepophidium emmelas
5676 645 Halosaurus attenuatus
Venefica tentaculata
Mebia promelas
Tionurus liolepis
Malthopsis erinacea
5677 735 Scopelengys dispar
Venefica tentaculata
Plectromus cristiceps
1925} Townsend and Nichols, Fishes from Lower California . tg
List of Stations with Species Collected at Each (Continued)
STATION
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
FATHOMS
325
389
405
491
630
1760
645
930
480
525
679
868
1076
451
Lepophidium emmelas
Lepophidium emmelas
Catulus cephalus
Lepophidium emmelas
Catulus cephalus
Alepocephalus tenebrosus
Argyropelecus lichnus
Merluccius productus
Lionurus liolepis
Serrivomer sector
Plectromus lugubris
Lionurus liolepis
Dibranchus hystrix
Sebastolobus altivelis
Alepocephalus tenebrosus
Bathysaurus mollis
Alepocephalus tenebrosus
Harriotta curtiss-jamesi
Venefica tentaculata
Plectromus cristiceps
Malthopsis erinacea
Argyropelecus affinis
Scopelengys dispar .
Cyclothone acclinidens
Nemichthys fronto
Plectromus cristiceps
Antimora microlepis
Alepocephalus tenebrosus
Plectromus cristiceps
Lionurus liolepis
Macrourus acrolepis
Mebia promelas
(No fishes)
Cyema atrum
Argyropelecus affinis
Plectromus cristiceps
Plectromus macxillaris
Macrourus acrolepis
Macrourus albatrossus
Narcetes stomias
Lycodapus fierasfer
Cyclothone acclinidens
Sebastolobus altivelis ,
Antimora microlepis
Nannobrachium leucopsarum
20
Bulletin American Museum of Natural History
[Vol. LII
List of Stations with Species Collected at Each (Continued)
STATION
5694
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
FATHOMS
640
640
534
440
485
475
659
Nannobrachium regale
Cyclothone acclinidens
Plectromus cristiceps
Careproctus melanurus
Melanostigma pammelas
Macrourus acrolepis
Alepocephalus tenebrosus
Raja trachura
Nannobrachium leucopsarum
Sebastolobus alascanus
Embassichthys bathibius
Antimora microlepis
Embryx crassilabris
Myctophum californiense
Zesticelus profundorum
Polistotremus curtiss-jamesi
Nannobrachium regale
Plectromus mazillaris
Antimora microlepis
Macrourus acrolepis
Embassichthys bathibius
Paraliparis cephalus
Liparis osborni
Sebastolobus altivelis
Polistotremus curtiss-jamest
Catulus brunneus
Lycodapus dermatinus
Antimora microlepis
Embassichthys bathibius
Polistotrema curtiss-jamest
Nannobrachium, leucopsarum
Sebastolobus altivelis
Bothrocara mollis
Lionurus liolepis
Embassichthys bathibius
Chauliodus sloanet
Polistotrema curtiss-jamest
Sebastolobus altivelis
Macrourus acrolepis
Sebastolobus altivelis
Bothrocara mollis
Macrourus acrolepis
Embassichthys bathibius
Ne
BVOTNIS,
WOduveo10do;
OdWVEVIDY
HOIDYNO! NYS)
“eS99403:
“Ald AMD0%
“a divay,
aH cage
QN3SNMOL'H'D JO NOILOATMIG FHL Y3aNN
NGINI NOILIGAdXA SSOYLVEIV JHL 40 JLNOY ONIMOHS
NOIS3SY VINYOSINVS Y3MOT JHL JO dVW
ren
uaa p
AV® ogy5
wes
70
7000 FATH LINE
9E/
ors)
0
'Logqvus.,
viwsou wis
NLL
13d Nv vr
\
VINYO4IIVOS
a3
my
08
48960
sige
889Sd
56 UTI
v1 307
FOr
ocor
oor
owr
‘T3adn vay
“@SOLNYS soao
‘e~
OE
Ve.
Rs
W355
PR
oN owe
09310 Nvs
/
J un
uw /
=
EE fs
be Pence NWS 7
va
=
6,
VNITWLV9 WLS
wer
i
QI pn Ns
H
'
i
t
7 ns
lst
'
+947
/
1
i
Ove
°a695a
: ~N
io see
pie
7” T69sa
re v6
/
AWUALNOW 40 Ava
/ eeu
/
ove
eare
w
o>
“eu
Bt)
+
a
—J
p *
?
. 4
¥ j ai
r 2 yo hts
‘ 7 — : : Pere
3 oe 4 ay a
. By
\. - fe
M '
'
aS i
'
¢ ’
i
: pees “
' = oo \
- > a -
1 a
i /
1
«
ae ‘
+ : y 1
i] — ’
% 7 s
‘
'
,
- ‘
7 +
ri 4 =
Ss ule ‘ 5 4 ;@ fe 7
< k 3 a
PLATES Taq iv, 2.1%
x se 8 t
eh fa Pye “ab os ’ ’ ‘ =
~ ’ - p my _- yt dat ae AP
‘ f , eck
Las
RS
Ten Ba 5
ic behead
oro
PuiaTE I
Fig. 1. Bathysaurus mollis Giinther.
Fig. 2. Bothrocara mollis Bean.
Fig. 3. Malthopsis erinacea Garman.
Butuetin A, M,N. H. Vou. LII, Puate I
PuateE II
Fig. 1. Alepocephalus tenebrosus Gilbert,
Fig. 2. Plectromus cristiceps Gilbert.
Fig, 3. Sebastolobus alascanus Bean,
LII, Puate II
VOL.
Bees | eee" he eee ters
Puate IIT
Fig. 1. Careproctus melanurus Gilbert. .
_ Fig. 2. Embryx crassilabris (Gilbert),
Fig. 3. Mebia promelas Gilbert. Sa
7
"8
‘
7 Fy
ed. Ss ee < - E.
1 )
‘
i i
yi
i : ‘ As
a,
7 i ae 7
- i Jas a _—
- ‘Ss ee
or
. n
Butietin A. M. N. H. Vou. LII, Puars III
PuatTEe IV
Fig. 1. Macrourus acrolepis Bean.
Fig. 2... Macrourus albatrossus Townsend and Nichols, type.
Fig. 3. Embassichthys bathibius (Gilbert).
Buutuetin A. M. N. H. Vou. LII, Puatse IV
a
oo 7 a |
N
f 5 :
a 2 A
ne
ri
em i
Ae
SHIP AusiarnoKs, a 1911. ConstaNen G H. genes
TSN
es
The emg Colac by 1 the {
59.53,71(72.2
Article I1.—THE AMPHIPODA COLLECTED BY THE UNITED
STATES FISHERIES STEAMER ‘ALBATROSS’ IN<1914, JF
CHIEFLY IN THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA!
By CLARENCE R. SHOEMAKER
While the collection of Amphipods procured on this cruise of the
‘Albatross’ is comparatively small, it has, nevertheless, been found to
contain a large percentage of new forms. As this is the first collection
of Amphipods to be worked up from this little-known region, it is not
surprising that many new forms should appear. Among the one hundred
and sixty-seven specimens of the collection, thirteen families, sixteen
genera, and sixteen species are represented. Three genera and eight
species are new to science.
The genus Batea was described in 1865 by Fritz Miiller from the
coast of Brazil, and it is now for the first time reported from the West
Coast of North America. The hyperiid genera Anchylomera, Symprone,
Lycexa, Platyscelus, Tetrathyrus, and Amphithyrus also are new records
for the West Coast.
List OF SPECIES COLLECTED
Heterophoxus pennatus, new species. Pichilinque Bay.
Paraphoxus spinosus Holmes. Carmen Island.
(Ediceropsoides abyssorum, new species. Sta. D. 5689.
Batea rectangulata, new species. San Francisquito Bay.
Elasmopus species. Sta. D. 5678.
Bemlos macromanus, new species. No definite locality.
Vibilia californica Holmes. Agua Verde Bay.
+ ms Carmen Island.
‘Guadalupe Island.
Hyperia species. San Josef Island.
+ $s Carmen Island.
Anchylomera blossevillii M.-Edw. Cape San Lucas.
Symprone anomala, new species. Cape San Lucas.
rf aS a i Agua Verde Bay.
Brachyscelus crusculum Bate. Carmen Island.
_ ‘i & San Josef Island.
ie é ke Cape San Lucas.
Agua Verde Bay.
Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Gulf of California in charge of C. H. Townsend, by the
U. S. Fisheries Steamship ‘Albatross,’ in 1911. Commander G. H. Burrage, U. S. N., commanding.
XV. Published by permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
21
“ee “c “
“ce “c “
De, Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
Lycxa bajensis, new species. San Josef Island.
e es gs ce Cape San Lucas.
e oe . Carmen Island.
Parascelus zebu Stebbing. Carmen Island.
Platyscelus dubius, new species. Cape San Lucas.
ss a M z Carmen Island.
a iy ts ss San Josef Island.
es Sf f is Agua Verde Bay.
Tetrathyrus sancti-josephi, new species. San Josef Island.
ie Y 2 % Agua Verde Bay.
ae - a as - Carmen Island.
Amphithyrus orientalis Stebbing. San Josef Island.
GAMMARIDEA
Phoxocephalidze
HETEROPHOXUS, new genus
Body not very broad. Head with evenly vaulted hood, not carinate or deflexed.
Eyes well-developed. Side-plates plumose, fourth broadly produced backward,
fifth with oblique hind lobe. Eyes very large, oval, black. Antenna 1 in Q, first
joint very large, flagellum in & with calceoli and sensory clubs. Antenna 2 in 0,
lower anterior corner of second joint produced into a prominent lobe, flagellum nearly
as long as body, fifth joint and flagellum with calceoli. Mandible, cutting edge and
spine-row well developed, accessory cutting plate present, molar feeble, tipped with
three spine-teeth, palp linear with few setz, third joint very little shorter than second.
Maxilla 1, palp 1-jointed, well developed, inner plate well developed with two sete.
Maxilla 2, plates subequal. Maxilliped, outer plate reaching nearly to middle of
second joint of palp, inner plate obtusely rounded at apex, third joint of palp not
produced, fourth very short, tipped at apex with two long curved spines. Gnatho-
pods and perzopods much as in Harpinia. Perzeopod 3, second joint not expanded.
Pereopod 4 much longer than the rest, second joint narrowed distally. Perzopod
5 rather small, second joint much expanded. Uropod 3 in & well developed, outer
ramus the shorter and both rami bearing long, plumose sete. Telson rather short and
broad, cleft a little over half its length, lobes broadly rounded apically.
Heterophoxus pennatus, new species
Type Locatiry.—Pichilinque Bay, Gulf of California, March 28-29, 1911,
electric light; 2 specimens (1 &@ type).
Mate.—Head with evenly vaulted hood, broadly rounded in front and reaching
just beyond the end of the second joint of antenna 1, postero-antennal angles quad-
rate. Eyes large, oval, black, and nearly meeting at top of head. Antenna 1, first
joint very large, provided on the lower anterior corner with numerous sensory bristles
and several plumose sete, second joint about half the length and width of first, third
joint about half the length and width of second, flagellum about the length of the
first joint of the peduncle and composed of eight joints which are provided with
sensory clubs and a few calceoli, accessory flagellum half the length of the primary and
composed of five joints. Antenna 2 nearly as lofig as the entire animal, second joint
Fig. 1. Heterophorus pennatus, new species
Mate.—a, antenna 1; b, antenna 2; c, gnathopod 1; d, gnathopod 2; e, pereopod 2; f, uropod
3, right side; g, end of outer ramus of uropod 3 showing minute second joint.
23
Fig. 2. Heterophoxus pennatus, new species
MaLe.—a, pereopod 1; 6b, pereopod 3; c, pereopod 5; d, end of dactyl of pereopod 5; e, perso-
4,
pod
24
WWE NOS SQ S S
VA
Fig. 3. Heterophorus pennatus, new species
Ma.e.—a, abdomen, uropods and telson; b, mandible; c, cutting edge, spine-teeth and molar spine-
teeth of mandible; d, telson; e, maxilla 1; f, maxilla 2; g, maxilliped.
25
26 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
with prominent, forward-pointing lobe on lower anterior corner, third joint short and
thick, fourth joint a little longer than third, lower margin very convex and provided
with several long plumose setze and short blunt spines, fifth joint a little longer than
fourth, lower margin evenly convex, upper margin provided with calceoli and short
bristles, flagellum very long and slender and provided with calceoli on the upper
anterior ends of the joints. Mandible, cutting edge narrow, accessory plate well
developed, nine very well-developed spine-teeth, molar prominence surmounted by
three strong spine-teeth, palp slender, third joint slightly shorter than second with
oblique end provided with several long sete, and several sete on lower margin of
joint near distal end. Maxilla 1, palp twice as long as outer plate with several spines
on rounded apex, outer plate short and provided with nine curved spine-teeth, some
of which are serrate and some bifurcate, inner plate nearly as large as outer and bear-
ing on its rounded apex two plumose setz. Maxilla 2, plates subequal, and bearing
many curved spines and sete on their rounded ends. Maxilliped, outer plate reach-
ing nearly to the middle of second joint of palp and provided on its rounded end and
inner edge with curved serrate spines, inner plate short with rounded end, provided
with long plumose set, palp with third joint rather short, dactyl short and tipped
with two long curved spines. Side-plate 1 expanded distally and provided on the
posterior half of the lower edge with plumose sete; side-plate 4 broadly expanded
posteriorly, lower edge provided with plumose sete; side-plate 5, posterior lobe ob-
lique with plumose sete on lower rounded edge. Gnathopods 1 and 2 as in Harpinia
plumosa (Kroyer). Perszopods 1-3 as in Harpinia plumosa (Kr¢yer). Perzeopod 4,
second joint little expanded at proximal end and not at all at distal end, front margin
convex, hind margin nearly straight and bearing a row of plumose sets, fourth, fifth
and sixth joints linear, sixth joint provided on front edge and distal end with long,
slender spines, some of which are tipped with a very fine hair-like setule, dactyl long
and slender. Persopod 5 short, second joint expanded backward and decidedly
downward, hind margin serrate with plumose setz between the serrations, third and
fourth joints short and broad, fifth and sixth joints linear, dactyl very nearly as long
as sixth joint and bearing a tooth near the apex. Pleon segment 3, lower posterior
angle produced into an acute upward-pointing tooth above which the margin is
slightly convex, lower margin convex and bearing a row of plumose sete. Uropod 3
not extending backward as far as uropod 1, peduncle short and thick, rami knife-
shaped and bearing on their margins and apices long plumose sete, outer ramus a
little shorter than inner with very minute second joint. Telson extending a little
beyond the peduncle of uropod 3, about as long as broad, cleft a little beyond the
middle, lobes rounded apically and each bearing a minute spinule at the outer distal
edge, two minute plumose setules and a minute spinule on each other edge.
LeneTH.—5 mm.
Paraphoxus spinosus Holmes
Paraphoxus spinosus HotmEs, 1903, American Naturalist, XX XVII, p. 276.
Paraphozxus spinosus Hotmss, 1905, Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries for 1904,
XXIV, p. 477, text figure.
Paraphorus spinosus KUNKEL, 1918, State of Connecticut. State Geological
and Natural History Survey, Bulletin No. 26, p. 76, text fig. 13.
1925] Shoemaker, Amphipoda from Gulf of California 20
Carmen Island, southeast side, Gulf of California, electric light; 14
specimens.
This species was described by 8. J. Holmes from the New England
coast of the United States and it is now recorded for the first time from
the western coast of America.
CGdicerotidze
CEDICEROPSOIDES, new genus
FematLe.—Rostrum or frontal process long and narrow. Eyes absent. Lateral
lobes of head produced and truncated. Antenna 1 well developed, not short. Antenna
2 about half the length of the body, fourth joint of peduncle large, flagellum of many
calceoliferous joints. Upper lip with margin evenly convex. Mandibular palp
elongate. Maxilla 2, inner plate much wider than outer. Plates of maxillipeds rather
broad in proportion to length. Side-plates 1—4 rather large, first expanded distally,
fourth with hind margin slightly concave. Gnathopods 1 and 2 very much alike but
2 a little the larger, fifth joint large with prominent setose lobe, sixth joint longer than
fifth, ovate, palm much longer than hind margin. Perzeopods 1 and 2 rather feeble,
3 and 4 strong, 5 long. Pleon segments 1-3, postero-lateral corners very rounding.
Abdominal segments 4-6 missing from the single specimen dredged.
(diceropsoides abyssorum, new species
Tyre Locauity.—Station 5689. East of Guadalupe Island: Hat Mt., N. 59°
E.; St.Vincent Peak, N. 47° E. (29° 32’ N., 116° 14’ W.), 879 fathoms; 1 specimen.
Fremate.—Head about as long as the first three segments of body, rostrum long,
narrow, evenly rounded at apex, curved slightly downward and reaching just to the
end of the first joint of antenna 1, lateral lobes prominently produced forward and
obliquely truncated. Eyes absent. Antenna 1 reaching to the end of the fifth joint
of antenna 2, flagellum equal in length to the peduncle. Antenna 2, fourth and fifth
joints long, fifth about four-fifths as long as fourth, two long curved spines on inside
margin and three at the distal end. Flagellum nearly as long as peduncle, composed
of many short calceoliferous joints. Upper lip evenly rounded on lower edge. Man-
dible short and stout, cutting-edge with few teeth, small, dark tooth at base of cutting
edge, eight teeth in spine row, molar very prominent with triturating surface concave,
palp long, third joint nearly as long as second, second and third joints provided on their
lower edges with a row of spines. Maxille 1 and 2 nearly as in Wdiceropsis brevicornis
Lillj. Maxillipeds much as in @. brevicornis Lillj., except that the outer plate and the
second joint of the palp are comparatively broader. The distal edge of the palp
of maxilla 1, the distal edge of the inner and outer plates of maxilla 2, the inner
edge of the outer plate of maxillipeds, and the inner edge of the second joint and the
distal edge of the third joint of the palp of maxillipeds are provided with elongate,
cylindrical appendages, which become very easily detached. Side-plate 1 greatly
expanded and extended straight forward. Side-plate 2 comparatively narrow with
sides nearly parallel. Side-plate 3 much broader than 2, with sides nearly parallel.
Side-plate 4 deeper than 3, front margin convex and hind margin slightly concave.
Side-plate 5 a little over half the depth of 4, front lobe much larger than hind lobe.
Fig. 4. Gdiceropsoides abyssorum, new species
FrmA.Lre.—a, head, first two thoracic segments, and antenne; 6, mandible; c, mandibular palp;
d, cutting edge, spine-teeth, and molar of mandible; e, spine-teeth of mandible; f, maxilla 1; g, maxilla
2; h, maxilliped; 7, lower lip.
28
7) F Wild i
sun a :
Fig. 5. C£diceropsoides abyssorum, new species
FeMALe.—a, gnathopod 1; b, gnathopod 2; c, inside view of second joint of gnathopod 2; d,
perzopod 3; e, inside view of fifth joint of antenna 2; f, abdominal segments 1-3; g, dorsal view of head.
29
Fig. 6. Cdiceropsoides abyssorum, new species
FEMALE.—a, peropod 1; b, perseopod 2; c, pereopod 4; d, perzeopod 5.
30
1925] Shoemaker, Amphipoda from Gulf of California ok
Side-plate 6 shallower than 5, hind lobe much deeper than front lobe. Side-plate 7
shallow, widest at upper margin. All side plates fringed with plumose setz. Gnatho-
pods 1 and 2 very much alike, 2 a little the stouter. Gnathopod 1, second joint slender,
slightly curved, and with an oval depression surrounded by stout bristles on the inner
distal end, fourth joint short with lower margin evenly convex and furnished with
many bristles, fifth joint as wide as sixth and about two-thirds as long, lower margin
produced into a prominent lobe, the edge of which is provided with many bristles,
sixth joint stout, more or less oval, palm very convex, much longer than hind margin,
defined by a prominent bristle and furnished throughout with many fine bristles, finger
long, slender, smooth, and of about the curvature of the palm. Gnathopod 2, second
joint slender, provided on front and hind margins with plumose sete, and on the in-
side distal end with an oval depression surrounded by stout bristles, fourth joint short
with lower margin produced into a blunt point, fifth joint wider than sixth and about
two-thirds as long, lower margin produced into a very prominent lobe which is edged
with many stout bristles, sixth joint and finger as in gnathopod 1 but a little stouter.
Perzeopods 1 and 2 long and slender, first joint provided on front and hind margins
and inner surface with many long, plumose sete, fourth, fifth and sixth Joints are
provided on their front and back margins with many long stout spines, dactyls flat,
and nearly as long as sixth joints. Persopod 3, stout, second joint widest above,
hind margin evenly convex above and nearly straight below, both front and hind
margins provided with long plumose set, fourth joint densely clothed on inner
surface and front and hind margins with long plumose sete, fifth joint about one-half
as long as fourth and two-thirds as long as sixth, fifth and sixth joints provided on their
front and hind margins with many stout bristles, dactyl broad and flat, and equal in
length to sixth joint. Perseopod 4 with sixth joint and dactyl missing, in general
outline much like perzopod 3, but longer, and less plumose on fourth joint. Perzeo-
pod 5 long and slender, second joint widest through the upper third, hind margin
slightly convex and provided with plumose sete, fourth joint very slightly longer than
fifth, sixth joint very slightly longer than fourth, dactyl nearly two-thirds as long
as sixth joint. Abdominal segments 1-3 with lower margins evenly rounded and
provided with a fringe of plumose sete, segment 2 the deepest. Fourth, fifth, and
sixth segments missing.
Lencetu.—From tip of rostrum to end of third abdominal segment 24 mm.
Bateidze
Batea rectangulata, new species
Tyre Loca.ity.—San Francisquito Bay, Gulf of California, electric light; 1
specimen.
Frema.Le.—This single female specimen is the first of this genus to be described
from the west coast of America, all previous records having been from Brazil, West
Indies, and the east coast of the United States. There are several very definite char-
acters which differentiate it from the east coast species. Antenne missing excepting
the first few joints of the peduncles. Eyes too badly distorted for any definite out-
line to be discerned. Head with rostrum strongly curved downward and acutely
pointed. Mandibles with five spine-teeth on left and four on right, third joint of
palp about two-thirds as long as second, and provided on distal half of inner margin
with many long, curved minutely-plumosed setz, and near the proximal end of outer
Fig. 7. Batea rectangulata, new species
FEMALE.—a, gnathopod 1; b, gnathopod 2; c, pereopod 1; d, perseopod 5.
32
Fig. 8. Batea rectangulata, new species
FreMALE.—a, gnathopod 2 showing teeth of palm and finger; 6, pereopod 2; c, pereopod 3; d,
perzopod 4. :
33
Fig. 9. Batea rectangulata, new species
FEMALE.—4<, head and first two thoracic segments; 5, left mandible; c, palp of left mandible; d,
right mandible; e, palp of right mandible; f, maxilla 1; g, maxilla 2; h, maxilliped; 7, lower lip.
34
1925] Shoemaker, Amphipoda from Gulf of California 35
margin with two long, curved, minutely-plumosed setz. One of the distal spines of
the third joint of palp is much enlarged, making it appear quite dactyl-like. Second
joint of palp with stout setz on distal half of inner margin. Lower lip without inner
lobes, or at best only a mere suggestion of them. Maxilla 1, inner plate with seven
plumose setz, below which are several setules, outer plate provided with ten or eleven
very stout, curved, toothed spine-teeth, palp with first joint about two-thirds the
length of second, second joint evenly rounded distally and provided with many short
spines. Maxilla 2 with both plates evenly rounded distally, inner plate furnished with
two plumose setz and many long, sharp spines, outer plate furnished distally with
many long, sharp, curved spines. Maxillipeds, inner plate reaching to about the
middle of the first joint of the palp, armed on truncated end and along inner margin
with long, plumose sete, one sharp spine-tooth among the sete on the truncated end
of this plate could be discerned, but if others were present they were completely
hidden by the mass of surrounding plumose setz, outer plate reaching beyond the
second joint of palp and provided on the inner edge with twelve tooth-like spines, no
plumose sete at distal end of this plate, outer edge provided with a row of fine setules.
The three joints of the palp all of equal length, dactyl stout with downward-pointing
tip. Gnathopod 1 with the terminal spines of second-joint much as in B. catharinensis,
front margin with five or six long sete, and two long curved setz near the distal end
of hind margin. Gnathopod 2 proportionately longer and more slender than in B.
catharinensis, second joint very slender and nearly as long as the third, fourth, fifth
and sixth joints combined, fifth joint slender and slightly longer than sixth, sixth
joint slender, palm oblique, about two-thirds the length of hind margin and minutely
serrate throughout its length, dactyl slightly curved and bearing four forward-
pointing teeth and several setules on inner margin. Perzopod 1, fifth and sixth joints
missing, second joint with a row of short, slender spines on front margin and two
groups of long bristles near the distal end of hind margin. Perzopod 2, fifth and sixth
joints missing, second, third and fourth joints about as in pereopod 1. Perzeopod 3,
second joint with lobe of hind margin rounding and without any downward dip.
Perzopod 4, second joint not wider above than below, but about the same width
throughout, hind margin evenly convex. Perzopod 5, second joint about as broad as
long, lower posterior margin not forming as deep a lobe as in B. catharinensis. Side-
plates all much deeper than in B. catharinensis. Side-plate 2 rectangular in outline,
front and back margins nearly parallel, lower margin transverse, slightly convex and
provided with a row of setules. Side-plate 3 extending slightly beyond the second
joint of the perzeopod, sides nearly parallel but slightly wider below, lower margin
transverse, very slightly convex and bordered by a row of minute setules. Side-
plate 4 with hind margin not so deeply excavated as in B. catharinensis, lower margin
bordered by a row of minute setules. Side-plate 5, hind lobe deeper and more acute
than in B. catharinensis. Side-plates 6 and 7 differing very slightly from those of B.
catharinensis. Posterior lateral margin of abdominal segment 3 bearing a greater
number of serrations than that of B. catharinensis. Uropods about as in B. catharinen-
sis. Telson proportionately shorter and broader than in B. catharinensis, lobes with
apexes acute and inside margins concave, each lobe with two setules near the apex,
and each side of telson bearing three setules near the base.
LenetH.— 2 6 mm.
36 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
Gammaride
Elasmopus species
Station 5678. 24° 35’ 20" N. 111° 59’ 35” W. Magdalena Bay,
western coast of Lower California, March 21, 1911, 13% fathoms; 1
specimen.
A single female specimen was taken at this station. As the females
of the genus Elasmopus show but poorly the specific characters and the
species of this genus belonging to the west coast of America are but
imperfectly known, a specific identification of this specimen would be of
very doubtful value.
Aoride
BEMLOS, new genus
Characters of this new genus are in general like those of Lembos. Gnathopod 1
in male has the fifth joint short and broad, and the sixth broader and three times
longer than the fifth, palm transverse, short and toothed, finger overlapping palm.
Inner plate of maxillipeds with three teeth on upper edge. Female as in Lembos.
Bemlos macromanus, new species
Type Locatity.—Lower California, no definite locality given; 13 specimens (17
type).
Mave.—Antenna 1 slender and nearly as long as the body, accessory flagellum
composed of seven long and one short joint and reaches just beyond the sixth joint
of the primary flagellum. Antenna 2 normal. Mandible with 9 spines in spine-row,
molar with small accessory process, third joint of palp about one-third longer than
second, and bearing many long bristles, and on the front edge also a comb of fine short
bristles, second joint with bristles on front edge. Maxilla 1, inner plate with one
plumose seta, outer plate normal, palp normal, but bearing an oblique row of slender
bristles on outside. Maxilla 2 normal. Maxilliped, outer plate reaching a little be-
yond the middle of the second joint of palp and bearing eleven odontoid spines on
inner edge, inner plate, upper end truncated and bearing three short teeth at inner
corner, inner edge bearing a row of long plumose sete. Lower lip with long, thin,
pointed mandibular processes, inner lobes very large and tumid. Side-plates shallow,
first produced very slightly forward. Gnathopod 1, second joint stout, excavated along
the front margin, lower anterior corner produced to a point, fifth joint stout, broader
than long and somewhat triangular, sixth joint very stout, three times as long and
one-third broader than the fifth, widest through the middle, palm with a broad, stout,
setose tooth in the middle, a strong, straight tooth continuous with the hind border
of the joint defines the palm, the strong, curved finger overlaps the palm. Gnathopod
2 normal, with fifth joint slightly longer than sixth, sixth with palm oblique, slightly
convex and very finely toothed throughout, finger fitting palm and having a row of
small teeth and a few sete on the inner edge, fifth and sixth joints provided with
many long bristles. Perseopods 1 and 2 normal. Perxopods 3 and 4, side-plates
with front half produced downward into a lobe, second joints slightly expanded, upper
hind margin produced into an angular point, second joint of fourth perzeopod bearing
a7, a
laa,
\
NN
Fig. 10. Bemlos macromanus, new species
Ma.e.—a, head, first two thoracic segments, gnathopods and antenne; b, abdomen, uropods and
telson; c, conical appendages on the ventral surface of second and third thoracic segments; d, maxilli-
ped; e, perzopod 3; f, perzopod 4.
37
: 4 EG 7
o>
sy VE
>
Aan
Fig. 11. Bemlos macromanus, new species
Ma.e.—a, antenna 1 showing accessory flagellum; 6, mandible; c, maxilla 1; d, maxilla 2; e,
lower lip; f, telson.
FrmMaLe.—g, gnathopod 1; h, gnathopod 2.
38
ie EON,
PERLE ERAN
Ay
yy hay 4
OE a AUAN
Beil SAR OH
Fig. 12. Bemlos macromanus,new species
Mate.~a, gnathopod 2 showing teeth of palm; b, perzopod 1; c, perseopod 2; d, pereopod 5.
FEMALE.—e, perzopod 5.
39
x X \\ |
\ \ WL
Sp
\
\)
\\
Fig. 13. Bemlos macromanus, new species
EMALE.—a, gnathopod 1 showing palm and teeth of finger; 6, gnathopod 2, showing fine teeth of
palm and teeth of finger; c, pereopod 1; d, pereopod 2; e, perseopod 3; f, perseopod 4.
40
SS EE a
1925] Shoemaker, Amphipoda from Gulf of California 41
a few plumose setz on hind margin. Persopod 5 the longest, second joint little
expanded, hind margin bearing many plumose sete. The posterior lateral margins
of the abdominal segments 1-3 are evenly convex and their lower posterior angles
produced into minute points, lower margins slightly convex. Uropods about as in
Lembos. Uropod 3 with outer ramus slightly shorter than inner. Telson very little
longer than wide, narrow hind margin slightly excavate with each of the blunt lobes
bearing a few sete.
FEMALE.—Side-plates comparatively narrower and deeper than in male. Gnatho-
pod 1 with second joint excavate on front margin, lower anterior corner produced into
a point, fifth and sixth joints subequal in width, fifth a little over half the length of
the sixth and triangular in general outline, sixth with edges slightly convex and nar-
rowing slightly toward the distal end, palm convex, oblique and smooth, dactyl
fitting palm and bearing a row of small teeth on the inner edge. Gnathopod 2 much
as in the male, fifth and sixth joints subequal in length, palm less oblique and very
finely toothed throughout, dactyl fitting palm and bearing a row of small teeth on the
inner edge. Perzeopods as in male; the second joints of perzeopods 4 and 5, however,
are more densely furnished with plumose sete on their hind margins.
LenctTH.—o 9mm., 2 10 mm.
The second and third thoracic segments of the male bear on the
center of their ventral surfaces a forward-pointing, slightly conical
process probably of the same nature as those which have been observed
on several fresh-water amphipods by Sars, Smith, Haswell, Chilton,
Tattersall and others. These processes, the function of which is not
known, appear to have been very seldom observed in marine species.
HYPERIIDEA
Vibiliide
Vibilia californica Holmes
Vibilia californica Houtmes, 1908, Proc. U. 8S. National Museum, XXXV,
p. 490.
Guadalupe Island, Gulf of California, March 3, 1911, electric light;
l specimen. Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California, electric ight; 1 speci-
men. Carmen Island, Gulf of California, electric light; 8 specimens.
This species was described by 8. J. Holmes from two speci-
mens dredged by the Steamer ‘Albatross’ off Point Loma, Southern
California.
Hyperiidze
Hyperia species .
San Josef Island, Gulf of California, electric light; 1 specimen.
Carmen Island, Gulf of California, electric light; 2 specimens.
These specimens are all quite young, so that it is hardly possible to
identify them specifically.
42 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LIT
Phrosinide
Anchylomera blossevillii Milne-Edwards
Anchyiomera blossevillii MiLNE-Epwarps, 1830, Ann. des Sci. Nat., XX, p.
394 (extr., p. 43).
Hieraconyzx abbreviatus, 7, GUERIN, 1836, Magasin de Zoologie, Classe VII, p. 5,
Pl. xvu, figs. 2, 2a-2f.
Cheiropristis Messanensis, &, DE NATALE, 1850, Crost. del porto di Messina,
tav. 1, fig. (2.
Anchylomera purpurea, 3, Dana, 1853, ‘U. S. Explor. Exped.,’ XIII, Pt. 2, p.
1001, Pl. uxvi, figs. 9a-m.
Anchylomera thyropoda, °, DANA, 1853, ‘U. 8. Explor. Exped.,’ XIII, Pt. 2, p.
1004, Pl. yxvimt, figs. 10a-g.
Anchylomera antipodes SPENCE Bats, 1862, ‘Brit. Mus. Catal. Amph. Crust.,’
p. 322, Pl. 11, figs. 9, 10.
Anchylomera Blossevillei SPENCE Bats, 1862, ‘Brit. Mus. Catal. Amph. Crust.,’
[th oY}; JAIL winh irs, Ie
Anchylomera Hunteri SPENCE Bate, 1862, ‘Brit. Mus. Catal. Amph. Crust.,’
p. 324, Pl. ni, fig. 2.
Anchylomera abbreviata SPENCE BATE, 1862, ‘Brit. Mus. Catal. Amph. Crust.,’
p. 324, Pl. 10, fig. 3.
Anchylomera purpurea SPENCE Bate, 1862, ‘Brit. Mus. Catal. Amph. Crust.,’
p. 325, Pl. wu; fig: 5:
Anchylomera thyropoda SPENCE Bats, 1862, ‘Brit. Mus. Catal. Amph. Crust.,’
p. 325, Pl: un, fig. 6.
Anchylomera abbreviata Bovauutus, 1887, ‘Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids, Vega-
Exped.,’ IV, p. 571.
Anchylomera antipodes Bovautrus, 1887, ‘Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids,
Vega-Exped.,’ IV, p. 572.
Anchylomera blossevillii STEBBING, 1888, ‘Challenger Amphipoda,’ p. 1433, Pl.
CLX XVII.
Anchylomera blossevillei CHEVREUX, 1900, ‘Rés. Camp. Sci., Monaco,’ Fase. 16,
p. 147.
Anchylomera blossevillii Cu1tTon, 1912, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, XLVIII,
Pt. 2 (No. 23), p. 516.
Cape San Lucas, Lower California, ship’s anchorage, March 24,
1911, electric light; 2 specimens.
This species is very widely distributed, both in the Atlantic and
Pacific Oceans, but the present record is the first for the western coast
of North America.
Pronoidz
Symprone anomala, new species
Locauities.—Cape San Lucas, Lower California, ship’s anchorage, electric
light; 2 specimens. Cape San Lucas, Lower California; 1 specimen. Agua Verde
Bay, Gulf of California, electric light; 6 specimens (1 o type).
Fig. 14. Symprone anomala, new species
Ma.ez.—a, head and first two thoracic segments; b, antenna 1; c, antenna 2; d, end of flagellum
enlarged; e, mandible; f, cutting edge of mandible; g, maxilla 1; h, maxilla 2; 7, maxillipeds; j,
perzopod 5; k, perzopod 5 of another specimen.
43
Fig. 15. Symprone anomala, new species
MAte.—a, gnathopod 1; 6, gnathopod 2; c, peropod 2; d, perseopod 3; e, pereopod 4; f, uropod
and telson.
44
1925] Shoemaker, Amphipoda from Gulf of California 45
Mae.—These specimens agree very closely with Symprone parva (Claus) and
Symprone propinqua Stebbing, but differ from both of these species in a few well-
marked characters. The front angle of the head is aslittle more acute. Antenna 1,
first joint of flagellum somewhat wider and produced into more of a lobe distally;
second and third joints subequal in length, fourth joint very slender and a little longer
than third. Antenna 2, fifth joint of peduncle a little shorter than fourth, first joint
of flagellum over half the length of the third joint of peduncle and less than half the
length of the fifth, second joint of flagellum very small, third joint of flagellum shorter
and narrower than second. Maxillipeds much shorter proportionately than in S,
parva. Other mouth-parts agreeing with those of S. parva. Gnathopod 1, joints
shorter and broader proportionately than in either S. parva or S. propinqua. Gnatho-
pod 2 with upper distal end of fifth joint somewhat produced. Perxopod 4 with
second joint not distally rounded, but slightly emarginate. Perzeopod 5 with second
joint as in S. parva, but with three narrow terminal joints instead of two, the.first of
these joints short, the second longer and somewhat narrower, and the third narrower
and longer than the second, this last joint varies in length being in some cases little
longer than the preceding and in others nearly twice as long. Uropods and telson
much as in S. parva except that the telson is obtusely pointed and is one-fourth wider
than long.
LencTH.—7 mm.
Brachyscelide Stephensen, 1923
Brachyscelus crusculum Spence Bate
Brachyscelus crusculum SPENCE Bats, 1861, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3)
VIII, p. 7, Pl. 11, figs. 1, 2.
Brachyscelus crusculum SpENcE Bats, 1862, ‘Brit. Mus. Catal. Amph. Crust.,’
p. 333, Pl. Li, figs. 2, 3.
Thamyris crusculum Bovauuius, 1887, ‘Systematical List of Amph. Hyper.,’
Bihang till K. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., XI, No. 16, p. 31.
Thamyris mediterranea Cuaus, 1887, ‘Platysceliden,’ p. 60, Pl. xv1, figs. 11-18.
Brachyscelus crusculum STEBBING, 1888, ‘Challenger Amphipoda,’ p. 1544, PI.
CXCV, specimen a.
Brachyscelus crusculum CHEVREUX, 1893, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XVIII, pp.
70-74, text figs. 1-9.
Brachyscelus crustulum Norman, 1900, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) V, p. 134.
~ Brachyscelus crusculum+B. mediterraneus CHEVREUX, 1900, ‘Rés. Camp. Sci.
Monaco,’ Fase. XVI, p. 153, 154.
Brachyscelus mediterraneus SENNA, 1903, Ann. Mus. Zool. Napoli, (N. Ser.) I,
Wo, 6; p: 5.
Brachyscelus crusculum TatTersauu, 1906, Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest.,
1905, No. 4, Pt. 8, p. 26.
Brachyscelus crusculum Houmess, 1908, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX XV, p. 490.
Brachyscelus crusculum STEPHENSEN, 1923, ‘The Danish Ingolf-Exped.,’ III,
‘Crust. Malacos.,’ V (Amphipoda. 1), p. 37.
- Cape San Lucas, Lower California, ship’s anchorage, electric light;
5 specimens. Carmen Island, southeast side, Gulf of California, electric
light; 1 specimen. San Josef Island, Gulf of California, electric light;
46 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
2 specimens. Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California, electric light; 15
specimens.
This is a very ‘widely distributed species and was reported off Point
Loma, southern California, by S. J. Holmes in 1908.
Lyczide
Lycea bajensis, new species
Loca.iries.—San Josef Island, Gulf of California, electric light; 23 specimens (1
o type). Cape San Lucas, Lower California, ship’s anchorage, electric light; 4
specimens. Cape San Lucas, Lower California, ship’s anchorage, electric light;
March 24, 1911, 1 specimen. Carmen Island, southeast side, Gulf of California,
electric light; 3 specimens.
Ma.e.—Head globular. Antenna 1, upper edge of first joint of flagellum nearly
straight, there being a very shallow angle near the peduncle, the upper distal ex-
tremity of this joint forming nearly a right angle, second joint longer than third or
fourth, which are subequal. Antenna 2 as in Stebbing’s figure of L. vincenti, except
that the fifth joint of the peduncle is very slightly shorter than fourth and the flagellum
reaches very nearly to the end of the fifth joint. Maxillipeds as in L. vincenti. Mandib-
ular palp with third joint slightly longer than second. Gnathopods 1 and 2 as in L.
vincenti, but the lower distal angle of fifth joint not so sharply produced. Perzopod
2 asin L. vincenti except the rear edge of sixth joint is without minute teeth. Perzeo-
pod 3 much as in L. vincenti, but with the hind margin of second joint more convex.
Perropod 4, front margin of second joint having a decided hump in the middle.
Perzopod 5, second joint, strikingly widest through the middle, hind margin not
evenly convex, succeeding joints and dactyl as in L. vincenti. The posterior lateral
‘corners of abdominal segments 1-3 evenly rounded. The rami of all the uropods are
straight and their edges finely pectinate except the outer edge of the outer ramus of
uropods 2 and 3. Telson with sides evenly convergent, except at the basal fourth,
where they are constricted, and about parallel.
LENGTH.—7 mm.
FeMALE.—Thorax quite tumid, narrowing suddenly to the slender abdomen.
Head not so long as in male, but just as deep. Antenna 1, first joint of flagellum not
expanded, second joint short, third joint a little longer than second. Gnathopod 1,
as in male, except there are no fine teeth on the fifth or sixth joints and the lower
distal corner of the fifth joint is not so sharply produced. Gnathopod 2 as in male,
but without the fine teeth on fiffh or sixth joints. Perseopods as in male. Posterior
lateral corners of abdominal segments 1-3 as in male. Uropods as in male. Telson
with sides nearly straight and evenly convergent, not constricted at base.
LENGTH.—7 mm.
Parascelidze
Parascelus zebu Stebbing
Parascelus zebu STEBBING, 1888, ‘Challenger Amphipoda,’ p. 1496, Pl. cLxxxv.
Carmen Island, southeast side, Gulf of California, electric light;
2 specimens.
y
44) Wy
EAN
| ii
W)
Fig. 16. Lycza bajensis, new species
Matz.—a, antenna 1, fourth joint of flagellum missing; b, antenna 1 of another specimen showing
fourth joint of flagellum; c, second, third, and fourth joints of flagellum enlarged; d, gnathopod 1;
e, gnathopod 2; f, fifth and sixth joints of gnathopod 2 enlarged; g, pereopod 5; h, third, fourth, fifth,
and sixth joints of pereopod 5 enlarged; iz, abdominal segments 1-3; j, palp of mandible.
FEeMALE.—k4, antenna 1; 1, gnathopod 1; m, gnathopod 2; n, perropod 5.
47
Fig. 17. Lycxa bajensis, new species
Mate.—a, antenna 2; b, end of flagellum of antenna 2 enlarged; c, perseopod 2; d, perseopod 3;
e, pereopod 4; f, uropods and telson. ‘
48
Fig. 18. Parascelus zebu Stebbing
Ma.e.—a, head; b, antenna 1; ¢, first, second, and third joints of flagellum enlarged; d, antenna 2;
e, end of second joint of flagellum of antenna 2 enlarged; f, mandibles; g, maxilla 1; h, maxille 2; 1,
maxillipeds; 7, gnathopod 1; k, gnathopod 2; 1, perezopod 2; m, perropod 3; n, pereopod 4; 0, third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth joints of pereopod 4 enlarged; p, perseopod 5; gq, uropods and telson.
FrMALE.—, gnathopod 1;_s, gnathopod 2; ¢t, perwopod 5; u, antenna 2; », head from below.
49
Fig. 19. Parascelus zebu Stebbing
Mae.—a, gnathopod 1; 6, gnathopod 2; c, pereeopod 5; d, uropod 1; e, uropod 2; f, uropod 3.
FEMALE.—49, uropod 3; A, antenna 1; 7, antenna 2; j, gnathopod 1; k, gnathopod 2; 1, perseopod 5.
50
1925] Shoemaker, Amphipoda from Gulf of California dl
These specimens, of which one is male and the other female, agree
quite well with Stebbing’s figures. The inner ramus of uropod 3 in the
male is not pointed as in his figure, but is bluntly rounded; this, however,
may be an individual peculiarity, as that of the female is much more like
Stebbing’s figure. Perzeopod 5 of female with second joint not expanded
as in male, and with the succeeding portion of the limb proportionately
longer. Length of the specimens, 6 mm.
Platyscelidz
I am here using the name Platyscelide, which was established by
Bate in 1862. Stebbing points out that, the genus Typhis having been
preoccupied, Platyscelus remains its earliest synonym. Then by right of
priority the family must become Platyscelide from the earliest genus
Platyscelus. The family is much more restricted now and does not
include the Pronoine (Dana) as when established by Bate.
Platyscelus dubius, new species
Locauitigs.—Cape San Lucas, Lower California, ship’s anchorage, electric
light; 19 specimens (1 type). Carmen Island, southeast side, Gulf of California,
electric light; 2 specimens. San Josef Island, Gulf of California, electric light; 3
specimens. Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California, electric light;. 3 specimens.
Mae.—Head with a depression just above the rostrum. Rostrum prominent.
Eyes arranged in four groups. Antenna 1, first joint of flagellum tumid with upper
edge short, and lower distal angle rounded and produced, second joint twice as wide
as third, but equalling it in length, fourth joint a little longer and a little narrower than
third. Antenna 2, third joint nearly straight, fourth a little longer than fifth, first
joint of flagellum a little less than half the length of the fifth peduncular joint, second
joint of flagellum a little longer than first. Maxillipeds, outer plates short and broad
with inner edges slightly concave. Mandible, cutting edge oblique and provided
with two rows of small blunt teeth, first joint of palp nearly straight and longer than
second, second curved and longer than third, third slightly curved. Gnathopod 1
shorter than 2, the produced lobe of the fifth joint serrated on both edges, sixth joint
serrated on inner edge. Gnathopod 2, the produced lobe of the fifth joint serrated on
both edges and extending a little beyond the sixth joint, sixth joint serrated on inner
edge. Perzopods 1 and 2 normal, sixth joint with 2 small teeth just above the dactyl.
Perzopod 3, lower edge of second joint evenly rounded; fourth, fifth and sixth joints
very nearly equaling one another in length and all with very fine serrations on the
front margin. Perzopod 4, second joint with low, blunt tooth near the proximal end
of front margin, lower margin oblique and nearly straight, fourth joint widest at
distal end and twice as long as fifth, both fourth and fifth with conspicuous serrations
on front margin, sixth joint very short and curved. Perzopod 5 nearly as that figured
by Claus for Eutyphis ovoides,! second joint curved, third joint reduced to a mere knob,
1‘Die Platysceliden,’ Taf. I, fig. 9.
Fig. 20. Platyscelus dubius, new species
Ma.e.—a, entire animal; b, front of head; c, antenna 1; d, first, second, third, and fourth joints of
flagellum of antenna 1 enlarged; e, antenna 2; f, end of flagellum of antenna 2 enlarged; g, gnathopod 1,
h, gnathopod 2; 7, uropods and telson; j, uropod 1; k, uropod 2; 1, uropod 3.
FEeMALE.—m, head; n, antenna 2; 0, antenna 2 enlarged.
52
Fig. 21. Platyscelus dubius, new species
Matue.—a, gnathopod 1; b, gnathopod 2; c, perseopod 2; d, end of sixth joint and dactyl of perzo-
pod 2 enlarged; e, pereopod 3; f, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth joints of pereopod 3 enlarged; g, perzeo-
pod 4; h, perezopod 5; 7, end of second and small third joint or perseopod 5 enlarged; j, mandible;
k, cutting edge of mandible enlarged; 1, maxillipeds.
FreMALE.—m, antenna 1; n, antenna 1 enlarged.
53
is ae Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
the rest of the limb suppressed. Uropod 1, outer margin of outer ramus, and inner
margin of inner ramus finely serrate. Uropod 2, rami without serrations. Uropod 3,
outer ramus with inner edge serrate, inner ramus with outer margin and upper part of
inner margin serrate. Telson with edges nearly straight, slightly constricted at base.
LenetTu.—5.5 mm.
Frma.e.—Like the male generally but with the thorax much broader propor-
tionately. Head with front perpendicular, and rostrum short and broad. Antenna 1,
first joint about as long as all the rest combined, second joint twice as long as third,
flagellum with three joints of about equal length but successively narrower. Antenna
2, fourth joint slightly shorter than fifth, fifth equal in length to the flagellum which
consists of one joint with a few setules near the distal end.
LenetH.—5 mm.
Tetrathyrus sancti-josephi, new species
Locauitiges.—San Josef Island, Gulf of California, electric light; 1 specimen (1
co type). Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California, electric light; 1 specimen. Carmen
Island, southeast side, Gulf of California, electric light; 25 specimens.
Mate.—In general this species closely resembles Tetrathyrus moncoeuri Steb-
bing; but in a few characters it differs from that species. In the second antenna the
fifth joint extends only to the smallest degree beyond the fourth. Perzopod 5
consists of only the first and second joints; the second joint is curved, about three
times as long as wide, and terminates in asmall knob. Uropods agreeing very closely
with those of 7. moncoeuri except that no division can be observed between the inner
ramus and peduncle of uropod 2, thus forming a coalition as in uropod 3. Telson
without terminal spinules.
LrencTH.—4 mm.
FremaLe.—Front of head perpendicular, not sloping at all forward as in the male.
Antenna 1, flagellum equal in length to the peduncular joint, first joint of flagellum
very short, second joint about three times as long as first and bearing a group of four
setze about the middle of the upper edge and one at the distal end, third joint about
two-thirds as long as second and bearing two short spinules about the middle of the
upper edge, one on the under edge near the distal end and one at distal end of upper
edge, fourth joint a very little more than one-half the length of the third and bearing
one or two minute spinules at the distal end. Gnathopods very closely resembling
those of male; the lower distal angle of the sixth joint is not so much produced but is
rather blunt and bears a single spinule. Peraeopods 1-3 asin male. Perzopod 4 with
second joint proportionately broader and the rest of the limb proportionately shorter
than in male. Perzopod 5, second joint proportionately much narrower than in male
and tapering off distally into an acute point. In one female examined the second
joint of this perseopod ended less acutely and appeared to have a very minute third
joint or an enlarged terminal spine as shown in the figure. Telson and uropods as in
male except the rami end in more acute angles. Uropod 2 as in male has the inner
ramus united with the peduncle.
Lenetu.—4.5 mm.
m 1
Fig. 22. Tetrathyrus sancti-josephi, new species
Mate.—a, head and antenne; }b, end of flagellum of antenna 2; c, antenna 1; d, gnathopod 1; e,
gnathopod 1 enlarged; f, gnathopod 2; g, gnathopod 2 enlarged; h, perwopod 1; 7, pereopod 3; J,
perzopod 4; k, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth joints of pereopod 4 enlarged; 1, pereopod 5; m, perzo-
pod 5 enlarged; n, uropods and telson; 0, uropod 1; p, uropod 2; g, uropod 3.
55
Fig. 23. Tetrathyrus sancti-joseplii, new species
FEMALE.—a, antenna 1; b, antenna 1 enlarged; c, gnathopod 1 d, gnathopod 2; e, pereopod 4;
f, fourth, fifth, and sixth joints of perseopod 4 enlarged; g, usopod: nd telson.
\ 56 OY,
)
Sane mapeee sian
ees
ae
Au:
YW Xs at)
“
woe
Fig. 24. Tetrathyrus sancti-josephi, new species
FremaLe.—a, gnathopod 1; b, gnathopod 2; c, pereopod 2; d, pereopod 3; e, sixth joint of perro-
pod 3 enlarged; f, perwopod 5; g, end of pereopod 5 enlarged; h-i, perseopod 5 of another specimen
showing small third joint or an enlarged spine. j-o, perseopod 5 of other specimens showing variation
in end of second joint.
57
58 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LII
Amphithyrus orientalis Stebbing
Amphithyrus orientalis STEBBING, 1888, ‘Challenger Amphipoda,’ p. 1485.
San Josef Island, Gulf of California; 2 specimens.
These specimens agree quite closely with Stebbing’s description of
this species in the ‘Challenger Amphipoda.’ He says, however, that the
telson forms in outline an inverted arch with apex acute, but in the pres-
ent specimens the apex is narrowly rounded as I have shown in the figure.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bate, C. Spence. 1862. ‘Catalogue of the Amphipodous Crustacea in the Collec-
tion of the British Museum.’ London, pp. 1-399, Pls. 1-Lvmt.
Bovautuius, C. 1887. ‘Systematical list of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea.’ Bihang
till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 16, pp. 1-50.
1887. ‘Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids.’ ‘Vega.’ Expeditionens vetenskap.
lakttag., Bd. 4, 1887, pp. 543-582, Pls. xLt—xLvu.
1887-1889. ‘Contributions to a Monograph of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea.’
Part I: 1 (1887), pp. 1-72, Pls. 1-x, and Part I: 2 (1889), pp. 1-434,
Pls. -xvur. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. 21, No. 5,
1887, and Bd. 22, No. 7, 1889.
1890. ‘The Oxycephalids.’ Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Sci. Upsala, (3), pp. 1-141,
Pls. I-vit.
CuHEVREUX, E. 1893. ‘Sur les Crustacés Amphipodes Recueillis dans l’Estomac des
Germons (Quatriéme Campagne de I|’Hirondelle, 1888).’ Bulletin de
la Société Zoologique de France, XVIII, pp. 70-74, text figures 1-9.
1900. ‘Amphipodes provenant des campagnes de l’Hirondelle.’ ‘Rés.
Campagnes Scientifiques, Monaco,’ Fasc. 16, pp. 1-195, Pls. 1-xviu.
Cuitton, C. 1912. ‘The Amphipoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition.’
Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, XLVIII, part 2, (No. 23), pp. 455-520,
Pls. 1-11.
Criaus, C. 1887. ‘Die Platysceliden.’ Wien.
Dana, J. D. 1852-1853. ‘Crustacea.’ Parts 1, 2, in ‘United States Exploring Ex-
pedition.’ XIII, XIV, pp. 1-1620; Folio Atlas, 1855, Pls. -xcv1.
Homes, 8S. J. 1903. ‘Synopsis of North-American Invertebrates. XVIII. The
Amphipoda.’ The American Naturalist, XX XVII, No. 436, April,
1903, pp. 267-292.
1905. ‘The Amphipods of Southern New England.’ Bulletin of the Bureau
of Fisheries, XXIV, pp. 457-629, Pls. 1—x111.
1908. ‘The Amphipoda Collected by the U. 8S. Bureau of Fisheries Steamer
‘Albatross’ off the West Coast of North America, in 1903 and 1904, with
Descriptions of a New Family and Several New Genera and Species.’
Proc. U. 8. National Museum, XX XV, No. 1654, pp. 489-543.
Kunxet, B. W. 1918. ‘The Arthrostraca of Connecticut.’ State of Connecticut,
State Geological and Natural History Survey, Bulletin No. 26, pp. 1-261.
Miituer, F. 1865. ‘Description of a New Genus of Amphipod Crustacea.’ Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XV, pp. 276-277, Pl. x.
CiEg
=.
Zi,
m
Fig. 25. Amphithyrus orientalis Stebbing
Ma.e.—a, head; 5, antenna 1; c, antenna 1 enlarged; d, flagellum of antenna 1 enlarged; e,
antenna 2; f, end of flagellum of antenna 2 enlarged; g, mandible; h, cutting edge of mandible; 7,
maxilla 1; j, maxillipeds; k, uropod 1; 1, uropod 2; m, uropod 3; n, uropod 3 enlarged.
59
Fig. 26. Amphithyrus orientalis Stebbing
Ma.e.—a, gnathopod 1; 6, gnathopod 2; c, gnathopod 1 enlarged; d, gnathopod 2 enlarged; e,
perzeopod 2; f, perropod 3; g, fifth and sixth joints of persopod 3 enlarged; h, perseopod 4; 7, third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth joints of pereopod 4 enlarged; j, pereopod 5; k, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth
joints of perzeopod 5 enlarged; 1, uropods and telson; m, apex of telson enlarged.
60
1925] Shoemaker, Amphipoda from Gulf of California 61
Norman, A. M. 1900. ‘British Amphipoda.’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) V, p. 134.
Senna, A. 1903. ‘Su aleuni Anfipodi iperini del Museo zoologico di Napoli.’ An-
nuario del Museo Zoologico della R. Universita di Napoli (Nuova
Serie), I, No. 6, pp. 1-8, text figs. 1-10.
Sreppine, T. R. R. 1888. ‘Report of the Amphipoda.’ ‘“‘Challenger.” Report
Zool.,’ X XIX, pp. 1-xxiv, 1-1737, Pls. 1-ccx.
1906. ‘Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea.’ Das Tierreich, XXI, pp. I-xxxix
1-806.
STEPHENSEN, K. 1923. ‘Crustacea Malacostraca. V. (Amphipoda. 1).’ ‘The
Danish Ingolf-Expedition.’ III, part 8, pp. 1-100, text figs. 1-22.
TarrersaLL, W. M. 1906. ‘Pelagic Amphipoda of the Irish Atlantic Slope.’
Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., IV, (1905), pp. 1-39, Pls. 1-v.
Waker, A. O. 1903. ‘Report on the Isopoda and Amphipoda collected by Mr.
George Murray, F. R.8., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in November
1898.’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) XII, pp. 223-233, Pls. xvi, xIx.
li No
&
i oo plane
ties iit ' iy th) aaa Aik hevles
oe ney Saati ie i
Viel if ite Hits
AERA tk Ake ayy iby wh
it iif ciate Haaips nes
oe i
‘i ie
(haves
eb is
ae
Thea 9
AU
v
foie oe) ii nage
Si ste Hi! Wate 1) bit
: a4, Ke ty]
Beret
i iB beh Se
Ai
mbes Hanh!
Peds arte Pe
ts Ub shat sang vy yi
MEY t 64 14 “rhed
gli
4 tts Net cteett aed
windy ligashih at ae Diet th
a sara HD ABs von Ake i)
onl alate Maer ai
rea a0 a saa it Matai wat
+),
ade rine tA Ma
i aby Hows atte "5 i Pine, pe ry i!
i sai Ry itil bn tf nhihees 4
a. bit 0 ry
ea ite Coe ( ae ie ae Hie a
pnt 4 oe 2 Dok ey Le PSEC id
Bye hatha obec oe ee Aect Used: Sida nt Tapes ttite ine ;
Ry * le, ry
Reprint Ae ni au ae esata is she ais a) in minors eT abate
VB eer wah ae ae to hy ne Fee i ny } ith
De riee [apa es Pe arin eden ud
i" igeled ER vaL rt
ony ay Rea Ue aCe
agen ig ae Ht, pine he eile C445) in ee a : Hoa ig
Ohi Mavis th Verppnaargor? tH “he oy * Apel aie sn ct
a ted FAVES sate a mEsphuieataiee ;
BM Ae Temp par tate Hasan Wirsins
70 "
ati ni Sty Daag ae habia nae at i! ei Sete 5
pe ; Be ed ister a FA i! Ae) st Ht ek
S\emerir id
vo abby ty do ae} biapter SOY AVF edhe!
ay i Hiab ee wm Leet jen. pears ots hoes essed Soba hapee Hw pit > Sheen y
ick oar fips a ig sien sient is any yin ea ler aitay
ali rete ity He) anon ord i
; era ile Pp pit eae Kes 4
Sr pnes bd i +)
vit nt
fei Tas aa Fe
bit Se itt
nae hath VT aapeasts dg ae weet atae ers pit
Aaa Readeesd) i cate Keay Wass he beady eH
iv dept i et ieter eda donetet
yard i Hite ere ye SST SEPT
}
at Frey bed
oa ltyey thie
a tat Ty cesta
(eR eY d
aw
gu Ail ig8 prsetnesvl fered it, Maitatin
iecatcnt aie Hee rt ay Wi he A i? ay Dipset pw hones
ke aeatbalp es pec ieee vtlet rl
i ane Anh ante Dee Oh Pxy, pear eye oaey ie ti iat ot
ad et arnt * ul OCH E RE IR
wire ” .)
deataol Si Pee te Rae Daan DUD) PA ye or id ve Bete
oiiepeies sbetabnek ietd ba béanls
Tha RP ape > rp te bed Pome inde Lode ty
Veet Aa trade
Hy ph 608 ote
Geeta tae TlGules ace
$6: s tbh Spee
F154 Sarat
pated meine ie NDA ot) i
oer ers itty aa rerie f doit ih Pow? Eke ;
fn sot hho 34. pte Vip Le we ee eh oi IS nee bb Linea bicineeay aig
ae MiyeeN? siee Tea Ahan Paite sts dante eae igtat tetket ee
nigral! fie? riots: se ine ect tity "a
dae Feette oe! ut Wales ton sues att vase ie . } Ne ke toy t Hevag
a nfl sae vob Teer at reat a rants
Maatenye ale donadid at i wittpiraeeraritae
hares
aes" Ry tastes od CH aires fib \ f "
et MU SAE h ere au aint ee y cS thie i cat aL iy i vs
Fria uly at apas eras tay mandi tee 24 }
ae a} it acta i vp ess th oy Wl If iy Ao ds
y H fred Penk N
pate gies toga SiR ings
leh chek beeia-ed ier i aed reat i 4
ies lead vist tr Gilss ees ara yes pay Site 9 eh HP rer
pehieovleds ps? ie
pie ats Ean eg eit bet Res ni
s ated) hy anyhow tikes ahal ‘
Heel at 3 Dicuss rath teidies Hi total
cr biti ded staan eobsi4e} Hts sa anita Pate iP iy
big tos 4
{ at 5 a4 pe Oe
ert ) age w
Lit Ba Ret wrohe ty Via Oy.
wey bok boaerd a eetgteta fo) ine A? ns +3
fa ceratesta ral pAVets Dey re 1th)
ia Moreira ft a i phy wy
ela ih Pee tas
ree neg pare! ys BK: acts | ae if 4
ne pereartanrs
4 BM as aN ates if
i “ iced a a raat cers ie >
~! bah: id pide jet! Ri uyite ‘y Hie +
th Tit Ty} MARR: at Msg is aatiede Hy ’ anh brent
0, _ Eine eM at
perp a7 ” we
i) y sf eed 45 2 wi ates rats attests LBM ENT Pry a neet
tes Rist an byt nats die ah) Rua a
at Rie)
+ int Ai tthe Ga tod ony.
ote sith nat nt i Raia aa nha tt ren shine a i Hl
mnt pee att Aah {} 4? dhe bet "4
“t Se Ha athe at ta Koen iMate anh ii ati Basia
2 hg ature ied Meritt pK a
a6 of a} Hy path a6 preven tate mei ae phate As reek 4 at]
aa ae LOR Hh Biennan tat? as i
Whehs
SST ant seit
rehsspvagea? NH rig
Tia hae ir oles dba oop ate
mA Fi 2a TL Peay tate
say adgd et vidas bys oh de
bit SenpPete Wy bpd yest hag da trier
“ Tespapeaned lis
‘ me pone Hig hats ryrthats oh =
me Sisiestenys bosdpiae: winiseiteiswsitott
cE abr: Dig! Fed) PS Pb i pe
ae ohh) Serietoe Asay By eta
Sindy ated Wren) UW hie
ie th RSs
Aus shee tb iy
4 Cie jr
id he
ath oa Mi edt nist Rtas iitneat Ri!
Mas A beabat Na iret Lea # | att wean Nite;
y fait om A She sya aati AL ice
4 pebetis cad 7 Wy ae "dae vies
Ratt hae init i te i riacaatahs na tias a
i Hae ral
Hh
Acti = aaa
Fastonnnys
Pa LOT ssid
iat nen nites piss Pata
can
Soh ea
ae
Nt nat iy i Aa en
sa NSA
1 fay
rr Ae ita te y
oe ny i Meera ee
wit
ih
aia
rt :
ue ae a
f ssn
oe - -2—----
ar ee ee a Se ey he 5 -
oe Nt Ear ae !
PAM f
pl ah Avie? if
Mai a He 7) ‘ {
i eau i Hie peat (i
‘ty yy ai
Bt a
a
ba
serrisgeesss
= Se
Site?
pup it
ih ae ib)
THE iret HER Hi